The Ministry of Higher and Secondary Special Educationof the Republic of Uzbekistan Uzbekistan State World Languages University N. A. Slobodkina, B. Yu. A b d u ra im o v a , Z. H. R u stam o v a, G N. T ukhliyeva A Practical English Grammar Approved by the Ministry o f Higher and Secondary Special Education o f the Republic o f Uzbekistan ' as a textbook for Higher Educational Institutions „O'QITUVCHI" NASHRIYOT-MATBAA IJODIY UYI TOSHKENT-2011 N. A. Slobodkina. В. Yu. Abduraimova. Z. X. Rustamova. G N. Tukhliyeva. Editor-in-Chief: М. T. Iriskulov, Professor of Uzbekistan State World Languages University Reviewers: Т. T. Ikramov. Associate professor of Uzbekistan State World Languages University J. Ermetova, Associate Professor of Urgench State University This textbook is intended for using modem grammar rules by students and all people interested in English grammar. The textbook contains the rules on Morphology and Syntax, exercises, quizzes, folk tales, grammar tales, stories about famous people and self-study material. 0 4602020102 - 148 S --------------------- buvurt. var. 2011 353 (04) - 2011 D e v o te d to o u r w o n d e r fu l te a c h e r s ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are deeply grateful to many people who contributed in many different ways to the making of this book. Although we cannot mention them all individually, we would like to single out a few to whom we are especially indebted. Professor M. Iriskulov has made his own contribution to the contents of this textbook. The book has benefited greatly from his ideas and comments made after having read much of the final manuscript. We are also thankful to him for his confidence that we might do it which stimulated us all the way long when writing this textbook. Thanks go to the teachers of the English Phonetics and Phonology Department of UzSWLU for their positive reinforcement and encouragement on developing the textbook. We owe a great deal to our colleagues who acted as reviewers and gave extremely useful feedback. They are: Т. T. Ikramov, J. Ermetova, and D. Mamirbayeva. We should like to mention great assistance and contribution of Q. Igamberdiyeva for designing this textbook. While all of these people have contributed materially to this textbook, responsibility for errors is ours alone. PREFACE TO THE TEXTBOOK This textbook has the same basic approach as our earlier editions ofthe hand book (2006, 2007) with new material throughout. But in this edition we don’t divide the grammar material into units. There are two sections in this edition: 1. Morphology 2. Syntax The sections in this edition are expanded and have a greater variety of practice models including activities and games on every rule of grammar, which help students to understand them and be engaged in communicative language tasks. Review contains error-correction exercises. Students can practise their editing skills by correcting errors commonly found in beginning students’ speaking and writing. Review exercises include materials from previous rules, so students may incorporate previous grammar with more recently taught structures. Activities provide real communication opportunities. Numerous exercises give students lots of practice. The questions and quiz sections give an opportunity to check the students’ comprehension of the new material. In this edition a lot of jokes are added on every grammar rule; grammar tales, legends, people sayings, stories about famous people and ancient cities of Uzbekistan enrich the students’ knowledge of their native country. CONTENTS PARTI MORPHOLOGY................................................................................................................... 10 PARTS OF SPEECH............................................................................................................. 10 THE NOUN.......................................................................................................................... 11 Countable and Uncountable Nouns......................................................................... 11 Proper and Common Nouns...................................................................................... 12 Gender of N ouns...................................................................................................... 13 Number of Nouns..................................................................................................... 13 Cases of N ouns........................................................................................................ 15 THE ARTICLE...................................................................................................................... 22 The Definite Article.................................................................................................. 22 The Indefinite Article................................................................................................ 25 The Absence of the A rticle...................................................................................... 27 The Use of the Definite Article with Nouns in Set Expressions............................... 32 The Use of the Indefinite Article with Nouns in Set Expressions............................ 33 Nouns in Set Expressions Used without an Article.................................................. 33 THE PRONOUN................................................................................................................... -10 Personal Pronouns................................................................................................... 40 Impersonal O n e ........................................................................................................ 41 Possessive Pronouns............................................................................................... 41 Interrogative Pronouns............................................................................................ 42 Conjunctive Pronouns.............................................................................................. 42 Relative Pronouns.................................................................................................... 42 Reflexive or Emphasizing Pronouns......................................................................... 43 Demonstrative Pronouns.......................................................................................... 43 Distributive Pronouns.............................................................................................. 44 Quantitative Pronouns............................................................................................. 44 Reciprocal Pronouns................................................................................................ 45 Indefinite Pronouns.................................................................................................. 45 Negative Pronouns................................................................................................... 45 Pronoun I t ................................................................................................................. 46 Construction there is (there a re ) ............................................................................. 48 THE ADJECTIVE................................................................................................................. 53 Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives...................................................................... 55 Order of Adjectives.................................................................................................. 55 Constructions with Comparison............................................................................... 56 Adjectives Used as Nouns....................................................................................... 57 Nouns Used as Adjectives....................................................................................... 57 THEADVERB...................................................................................................................... 6 4 Position of Adverbs.................................................................................................. 65 Degrees of Comparison of Adverbs......................................................................... 66 The Meaning of Certain Adverbs of Degree............................................................ 67 Inversion of the Verb after Certain Adverbs............................................................ 68 Double Form Adverbs.............................................................................................. 68 THE NUMERAL................................................................................................................. 76 Cardinal Numerals.................................................................................................... 76 Syntactic Functions of Cardinal Numerals...............................................................77 Ordinal Numerals..................................................................................................... 78 Syntactic Functions of Ordinal Numerals................................................................ 78 Fractional Numerals................................................................................................. 78 THE WORDS OF THE CATEGORY OF STATE.................................................................. 82 THEVERB........................................................................................................................... 87 TENSES IN THE ACTIVE VOICE........................................................................................91 The Present Simple Tense........................................................................................ 91 The Present Progressive Tense............................................................................... 96 The Past Simple Tense............................................................................................102 The Past Progressive Tense...................................................................................110 Contrast: Past Progressive and Past Simple...........................................................Ill The Present Perfect Tense......................................................................................115 The Present Perfect Progressive Tense................................................................. 120 Contrast: Present Perfect and Present Perfect Progressive....................................123 The Past Perfect Tense...........................................................................................123 The Past Perfect Progressive Tense.......................................................................126 The Future Simple Tense........................................................................................129 The Future Progressive Tense...............................................................................130 The Future Perfect Tense.......................................................................................133 The Future Perfect Progressive Tense...................................................................134 Present Progressive as Future................................................................................136 Contrast: "be going to“ Future Versus Present Progressive as Future.....................................................................................................................137 Contrast: "be going to” versus “w i i r ....................................................................138 PASSIVE VOICE.................................................................................................................159 MODAL VERBS.................................................................................................................172 Modal Verb C a n .....................................................................................................172 Modal Verb M a y .....................................................................................................178 Modal Verb M u s t ....................................................................................................181 Modal Verb N eed ....................................................................................................187 Modal Verb S h a ll ...................................................................................................191 Modal Verb W ill ......................................................................................................194 Modal Verb Ought to ..............................................................................................197 Modal Verb D a r e ....................................................................................................200 Notions Which Can be Expressed by Modal Verb Patterns.................................. 204 Verbs, Which are Considered to be M odal............................................................206 The Modal Words..................................................................................................207 MOOD................................................................................................................................217 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IN DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLAUSES.........................................217 Conditional Clauses................................................................................................217 Subordinate Clauses of Purpose............................................................................223 Subordinate Clauses of Concession......................................................................225 Subordinate Adverbial Clauses of Comparison..................................................... 226 Subordinate Predicative Clauses............................................................................ 228 Subordinate Subject Clauses................................................................................. 231 Object Clauses........................................................................................................ 232 Attributive Clauses................................................................................................ 236 Appositive Attributive Clause............................................................................... 237 Emotional Attitude..................................................................................................237 NON-FINITE FORMS OF THE VERB (THE VERBALS).................................................... 248 THE PARTICIPLE ..............................................................................................................248 The Tense Distinctions of the Participle................................................................ 249 The Voice Distinctions of the Participle................................................................. 249 The Functions of Participle I and Participle II in the Sentence.............................. 251 Predicative Constructions with the Participle........................................................ 257 The Objective Participial Construction.................................................................. 257 The Subjective Participial Construction................................................................. 258 The Nominative Absolute Participial Construction................................................ 259 The Prepositional Absolute Participial Construction............................................. 260 The Nominative Absolute Construction without a Participle................................ 261 THE GERUND....................................................................................................................266 The Double Nature of the Gerund.......................................................................... 266 The Tense and Voice Distinctions of the Gerund................................................... 267 The Use of the Gerund...........................................................................................268 The Functions of the Gerund in the Sentence.......................................................271 The Gerund and the Infinitive................................................................................ 279 The Gerund and the Participle................................................................................ 280 The Gerund and the Verbal Noun........................................................................... 281 Predicative Constructions with the Gerund........................................................... 283 THEINFINTITVE................................................................................................................292 The Tense and Aspect Distinctions of the Infinitive.............................................292 The Voice Distinctions of the Infinitive.................................................................. 293 The Use of the Infinitive without Particle to (the Bare Infinitive).......................... 29+ Common Verbs Followed by the Infinitive............................................................. 295 The Functions of the Infinitive in the Sentence..................................................... 295 The Infinitive Constructions.................................................................................. 305 The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction..................................................... 305 The Subjective Infinitive Construction.................................................................. 306 The /or-fo-Infmitive Construction.......................................................................... 307 THE INTERJECTION.........................................................................................................334 THE PARTICLE..................................................................................................................335 THE CONJUNCTION.........................................................................................................336 Adversative Conjunctions..................................................................................... 336 Illative Conjunctions..............................................................................................337 Alternative Conjunctions....................................................................................... 337 Correlative or Double Conjunctions....................................................................... 337 Cumulative Conjunctions....................................................................................... 338 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 375 Reported Commands and Requests................... 381 Prefixes and Suffixes......................................................... 345 Prepositional Adverbs................................................................................... 388 Table.................................................................................................................... 370 DIRECT AND INDIRECT (OR REPORTED) SPEECH......................343 Main Simple Prepositions......... 350 PARTII SYNTAX..................... complex and mixed sentences.............................. 358 Word Order in the Interrogative Sentence..........................................................................355 SENTENCE. 340 Conjunctions of Purpose......................................................................................................360 SEQUENCE OFTENSES....................................................................................................................................................... 388 APPENDIX 2 ................................................................ 344 Prepositions of Place........................................................................................................................................................ 343 Prepositions of Time....................... 340 Conjunctions of Reason..............358 Kinds and Types of Sentences...................................................355 The Parts of the Sentence................................................................................................................................................................344 Prepositions of Movement............... 396 ............................................................................370 Reported Questions.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................375 Notes on Punctuation and the Use of Capital Letters.....................................................339 Concessive Conjunctions............................................................................ 343 Main Complex Prepositions...... 386 APPENDIX 1........ 359 Analysis of simple............................................. Irregular Verbs.......................................................340 THE PREPOSITION................................................................................................................Time Conjunctions.................................................. 347 Phrasal Verbs............................................. compound................................................................................................ 392 BIBLIOGRAPHY............................................................................................................. 355 Word Order in the Declarative (Affirmative) Sentence.......... predicate. etc. in. 6) the numeral: eleven.. etc. bread. awake. The notional parts of speech perform certain functions in the sentence: the functions of subject.. neither. to dream. etc. As one of basic language level morphology studies morphemes and their types. the 3) the pronoun: I. 3) the conjunction. 2) the particle. 5) the adverb: now. meat. They never perform any independent function in the sentence. at. etc. The parts of speech are: 1) the noun: a book. cold. We distinguish notional and structural parts of speech. also. or adverbial modifier. 11) the conjunction: and. you. PARTS OF SPEECH A word is the smallest unit of speech which has a meaning. large. but. etc. nor. 7) the words of the category of state: asleep. anything. The structural parts of speech either express relations between words or sentences or emphasize the meaning of words or sentences.PA R TI M o rp h o lo g y Morphology deals with grouping words to parts of speech. for. morphological characteristics and syntactical functions. an. object. to. here. words fall under certain classes called parts of speech. third. etc. etc. 12) the preposition: under. attribute. The structural parts of them are: 1) the article. . etc. 4) the preposition. 4) the adjective: red. yellow. the grammatical categories characteristic to these parts of speech and the means by which these grammatical categories are expressed. 8) the verb: to write. 2) the article: a. etc. According to their meaning. 9) the inteijection: Oh! Wow! Oops! 10) the particle: not. etc. zero. to go. somebody. slowly. this. water. hunger. gases.g. e.a potato. wine. material or abstract concept but countable when we talk about one specific item: fish . oxygen. Б glass refers to an item that we drink from which is made of glass. but also names of abstract notions (qualities. e. football. art.a hair.an iron. b) Activities and sports: walking. room etc.g. hope. swimming. French. book. butter. Russian. leather. physics. love. poverty. e) Abstract nouns: mind. intelligence. Uncountable noun or non-countable noun is one that cannot be counted. c) Names of subjects: literature. two meats etc. meat. liquids. actions) are included. English. 2. history.a cloth. furniture. Other examples: iron . etc. f) Collective nouns: equipment. two tables. advice. It does not refer to a piece of glass.g. badminton. metal. (uncountable) There are many stones on the road.g. air. e. law. education . Countable nouns are the nouns which can be counted: pear. e. wood. e. mathematics. shopping. beauty. table. (countable) Some nouns which are uncountable when we talk about the material and countable when we refer to a specific thing have a particular meaning as countable nouns. hair . Greek. glass refers to a material. I am fond of gardening. . apple.g. 1. squash. running. But nouns may be uncountable or countable.): lead. information. For example. paper. cloth . flour. whisk. silver. You cannot say one meat. music. Here you can say one pear. The spoon is made of silver.g.g.an education. The accomodation in ‘Uzbekistan’ hotel is rather good. potato . The following are the examples: a) Names of substances (materials. geography. states. snooker. One potato is not enough to put into soup.g.THE NOUN Countable and Uncountable Nouns The noun is a word expressing substance in the widest sense of the word. German. The books on the table are mine. e. d) Languages: Uzbek.a fish. volley-ball. You always give me good advice. knowledge. gardening. e. I like potatoes. The house made of stone. Art saves piece. In the concept of substance not only names of living beings. coffee. e. Many nouns which are generally uncountable can also be countable in certain contexts. The English language is popular all over the world. Some nouns are uncountable when we talk about the substance. bread. tennis. many a lot of a large number of. Monday). tw o. The Hague). materials (meat. (uncountable) I liked a few drawings at the exibition. (countable) Some nouns which are usually uncountable can be countable when we refer to a particular variety: meal . the names of the months and the names of the days of the week (April. family...a very sweetfruit.g. unit (police. I want to press my dress. Hamid Olimjon. They are generally used with an article. Nikolay Zorkin). an.a tasty meal.a few paintings e. that. some. while others can be used with either. In informal English.five ice-creams.. They are countable and have two numbers: singular and plural. any this... The Common nouns are devided into the following groups: 1. than more.e.. apple. team). drinks and some types of food which are normally uncountable can be counted. soup . cotton) or abstract notions (knowledge. names of ships. these. than Proper and Common Nouns Proper nouns are individual names given to separate persons or things.. that none much a lot of a large amount of a little less. the. Drawing is taught in every school. fruit . a tiger) 2. Common nouns are names that can be applied to any individual of a class of persons or things ( bear. those none. The Caucasus. than more. a great number of a few fewer. Some ing forms can be countable: painting .. hammer). (countable) Some determiners can be used only with countable or uncountable nouns. The roof is covered with iron. particularly when we are making an order in a cafe or restaurant: ice-cream .a coffee. Class nouns denote persons or things belonging to a class. (uncountable) Give me your iron. Collective nouns denote a number or collection of similar individuals or things regarded as a single unit. than the. It is given in this chart: With countable nouns With uncountable nouns a. etc. any this. some. geographical names (Tashkent. As regards their meaning proper nouns may be personal names (Mark Twain. . bravery). (a chair...two soups. coffee . hotels. one. clubs.g. horse . It is these people with fixed ideas.g. The gender of nouns is formed as follows: a) by adding -ess in the masculine e. furniture. waiter .g.g. cock . Abstract nouns denote some quality.g. The general rule for forming the plural of English nouns is by adding the ending s(-es) to the singular. tea. c) nouns that may be both singular and plural: family. etc. 4. state. e. . Masculine: men or male animals 2. people. babies or animals whose sex is not known to us. nation. a judge e) by adding the word man or woman relatively: e. son . They are usually called nouns of multitude. fleets or different nations as well as of a single crowd.daughter.a bussineswoman Number of Nouns English countable nouns have two numbers . We can think of a number of crowds. 1. milk. Feminine: women or female animals 3. I have a pussy .the singular and the plural. They are uncountable and are generally used without any article. cattle.cat. equipment. sugar. 1.a hostess b) by adding a new word (he. She is white. hour.g. a bussinesman .waitress. They are usually uncountables. an artist. action or idea: love. a doctor. she. machinery. fight. Neuter: things.Collective nouns fall under the following groups: a) nouns used only in the singular and denoting a number of things collected together and regarded as a single object: family. and in any case the gender of a noun only affects its pronoun and possessive adjective. fleet. a singer. 3. though some of them may be countables: idea.g. a host . gold. The weather was warm and the people were sitting at their doors. b) nouns which are singular in form though plural in meaning: money. sadness. e. fleet. Nouns of material denote material: glass. kindness.hen. I never had an idea of replying to it.mare d) by having the same form for masculine and feminine: e. When the subject of the sentence is a noun of multitude the verb used as predicate sometimes is in the plural. information. c) by changing the word: e.): e. crowd. Gender of Nouns English genders are extremely simple.g. etc. water. poultry. hoof hoofs hooves. leaf . 2. cuckoos. If you havefourpennies you can get it from the machine. sheep.teeth.women. the plural is formed by adding -es to the singular: dresses. 5.selves. [s] after voiceless consonants other than sibilants: works. half . fish. but:photos.calves. datum . If the noun ends in -y preceded by a consonant. se lf./ which have two forms in the plural: dwarf dwarfs . handkerchief . stimulus . scarf . The following 13 nouns ending in -f (-fe) change it into v in the plural: wife wives. 3. swine. man .data. -sh. monkeys.wharfs . 7. goose . mouse . The plural of penny is either pennies orpence. sheaf . In proper names.scarves. 4.wolves. or -tch. life .geese. crisis . Only a few nouns ending in -o preceded by a consonant form the plural in s: echoes.proofs. foot . If you give me tenpences you will getfourpence change. Other words ending in -f(-fe) add s in the ordinary way: proof . In some nouns the plural form does not differ from the singular: a herringherring. 8. glaff glaffs.men. e. thief . however.g.mice. child. Some words borrowed from Latin or Greek keep their Latin or Greek plural forms: phenomenon .-s is pronounced: [iz] after sibilants: bcmch. We bought three grouse for dinner. wharf . 9. 6. 10. calf .g. There are nouns which form the plural by changing the root vowel: tooth .scarfs . If the noun ends in -s. [z] after voiced consonants other than sibilants and after vowels: days. the plural is formed by adding the ending -s to the singular: Marys. The ticket costsfourpence.lives.crises. woman .thieves.stimuli. . There are some nouns ending in . If the noun ends in -o preceded by a consonant. and pence when the amount only is being considered. shelf shelves. the plural is generally formed by adding -es. -ss. glasses. He bought a grouse. This is a sixpence coin. buses. loaf. If the final -y is preceded by a vowel the plural is formed by simply adding -s to the singular: rays. knife .feet. wolf .loaves.children. banches. keys. у is changed into i before -es: armies.handkerchiefs.halves. ladies.leaves.dwarves.sheaves. Pennies is used when referring to individual coins.phenomena. There are nouns which form the plural in -en: ox . trout.oxen. e. elf . louse lice. All nouns ending in -o preceded by a vowel form the plural in -s and not in -es. -ch.wharves.elves. deer.knives. -x. Some of these nouns have acquired English plural forms: memorandums.indices. Phonetics is my favourite subject. index . 3 . 13.handfuls.bases. These are for the most part names of things which imply plurality or consist of two or more parts.formula . 2. A compound noun forms the plural by adding -s to the head-word: editors-inchief sisters-in-law. Jane and M ary’s room.g. basis . 16. Cases of Nouns There are two cases in English: Common and Possessive.memoranda.armfuls.g. formulas. e. erratum . A simple apostrophe (’) is used with plural nouns ending in -s: parents ’bedroom. breeches. 12. Words like phonetics. 1. a barraks. observers-on. ’s is used with singular nouns and plural nouns not ending in -s: Doctor Sanford’s hospital. thesis theses. handful . Inenarrable the intimated nouns have no cases. Classical names ending in -s and also some less common English names add only the apostrophe: Dickens’s novels (or Dickens ’novels). Sometimes there are two plural forms with different meanings. physics. my cousin’s piano. advice is treated as a singular: e. Teachers always give us good advice.errata. The case endings for the Possessive Case are as follows. . Words infui usually make their plural in the ordinary way: spoonful . tongs. English nouns in Common Case have no special endings. 4. Some nouns may be treated as singulars: a chemical works. e. optics are usually treated as singulars except in some special cases: It was not practical politics! All party politics are top dressing. 14. The words news. fetters. scissors.formulae.spoonfuls. index .indexes (lists of contents of books) indices (a mathematical term) genius -geniuses (extraordinary intelligent persons) genii (supernatural beings) 11. politics. indexes. terminuses. If there is no noun-stem in the compound. memorandum . students ’presentations. 15. -s is added to the last element: forgetme-nots. Some nouns have only the plural form: trousers.g. Sometimes ’5 may refer to a whole group of words. oasis . No news is good news. merry-go-rounds. spectacles. armfid . Cases of animated nouns have the Possessive Case and the intimated nouns which mean destination and time. In some compound nouns the final element takes the plural form: lady-birds.oases. wine .g. not by using the preposition of. hour. NOT: the bowl of the cat But when the possessor noun is immediately followed by a phrase or clause the of construction is used. Detective stories. the article before the person or thing possessed disappears.g. mile. What is the difference between countable and uncountable nouns? 2. luggage. Hall door. Summer holidays.g. Use of the Possessive Case a) Possession. money. e. Note that when the possessive case is used. football ground and with kinds of stories e. the legs of the chair. tennis shoes. But with many well-known combinations it is usual to put the two nouns together using the first as a sort of adjective.a beauty. today’s paper. obeying the directions of a man with a whistle. brother-in-law’s car.wines. The walls of the room. Jane’s and M ary’s rooms. The cat’s bowl.g.g. night. Compounds are generally treated as one word: my mother-in-law’s house. e. Saint Petersburg Cathedral. e. e. minute. e.g. 3. Golf clubs.But if Jane and Marry have different rooms the apostrophe refers to both nouns. etc. A day’s work. ghost stories c) The possessive form is used with expressions of time and distance such as: second. equipment. a fortnight’s holiday Questions 1. kitchen table Similarly with names of towns and sometimes districts e. hair. Are names of substances countable or uncountable nouns? . crime stories. when the possessor is a person or animal. week. 5.g.g. or when there is a connection with time e.g. What is the difference between these nouns? beauty . autumn colours or to indicate the use of clothes. Possessives of titles are formed as follows: Pete the First’s reign. The tale o f the fox = the fox 's tale b) When the possessor is a thing of \s normally used. 6. e. e. winter sport. 4. is normally indicated by putting the possessor in the possessive case. e. This is often done to indicate the position of something. Tashkent transport.g. What kind of nouns are these (countable or uncountable)? furniture.g. The boys rushed this way and that. vehicles. (boy) 2. (children) 3. last name is Ubaydullayeva. toys are in the crib.. Did you read .. coat. for his aunt... W hat kinds of common nouns do you know? (work in small groups) Ш. Complete the sentences with the possessive form of the nouns in brackets... 1.. newspaper? (yesterday) V.. That is my . Do you know my ... a) pain b) pains c) paints 4. (Setora) 6. 1. They used . Find the missing word. c) the comic a) a comic b) comic IV. to find the way to the East. toys are all over the floor. Make up and banana flower water travel key air write two columns of these nouns: countable and uncountable? bread butter bottle gold tennis money music newspaper competition sausage umbrella briefcase suggestion news salt weather furniture behaviour brochure homework impression permission traffic 2 . clothes. In his childhood he made much .Quiz I.. {women) 7. .. The .. The . a) compass b) compasses c) compus 2. .. (baby) 4... W rite the plural form of the following nouns zero mouse monkey industry fox goose belief curriculum woman stimulus П. hat is red. All my friends were in uniform and only I was wearing my black a) trousers b) trouser c) trouses 3.. ... husband? (sister) 8. (wife) 5 . was so jolly we couldn’t help laughing. That store sells...A Practical English Grammar . The . 6. for example. draw in a coloured arrow. one of theirs. Materials: A diagram of a family tree. using the possessive \v: John is Fay’s husband. Variations: put the students into pairs. every name should be linked to at least two others. each student dictates to his or her partner his or her own immediate family. The children favourite part of the circus w. Give plural form of the following nouns. orally or in writing. Alternatively. Bakhtiyor wife is a factory worker. so that the other can reconstruct it. 7. and give one of them a family-tree diagram. A ctivity Family tret Objectives: use of possessive Sto indicate relationships. Jack is Tom’s uncle. Correct the mistakes using possessive nouns. In another version. 2. 4. composition of simple sentences based on family-tree diagram. the sentence that it represents. The family-tree may be an invented one. child mouse shelf statesman Negro son-in-law school boy foot deer leaf country bush policeman text book city VII. the other a blank sheet o f paper. a representation of a family the class knows of and can relate to: your own. a television soapopera family. 3. Procedure: Ask students to define the relationship between any two of the names. Bamo husband is a housepainter! 8. There will sometimes be parallel arrows. The one with the diagram dictates the name and relationships. My uncle is my father brother. with no names . and elicit.VI. point to any of the arrows. 1. presented on the board or overhead projector. As a follow-up.and the other a list of names and information: Jack is Fay’s son. . improvising sentences from the diagram using the possessive s’ as above. one student is given a blank diagram . orally or in written form. By the end. a parallel arrow going the other way will be produced by the sentence: Fay is John’s wife. the В itish royal family. Mike’s aunt oldest son is a violinist. 5 . s the trapeze act. Fox tale is short. As they do so. from the subject of the sentence to the related name: so from the above suggestions there would be an arrow from John to Fay and from Jack to Tom.1borrowed the secretary pen to fill out the application form.just the lines.1enjoy-visiting friend houses. It is a . wait. 1. To play it... 5 .... 4. 2. We had to wait fo r. (flower) 2.. 5... fork.. It is black . .. A flock of sheep crossed the border. 6. It’s called ..... This soup is made from black . (salad) 5. My garden h as. 8. (can) 6. W rite ‘c’ above the countable nouns and ‘nc’ above the noncountable nouns.. The roof of the house was covered with snow in 2008... garden. is called a .. A woman servant is scarce nowadays. Gold and iron are metals. you need a baseball and a bat. Today she is wearing four rings. In the United States baseball is called the national pastime.1 would like a slice of bread with milk for breakfast. (airplane) 1. We saw beautiful mountains.. 9.. bike. 7 . (baby) 4..1bought some chairs. Where is the brush? 3. in a row. .. A kitchen tool that opens . Put the nouns of these sentences into the plural form where possible. (bean) 3. . in it. In other words. Jamshid can shift his bicycle into . Seats on . Our university has a good library'. different. I bought some furniture. (sixgame) 10. A city is a big town.. are uncomfortable.1 used an iron to press my wrinkled shirt... soup. 4... words. She has got a piano in her room. II. 2... tables and desks. winning streak. . (two-hour) 8. The smaller fork is for .He has a . It’s а . food. opener.Arm“ and .. . we saw beautiful scenery.. At a formal dinner. In other words.. there are usually two forks on the table. six bracelets and a necklace. 1... Each word has .... The basketball team has won . The plane was late... 3. III. (three-letter) .. . Aziza likes to wear jewellery'. They have a. .. and lakes on our trip. (ten-speed) 9.. 10.. fields... People can buy special food in small jars for . She ordered spaghetti and ice-cream. seats should be made more comfortable and convenient for the passengers.Self-study I. The last leaf fell from the tree. Complete the sentences with the words in brackets: 1.dog“ are . 6. We had а . she talked to two ... range bunch mob piles gang pair crew fleet shoal council flight flock staff pack herd clump crowd group bundle suite congregation swarm 1.. 8. VI. 1. If a houseplant is given too much water. .. of jeans. Sasha’s advice was/were not very useful.. Underline the appropriate word or phrase in the following sentences. State if the noun is countable or uncountable.. 6. 1... But where is it? 4. The little animal was attacked by a . The north side of the island has no .. The maid picked up th e . 7. running across the floor. cleave) 5.. 5 . His car was pulled by two .1 am afraid we haven’t got much/many time. My favourite. How much/How many furniture shops are there? 7 . The baby got two n ew . of money.. of wolves. Before Muhabbat signed the contract.1put some/any chocolate somewhere. of fresh vegetables to take to market. 4. 8. How much/many pasta have we got? 2.. 2.. He is wearing a brand new ......... (beach. He is poor himself but his relatives have. 6. The farmer loaded his car w ith.. He bought a .. There are only steep . 5..1 have found the juice but I can’t find a/some glass. No one can climb these steep walls of rock. .. Write the correct form of nouns. Put o n e of the c o lle ctive n o u n s listed below in each sentence.. The. (attorney) V.. of bushes.. of robbers were finally arrested and order was restored in the area again. turn yellow. Khurshid went to buy a/some glass so he could fix the broken window. (mouse) 4.TV. The.. 10.. The Himalayas are a high mountain 9. The naughty little boy hid himself in a .. 3. of singers will be appearing at the King George Hall this time next week. ox) 3. of dirty clothes and put it in the laundry... of roses for his aunt’s birthday.. (box.. Where is/are my new glasses? 3 ... (leaf) 6. Alex saw some . (tooth) 2.. managed successfully to provide service to every passenger in the plane. its lower . 2. tree in the garden.. Write the singular of the following nouns and learn them. The tree was struck b y .. 3. The group of ancient fortified buildings. 1. This baby’s toy is on the table. were all out there under a pear-tree. a. collectively termed the Tower. down there... any . 7. 5. The sheep is eating grass.1 am tired. His son-in-law is sitting here. Have you made . 1. weather like today? 4.. shopping. a lot of. There was a town. The worker’s family is at home.. 10. ... 4.. 2... please? 5 . and called Summit. brothers-in-law benches sportsmen knives families sheep fish oaks toys teeth boxes ladies potatoes stories watches УШ. 6 . Change into the plural. is ofthe greatest historical interest. There is . By the time the clock on the tower struck midnight the streets of the city were almost deserted.1have just received . the. The Albatross dropped anchor at a small port to get a new supply of fresh water. 2. Would you like.. as flat as a flannel-cake.. 3. of course. slice of toast left. 6. potatoes.VU.. IX.. 3. his wife. progress with Chinese? 9. his two children... rubbish in our garden.. Don’t you know the picture? It’s a Kramskoy. lighting. What is . This is a lovely city.. Put in some. 1. State whether the bold faced noun is proper or common. I have just done. 7. Can I have . There is . It is situated not far from the City. 5. X.1am going to plant... letter from John. 4. and his dog Balthazar. Young Jolyon. The albatross is a large sea-bird. Spaghetti? 8. Petrov is a clever person. The indefinite article has the forms a and an. Some is also used with nouns of material if the idea of quantity is implied. This function of the definite article may be called the particularizing one. With nouns in the plural some is often used. which describes a person or a thing or gives some additional information: e.g. The definite article usually denotes that the following nouns treated as distinct from others of the same kind. Mr. I have got some English books by Dickens. e.g. Pass the sugar. There are two articles in Modem English: the indefinite article and the definite article. b) specificationby the following limiting attributive clause or a limiting prepositional phrase: e. Particularization takes various forms: a) implicit reference to immediate surroundings: e. an institute. Mortimer was a personage ofgreat power and influence. The bed-room is comfortable.g. The definite article has one form the. The car is very old. a pen. They were talking to a man I know well.g.THE ARTICLE The article is a structural part of speech used with nouns. Some is used when the speaker wants to emphasize the idea of number. e. Note: A particularizing attribute should not be confused with a descriptive one. I liked the idea of going there. The form a is used before words beginning with a consonant sound (a table. please. . In the late summer of that year we lived in a house in a village. Some has the meaning of ‘several’ with class nouns and ‘a little’ with nouns of material.g. The form an is used before words beginning with a vowel sound (an apron. The use of the indefinite article implies that the object is presented as belonging to a class. with abstract nouns and nouns of material has grammatical significance: it shows that the nouns are used in a general sense. Will you pass me some bread} The Definite Article 1. a university). Burkhonov. The absence of articles with class nouns in the plural. The use of the definite article shows that a particular object is meant. The composer M. an hour). Tea would be served in the lounge. The glasses are full. He gave Mark the impression that he was tired. The French drink less tea than the English. but still triumphantly in possession of the sky. The wounded were transformed to hospital. This may be called the classifying function of the definite article. It was a gloomy moon. the sky. for the moment. You will need a second pair of shoes. happy.) if it means ‘once more’. The tide was coming in. the poor. But the indefinite article is used when a certain aspect of the given person or thing is stated: e. Who runs the Tories? 5. the English. . the bourgeoisie.g. i. He felt free and at ease: almost. It was a declining sun. animals or things thought of as a single entity. I venture upon the unknown. the impossible. the moon. In some cases the definite article has a weakly demonstrative meaning corresponding to this or that: e. Note: The indefinite article is used before the numeral second (third..2. She is the best pupil in her class. since after much discussion it had been decided that only senior masters were to be invited in addition to the Governors.g. The definite article is also found before substantivized adjectives and participles. etc. the French. ‘another’: e.g.g. The pen is mightier than the sword. the world. fourth. the rich.g. e. Keith Garrett. e. the aristocracy. e. The definite article is used before a noun modified by the superlative degree of adjectives and before ordinal numerals. 6. Note: The definite article before ordinal numerals in dates and titles is usually suppressed in writing: e. The moon had just risen. A special case of the particularizing function of the definite article is seen when it refers to a class of people or thing considered to be unique: the sun. With collective nouns and plural class-nouns the definite article emphasizes the idea of collectivity.g.g. A singular class-noun preceded by the definite article may denote a class of persons.g. the unknown: e. it may be used generically. Abraham Lincoln was shot in the theatre on April 14.g. They reached the steps which led up into the third garden. Ifi go to Europe. The radio was invented by Popov. 7. etc.. the tide. 4. the blind. with a big pale melancholy pockmarked face. the earth. almost not seen. . ‘hose goal-kicking’ was expected to be Wales’s main weapon against the New Zealander on November 11. 3. I will never forget the event. is out of the match. e.e. 13. The A.Navoi square. Is Pavlov’s Laboratory on the third or fourth floor? 11. The definite article is used before the surnames of persons in the plural denoting all the members of the family. the Wilson Government. e. In the evening they saw “Hamlet” at the Old Vic. The Ulugbek observatory. establishment. Newspapers and magazines. e. place.8. e. Is the Ulugbek observatory situated in Samarkand9 Pavlov’s Laboratory.g.g. the Pavlov Laboratory. etc. 9. galleries. The higher the fence is the better neighbour is. Some of the tourists put up at the Cecil (Hotel).g. The definite article is used before linked comparatives indicating degree or amount. . restaurants. e. Is the Daily Mirror a Labour newspaper? A coloured advertisement from the New Yorker was showing some very fantastic-looking cars. and oceans take the definite article.g. Shakespeare was bom in Stratford on Avon.g.g. Wilson’s Government. 14. or go back to the Mediterranean. e. The definite article is used before a proper name and a class noun denoting the name of an institution. Do the Urals separate Europe from Asia? Are the Himalayas higher than the Alps? Can you find the West Indies on the map? 12. The names of rivers. The Mors had continued their custom of dining with him regularly. others at the Grand (Hotel). The Ulugbek observatory is situated in Samarkand. The Smiths came to Tashkent a week ago. The more I saw of her the better I liked her. Newcastle stands on the Tyne. usually take the definite article. e. The definite article is used before geographical names in the plural. What is on at the Pushkin Theatre? The British Museum will not be allowed to build a new library opposite the present one in Bloomsbury. 10. The Turkiston theatre is in A. cinemas. theatres. inns. museums. The definite article is used before the names of hotels.Navoi street. and Stratford is on the Avon.Navoi Theatre is in A. The Times is an English newspaper. But: Izvestia widely covered the Olympic Games. pubs. She could wonder to herself whether she would spend the winter in England. e. Note: The proper nouns in question may be used in the possessive form: e.g. except local ones. seas.g. My brother serves in the army now. 21. e.g. In this sense the noun in question is often used either predicatively or in apposition. the Equator. The stone age. . e. The Antei is the biggest plane in the world. in the plain. e.15. when something concrete is mentioned. g. animals or things indicated by the noun. The definite article is used in adverbial modifiers of place.g. The film was about the love o f a girl for her cat. The Indefinite Article 1.. 2. the evening. The cat is under the table.. The features of the locality. e. the Roman Empire. The Victory was Admiral Nelson’s flagship. e. e. e. The definite article is used with the names of historical periods. the West. the East 17. 20. The next day Elsie became a Dulver. The main function of the indefinite article is to denote that we have to do with a single specimen of a class of persons.) books on the nature of political concepts. 16. time. e. In the desert. This function may be called the characterizing function of the indefinite article. in the moming. The Flying Scotsman goes from London to Aberdeen. the Civil War. This is the classifying function ofthe indefinite article. Mor was writing a book on the nature of political concepts. The definite article is generally used before the names of ships. the afternoon. The Strela is a fast train from Moscow to Uzbekistan. I didn’t like the end o f the film. expressed by a preposition with a noun.g. Before parts of the day. the North. animal or thing to a particular class or kind. The key is on the table. Note: The plural would be: Mor was writing two (a number of. in the stepper. Another function of the indefinite article is to assign a person. Bill.” said Nan. 18. My friend lives in the Far East. 19.g. “is that for all your noisy Labour Party views you’re a snob at heart. empires. the way of action.” Note: The plural would be: They are snobs at heart. The garage is behind the house.g.g.g.g. the South. The names of cardinal points take the definite article. e. trains and airplanes. “The trouble with you. The definite article the is often used with phrases including of. wars. e.g. Do you know the result o f the match. g. We can use the indefinite article with an abstract noun when the latter is qualified by an attribute: e. quite: e. e. 6. We could not do it so short a time.g. We use the indefinite article after to be and have got when we are describing someone or something.g. We can use the indefinite article before singular countable nouns. (But she is the headteacher of the university). Rushana has got a lovely smile. What a lovely day! What a nice house it is! 9. e. We could not do it in such a short time.g. 11. e. and there was a sudden and startling stillness.g. 12. e. It is too hard a task.g. so. An attribute is placed after such words.g. We can use the indefinite article after such. however. 10. e. We use the indefinite article in exclamations. quantity. some exceptions to this rule. We can use the indefinite article in a weakened numerical sense of one.g. There is a girl at the gate. The indefinite article before a proper noun may have the meaning o f‘certain’: e. 14.g. A moment later she began to run and threw her arms about the trunk of the first mulberry tree of the avenue. A camera is useful on a holiday. 8. I bought a sofa.g.g.g. 13. He is as diligent a man as ever lived. as. In the plural neither the article nor the pronoun some is used: e. too: e. It is quite a big problem. There would be a new life and a new world. e. We use the indefinite article with a unit of measurement (weight. Zilola Hatamovna is a headteacher. What is said of one representative of a class refers to all the representatives of the class: e. Brown. including someone’sjob. Cameras are in wide use nowadays. The girl is my girl-friend. as how. time). however. We can use the indefinite article with an attribute. We can use the indefinite article with a noun used in a general sense. The rain had stopped too.g. e. I should like a melon. 4. There are.g. We use the indefinite article when we are referring to one thing but it is not one in particular. With the second reference definite article. We use the indefinite article when we refer to something for the first time. 3000 soums a kilo.3. two times a day. 7. The house was bought by a Mr. . 5. twice a month. e. and occasionally Latin. etc. the United States. the Ukraine. art. 5. kingdom take the definite article: the United Kingdom. e. Will you have some? The names of materials have the definite article when they are with particularizing attributes: e. they have articles when they are used with descriptive or particularizing attributes: e. the richest kind of milk. Mor taught History. (a kind of a branch of science in itself) This is a form of Preventive Medicine as the science of the prevention of disease is called.g.g.g. 2. A proper noun preceded by a title or a military rank takes no article: e.g. Note: In some cases when a proper noun is specified by an attribute it may be used with the indefinite article when the attribute is descriptive or with the definite article when the attribute is restrictive: e. Have you had dinner yet? (But That was a delicious dinner). 7. 4. Proper names denoting persons. the Sudan. led by Colonel John Hunt returned to the mountain with a team of climbers. life.The Absence of the Article 1. Books are very important to us. (that particular branch of science that deals with the prevention).g. Material nouns like sugar. There’s ice-cream to follow. I like lessons in physics. 3.g. e. the Antarctic (but: Argentina. take no article when they are used in a general sense: e. union. Abstract nouns like history. Note: The Netherlands. at St. Prewett keeping up with them on the other side. Traffic control is a whole science in itself. the Susie of today.g. The British mountaineers. Galina has gone to Moscow.) 6. the Crimea. e. Music began to play through a loudspeaker. e. the Hague.g. love. I am going to see Alisher. Note: The name of a country consisting of a word group with the nouns states. places and countries usually take no article. Evvy went ahead with Rain. literature. society. Bride’s.g. No article is used with nouns denoting subjects and sciences. take no article when they are used in a general sense: e. Water is the best thing to have when you are thirsty. Antarctica) take the definite article.g. But. We don’t use an article before plural nouns and singular uncountable nouns when we use them in a general sense. silk. We don’t use an article with meals. ( The best kind of butter. the Caucasus. bread. the Argentine. tea. This was a Susie whom Mor recognized. etc. . The best butter is made from the richest milk. The great adventure of mankind. 8. proper nouns often take the definite article: e. lazy. market. The German scientist Heinrich Hertz set out to prove that electricity was a wave motion like light. 12. the works of nature are upon the Earth for the benefit of man. Meanwhile. work. A mud hut was the only home he had ever known. Middleton becomes editor. The same applies to mankind and humanity: e. But when home is preceded or followed by a descriptive word or phrase it is treated like any other noun as regards articles and prepositions. critic and scholar. nurse in the sense ‘our cook ’. But when the idea implied is ‘one of many’. e. The furious Susie told Mrs. another Frenchman. honest. home.g.g. The time for that will come if and when. The nouns man and woman take no article when used in a collective or abstract sense. hospital. The nounsfather. aunt. the indefinite article is used.g. They all began talking at once. e.. He gave proof of capacity as writer. e. The nouns school. is not preceded or followed by a descriptive word or phrase. little. Note: When modified by other attributes than old. class.g.g. etc. 10. No article is used before predicative nouns denoting a profession. etc.g. even the mournful Pitsner. We went to the Bride’s home. ‘our nurse ’) take no article when mentioned by the members of a family e.. Professor Charles knew that an English scientist. . You imagine that it’s only my narrow-mindedness that stops you from being Prime Minister. Predicative nouns are often used without the indefinite article when different capacities of a person are stated after the verb turn and the conjunction as. e. bed take no article when they are visited or used for their primary purpose. had discovered a new gas. 11. the is omitted. church. chapel. Henry Cavendish. university. normally held at one time by one person only. (also cook.g. He went home. I should have talked to Mother ifi had thought of it. college. poor. dear.e. town. prison. sea. i. They got home late. office. mother. 9.g. Joe that it must be Mamie Potter. . e.g.Note: The definite article is used if a proper noun is preceded by the name of a profession: e.. court. When home is used alone. The night was fine and he was not tired. Saturday is my day off. night. . I spent a quiet Sunday at home (a quiet kind of Sunday). Nouns like day (and the names of the days of the week). I went to the church to see the carvings. ‘light’. e. 16. week. Monday. The patient has been in hospital for two weeks. The names of the days of the week take no article when they are used in a general sense or refer to last or next. preceded by next or last. e. When these same nouns are restricted to a particular case the definite article is used: e. etc. The nouns day. take no article. I shall spend Sunday at home. year.g. The flames made day a ghastly twilight. evening. 13. Compare. A few nouns denoting time. Night has fallen. But: I spent the Sunday at home (particular Sunday I mean). preparation) are used without the article. On Thursday the fog turned into black rain. twilight.g. They are at sea (they are in a ship. especially in connection with school (term.to church to pray to school to study to bed to sleep to sea as sailors We go to market to buy or sell to hospital as patients to prison as prisoners to work as workers e. meaning ‘darkness’. dusk are used without the article when they are used in an abstract or general sense. They are at the sea (= they are at the seaside). morning. Tuesday.g. except sometimes when starting from a point of time in the past or future.g. 14. etc.g. It was the end of term. but not necessary as sailors) But: They had met through Labour Party activities when Mor had been teaching in a school on the south side of London. 15. Similar we can be in prison/hospital as prisoners/patients and at church/work as worshippers/workers etc.g. month. It was a night of waiting. The presence of a descriptive attribute narrows the meaning of the nouns and they are used with the indefinite article: e. break. e. night. When these places are not visited for their primary purpose the article the is used.: e. dawn.g. In other cases the definite article is used. streets.g.. Speaking is not permitted during the examination. When the names of meals are preceded by a descriptive attribute the indefinite article is used: e. It was a cold lunch. The names of buildings. e. 18.g.g. e. (the) Brighton Road. though the definite article may be found even in general statements: e. The English language is the world language. e. Lake Victoria in East Africa is a lake of this type. 23. e. 17.g. 20. Even Mr. Waterloo Bridge. The Hay Market The Strand The Mall. 19. Peter was standing in Waterloo station. 22. which was very white but covered over in summer with a thick scattering of golden freckles. The Windermere is a large lake in the north-west of England.” said Nan. unless specially qualified. bridges.g. The names of seasons may be used without the article. “Just because you have finished eating”.g. etc. . squares. But: When Montanelli awoke the next moming Arthur had disappeared. 21. Westminster Abbey. Carol Parker is the Minister of Communications. The skin of her face.e. “Lunch isn’t over. Next week he is to sit for a Cambridge College entrance examination in Chemistry. longer. The names of lakes (in case the word lake precedes the name of the lake) and mountain peaks take no article: e. e..g.. Jimmy Nunn contrived to enjoy the dinner in his own way. The Victoria Embankment. parks.g. Hyde Park. Piccadilly Circus. They came up to Trafalgar Square. A coloured photograph of Tensing on top of Everest. Languages don’t take any articles if they are not followed by the word language.g. Spanish is spoken by about 300 million people. Activities do not take articles. but the is used with titles.g. But: Time was longer. Zero article is used with names... He went home to a solitary dinner. longer in the summer. Sometimes both types exist: (the) High Street. The names of meals hardly ever take an article. If the names of meals are restricted to a particular meal and its contents they may take the definite article: e.g. But there are a number of names with the definite article: e. consisting of a proper name and a class noun take no article: Trafalgar Square. Arm in arm they made their way back to Bond Street. 3. 1. electrician. beautiful face that child’s got! 3. 9. Use the proper article. first time you have been to .... 10... Tashkent? 4 ... work by . 1.. oven? П.. He i s . art teacher and she i s . thunder. calcium.. Put articles where necessary. Roy seized it... Is .... Supply the correct article in the blanks. paper in front ofWinslow.. bus.. money is .1 am sure there was . lighting is . cup o f . Our children were frightened b y .. slash drawn through it is an international symbol meaning “Do not do this!” 8. It is followed b y ... United States isn’t ..... other life forms exist in.......... 5 .... milk I put on my cereal this moming was sour because someone forgot to put it in . When do we omit the article? Quiz I... . thunder.. 5... moming..... 8. circles are.. e. 4. sheet o f .... When is the definite article used? 4. Last night we had.1like to have .. protein and... round geometric figures.. Do you ever gaze into..1usually go to ..... 2...... Prehistoric Europe Ancient Rome is a fascinating period of history... passport to eveiything.24. No article is used with general historical references. 1. universe? Ш .. flash of light.. terrible storm. 6. refrigerator after dinner last night... We don’t use an article with by item of transport..g... space and wonder if... There w as. circle with.. 2.g.. meat in ... bad news travels fast. When is the indefinite article used9 3. e. .. W hat. What is the article? 2. people don’t like him because of his selfish attitude.. 1... and began to write quickly.. stairs. local school is soon to be closed... sound on . 25.. poor country... 1. tea when I wake up in . 2. Do you go by bus to the university? Questions 1. milk is an important source of. Is this . 6.. 4. O ver.. Abraham Lincoln .. Complete these jokes putting the words in brackets in the correct order. (third. in Chirchik River Valley. Tashkent is one of Asian cities of region with two. A: Correct.. Name of city has changed through different historical periods: Yuni.. dust in my eyes. There was . B: How is that possible? A: Because . his. City was first mentioned as ‘Tashkent’ in 1l. face. Summers are long. speak) the tmth . but he gets paid every week. had. Chach and Binkent. 5. wall.thousand and two-hundred-year-old history.. A: My dad hasn’t done a day’s work since 1989. There was . Tashkent is one of largest cities in Central Asia.. 6.h century works of Beruny and Makhmud Koshgary. to my left there appeared . A: What great event happened in 1809? В : Abraham Lincoln was bom. clean tablecloth. dining-room and there w a s. Snowcovered hills of Chimyon Mountains and cliffs of Tien Shan Mountains can be seen in northeast of Tashkent. dust in my throat when I came up from the lowlands in the early evening. We ate in .3. question I wanted to ask you....... Climate is continental with little snow in winter... It is located in northwestern part of Republic of Uzbekistan. IV... hot and dry. birthday) The Use of the Definite Article with Nouns in Set Expressions at the beginning at the end in the moming in the afternoon in the evening in the original in the singular in the plural it is out of the question nothing of the kind on the whole on the one hand on the other hand be on the point of the other day the trouble to do something to play the piano (the violin) to be in the habit of to be on the safe side to keep the house to keep the bed to tel 1 (say. 1. at. works. he) 2..... retell the text and add some information. And what great event happened in 1812? B: E r. (night. Use the proper article.. V. Her name is Felicity’.A Practical English Grammar . ‘I have a daughter.’said Mor. Lady Franklin seemed to expect an answer.all of a sudden at a distance at a glance a great many (with countables) a great deal (with uncountables) as a present in a hurry in a low (loud. Define the meaning of the article and translate into your own language. ‘I think he has a fresh gentle face. 2. deep) voice it is a pity it is a shame it is a pleasure to be at a loss to put an end to to fly into a passion to have a mind to do something to have a good time to get in a fury (in a rage) to take an interest in to take a pride in to take a fancy to Nouns in Set Expressions Used without an Article at first sight at hand at present at night at sunrise at sunset at peace at work at last to take offence by chance by mistake by name by land by air by sea from East to West from North to South from time to time from beginning to end for hours for ages from head to foot from moming till night hand in hand in debt on deck out of doors out of place to lose heart to give permission to make haste to make use of to take to heart to go to sea to take care of to take notice of Quiz I. 3. 1. 3 . ’ she said firmly. ‘about fourteen. 1 was informed that you had been seen in Church Street in conversation with a young gentleman. would he ask me for some money for his breakfast? “Very warm. and wore.. hard work or you wouldn’t be here having. “. 10. Who was he? Ifi answered him. 14.. man standing near me. I had worked in .. proud and yet at that moment. office till nine o’clock in . warm wind brings you . You. a strong and noble face..1am not a person who can tell a lie... watching his face... She had the top half of the house. 15. My way lay along... The school. disoder. best time there. His idol was professor Edward Edwards. tender.. now showed as a fortress of learning.. an old enemy of Nan. warm night.. .Demoyte’s hous ekeeper.. little o f.. What could his work be? Where did he work? I asked him.4. profile of. night is. Tt must be a wonderful thing to have a grown-up son’ said Miss Carter.... too.... This strange man spoke about.. pale face.... Gothic building.. evening walk like me. 12. The mountains were a long way away and you could see snow on their tops. I walked along slowly. fact I sometimes think the game is not worth the candle.. magnificent teeth and very good manner. was looking a t. . He. Newton... too. Use the proper article and discuss this text with the whole group. water.. 9.” said. I turned my head.. dirty old coat.. a small door in the side wall. I looked at him in . smell of far-off. day o f. 16. head of the department of chemistry. 8 .. voice at my side. v arm night... But I cannot leave it. river. a grey.. But I don’t think you have ever been so tired as I am now. I wanted .... river..” he said looking a t. sea.. river. He had thin... quiet place after. astonishment... fresh air and decided to walk home. It is good to find such.. lights o n .. In .. 7.... He was unshaven and his hair was in .. and saw . black water o f.... must know. “Yes. a very pretty young ger tleman. Shall I order a taxi? 5. II. hard work in London.. It w as. Miss Handforth was Mr... 6. hard work. I looked at him curiously.1 lay quite silent. 13. black river and. He had a wide mouth. evening and was very tired. and at last stopped to look a t . the famous philosopher. He had opened another door. was som :times engaged in working out difficult problems.... which occupied his mind so much that he became quite forgetful of everything else.” He stopped.... “it’s fine here.. You see.. 11.” said I. 2. supper o n . 4. It was .. luncheon. 5. A t... tray to take it into. sound of... 4........... kitchen. I simply stayed away few days. Teacher would beat me when I returned. 2. Finn was sitting near him on . We drove dow n.... 6. After. When I got back.. Use the proper article and retell the text.... wall.. My life seemed to be improving. I have invented..... lunch was over by half past one.. side road about. cigarette....... but beatings didn’t trouble me.1looked into .. 3.. plates o f . There was . “but I will tell you.... 5.. They g o t.. 9. tables... I wonder why it is that I always wake up so cold in .... lunch.... 1. Use the article with the names of meals.. side street.. and sat facing Nelly across one o f . dining-room.. I have.... excellent lunch... There is . rain was still pouring down.. I know. cold lunch. window and Edward ordered... heavy boots on . 1.... Use the article paying attention to uncountable nouns.. Widow said that I would become good boy ifi continued to study and to improve my character and that she was no longer unhappy with me.. coffee. He came into .. 7 . I hated it less. II. very big undertaking.. end of meal we were served w ith. big undertaking o n . floor with his back to . windows.” (After Wells) III. room to shut. 10. little two-storey house in .. main road and turned up . 3.. 11.. table b y .. Whenever I began to hate school..... Self-study I. door. mornings now.. mile away. diamonds... hand... Hillary fetched. Driffields lived in . how to make. I hated school very much. 6... table and lighted .. food and some beer... 8.. At beginning. He had to stand a side for the maid to carry in . dinner... evenings.. 12..1must go and look a t . .. Ш. A t. knock a t . It is because I don’t have. dinner. but after while. table and Ted had just started. breakfast was already o n .’ said Lady Muriel.. breakfast he rose from .“You will not believe me. ‘We only learned ourselves before. I had become accustomed to leaving in proper house with Widow and sleeping in proper bed. 1. Put articles where necessary...... good hot dinner in . road. Mary-Ann was putting. ” said he.. . She never wasted a minute of her valuable time. 4. Suddenly he heard a long howl... small man w ith. 8. coral islands o f... afternoon... Azamat had ..” cried my strange visitor without any other greeting. sunburnt face. advice in a case like th is. Perhaps you will be good enough. 7.. It was my landlady... A small town isn’t as exciting as a big city.. boy whose name was “Peter Gray. 3. He w as. 5... bright blue eyes and. day of my return to England! Where were my dear comrades Jack Martin and Peter Gay then? We had lost. old boy......... Pacific.” she said in .2. work that he loved.. Alex has lo st.. room.. One can’t give . good education..Pembroke and to . But before... knock a t.. I had finished my work for .. Fortunately.. Edward’s knowledge o f . Explain the meaning of the indefinite article... (After Ballantyne) .. The old woman had a hard life. and his child. visitor to see you.. Pacific. too.. “He doesn’t want to give his name. Ralph. his friends. Mr....” “Several years ago you lived for some time on one o f..” I exclaimed in .. 3.. old woman could finish her sentence. especially o f . “Your name is Ralph Rover and you were twenty-two yesterday... door.... small town o n .... surprise..... information on which I can act. 1. sights of each other soon after our return to England.. coral islands o f. happy days that I spent among. stairs and. 6. then to give me .. day and was resting quietly in my armchair.. stranger went on.. arms of my old friend.. chemistry was immense. splendid.. “But may I ask how you know all about me when I know nothing about you.. James was a typical Forsyte.... Maybe he is . One fine afternoon I was sitting in my study in . quick step was heard o n ...... It was five o ’clock in . Pete. splendid work these young scientists do.. mysterious voice. “.. and I had not heard of my friends during those six years. IV. west coast of England. Six years had passed since . . education. 2. “and there you knew . V. history o f .... My thoughts were interrupted b y . conversation turned to Mr.. thinking o f . 6. dear Pete!” I cried springing up from my chair and rushing into.. Then he felt a cold touch on his cheek.. 5. days that had gone by. “Yesterday was my birthday and I am twenty-two.” . 4. Use the appropriate article and discuss it with the whole group. stranger burst into. 4.. broad daylight... A nd. She sat very still.. but no one dreamed of going to sleep.. and that this was reason why apple had fallen towards earth and not away from it. dark in Hanoi. station .. daybreak. out of . fall of apple is very common thing.. beds were. dawn.1suppose he had pushed off at... They agreed that this weather was strange after such. but they had never taken trouble to investigate such everyday occurrence. sunrise.. At. VII. We are sailing at. train. time I reached. sunrise Bart slipped quietly out of ... gathering dusk. sunset! I never saw . o n .. I have something so important to tell you that I hardly know how to say it. train rattled on in...1 had come in before. darkhad fallen by. 18.. 7. Why. farm and sat down again in . work in pair ask each other questions. dawn. only last week.. dark. 17 Look a t ..... 16. 19.. They sped on through. officer’s quarters. day-time.. which like. white curtains which were pulled back in. desert town of Eldorado when. You’d have to met me a t . sun was down now and.” 5... darkness I withdrew into.if I walk through .. 1..” 8. day a February rain had spattered over... A great many people before Newton had seen apple fall to ground. 15.. Newton was first man to ask: ‘Why does apple fall to ground? What makes it fall? Why does it not go up into sky? or Why does it not go sideways when it leaves tree?’.. dusk was falling in .... 3. 11...... twilight from Fairhill..... Like. 9..VI. room. shade of.... darkness: “I’ve seen her. bringing. He thought the matter over for a long time. Alleyn’s voice came quietly out of.. straw. he saw apple fall to ground.. It was cold after.. Use the proper article.... 13.... One day while Newton was sitting in his garden under apple-tree.. animal seemed to know that. Friday evening. gardener had been up since.... Between ..... town. It took him many years to solve problem. town in . silence o n . At last he found out that earth pulls all things towards its centre.... Pay attention to the words of bold faced.. someone is sure to see us... where I was spending night.. 21. wind... dying twilight. Newton also found that sun . Bob Eden alighted from.. air was denser with... when they were riding home at. dawn. early dusk.. 12.... Of course.... one redder. 22.. It was long after. 6.. 10.. 20. and though I was hidden by.. dark was coming. he said: “Scarlett. twilight.. Put the article where necessary. We walked back t o . sunset.. My heart began to beat fast. 14. bushes. child he believed himself invisible in..... 2.. All.. .. gods... “if they didn’t mean me to have my hour. sea.. what no one who hasn’t been through it... . not even. postman... salt. dozen. slow. . way... emotion... honeysuckle. We have seen w h at...... matter of half.... butler’s clothes. 3. wine in . even. disease... VUL Supply al an.1 like to read newspapers like .. room..two months .... a) “They oughtn’t to have called me Fleur. ......against what you can’t imagine.. as if resolved o n .. pale look of everything: her father’s face..against .. curtains black w ith.. where suddenly she saw.. There was not one spot o f... Do you know who killed .. “Listen!” he said. theatre last night and saw “Flames”.... few talks and walks.. plucked . these old people! They made. and went in. sentiment only.... Washington post.. wonderful play. What do we care about... and that was pale. Both she and her mother had put on thin.. her mother’s shoulders.. We went t o .. past? It’s our lives. and that each planet attracts other planets. chance do you think you have? Two months your very first love affair.. Could you pass m e. door? . IX... And silent was that half-mourning dinner in . “Madness is in letting. 8. 2. past! Jon was right. 9. committed.. like.. Titanic.. . midsummer madness!” d) Fleur to re.. centre of our town. for no one drank it. past spoil it all.. President Lincoln? 10. not yours.. cream pattern.. We prefer to spend our holiday in “country” .... pale panelled w alls. 7 . crimes... Come.. She got up. Who is a t .” b) It was hot that night... feelings of two months ............ earth looks like from .... image o f... th e or 1.. few kisses . honeysuckle into little. moon 5.. “You’re putting... please? 6. moisture shining. Ancient Greeks believed in . c) Soames leaned back. Fleur! It’s ..... 4. heat... They are building . pale patience... betrayal of n o .. Times and ..” Soames raised his hand to his forehead.... lamp-shade.” Nothing real stood in. dinner flowers were pale. pale glasses.It’s . bits. What was not pale was black . soup was pale... ghost from unhappy..... meetings.attracts earth and all planets. o r . piece o f . mistakes.. poverty. It’s ..her father’s clothes..” she mused. They wouldn’t let you live. A lot of people object to attempts to bring up . mountains or by .. feelings of thirty-five years? W hat.... and wanted their children to go on paying!.......... Use the proper article. be reasonable. new supermarket in .. pale grey velvety carpet.. and be happy while it lasts. pale low frocks... Fleur was struck with. colour in . moth came in.. just in same way as earth attracts apples.... . past. .. that they now lived by themsevs in ... England..“Whose child are you?” he said. Father.. present is linked w ith.... they told me that their two sons were at . Oxford and their daughter was doing secretarial work with . As . she leaned her elbows o n . south o f .” e) She had never heard.. past... way b u t.. sentiment... Father.. We want each other. philosophy pass those lips before.” His answer w as.. There’s nothing whatever in . small firm... “But.. her chin on her hands. future with both There’s no getting away from that. small town in . Surrey in .. Let’s bury.... Put articles where necessary and translate the sentences into your native language.. Johnson rose to take their leave. “Whose child is he?.. Impressed even in her agitation. table. sigh... consider it practically.. (After Galsworthy) X..... e. However.g. herself. hers. me.g. Nominative Case I Objective Case me _ _ he. j) Reciprocal Pronouns: each other. everything. we. her. etc. Personal Pronouns They represent the person or persons doing something or being addressed. (an indirect object) She gave the book to me. She studies Mathematics. these. what. etc. he. i) Quantitative Pronouns: some. it we you they him. what. she. whom. that. e) Relative Pronouns: who. our. etc. either as a direct object or as an indirect object. They are placed at the beginning of the sentence and we can not omit them. somebody. yourself.THE PRONOUN Pronouns are words which are used instead of a noun or a noun phrase.g. you. etc. e. d) Conjunctive Pronouns: who. his. (an indirect prepositional object) . nothing. Personal pronouns are never followed by nouns. She must read it. where. The personal pronouns in the Objective Case are used as an object of a verb. which. he. howhere. f) Reflexive/Emphasizing Pronouns: myself. one another k) Indefinite Pronouns: any. (a direct object) I adressed her twice before she answered me. etc. They are also used after prepositions. himself. whom. They have singular and plural form. etc. it us you them The personal pronouns in the Nominative Case are used as the subject o f a verb. some and their derivatives 1) Negative Pronouns: no. those h) Distributive Pronouns: each. etc. nobody. all. which. g) Demonstrative Pronouns: this. that. no one. They are old friends. something. they b) Possessive Pronouns: my. your. e. she. her. their c) Interrogative Pronouns: who. its. everyone. Note: Some grammarians consider possessive pronouns of the conjoint form to be possessive adjectives or possessives. what. they have cases and persons. There are different kinds of pronouns: a) Personal Pronouns: I. we don’t agree to such opinion. it. . This is considered over-formal by many speakers.g..Why don’t you stay with Mary’s parents? . shouted the waiter. This book is mine.g. What does your husband do with . You can’t e a t. hers. It is much more often used. her.He puts it in oil. 1. .. own food here. As you get older you tend to forget things. There is a possessive form one’s. its our your their his. .My husband puts his money in the bank. Complete the jokes by putting possessives.. One can reserve seats in advance. then they swapped sandwiches. This phenomenon is called double genitive. e. e. Jokes I. One’s luggage is carried by a special porter. They are relatives o f ours. e.g. 2..Impersonal o n e In normal conversation we use^o*/ to refer to ‘people in general’. if the noun has already been mentioned. Conjoint form Absolute form my mine - - his. e.Mary and I want to get married but we can’t find anywhere to live.Because they are still living with . Two boys went into a cafii and began to e a t. The structure o f + possessive pronoun is used after the noun when we want to separate somebody or something from a total. . But in formal speech and writing we can use one with this meaning. its ours yours theirs Possessive pronouns refer to the possessor. It is a pity to spend all one’s life in the same place. parents! 3.... The boys smiled at each other.g.What is a stupid thing to do! Who wants oily money! . Possessive Pronouns The possessive pronouns are of two forms: Conjoint and Absolute.. They follow the noun and the verb or they can stand alone in the sentence. sandwiches. e.g. ? . In (a) we have a defining subordinate clause.g. (a) The travellers who knew about the floods took another road. but the former introduce attributive clauses and the latter introduce the subject. who serve in the shop. what. object and predicative clauses. which. They are used immediately after the noun they modify. took another road. which. that are objects o f the verb (Objective Case) they can be omitted but not if they are between commas. which defines or limits the noun ‘travellers’. e. They are: who. that (Objective Case) When the relative pronouns: whom. of which (Genitive Case) whom. This sentence therefore implies that all the travellers knew about the floods and took the other road. (attributive clause) I don’t know which of them is a student. In (b) we have a non-defining clause. This sentence therefore tells us that only the travellers who knew about thefloods took the other road. (b) The travellers. which. The man (who) you met yesterday is a well known novelist. and implies that there were other travellers who did not know and who took the flooded road. who. The girls. The travellers knew about the floods and took another road. (object clause) Relative Pronouns Relative pronouns are used to relate a subordinate clause to a word in the main clause of a sentence. . what.Interrogative Pronouns Interrogative pronouns are used to form questions and they are: who. They are the same for singular and plural. which (Objective Case) Conjunctive Pronouns These pronouns coincide in form with relative pronouns. are the owner’s daughters The importance of commas in subordinate clauses Notice how the meaning changes when commas are inserted. which does not define or limit the noun it follows. which (Nominative Case) whose (Genitive Case) whom. who. that (Nominative Case) whose. Eg. who knew about the floods. who. The building which is situated at the corner of Navoi street is the Ministry of Agriculture. g.those .these that .g. We don’t use reflexive pronouns after the following verbs: feel. herself. Mr. alone) Reflexive Pronouns are also used as objects in the following construction: verb ■ reflexive pronoun (as object) + adjective. e..Reflexive or Emphasizing Pronouns They are: myself ourselves yourselves yourself himself. admire and some others. Complete thejokes by putting reflexive pronouns. Who asked you to come? .. If we put in front of these pronouns the preposition by. He drove himself crazy. or after the subject or the object of the sentence. e.. .Your neighbours! 2...g. wash. He poured himself some juice. sir. e. hurt.g. ? .Did you write this poem . . their meaning changes. . They managed to do it themselves. (himself = indirect object) Read and laugh I. this . (= he became crazy) Reflexive pronouns are used either as direct or as indirect objects. relax. They have singular and plural form. She dressed herself.What did you think of my mother’s cake? . concentrate. e. itself themselves Reflexive pronouns are used when the object of a sentence (either direct or indirect) refers to the same person or thing as the subject of the sentence.g. Did she buy i t . sir. Demonstrative Pronouns Demonstrative pronouns refer to people.Every line of it. e...1always do th a t. 1. ? 3. shave. e. We do use reflexive pronouns after the verbs: dress. I thought it was wonderful. Emphasizing pronouns are used for emphasis at the end of a sentence. I am very glad to meet you.1 have come to turn your piano. but they are the same in gender. . William Shakespeare.Oh. -Well. I did it by myself (= on my own.g. things or places that are near or far from the speaker. I thought you were dead. cake orfruit? Either. This one is better than that one. It gives emphasis to the individual: There are two books on the table.g. that’s why. I’d like some. that's what. e.Demonstrative pronouns are often used together with the pronoun one (singular) or ones (plural). everybody: They refer to people and take a singular verb: Everybody is present in the class. that’s how. both: It refers to two people or things. It is used: a) with a negative verb: I wouldn't like either. either: It refers to two people or things. e. It is used: a) with an affirmative verb: Neither is good. Demonstrative pronouns form emphatic constructions some of which are: that’s where. Would you like somel l f l had some.g. c) with the preposition o f Either o f us speak Turkish. b) alone in a sentence: What doyou prefer. neither: It refers to two people or things. Distributive Pronouns each: It refers to people and things and used with a singular verb. Some o/'them voted for the deputies. That’s what he did. c) with the preposition o f Neither o f them is honest. some: It is used in affirmative sentences. It is usually used before the main verbs but after the auxiliaries: She gave me all that I had askedfor. everyone. It can also be used after if and with the preposition of e. everything: It refers to things and takes a singular verb: Take it easy! Everything is all right. I’d give it to you. It is usually used before the main verbs but after the auxiliaries: Both my parents like riding. all: It gives emphasis to the whole.g. . It refers to small numbers. It is followed by a relative clause introduced by who or that. Each is interesting. Quantitative Pronouns They show a specific number or quantity. It can be used in interrogative sentences when an affirmative answer is expected. b) alone in a sentence: Are you an architect or a civil engineer? Neither. his.g. The friends looked at one another. It is used with affirmative verb but gives a negative meaning. It’s used with the preposition oflo show some ability. Someone is knocking at the door. e. her. They don’t trust each other. e. Someone and somebody refer to the people and are used in affirmative sentences.g. It is used in affirmative sentences and takes a singular verb. It’s also used after if and with the preposition of They are also used in affirmative sentences in the meaning o f‘no matter who/ what’. e. e. Eg. After it we often say: they. Any of them could do this. They are used for two or more people. Negative Pronouns nobody: It refers to people.g. someone: They refer to people. their instead he. anybody: They are used in negative and interrogative sentences. any: It is used in negative and interrogative sentences. Something has disturbed him.g. Eg. They are the same in meaning. They are also used with the indefinite article to show that the person has some importance. He is a somebody in his area. . It is also used with the Indefinite article to show the unimportance of somebody. she. (= she has some ability of a painter) Reciprocal Pronouns The Reciprocal Pronouns are two: each other and one another. Would you have any time to correct this? I didn’t write any letters. She is something of a painter. Eg. Indefinite Pronouns Some is used in affirmative sentences and in interrogative ones. They talked to each other. e. I didn’t catch anyone. something: It refers to things. They are also used in affirmative sentences to mean ‘no matter who’. anyone. They are used in affirmative sentences and take a singular verb.somebody.g. Would you give me some book to read? Something is used in affirmative sentences and refers to the things. expressing polite request. nothing: It refers to things. No one likes to be disturbed while working. neither . It is delicious. It is used to show choice. e. e. Is the milk hot or cold? It is cold. It is used: a) alone without a noun: How much sugar is there in the ja r? None. Demonstrative it The demonstrative it points out a person or thing expressed by the predicative noun... Neither Jane nor Virginia was at home. 3 .g. It is a tape-recorder. R ead an d memorize! 1. b) with the preposition of: None o f my classmates made mistakes. e.g. Would you like some tea? It is good. Have a piece o f cake.g. Either I or my mother cooks dinner every day. In this construction the predicate agrees with the last subject after nor.. Would you pass me the salt? It is near your plate. o r .g. Help yourself to the salad. e. Bring me the spade... I want to go nowhere today. Pronoun It Personal it The personal it is used instead of names of things and animals already mentioned. There is nothing to drink.. e.7 /is a computer. 4. R ead and memorize! 1. nowhere . It is followed by an infinitive or a relative clause. Where is the Intemet-cafe? It is over there. please. . Nothing (that) I told you proves the opposite. It is a table. none: It refers to people and things. 3. either . no one : It refers to people and things.g. Itis a window. How can you make friends with a nobody like him.g. e. It is good. This construction is used to join two negative ideas.I rang the bell but nobody answered. e.. It is used with an affirmative verb but has a negative meaning. 2. It refers to places. The predicate also agrees with the last subject after or. e. .g. . nor ..g. It is in the garage. 2. It grows dark. It is necessary to do home assignment in time.g. 2. It is easy keeping the flat well-aired. It is spring now. It is in the country house that we like to spend summer holidays. // is 3 o ’clock. object or adverbial modifier in the sentence. It is his business to buy bread for the family. 3. It is my brother who (that) plays the guitar. b)time e.Emphatic it The emphatic it serves to stress the subject. Impersonal it The impersonal it is used in impersonal sentences denoting: a) natural phenomena e. It is lunch time. It is my uncle who works as a doctor. It is advisable that we should buy a vacuum-cleaner. R ead and memorize! It rains cats and dogs. It is important that Zuhra should have a talk with Galina.g.g. e. It is a pleasure to dance with you. . It is late. It is nice to have a rest in the evening after a busy day.7/41 be tomorrow that we leave for London. 2. It is in the park that we like to walk together. 5. 4. 3. Introductory it The introductory it introduces sentences the subject of which is expressed by an infinitive. Brown that is Jack of all trades. It was five years ago that I finished school. It is Mr. It is his sister who does the shopping. It is wonderful sleeping in a tent. R ead and memorize! 1. e. It is pleasant to walk in the park in a warm autumn day. It is hot. 5.g. 4. gerund or a subordinate clause. R ead and memorize! 1. . (loves. (no one) Ш. It is a nice day.The constructions there is (there are) a n d it is One should mind the difference between there is and it is. II. 2. The construction there is. Choose the appropriate singular or plural verb. Madonna is very popular. Replace the italicized words with a personal pronoun in the Nominative or Objective Case. (anywhere) 5 . M y wife came out. very much. .1 looked up some information about the average American family. (nothing) 8. Rewrite the sentences so that they have a similar meaning and contain the word in brackets. love) me. The best place is home.. There is a TV set and two armchairs in the room. 3. We haven’t got any food. M y wife seemed suprised to find Alex and me there..1 have a wonderful family. You can go wherever you like. The room is empty. Vera put the child on the sofa. (something) 6... e. Julia and I organized the excursion. Quiz I. All the people were dancing. there are is used when we state the presence or absence o f something or somebody at some place.g. I found out that . Complete the sentences with pronouns. (something) 2. consist) o f 2. 1 Ask Bob and Nancy about their school.000 people. exceeded 100. (everybody) 7.. 1. The box isn’t empty.. 1 . It is forms impersonal sentences. The crowd at the soccer game was h u g e. and . ‘ There is ’ is used when the first noun is in singular.. 4.. (consists.1 feel annoyed.3 children.g. 3 . 2 . There are no ideas in my mind. (nowhere) 3. e. Send Sabrina a postcard. ‘ There are ’ is used when the first noun is in plural. 6. How much do these bananas cost? 5. 7. I lo v e. (everyone) 4. is a little tricky.” said the March Hare.” said the Hatter. “Then it wasn’t very civil of you to offer it. 7. began to shout and wave flags in the air. (was. “I don’t see any wine. use of both and neither. The phrase neither o f us should be followed by a singular verb. After two or three minutes.” “Your hair wants cutting..” or “Neither o f u s ..” They must discover them through talking. “You should leam not to make personal remarks. But there was nothing on it but tea.” said Alice angrily. The audience filled the room to overflowing. A basketball team is relatively small.. “Enjoy yourself with wine!” said the March Hare. were ) large than I expected. had lost in the closing moments o f the game. 6. Procedure . The audience clapped in enthusiastically. IV. pairs are invited to tell the class some of their results. had enjoyed the concert.” (After Alice in Wonderland by Carroll Lewis) Activity I. Getting to know each other.. Define the underlined pronouns and constructions. for example.” Alice said with some severity: “It’s very rude.” she remarked.. Alice sat at the table.. except in very informal style... Normally the two words go together: We both p la y the piano..4... The soccer team felt unhappy because... The crowd became more and more excited as the premier’s motorcade approached. But if there is an auxiliary verb like is or can.. Obviously. 5. 8. 4 .. In pairs.” said the March Hare. and this was his first speech. .” Note : The grammar of sentences using We both .. He had been looking at Alice for some time with great curiosity.” said Alice: “it’s laid for a great many more than three. Sentences will tend to be of the form: “ We both . students ask each other questions in order to find as many things as they can that they have in common.A Practical English Grammar . “It wasn’t very civil of you to sit down without being invited. (doesn ’t/don ’t) have as many members as a baseball team.. They are not allowed to use ideas that are immediately apparent through looking at each other.. “I didn’t know il was your table. then the word both is normally before the main verb: We can both p la y the piano. “There isn’t any. “We are both tall. . Could you lend (me/mine/I) (your/yours)l 3. 3.... 5. —. Evan fell down and h u rt.. 1... 6. —..... This scarf is not (her bis my). from our first meeting. 5. are you thinking about? П. Jackson? 11. but now it’s gone. its (their them theirs). 1. 2. She wants to go th e re ..-.. 2 ... 6.It’s on August 26th. happened to it? 8. Quinn? 10. is my key? .. Is this your parent’s house? Yes. It’s (her hers). Basil and Victor greeted.. They are (her h en her i1)... so you couldn’t have found it in the directory.. How was the performance? (It/its) was quite boring. 2. did you enjoy your dinner with Mr. b) Rewrite the sentences changing the position of the indirect object and using a pronoun. is the woman talking to Mr. The pupils spoke t o . 1.Self-study I.. Students give..... She looked at the children..1 left a cookie on the table. are you staring out the window?..1left (my mine) mobile phone at home.. You ordered yourself ice-cream.Under the bed. a) Choose the right personal or possessive pronoun.. We found the visitors a youth hostel. The travellers showed the customs officer rheir passports.By train... . when suddenly the door bell rang. 2 . 6. 4. 6. Maria has a lot o f toys. 4. 4. My father brought my brother and me som г fmit. 7 . 4. called you last night? . We liked. Alex gave the waitress a tip. 7. She was sitting in an armchair talking t o . presents at the end o f each academic year.. Reflexive or reciprocal pronouns? 1. did you hide when she came? . She looked at (they us/them)...... 5........ .Because it’s insoluble. 3. . c) Put the correct interrogative pronoun. will you travel to Volos? .. 9...1 have put it on the table. . did you get my telephone number? It’s not listed in the phone book.. 3.Jane did. does oil not mix with water when both are put into a vessel? . is her birthday? . Pass the children some cake... 5. a very long queue. He couldn’t see anything... a beautiful day last Sunday. orange juice or grape fruit?. . 2. a suitable climate.. Write the correct distributive pronoun among all. 5. nothing on television. Alan nor Carol wants to go skiing this weekend. We had a picknick. two years since I last went to the theatre... She is very kind and sw eet.... . of them. 8. 7.... .. 4. . I . plants need light. The journey took a long tim e..... good. 1. Fill the blanks with the correct distributive pronoun.... very serious. . came. 6. 9.. 1wanted to visit the museum b u t... ofthe boys is here... ..... A few days ago .. 6. or my mother? . from Tashkent to Alma-ata? 12. 4.. . You can read. Is he a doctor or an artist? . Which o f the two students must come to see you? . so we decided not to wait. everything... I will do . . Have you told h e r. 1.. ? 10.. everyone... listen to me for a moment? . so I turned it off.. 10. C an . He is a lawyer. Put in there is/was or it is/was..Unfortunately I saw .. Jack or Alice has the information you need. a storm . 8... that I told him before is true.III. completely dark. 7...... V.. 2.. When we got to the cinem a. 4 .... How fa r. 8. I invited Sasha and Misha b u t. 5. and an ample supply o f water and minerals from the soil. 5 .. . a lot o f traffic. of us is American.. What would you like.. . a queue o utside. may come... 9.... in the world. 6. I can help. a metro station not far from my house.. ... Is. He believes that money is ... 10. Either or Neither.. . likes her. Did you see my father. II. 3 .. What is the new restaurant like? . 3... Here are two stories... students must attend the meeting. 9. 3... enough time. ready? I spoke t o . my parents nor my brother agrees with my decision... a lot o f damage.. IV. 2. 11.. an accident in Mukumiy street b u t.. 7... there. . so cold out o f doors today... still very early a n d .. not true to say that she is a close friend o f mine.. 19. Let’s take a taxi. 14. nobody to be seen in the street. ..... five o ’clock in the afternoon. 18......... 20.13... a mistake in your test. 15. often a rainbow after rain.. 16... a light in the kitchen.. Mother is at home. 17... far from here.. greater .^ is changed into / before er. adjectives have the meaning o f the Superlative degree. When preceded by the word most. The little village was situated on a steep hill. forms the Superlative degree. Morphological composition of the adjective Adjectives are divided into: simple. The suffix -est.the fin est brave . forms the Comparative degree o f the adjective.sadder .cleverer . e.the most beautiful Spelling rules a) If the adjective ends in a consonant preceded by a stressed short vowel the consonant is doubled before -er.g. blue.the saddest fa t . -est.drier .the bravest The adjective has syntactical characteristics.fin er .the busiest dry . An adjective in English can be used in a sentence as attribute or predicative.braver . sad . -est. comparative and superlative. unimportant. The weather is getting warm. be cause it implies extra-beauty. Simple adjectives are adjectives which have neither prefixes nor suffixes. when added to a monosyllabic adjective.the largest The suffix -er.THE ADJECTIVE The adjective is a word expressing the quality o f a substance.g. The adjectives have three degrees: positive.the fa ttest b) If the adjective ends in -y preceded by a consonant. derivative and compound.the cleverest Polysyllabic adjectives have the meaning o f the Comparative degree. busy . red. large .the driest c) If the adjective ends in -e the e is dropped before -er. good.the greatest clever .more beautiful . The adjective beautiful is more seldom used nowadays than nice and pretty. great .busier . beautiful . Suffixes or prefixes or both: beautiful. . when added to such an adjective. -est.larger . e.fa tter . fine . when preceded by the word more. The adjective has a morphological characteristics. Derivative adjectives are adjectives which have derivative elements. green. Compound adjectives are adjectives built from two or more stems. soft. blue-eyed -fu i careful -ible responsible -able reliable -a n t important -e n t dependent -en woollen -o u s dangerous • -som e troublesome. The word “big” in “a big house” is an adjective. ect. Europe. to place: Samarkand. numerals stem+ noun stem+ suffix -ed: four-wheeled 6. adjective stem+ adjective stem: deaf-mute 4.unhappy p r e . Adjective is a word used for describing a noun or pronoun. to some action: p rep a ra to ry. (I have know n her f o r a lo n g tim e . noun stem+ participle stem: life-giving. high. to time: daily. strong. Qualitative adjectives denote qualities o f a substance directly: large. etc. necessary. smoke-dried 3. Relative adjectives denote qualities of a substance through their relation to materials: silken. wooden'. adverb stem+ noun stem I suffix -ed: over peopled Classification of adjectives.Suffixes are: -less harmless -like childlike -ish foolish -e d (-d) beaded.prewar inincorrect im.) She is quite old now. rotatory. A few adjectives can have a different meaning as attributive adjectives from their meaning as predicative adjectives: Jenny is a really old friend. According to their meaning and grammatical characteristics adjectives fall under two classes. it is attributive: She is a n intellig en t y o u n g wom an. The main types o f compound adjectives are as follows: 1. (o ld in age) .impolite. adjective stem+ noun stem+ suffix -ed: lynx-eyed 5. monthly. When an adjective comes before a noun. Prefixes are: u n . noun stem+ adjective stem: snow-white 2. adjectives ending in -y other twopleasant.Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives Positive Degree one syllable young.What shape is it? 5. Age .Where was it made? 8. last Note: The definite article is used with adjectives in the Superlative degree followed by a noun. big.What is it like? 2. outmost innermost. time) farthest (only of distance) oldest eldest (only of persons) We never use «than» with this form foremost. Temperature . inmost least most furthest (of distance. annoyed syllable adjectives adjectives of expensive three or more attractive syllables good bad out in adjectives little with irregular many. more annoyed most pleasant. first latest.What temperature is it? 6. much comparatives far far and superlatives old old fore late ( Comparative Degree Superlative Degree younger.What is made from? . prettiest more pleasant. Size . Quality . they are generally placed in the following order: 1. shorter youngest. biggest. Shape . Material .How old is it? 4. most annoyed more expensive more attractive most expensive most attractive better worse outer inner less. pretty. bigger. short adjectives two-syllable lovely.What colour is it? 7. O rder of Adjectives When there is more than one adjective preceding a noun.How big is it? 3. Where from . prettier loveliest. latter best worst outermost. shortest lovelier. Colour . lesser more further farther older elder (only of persons) We never use «than» with this form former later. What type is it? -W h at is it for? 10.g. e.g. e...quality. The bigger the house is. where from. the more money it will cost. A mountain is higher than hill. The adjectives enough and sufficient are put either before or after the noun e. Purpose 11. c) Comparison of three or more persons or things is expressed by the superlative with the .g. in the affirmative and not as (not so).9..colour.. tall. material beautiful old house . type small square brown envelope . clever. I am not as clever as you are.o f or th e. She is the prettiest o f them all. colour It is preferrable to use no more than three adjectives with one noun.size. He has more time than I.g. e. He has more money than she has. but he is more careful and makesfewer mistakes than you do.. good enough Constructions with comparison a) The construction as. e) Gradual increase is expressed by two comparatives joined by and. . age old-fashioned handmade doll .. e.g. Tom is the strongest boy in the class. The weather is getting colder and colder. Your coffee is not so/as good as the coffee my mother makes. red Chinese silk shirt . enough time or time enough but after adjectives or adverbs: well enough . b) Than is used with the comparative form o f the adjective. He became more and more interested. as is used with the positive form ofthe adjective.g. in (of places) e.g. as in the negative. A boy of sixteen is often as tall as his father..quality. e. He isn’t cleverer than you. e.g. d) Parallel increase is expressed by the+comparative.g. Type . e. Note: When than or as is followed by a third person pronoun we usually repeat the verb. the + comparative. When than or as is followed by a first or second person pronoun it is usually possible to omit the verb. shape. Noun e.good..g.. Take i t . The question in yesterday’s test was m uch. 4.. a) less interesting b) interesting c) the least interesting 2. e.. to his mistakes.. the proud. Quiz I.. His friends asked him not to be . a) more difficult b) difficult c) most difficult 5. What is the place of the adjective enough in the sentence? Give the adjectives which have two forms of comparison.. The sky is . a) Choose the appropriate answer. than city life. Questions 1. 3. Nouns Used as Adjectives In English many nouns can be used as adjectives before other nouns. They are used: a) Instead o f the possessive case e. 5. They are called substantivized adjectives. 1. b) To describe the use for which something is made. What is the Adjective? What spelling rules of the Adjectives do you know? What types o f Adjectives do you know according to the construction? What degrees of comparison have the Adjectives? Tell the ways of forming degrees o f comparison. the city store. a) slow b) slower c) the slowest . a) blinder b) blind c) the blindest 4. a tea-pot. the unemployed. a) dark blue b) bluest c) the bluest 6... the young. the mighty. 2..Adjectives Used as Nouns In English many adjectives. the free. the barber shop.. than this one. The book you gave me was . than I had read before..g. 6.. In this case the definite article is used before a noun: the rich. Life in the country is m uch. a) more easiest b) easier c) easy 3. . today. 7. especially those referring to human character can be used as nouns..g. Tommy. they should be written in the adjectives next to the appropriate letters. H o w . It is your neighbour’s cat.. Student B: My neighbour’s cat is a wonderful cat. beer is there un the fridge? Activity I.” Adjectives. Don’t pay any attention to Johnny.. Student A: My neighbour’s cat is an awful cat.. but it is possible and it is amusing. She is .. He is just being . B: Okay.I. we would not normally say “guilty cat”.. H o w . You are n o t.” For example... I am sorry. 1. Say. people are there in the room? 2. As the ideas are suggested. today. a) good b) noisy c) hungry П. . petrol is there in the car? 4.. Student C: My neighbour’s cat is a quiet cat. 1. Write the comparative and superlative degree of the following adjectives. a) careful b) healthy c) responsible 3. B: What do you mean? A: He is so .. b) Mark the adjectives that can be used to complete each sentence. old young slow heavy interesting new swift fa t gay Ш. potatoes do you want? 5. Write all the letters of the alphabet under the “я” oF'awfal” Say. H o w . Complete the questions using much or many. a) handsome b) quiet c) tall 4 .. today.. A: You shouldn’t act like that. money do you have in your pocket? 3..1 don’t approve of Ann’s behaviour. Dad. A: There is something different about Tom today.. a) tired b) funny c) foolish 2... Procedure: A picture of a cat is drawn on the board. etc.. “My neighbour’s cat.... The children are awfully. H o w .. H o w . You can play with adjectives allowing some “poetic licence. a) angry b) unfair c) cruel 5.. “My neighbour’s cat is an awful cat Г Write the word “awfuF on the board.. “ What can you say about your neighbour's cat?” Students can offer ideas in any order they like.. Ш. Procedure. spider. etc. Th cobra is the most dangerous. If the items were horse. Bruno's neighbour is an awful cat. for example “a boring rose’ and a line is drawn to join the two words. the adjectives are written in a column down th left-hand side of the board. Procedure . A: Richard’s cat is a charming cat. worst) than mine. As the phrases are suggested. clothes. dog. it is. for example. and the nouns on the right-hand side. A: Richard. Students suggest adjective-noun phrases. names of animals. cobre parrot.” or “the -est” ofthe group.story a red—rose an exciting novel an intellegent man a bright dress a plain book a blank look an orphan girl Then they volunteer ideas for different combinations. The students try to define each as “th m ost. they might say: The horse is the fastest. Other possible subject areas: food. work with the whole group. cat o f Mrs. Your driving is (worse.Variation 1: Students should repeat what each person has said before. Students suggest a group o f six or seven items linked to a commo subject area. Circle the right forms. like this: 77. like this: a boring _____ .. it isn ’t! A: Richard. so you will get somethin. “a red rose”. . is your cat a daft cat? B: No. The dog is the friendliest. household items. II. See how many combinations you can makt If someone suggests an unusual or strange combination.” Superlatives. for example? IV.. Bert's cat is a wonderful cat. “The most. for example. they have to justify it — ca you justify “a red story”. elephant. Variation 2 : Ask the owner of the pet whether their adjective is appropriate or noi Use a negative or an affirmative sentence. famous people. is your cat a charming cat? B: Yes. furniture. 1. Position of adjective before noun. etc. “ lazy boy”. .. 3. 10. It is the (oldest. 3 . (black. Sunday he goes to church. young. well). He was on his way home through the park when he was attacked by a . small.. 4.. one is a different colour. elder) than I am.. Look! He is wearing a . friend. (brown. coat and hat and sat down to wait f o r . latest) news? 3... She bought a . farthest) point west.. long. (dark. new) 8.. 6 .. older) sister. (sports.. intelligent) 6.. car.. She has bought five dresses an d . Jane Somers writes (good. lovely) 7. Brian sat down in a .. Put each or every in the blanks.. It is autumn.. ... Have you heard the (last..2. (digital. wavy. eldest) tree in the country.. beautiful. (black.... We shall a sk .. She put her groceries in a . new) 4... fierce-looking. Self-study I. nice. 8.... table yesterday. notebook. brown) 10. (blonde. birthday? 2. We have no (further. day even at my days-off. statue... old. 2 . I am Greek b u t. big) TI. What a . 9.. reaction was. hair. It is the (furthest. girl. This is the (more. child was given a present.. name was and wrote it down in . This is the town’s (oldest. 1. She is my (elder. man he is! (pleasant.... He asked me w h a t. student separately. 6. young) 9. She was very good-looking w ith. the leaves yellower... day the air becomes colder. 4. famous.. farther) information. Put the adjectives in the correct order.1 asked a lot of people whether they read horoscopes and w h at. red. 5. bag. most) expensive. armchair. Japanese. 7. He has bought a . wife is Italian. What did Bob buy you f o r .. flashy.. (old. (leather. Swedish.. 5. 4. eldest) house. 1. Greek) 3. comfortable....1 am used to get up at six o ’clock. My brother has just got engaged to a .. 5.. They stole a . Put the correct possessive pronouns in the blanks. Are you Italian? No. She took o ff. watch.. plastic) 5. wooden) 2.. 1. Jane is (older. Ш. dog. . (quick. Our company h as.. children in the yard.... (usual. Much to my surprise the baby a te . books in this library? Yes.. regularly) 4. or no. 1. of her two sisters0 Put these sentences with some. usually) 5. 6 . day yesterday.. (bad.. The teacher arrived at th e . 1. any.. 5.. (regular. Say in which of the following sentences all is a pronoun.1 am afraid there’s no juice in the fridge.. financial problems.Fill in the blanks with all or whole.. politely) 3. clothes. the chocolate.1 can see.... I’d like a good brand of toothpaste a n d .. there a re . 10. both in the blanks. 3.. 9. Are th e re . time to waste. 1 know . cigarettes came out.. 3.. them. laundry soap.. 4. Complete the sentences with much. film. .. Are there. She hasn’t g o t.. Complete the sentence with the correct word. chocolate. 1... 2.... [. We worked th e .. 1 have always found Fred to be a . There are two ways to solve the problem.. lemonade? 7. 1.. Put neither.. quickly) 2 . the money has been stolen from the safe. . 2. time.. well) 6.. We asked him f o r . 4 . badly) I. please. performance.. He put a coin in the slot o f the machine b u t. Have you seen. 5. We didn’t like. I’d like you to solve i t . Jeniffer Cooper paints... eggs? There aren’t . poems by heart... either. They are playing.. 3. 8 . girls came to see me. 1. shops are very expensive. 3.. 5. Mr. H ave. more tea... world knows this famous writer. We had a . There isn’t ... Thomas comes to the sto re ..1 need to buy a lot o f things.. 2. for cheese and bread. person... dinner and ran to the theatre... T h e.. (good... Bob always likes.. 4 ... Would you like.. (polite... 4.. teachers were present at the school’s gala. sugar in his coffee.. 2. .. a lot of. ways.... . The audience booed the actors’ . eggs left. of them came there. many. There are v ery .... students were absent.1think that some lemon juice on fish makes it taste better.. 1. work has been done by them yet.. 5. more milk in my coffee. .w as said about it... ХП. 2. many. 3.. Add a little pepper to the food. apples. She had ... and we were glad. a lot (of).. XI.. Tom looks happier than Iren. 7. Look! This announcement is more interesting than that you have found. no. Many people are multilingual.. 4. time now. rest during Sunday and looked tired. S ay .1 would like. a little. and do . She ate s o . 1. 8.. 3. 2..1 am happy as I have . Put little.. 7.. Most of them have already been pulled down.. 5 . miles from here. X. 5.. 2 .. 8. There is many sugar in the cup. 6. Which of the following sentences are correct and which of them are incorrect? Give the correct versions of the incorrect sentences.. John is lazier than Larry.. tea every day! 3.. meat now.. The hotel is only.. 4. 1..... Towns are noisier than villages.5. She drinks too .1think you can spare m e . An elephant is bigger than a dog.. old houses left in our street... but not many people speak more than ten lan guages. friends now. much. 4.. Please.. 2. few. Put a fe w or a little to complete the sentences. 6. a few.. . New York is bigger than Washington. 6. ice-cream that she’s going to have a sore throat. 5 .. That was too . spoke at the meeting. IX.. Mother gave u s . There weren’t . 6. Indian food is hotter and spicier than European. You can e a t. fans outside the field.. there were much people who didn’t have many money. 6 . 4. Trains are faster than buses. 3.. 1.. In our village. wait a few! I won’t be long. Rewrite the following sentences making equal comparisons in the negative.. 7. . still easier. long.. forehead. the more difficult. round. the cheapest . no better. 1. nose. lips. any clearer. eyelashes. the smallest.. 5. thick. big. slender. b) Fetch suitable nouns to the following adjectives: beautiful. a most difficult. Today the weather/fine/yesterday. straight. hair. Fresh fruit/useful/candies and cookies. Make up sentences using the following phrases to emphasize: a) the adjective in the positive degree. the freshest. dark. snub.. (none) the wiser. hands. cheeks. stronger and stronger. Maria/happy/Sabrina 2. (ever) so interesting. ever greater. a great deal faster. . more and more interesting c) the adjective in the superlative degree: by far the easiest. 3. 7. curly. My house/bigger/yours. wavy.. the nearest... available. that bad. figure. far better. to be found. low. this hard b) the adjective in the comparative degree: much more advanced. thin. feet. The water in the river/cool/in the lake. 6. full. high. (all) the more complicated. XV. eyes. possible... only too glad. imaginable XIV. Using the comparative form of adjectives make comparisons. the steeper. a) Fetch suitable adjectives to the following nouns: face. These flowers/beautiful/those.XIII. Robert/fat/Jim.. 4. small. And now the moming grew so fair. fa st faster fastest hard harder hardest b) adverbs ending in -ly form the comparative by means of more and the superlative by means o f most. rarely..g. in. sometimes. now. . over.. everywhere. soon... recently. since. b) Adverbs of frequency: again. ever.. The function of the adverb is that o f an adverbial modifier. throughout. and all things were so wide awake. headlong. twice. sometimes. e. then.. temporarily. and adverbs. regularly. never. adjectives. occasionally. today. back. And glancing sidelong at his nephew he thought. yet. -wise. every. usually. touched one eyelash and said: ‘H e amuses Winifred’. b) derivative adverbs: slowly. still. next. forw ard. There are also some other suffixes: wards. all day long. or points out some characteristic features of an action or a quality. normally. the comparative degree is formed by adding -er and the superlative by adding -est. As to their structure adverbs are divided into: a) simple adverbs: long. up. For a second they stood with hands hard clasped. The most productive adverb-forming suffix is -ly. -long. -ward. nowhere . at la s t. round. c) compound adverbs: anyhow. c) Adverbs of place and direction: there.. there . enough. e. for. likewise. a) if the adverb is a word o f one syllable. An adverb may modify verbs (verbals). then.THE ADVERB The adverb expresses some circumstances that attend an action or state.. frequently. over there. once. forward. always. tomorrow. Annette turned her neck lazily. by.. continually. wisely more wisely most wisely beautifully more beautifully most beautifully Some adverbs have irregular forms of comparison. down. badly worse worst well better best much more most little less least According to their meaning adverbs fall under several groups: a) Adverbs o f time: last.g. seldom. often. words of the category o f state.. out. Some adverbs have degrees o f comparison. d) composite adverb: at once. g. nearly. enough. again are usually placed at the end o f a sentence: e. Interrogative adverbs are used in special (wh) questions: how. all but (=almost').. 3. hard.. twice. only. accordingly . They left in a hurryfo r London at about 12 о ’clock. The students sat quietly. place. clearly. on Saturdays. any. e) Adverbs o f manner: fluently. well. time: E g. 4. She waited anxiously at the airport fo r five hours. fast. e.d) Adverbs o f cause and consequence: therefore. g. secretly. scarcely.g. Adverbs o f manner. They are sometimes called intensifies. where. every afternoon. extremely. rather. the door started to open.. If there is more than one kind o f adverb in a sentence. just. Some adverbs are homonymous with prepositions. 2. we stayed in a beautiful beach villa. I go swimming twice a week. much. Adverbs such as even. daily. measure and quantity: fairly. just. really. place and time are usually put at the end of the sentence. entirely. why. the order is: manner. simple precede the word they qualify and focus attention on it. totally. but. completely. absolutely. barely. well..A Practical English Grammar . They are sometimes called focus adverbs. Conjunctive and relative adverbs are used to introduce subordinate adverbial clauses. On Saturdays I do my shopping. f) Adverbs of degree. almost. Adverbs o f definite frequency once. so. I recently changed my job. firstly. But they can also go at the beginning nf a sentence: e. hardly. all. In Sochi. really are adverbs which strengthen adjectives and other adverbs. Three groups of adverbs stand aside: interrogative. Position of Adverbs 1. I get up at seven o ’clock every morning. place and time can sometimes be placed at the beginning of a sentence for emphasis: e. Adverbs of manner. consequently. only. g. 5 . simply. relative and conjunctive adverbs. no. Ben stupidly went out without locking the door. twice. secondly.g. thoroughly. three times a week. conjunctions and words of the category o f state. Last weekend. when. quite. Slowly. too. I stayed in and did lots o f work. It is also possible to place adverbs o f manner and adverbs o f indefinite time between the subject and the verb: e. Very. generally. e. e. Quite slowly. 9. usually.e. generally. Quite nice. He didn’t work quickly enough.ly carefully quickly more carefully more quickly most carefully most quickly Adverbs with the same form as adjective fast hard faster harder fastest hardest Irregular badly well worse better worst best Adverb Superlative Degree Difference between superlative degrees of adjectives and adverbs is in that adjectives take the definite article in superlative degree but it doesn’t occur with adverbs.g.g. I am usually in bed before midnight. Dr Benson is evidently very happy with the results o f his students’ success.e. I have always wanted to go there. Sentence adverbs clearly. quite very often. He only lent the car (i. He lent the car to me only (i. always never (in the imperative) can also go at the beginning of a sentence for special emphasis: e. Adverbs of degree quite. The adverbs frequently. Enough follows its adjective or adverb.g. often. sometimes. «ever usually go after an auxiliary or the verb to be and before a full verb: e. 10. Sometimes he agrees to help me with r iy homework. sometimes. too usually go before the words they modify: e. 8. occasionally. he didn’t give it). I quite enjoyed it.e.g. honestly can go at the beginning of a sentence: e. can have comparative and superlative forms. preceding verbs.g.5. i.g. We sometimes meet for lunch. Clearly.g. 6. adjectives. Positive Degree Comparative Degree Adverbs ending in .e. hardly. normally. Never do that again! 7. Degrees of Comparison of Adverbs Only gradable adverbs. Or they can go before the verb (or after the verb to be or an auxiliary): e. adverbs that may be modified. not more tl ian six). . I honestly believe that this is the best thing we can do. Adverbs of indefinite frequency always. not to a iyone else). the situation is very serious. He had only six apples (i. evidently. Only is supposed to be placed next to the word to which it applies. usually. The box isn’t big enough. ordinarily. and adverbs and preceding or following nouns and pronouns. I believed only half of what he said. e. quite good (weak quite. Both can mean ‘moderately’. the + comparative adverb or adjective: e. The weather was rather worse than I had expected. Quite used in this way has approximately the same meaning asfairly but its strength can vary very much according to the way it is stressed. bravely. e. so that quite good is less complimentary than good. extraordinary. wrong. and before comparatives. Rather can be used before certain ‘favourable’ adjectives and adverbs such as good. quite has a slightly weakening effect. all right. certain. clever.g. and the idea of disapproval vanishes.. He is rather strong.g. Comparative adverb + and + comparative adverb: e. As the tests got nearer. right. ready).g.=He is very strong. The + comparative adverb. Fairly cannot be used before comparatives. I can’t understand it at all. the worse I seem to do.g. strong good) is very little less than good quite good (equal stress) means moderately good quite good (strong quite. I can not speak English as well as you can. 2) When used with other adjectives or adverbs. but fairly is chiefly used with ‘favourable’ adjectives and adverbs (good.g. This is rather a silly book (or) a rather silly book. The Meaning of Certain Adverbs of Degree Fairly and rather. but she is rather poor. The indefinite article can be placed before or after rather. well. it becomes nearly equivalent to very. amazing. different. weak good) is much less than good . ugly). empty. Withfairly the article must come first. determined. anyone.We can also make adverbial comparisons using: -(not) as + adverb + as: e. well.g. sure. e. anything: e. 1) It means completely when it is used with a word or phrase which can express the idea o f completeness (full.g. It’s quite extraordinary. You can do the job better than anyone can.g. pretty. amusing. he worked harder and harder. but its meaning then changes. It then means a little or slightly. It has two meanings. Quite. The harder I try. You walk asfast as your brother does. e. He is fairly rich. e. etc.g. We often use comparative + than ever. stupidly. afairly interesting lecture Rather can be used before alike. like.g. nice) while rather is chiefly used in this sense before ‘unfavourable’ adjectives and adverbs (bad. e. e. horrible. and when it is used with a very strong adjective or adverb such as perfect. similar. Superlative adverbs are not used very often. finished.g. in no circumstances. only then.. deep far in (it refers to time and place) Still waters run deep. e. scarcely . mainly The weather is mostly foggy. One form has the ending -ly and the other is similar to the corresponding adjective. interrogative) form of the verb. only when. part} was a success. mostly with a restrictive or negative sense. over..=77?/s switch must not be touched on any account. Down fell half a dozen apples.e. only in this way. back.Inversion of the Verb after Certain Adverbs Certain adverbs and adverb phrases.. On no account must this switch be touched. not only.g. nor. close to Come near! nearly almost I nearly slipped on the ground. b) before the present time b) I last heard from her in 1999. round. In came Tom. no sooner . to a great extent It is widely considered that. ever. lastly finally Lastly we must conclude that the wide fully In Australia houses are built wide apart. lately recently Have vou heard from him lately? near not far. up. strenuously He works hard.g. when. on no account. e. hardh almost not He can hardh walk.=1 had never before been asked (less emphatic form).. scarcely. In he came. forward. than. when placed at the beginning o f a sentence are followed by verb+subject in that order. most more than all others I like this singer most. Double Form Adverbs In English some adverbs have two forms. seldom. only by.. mostly chiefly.g. The most common o f them are: Adverb Meaning Example hard with great energy. etc. The adverbs in. neither. Back he went again. Never before had I been asked to accept a bribe. Up jumped two large dogs. can for emphasis be placed first in a sentence and are then followed by the inverted (i. down. The meaning o f these adverbs may be the same or may vary. so. widely v e n . late not early You alwavs arrive late. out. But if the subject is a pronoun no inversion is necessary.. The most important of these are: never. deeply . last a) not first a) He came last in the competition. e. nowhere. (proverb) profoundly (it refers to emotions) I am deeply worried. What is the difference in the degrees o f comparison between adjectives and adverbs? 4. 6. to the restaurant) II. last week. very It is highly interesting. a) too b) either c) also 5. highly to a high degree. Ann speaks English. 1. Tell the position of adverbs in the sentence. regularly. What is the Adverb? 2. (every moming. quite b) It is fairly amusing. She stood (looking at the road.. He has not got temperature. Elya went (by air. He worked ... What kind of adverbs do you know? 5. I have . He has not gone th e re . What do double form Adverbs mean? Quiz I. a) hard b) hardly c) harder 2. What do you know about Inversion? 7. used in commands) fair honestly. The child is . straight He always speaks fair.easy in an easy manner (it's easily undoubtedly with ease It is easily understood. 3.. Easy does it. Questions 1. to Moscow). Rewrite the sentences putting the adverbial modifiers in correct order. 5. straight He always speaks high.. Choose the right answer.m... fairly a) justly a) you must judge him fairly.... Don’t forget that you must come.1will meet you (tomorrow at 2 o’clock. b) very. a) yet b) still c)just 4. at the university main gate).. 4. high honestly. been asked to go there. on the porch) 3 . 1. a) badly b) more badly c) worse . than her classmates.. today. here) 2. Tell the degrees of comparison o f adverbs and the ways of forming them. a) good b) the best c) better 3.. Old teachers went (at 5 p. Fetch some chairs... e. 4. Divide the class into two teams: A and B. quickly. IV. There a re . chairs here.. you may take any of them. Team A begins. Activity I. 6 . They are always ready to help me.angrily d. nonchalantly. self-consciously.) and adverbs (adv. anxiously. loudly. violently.. Open the window.. One person comes out the front. students in the group. 1 . 4. accurately. at our English. Don’t bring any more. This person now says to the class: la m going to play the piano angrily. Make the adverbs cards and the activity cards. furiously. Your English is not good.. fresh air here.Ш. superstitiously. Method: a.. . The adverb game.. A small child cried noisily in the third row of the theater. The game proceeds as before... Everyday we w ork..1 have. Place the cards face down on a table. indifferently. cheerfully..1 have. Underline the adjectives (adj. b. The eager player waited impatiently for the start of the game..g.. c. m uch.. There a re . 7. 2. 9. 2. This is a whole class activity. 1..1 usually e a t. proudly. gently. shyly. List o f adverbs'. friends here. smugly. plus the top adverb card. 8. after which the teacher gives him/ her points out often for the performance. Grammar points: adverbs of manner.1 have. A terrible fire spread rapidly through the old house. An unusually large crowd came to the concert.. There i s . sexily. On especially busy days. e.. sadly. I can help them. making statements with going to + verb adverb o f manner.. slowly. bread. little. carefully. Fill in the blanks with m any. 10.. 6. play the piano . noisily. affectionately. 3. H o w . (S)he now mimes the activity for a few minutes.) in the sentences. f. You have w orked. free time have you got? 3. pencils. the telephone in the main office rings constantly. time. only 6. few. turns over the top activity card. Team В continues. arrogantly. 5 . Arthur carefully repaired the antique vase with special glue. clumsily.. 5. carelessly. The team with the higest score at the end are declared winners. light a cigarette. sensuously. badly. casually. you. Salim is taller than Shukhrat.. mow the lawn. old. The group compares their appearance and character using the degrees of comparison of adjectives and adverbs. Put the words in correct order. quietly. eat spaghetti. he. lick an envelope. Don’t forget to use constaictions. why. 3 . confidently. an. charming. he. 3. rather. Many birds migrate annual to a warm climate for the winter. at. reluctantly. young. 5. a s .1 have always found Fred to be a politely person. 5. tired. now. playfully. 2. looks. Adjective or adverb? Underline the correct one. 3 . nervously. heavy. П. П. aggressively. aggressive.. stroke a dog. a. cautiously. timidly. drive a car. kiss your grandmother. sing a song. have a cup o f coffee. We ate quick/quickly and ran to the cinema. hit a golf ball. then explain. a. For example. 6. have a shower. silently. he. wearily. post a letter. 1. tensely. gracefully. very. well. happily. seem. moment. eat an apple. lovingly. 1. 1. walk on a thightrope. stiffly. blow your nose. stylishly. The meeting was poorly attended. comb your hair. She always wears smart/smartly clothes. dial a phone number. met. rather. and. 5. the. Self-study I.1 can hard/hardly remember his telephone number. medical. sleepily. brush your teeth. do the ironing. A gently breeze touched my face..suspiciously. do the washing-up. dig the garden. 2. clean the windows. seriously. Ш. student. He flat/flatly refused to go out with her. as. as. do a tap dance. play the piano. put on a pair o f jeans. These roses smell nice/nicely. angrily. energetically. unhappy. He is a regular customer. He is as clever as his friend. is. wildly. angry. 4. sit down. make the bed. List o f activities. take off your shoes. smoker. play football. Two students are called to the board. young. knock in a nail. 4. 4. . we. is.. Say if the underlined words are true or false. man. passionately. Comparison. calmly. not so. (both) 6.. Use 0 if nothing is needed. This soup is. 1 watch television but I listen to the radio.... M y pocket i s . definitely) 8. (completely. hot. 1. 7. Don’t come nearly. (still) 5 . Complete the sentences with too and en ough.. like Robert. but that one is .. A horse i s . The girls looked at him. for a person to lift.. good.. b i g . They behaved very coolly in a dangerous situation.1 have got two sisters and they are married. 1. She is to blame for the accident partially. 4. you could do better. Men are more violent than women. 1. 4.. (probably) 2. V. alone. The bird flew highly.. (hardly ever. He denied the accusation hotly. 2. 5 ... 6. She plays the piano and comes first in most competitions. 6... Your comparison is . empty. . I alw ays carry m y w allet there.. Luisa won’t take part in the competition. it may explode.. 7. 9. 3. usually) 10. like dogs in some ways. We left the room in a hurry. clever. Where were you last night? I was on my o w n . (suspiciously) 3 . 5. 8. light.. 3 . 1. rather. to hold m y wallet..1 disagree with you. 2 The bread seems stale... Put the adverbs into the correct place/places in the following sentences.. frequently) 4 . 10. Put quite. VI.. heavy. or fairly to complete the sentences. 2. The train went fast.. Have you eaten oysters? (ever) 7 . Pauline Brown? Yes. Siamese cats a re . b i g .. This case i s .TV. (beautifully. She has a few mistakes in her composition (always). A hm ed is sm art enough to understand how to solve that problem .. 4.. He is .1 don’t understand why she didn’t come to my party. The bottle w a s .1 . VII. Say if these sentences are correct or incorrect. A hm ed is too sm art 0 to m ake that kind o f m istake.. 8. I saw her yesterday! (only) 9. wrong.. Her answer w a s. 3. They worked energetical. I can’t afford it. Thanks.... David hasn’t had a show er.... I don’t like. ta ll. X. Aunt Marry isn’t very fat. You are young. 5.. The windows were too dirty to see through. 4... The coffee has just been made... terrible weather that we stayed in and didn’t go out at all. They live too far from here. but it is in . 8. you can see the scene better from here. It is very difficult to live on it.. 6. 1. 3.. Are your parents. 7... Why don’t you open the window? 6. far from Navoi Theatre to the American Embassy. kind of people.... Come closer. 3. Harry is too ill to teach today.. 1... angry that he pounded his fist on the counter and threatened to sue the airline. IX.. Are you . 5 .. Ask Shamsiddin to move that box. 2. Put yet. Michael is very honest.. This room i s . 3.. 5. 2. 8. When the passenger was told that his seat was no longer available on the plane. And it is very hot to be drunk. The ice is too thin to walk on. 1. h o t.. 6.. to lift it.. still. That watch is . Complete the following sentences by using so or such. She shouldn’t go on this diet. It i s .. has he? . 4 ... terrible shape that I’m going to have to get rid o f it. to reach that book for me? The green one on the top shelf.1 am too upset at your behaviour. VIII. 1. She didn’t knock him down. He doesn’t try to cheat anyone.5 . 4. You should know better at your age. She hit him but not very strong. The car is too expensive for my family to buy. He is . he became. 6. in the countryside? 2.1am really fond of my old car.. expensive. Combine the following sentences using: too or enough where it is appropriate.. 7. strong. He worked too slow today. He couldn’t do anything. It was late. 7. It w a s.. Rewrite the following sentences using: n o t + the opposite adjective + enough instead of too + adjective.. already in the blanks.1 am uncomfortable. 2. He earns very little money.. He is very rude and impolite. You can’t understand. XI. for ten people to live in.. The house isn’t big enough a. Double form adverbs. f. But he hasn’t gone to bed . that we bought it. Match the phrases in the first column with those in the second one. . that we took a photograph. I have hardly worn it. 4. c. 5. for me to wear. 6. This coat is perfectly unused. It was such a nice flat 10. The view is so beautiful 8. 3. g. 4. 1. He kept close to the road. learned the poem by heart? Well. 1. passed. 2. Are the underlined words right or wrong? 1.1 watched the fighters at close quarters... 2. 5. Arthur is (high highly) respected by his fellow-mates.3. She is a good tennis player. that they were exhausted when they arrived.1 tried hard to remember her name but I couldn’t. She hits the ball hardly. to participate in a First Division’s team.. These shoes are not large enough 2. It was such a tiring journey 6. recite it to me. to be a heavy weight boxer. You dance very well 3. My mother (last lastly) saw him four years ago. 3 ... 4.. Are you . He is too light 4. 1. ХШ. 3 .. He was a hard patient to cure. 2. Have y o u . The most critical time h a s. to drive a car. i. he would not obey the doctor’s orders. working at his dissertation. XV. b. XII. She always speaks (high highly).. It is (easy easily) understood. They are such good teachers 7. that all the students love them. h. He can (hard hardly) walk. here? You must have left the lab an hour ago. e. Don’t walk so fast! I can not keep up with you. 4. It is very late at night. d. She is too young 9. John plays football well enough 5. j. State whether the bold faced words are adjectives or adverbs. He is . Why are you working so slow? Are you tired? XIV. . Choose the correct adverb. you should turn professional. 5. The patient breathed hard.. She is as pretty as a picture. You can’t expect a straight answer from him. 8. 16. His hair was straight and long. 13. This is the right way to do it. He was also his closest companion and his closest friend. 17. 11. He sat up straight in his chair. 15. Look straight ahead! 10. 20. 18.5. . 6. The sportsman dived deep and appeared at the other end of the pool. 14. You oughtn’t to speak ill o f people you don’t know well. We returned very early. 7. They had to dig a well some hundreds metres deep to get to the water. He came close to his friend. In a month’s time the situation was pretty much the same. 19. It was still early when we returned. You look quite ill. 12. 9. She lives right around the corner. 000. ‘million’are not added -s.THE NUMERAL The numeral is a part of speech which indicates the number or the order of people and things in a series.000.1.798 .four thousand six hundred and thirty-one 6.000.254.g. Numerals from 0 till 10: 0 six 6 zero 7 one 1 seven two 8 2 eight 9 three 3 nine 4 ten 10 four 5 five Numerals from 11 till 19: eleven 11 sixteen 16 17 12 seventeen twelve thirteen 13 eighteen 18 fourteen 14 nineteen 19 fifteen 15 Numerals from 20 till 90: 20 60 twenty sixty 30 70 thirty seventy 40 80 forty eighty 90 fifty 50 ninety Now. e. Accordingly numerals are divided into cardinal numerals and ordinal numerals.g. ‘thousand . 4 . .000 a hundred .six million two hundred and fifty-four thousand. 3 574 .100 a billion 1.six thousand one hundred and ninety-two or sixty one hundred and ninety-two. After ‘hundred ’we should use the conjunction ‘and. and what is more. words ‘hundred .000 Numbers of many figures are read by categories.000 a thousand -. remember: a million 1. seven hundred and ninety-eight. 6192 . Cardinal Numerals Numerals which denote quantity o f things is Cardinal Numerals.6 3 1 .three thousand five hundred and seventy-four or thirty-five hundred and seventy-four. Numbers of four figures may be read in two ways: e. ‘million’ are used in singular. Malika has seven big coloured baloons. We learnt two beautiful songs.one (or a) hundred and seven. How many cups should I take? Takefour. Subject e. Attribute e. Object e. They were five. I have read three chapters o f Adventures o f Tom Sawyer. e. Put the folders in order. Predicative of a compound nominal predicate e. g. 107 .one (or a) thousand one (or a) hundred and twenty-four.g.g.in seventeen о three. Syntactic Functions of Cardinal Numerals In sentences Cardinal Number may be in a function of: 1. find out how many times one number is contained in another. e.g. not blanks or points. does not equal. Two are lying on the table and four under the table. 3. is the same as. If a cardinal numeral in the function o f an attribute is preceded by a determinated word it has the meaning of ordinal numeral. Memorize! = * > < + equals.g. x add a number to itself a particular number of times. numbers or amounts mentioned and being added together. Note: Pay attention to the fact that in numbers of many figures hundreds.If numerals ‘hundred . Note: In a row o f attributes numeral is always followed by them. 4.g. etc. millions. they must precede 'a ’or ‘one ’. 124 . Open your book on page fifteen ! Does Bus two runs here? . e. ‘thousand . in 1941 . take away one number or thing from another one. 2. is more than.g. is less than. When reading chronological date the numeral is divided into two parts. is different from. 1. in 1703 .in nineteen forty one. are separated by means of commas. e. thousands.g. Subject e.g. V2.one half. The one hundred and twenty fourth book.(the) seventh thirty . O f the two frocks I liked the second better. e. Two boys were here. An ordinal numeral is formed by adding -th to a cardinal numeral. If an ordinal numeral does not mean the exact place of a thing in a row it may follow the indefinite article a. Syntactical Functions of Ordinal Numerals In sentences Ordinal Numeral is used as: 1.two one hundred and twenty fifths.g.g. Ordinal numerals usually follow the definite article the.(the) twelfth tw o -(th e ) second three .(the) thirtieth fifteen .(the) fifteenth forty . 2/3-tw o thirds. seven . Attribute e. 2/ [25.g. 3. 2.Ordinal Numerals Numerals which denote order o f things are Ordinal Numerals.g. 3/8-th ree eighths. Object e.g.g.(the) first twelve . 4. e. This is my second year in University. Fractional Numerals In simple fractional numerals cardinal numerals are used as numerators and ordinai ones are as denominators. and a third.(the) fifth one . He is always thefirst to come home. g. We saw an eagle soar in the distance.(the) third In ordinal numerals of many figures the ending -th is added to the last figure.(the) fortieth But remember: five . . a half. e. e. Predicative of a compound nominal predicate e. Thefirst was my junior brother. then a second . If a numerator is more than one (1) a dinominator becomes plural. О point OO five 15. Write the following dates. 14. two.seventh . What syntactical functions do cardinal and ordinal numerals present in the sentence? Support your answer with your own examples. e.О point two. nine. 73. 123. 5467. c) 12. 3:/. What is fractional numeral? 4. 17/II 1981 9/II 1401 22/VI 1941 14/X311992 8 /III1870 13/XI2006 IV.g. 31.489. b) '/„ 8 76. 4. eight. Model: Forty-six plus eighteen is sixty-four.three and two third s 4“/?—four and two sevenths In decimal fractional numerals fracted numbers are separated by means of points. not commas. 46. Five multiplied by five is twenty-five. 2. Spell the following numerals. How many ways of reading numbers of many figures do you know? 6. 88. e. What does cardinal numeral denote? 2.seventeenth -seventy . a) 5. How is ordinal numeral formed? 5. six. 100. % .seventeen . 97. Write the following numerals. % 3 VI9. Ш. 34. 384. 777. or nought point two 0. g. Example: seven . . . =/. 1050. Zero (0) is read nought or [ом]. Each figure of fracted numbers is read separately. 14.In mixed numbers whole number is read as a cardinal numeral and fraction is added by means o f the conjunction ‘ancf.3.2 .„ 1 % . 678. What does ordinal numeral denote? 3.fifteen point two five Questions 1. Give the corresponding cardinal and ordinal numerals. П. Thirty divided by five is six.47. Fifteen minus eight is seven. three.005 . five.seventieth one. 0. four.25 . Quiz I. Fetch some chalk from Room 12. 77+14 = 91 9. . eight thousand five hundred and sixteen V. his sister is a 5 year-old-girl. Tell me your telephone number.21:7=3 12. fifty six divided by four is fourteen j seventy seven plus fourteen is ninety-one k. His niece is as old as your son. three hundred and eighty-two f. Usmon Nosir street. 80-30=50 2. zero. Translate the following sentences into your native language. 70<72 21. 15<30 6. 227-08-24 8. 8516 56:4 = 14 382 244-17-55 1875 7x7 = 49 7. 2. seven. 1. double two. one. Timur is a 9 year-old-boy. 1. two. 5. 3. Write it down: 223-95-61 (double two three nine five six one) 4.6x9= 54 16. 6. four i. He lives at 13. 8. 3. 6.48:6=8 17. 4. 12 * 21 23. four. 72:9=8 15.Here you are. seven multiplied by seven is forty-nine c. 78-49=29 4. please. 5. She is not so young as you think. 99+1=100 8. 15* 5 1 24. 41+5=46 3. Open your books at page 70. 550398 12. four. twenty zero three e. she is already 50. 7. . 36>32 20. 19-3=16 11. 9. 45>40 18. 50 = 50 22. 20>18 5. two. 10:5=2 10. 2003 a. 77525 10 6416 11. 2. Students must read Lesson 5 once more. seventy seven thousand five hundred and twenty-five g. double five 1. 7+12=19 7. seven. 8x6=48 Match the following sentences. 56<64 19.9x9=81 9. My sister’s daughter is only a year and a half. six thousand four hundred and sixteen d.13. eighteen seventy-five b.49:7=7 14. 46-22=24 1. eight. five hundred and fifty thousand three hundred and ninety-eight h. Would you give me two hundred soums for a cup of tea? В: I don’t know.. boat number 51. A: Oh. I ’ll get 8. close your eyes. Your time is up. Teacher:. If I divide 40 by 5. ‘42’. 12. we only have 50 boats.A Practical English Grammar . somebody shouted out. B: Boss. A: Jane. isn 'I it le t’s see what he does with that are you in trouble fe ll inside all o f them let me see the cup o f tea first 1. There are not 5 but 3 windows on our room. Multiply the total by four... Alisher is in Group 109.! 3.? 6.. Which month of the year has twenty-eight days? Jane: sir! 2.. B: Oh. A: The Grand Hotel in my city has eleven floors.. my goodness! Boat number 15! B :. A: Come in. Then he turned to his friend and said: Now . . Complete these jokes by putting one of the following phrases. dark. Teacher: Give me another number. . dear! Is she dead? A: No. The teacher wrote 24 on the board. 11. she . VI..10. The teacher wrote 39 on the board.. A boy at the back of the class shouted 88.! 5. Students: Yes. 14. Yesterday my friend fell from a window on the top floor.? 6 . Teacher: Give me another number. Multiply 7 by 7. Teacher: Now class. A: Excuse me. Add 5 to 15. Give me a number with two digits? ‘93 ’. Now. .! 4. Now. subtract eighteen. Now double it. 13. somebody shouted out. Teacher: Think o f a number between one and twenty. Add three and take away the number you started with. e.g. . adrift. ahead.g. alight and others. e. I am thirsty. They are unchangeable. The door is closed. 2. e. 3) Participle II. These words are usually used as predicatives. i. most o f all with the verb «to be». He is sleeping. 5) Adjectives are most often used to show state. adjective or verb can be distinguished: afire. meaning and functions in the sentence. He is busy. The letter is written. All these words.g. They are formed o f the preposition «on». when fo lk ben alle aslep . afoot. In Shakespeare’s works we find more words of this type. e. lexical and syntactical characteristics. their parents seemed to have no difficulty in distinguishing them. But there are such words in English which can’t be referred to this or that part o f speech according to the principals mentioned above.g. He realized afresh that she was a v en ' beautiful girl. In the New English period the group o f these v ords is increasing. to which they refer according to their morphological. They can form a separate lexical-grammatical group and be a part of speech «Words o f the Category of State». and she began to breste awepe anon.e. aflame. expressing state are this or that part of speech. e. In this case the verb shows the state of an object as a result of the action performed. according to their form.. e.. I am hungry. In this case the verb shows the state of a person in action. She hasfini shed her work..THE WORDS OF THE CATEGORY OF STATE You may come across these words in the Middle English. have no degrees o f comparison. By this time the whole church was red-faced and choking with laughter. Tomorwe at nyght. 2) Verbs in the present perfect tense. which had the form of «а» later. e.g. Then the preposition «а» was combined with the noun. 4) Sometimes the meaning of state may be shown by Participle I.g. which when used in this or that function show the state o f a person or thing. Such parts of speech are: 1) Verbs in continuous tenses.g. In Modem English the meaning of state of a p erson or thing may be expressed by different parts o f speech. I have broken my pencil. Although the twins were very much alike. According to their morphological structure they are divided into two groups: 1) the words in which the prefix «а» and a noun. it lost its lexical meaning and became the prefix «а». 1. And in Modem English these words have formed a separate part of speech. The word «upset» may be: 1) a verb: e.g. The word o f the category of state «up» may be: 1) an adverb: e. 3) a postpositional or prepositional attribute e. but he was all atremble. She found him awake. Their two children. ups and downs 5) a verb: e.g. to upset somebody’s plans 2) a noun in the meaning o f «trouble»: His health has not been improved because o f the upset at home. asleep upstairs. up the river. (a word of the category of state) an ill temper (an adjective) to think ill (an adverb) As a noun the word «ill» is a synonym of the word «evil». Jillian stands stunned and aghast.g.g. In the function o f an attribute the word «sicb) is used in this meaning.g. The word «sick» is also a grammar homonym o f the word of the category o f state. He is dressed poorly. 2) a predicative to an object (a part o f a complex object) e. An adverb: e. He is up. He walked up and down.g. The «words o f the category o f state» without the prefix «а» may be grammar homonyms of other parts o f speech. up the hill 3) an adjective: e. The difference is in the functions in the sentence and in the meanings. The functions of these words in the sentence are the following: 1) a predicative of a compound nominal predicate e.g. up. The word «poorly» may be the word o f the category of state: e. I am ill.g. 2) a preposition: e. I feel rather poorly. He carried himself bravely. were really too big for the doll’s house. . He got up at 6 o ’clock 7) a word ofthe category of state: e. As a word of the category of state «ill» shows a temporary state of a person and can’t be used in the function of an attribute before a determined word. the adverb «ill» and the noun «ill»: e. in the meaning o f to raise (about prices) 6) a postposition: e.g. Angry and aghast she turns away.g. upset and others.g.g. He became aware o f a figure in a light suit.g. He is asleep.g. poorly. For example. over. up train 4) a noun: e. the word «ill» may be a grammar homonym of the adjective «ill».2) the words without the prefix «а»: ill. In his early childhood he couldn’t count at all. Grammar tale Dear students! Let me introduce you to a nice woman Mrs. the words of the category of states form a separate part of speech.1 usually get up at 7 o ’clock. 6) a word of the category of state: e.g. I am upset. 13. You know.. nor degrees of comparison and show the temporary state of a person or thing (object). because I have not been alive for very long. They have neither gender nor number.g. Muller throws his cigarette away and says “I wish he were here.Why do think so ill? 10.g. Mother walked up and down bringing the dishes in and out. Archie Article.. 2. upset price 4) a word of the category of state: e. 3. Knock . ups and downs 2) an adverb: e. 5. but he was taught that such things .g. I was aware again of that feeling o f discomfort.g. .. 7. 11. Charles and his father are exactly alike in appearance. There’s not much. Quiz I. That’s why he was given a nickname Uncountable Noun. Speech and her beautiful friends Nicky Noun. 8. down the river 4) a verb: e. He feels ill. The word «down» may be: 1) a noun: e. 9.He has an ill temper. he is one down.3) an adjective: e.to stop work 5) an adjective: e. to walk up and down 3) a preposition: e.g.g. to down tools . He did not answer. You know everything there is to know about me. Adna Adverb. it is our friend Nicky Noun. Thus.Oh. but when he grew and learnt how to count he started to count everything even milk and sugar.. Point out the words denoting state. but he is away” . knock .g. Peter Pronoun. He lit a pool of paraffin on the scullery floor and instantly a nest of wavering blue flame became agag for prey. He is not down. . 12. Who is there? . he is so funny. They climbed up the hill. 1. 6. We should catch the up train.1feel that you are wrong. Jack is noisy. down train. John Adjective. 4 . please. Distributive pronouns have their own function. Nicky Noun liked to count so much that his nickname was changed into “countable”. . Quantitative pronouns work at a very serious factory and their duty is to show a specific number or quantity of the goods produced by this factory. geographical names. that one is bad and these people can do it. look! Nicky Noun has come accompanied by his friend Archie Article. don’t tell it to anyone.. life or may be about history or something else he is absent. Oh. Interrogative pronouns are too small still and that’s why they just adore to ask questions. such as: who. By the way. the demonstrative pronoun ‘th a t. Speech entered the room they began crying at each other and fighting. got his childish name “uncountable” . They just say: “my. but his character is so strange. and he decided to call them all Proper nouns. Possessor’s orders to whom they refer. your. Speech decided that Peter Pronoun would be never followed by Nicky Noun in speech. things. But sometimes he is so indefinite. When Mrs. Such things as milk. etc. If you offer help to such a person he will tell you for sure: ‘7 41manage it myself. You know. You know. Reflexive pronouns are very clever and do everything themselves. It is impossible to use him as he is entirely immersed in his thought. They usually say that this man is good..couldn’t be counted. bread etc. yours . Nicky Noun just adores people’s names. But please. They work at a representative office and deal with people and things. Do you promise? So. but those ones can not. look.. Possessive pronouns are so great. now I’ll open you a great secret. Demonstrative pronouns just adore to take part in different TV shows where they demonstrate their relation to people. mine. As to reciprocal pronouns I should mention that they are always together with each other and always help one another. He has nine children. day’s etc. Oh. sugar. Pronoun is such a bad chap. It is not so really. As to persons or things and materials Nicky named them Common nouns but they do not take offence with him as they know that he is a nice chap. Relative pronouns introduce subordinate attributive clauses. what. the names o f the months. sometimes he is alike his friend. Archie is a very good guy. They are: Personal pronouns. All of them are very hard working people. don’t think that Mr.” But in fact they just carry out their boss Mr. Who are adored by him. why . Since that time Mrs. the same as those things which were counted by him.. just like his friend the numeral lone\ And sometimes when he thinks about love. he is just a wonderful father. here! Is Peter Pronoun coming to us? But be careful! One day Peter Pronoun and Nicky Noun were friendly talking to each other. But. They loved each other very much. In this case Mr. Who are Mrs. Oh. Pronoun got? 7. Adverb decided not to change her surname which she had taken from her father verb. It will help you to get to know them closer.Oh. Article’s character? 5. look. Why was Nicky Noun called uncountable in his childhood? 4. here is coming a handsome young man John Adjective in his favourite modem long new brown English silk coat. But do you remember it is a great secret? Don’t tell anyone about it. but also other adverbial phrases and even their neighbouring sentences. where” something was done. Who quarreled with Nicky Noun? 6. John Adjective married Mrs. he decided to divorce her. By the way John sometimes works as Nicky Noun when the latter is away on holidays. What are the duties of Mr. dear students! I’ll open another secret to you but you will pretend that you don’t know it? Mr. How many children has Mr. I should say. Questions 1. What can you tell us about Nicky Noun? 3. Mrs. who is a great gossip. But if you want to know all their biographies in details use a Practical English Grammar. Pronoun’s children? 8 Why did John Adjective and Adna Adverb divorce? . Adjective helps the unemployed to get a job as he is a very kind man. What can you tell us about Mr. She always tells us “how. He says that his coat is the best one. One day John found out that she modifies not only him. when. Speech’s friends? 2. She just adores to discuss such things. Adna Adverb. s p e a k . According to the relation to the object verbs are divided into t r a n s it iv e and in tra n s itiv e . having affixes: c a p tiv a te . ( in tr a n s itiv e ) My uncle grows wheat. ( t r a n s it iv e ) Beautiful flowers grow in this garden. [id] after t. (in tr a n s itiv e ) Verbs have finite forms which can be used as the predicate o f a sentence and non finite forms which can not be used as the predicate o f a sentence. the Past Simple. g i v e u p . n u m b e r . The verb has the following grammatical categories: p e r s o n .b e g in n in g . e . consisting o f tw o stems: d a y d r e a m .e d ( .e : to l o o k . verbs are divided into three groups: r e g u la r. Verbs in English may be classified either according to the formation or according to their relation to the object in the sentence. to d ie . He is writing a letter. to c a n c e l . consisting o f a verb and a preposition o f adverbial origin: s it d o w n .c o m p e lle d .s t ir r e d .s to p p e d . b r o w b e a t . Participle II and Participle I: to b e g in . v o ic e and m o o d . or only . d) composite.p e r m i t t e d .g . m i x e d verbs.e d to the stem o f the verb. t o s t ir . inner flextion. The regular verbs form the Past Simple and Participle II by adding . t o p e r m i t . The pronunciation o f .e. a s p e c t. i.looked.n o d d e d .d ) depends on the sound preceding it.landed. u n d o . Spelling rules. The final consonant letter is doubled if it follows a single vowel in a stressed syllable: to n o d . d : to act . m a g n ify .q u a r r e l le d . b) derived i. to land . These categories can be expressed by means o f affixes.d ie d . According to the morphological structure verbs are divided into: a) simple: liv e . Intransitive verbs characterize the subject and don’t take the action over to an object. c) compound. The basic forms o f the verb in M odern English are: the Infinitive. c o m e in .THE VERB The verb is a part o f speech which denotes an action.lo o k e d . [d] after voiced consonants except d and after vowels: to stay . According to the way in which the Past Simple and Participle II are formed. Transitive verbs always take a direct object. . [t] after voiceless consonants except t . The final / is doubled even in an unstressed syllable: t o c o m p e l .c a n c e lle d . ( tr a n s itiv e ) He writes clearly. to q u a r r e l . to s to p .d if the stem o f the verb ends in . to look . te n se .stayed.e.b e g a n .acted. ir r e g u la r . to listen listened.b e g u n . w e n t . This category denotes the relation o f the action either to the moment o f speaking or to some definite moment in the past or future. e . to s o w .s o l d . According to the syntactic functions o f the verbs. to f e e l . The category o f te n se is clearly expressed in the forms o f the English verb.w o r s h ip p e d . thus having only a grammatical function. The old face l o o k e d w o r n a n d h o l lo w a g a i n . which depends on the extend to which they retain. s h a ll. to s h u t . There are tw o voices in English: Active.s o l d . The house w a s t o o b ig . Notional verbs are those which have a full meaning o f their own and can be used as a simple predicate in the sentence: to d r e a m .m a d e .g . to w o r s h ip . they are divided into n o t io n a l ve rb s . to tu rn .s h u t . The students d is c u s s e d the problem. e .s h o w n . to lie .b u i l t .g o n e . others denote both time and aspect relations.k id n a p p e d . t o u p s e t. t o h a v e . The category o f aspect shows the way in which the action develops. to g o . The irregular verbs form the Past Simple and Participle II in a different way: to w r it e . The Passive voice shows that the person or thing denoted by the subject is acted upon. w o u ld . t o m a k e .m a d e . to b e . whether it is in progress or completed.l a y . to ta k e . to w e a v e . The students w i l l be rehearsing the second act when you come. e tc .b u ilt .w o n . t o s e e m .w r o t e . t o lo o k .g .t a k e n . Auxiliary verbs are those which have lost their meaning and are used only as form words. a u x i l i a r y v e r b s and l in k v e r b s .s h u t .s h o w e d .In some verbs the final -p is doubled in an unstressed syllable: to k id n a p . Passive. They are used in analytical forms. The final jy is changed into i if it is preceded by a consonant: to c r y . They are: to d o .s o w e d . to s e l l .w r it t e n .g . m a y . Dilshod h a s k n o w n her for three years. w il l . weaken or lose their meaning. The Active voice shows that the person or thing denoted by the subject is the doer o f the action expressed by the predicate. .s o w n .t o o k . The category o f tense and the category o f aspect are intermingled.c r ie d . Link verbs are verbs which to a smaller or greater extend have lost their meaning and are used in a compound nominal predicate: to b e . Voice is the category o f the verb which indicates the relation o f the predicate to the subject and the object.w o n . e .l a i n . to w i n . Some o f the English tenses denote time relations. to c o a s t. The mixed verbs form the Past Simple o f the regular type and Participle II o f the irregular type: to s h o w . to b u i l d . s h o u ld . e . In this case it is used in interrogative sentences in the Present and Past Simple tenses and negative. In this case it should be followed by an adverbial modifier. d o you? . An auxiliary verb: .The last train le a v e s at midnight. D o you often go to the theatre? An imphatic verb.g . He is in the yard now. They join the different parts o f a sentence so as to give us a complete meaning. a r e for all the rest persons. It has two forms in the past: w a s singular and w e r e plural. A modal verb. e . It shows planned action or agreement. We were to meet at 5 o ’clock.g . The verb ‘to d o ’ has the following meanings: A notional verb. Timur is writting a letter. A substitutional verb. I d o like him. Pete speaks English better than N ick does. The verb ‘ to b e ’ has three forms in present: a m for the 1st person singular. Farkhod d o e s his work well. It is an equivalent o f the modal verb “must” .1 d o . (a c t iv e ) He was asked when the parcel w o u l d be r e c e iv e d . They are m o d a l ve rb s . e . is for the 3rd person singular.You d o n ’t like him.g . In this case it substitutes verbs in the Present and Past Simple tenses. there are some verbs which have other meanings. e .g . e . An auxiliary verb. A link verb. some im p e r s o n a l v e rb s . An auxiliary verb. In this case it is used to form continious tenses or passive voice. . In this case it shows action o f preparing something. My friend is an engineer. A letter is being written by Timur.g .g . r e la t io n a l and l in k -v e r b s .g . ( p a s s iv e ) Verbs are words or phrases that tell us what somebody or something (the subject) does in a sentence.g . In this case it is used to connect the subject with the predicate and is followed by a predicative. The Verb «to be» has the following meanings: A notional verb. c a u s a tiv e v e rb s . e . 1. Verbs denote action or state.g . The verb ‘ w i l F has the following meanings: e . However. In this case it is used to stress the action in the Present and Past Simple tenses. e . e . In this case it is an equvalent o f the modal verb ‘m ust’. She doesn’t want me to go there but I w i l l go. e .g . An auxiliary verb to form Future tenses for the first person singular and plural. (in the negative form) e .g . 2.g . 2. They s h a ll come to see us on Sunday. If he were here he w o u l d help me. e . e . e . A modal verb a) expressing threat. The verb ‘ s h a lF is used in the following meanings: 1. b) in the meaning o f volition.g . The verb ‘h a v e ’ has the following meanings: 1.g . It shows that an action must take place due to circumstances.g . He s h a ll teach you for your behaviour.a) to form future tenses. A modal verb.g . He w i l l come back in a few minutes. An auxiliary to form perfect tenses. e .g . I s h a ll do it tomorrow. b) in subjunctive m ood (in the form ‘w o u l d ’ in the principal clauses w hich subordinate clauses o f condition . . M y mother fell ill and I h a d to stay at home and call a doctor. e . e . 2. You are speaking too rudely.g . I h a v e seen this film this week.g . It w o n ’t do. I w i l l see him tomorrow. c) in the meaning o f prohibition. A modal verb: a) in the meaning o f persistence. e .unreal) e . I h a v e tw o brothers and a sister.g . b) showing the action which will take place for sure. 3 . A notional verb expressing somebody’s or something’s belongings. e . Progressive. past or future is expressed. it) d o e s n ’t. D o we com e? We d o n ’t c o m e . D o th e y c o m e ? T h e y d o n ’t c o m e . Perfect and Perfect Progressive.s in the third person singular . M ost verbs add . it) d o e s . The Progressive form denotes an action in progress at the present moment or at a given moment in the past or future. Short answers: Yes. N o . The Simple form merely shows that the action takes place in the present. The Perfect Progressive form denotes an action in progress. Yes. it) c o m e ? H e (s h e . D o e s h e (s h e . We c o m e . D o/D oes+ infinitive for questions. The verb “to be” I am We a re — You a re H e (sh e .TENSES OFTHE ACTIVE VOICE There are four aspects in English: Simple. w e d o n ’t. Yes. w e d o . It is formed by means o f the auxiliary verb to be in the required tense and Participle I o f the notional verb. th e y d o . The form o f the verb gives no indication as to its duration or completion. negatives and short answers D o y o u com e? I d o n ’t c o m e . N o . They com e. I d o n ’t. H e (sh e . — You com e. Yes. D o y o u com e? Y o u d o n ’t c o m e . past or future. whose duration before a definite moment in present. h e (sh e . N o . I d o . N o . N o . The Perfect form denotes an action completed before the present moment (and connected with it) or before a definite moment in the past or future. t h e y d o n ’t. y o u d o n ’t. y o u d o . It is formed by means o f the auxiliary verb to h a v e in the required tense and Participle II o f the notional verb. it) is T h e y a re Spelling: 1. Yes. The Present Simple Tense Form: I com e. h e (s h e . it) c o m e s . it) d o e s n 't c o m e . g . . a s s o o n a s . e tc . e . He will tell you about the meeting i f you ask him. thoughts and states rather than activities e . o c c a s io n a lly . e v e r y d a y .g . referring to the future. u n le s s .e s . If the verb ends in a consonant + y . e . 2.I d re a m - H e d re a m s I keep - H e keeps I ta k e - H e ta k e s But g o and d o are different. They add e s I go - H e goes Id o H e does - 2. Have is irregular.x it adds . The Earth g o e s round the sun.c h . It is used after: w h e n . In object and attributive clauses introduced by w h e n the Future Simple is used. I have - H e has Use: 1. Introducing a quotation: e . e . o n S a tu r d a y s . In clauses o f time and condition. Something that is generally true. verbs that describe sentiments. Ifly - H e flie s I s tu d y - H e s tu d ie s But if the verb ends in a vowel + y . -s h . if.g . that is. u n til. 3. th e ^ is not changed. a fte r. With stative verbs. A regular repeated activity We often use the Present Simple in this way with adverbs or adverbial phrases of frequency: s o m e tim e s .g . n e v e r. e tc : I g o to the University e ve ry' d a y . o n c e a w e e k . If the verb ends in s. I w ash - H e w ashes I w a tc h - H e w a tc h e s I d re s s - S h e d re sse s I r e la x - S h e r e la x e s 3. w h e n e v e r.g . I s ta y - H e s ta y s I p la y - H e p la y s 4. . 4. the_y is changed into -7 and -e s is added. He w o n d e r s w hen Elya w i l l g iv e him an answer. a statement o f fact. Note: It should be bom in mind that this use o f the Present Simple occurs only in adverbial clauses o f time and condition. b e fo r e . Anvar lik e s sweets very much. 5. . the future action is regarded as something fixed. d) verbs denoting feeling: to lo v e . They want us to come to their place at once. . With the verbs o f m otion such as to g o . A l i s h e r is the subject.This book s a y s that too much butter and milk is bad for you. sp e n d s is a simple verbal predicate. Summaries o f events. a) verbs denoting sense perception: to see. e . It is used in this way with information about timetables. A n a l y s i s : E v e r y y e a r A l i s h e r s p e n d s h is h o l id a y s in th e m o u n ta in s . e . conjoint form.g . 7. 10. films etc. 9. to h a te .g . extended. Verbs not used in the Continuous form. 3rd person. e . to lik e . the direct object has its attribute. And Miller ta k e s the lead in the first lap. to d e p e n d . expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. I understand the teacher’s explanation. e . to b e lie v e . e .g .At the end o f the play both families r e a lis e that their hatred caused the deaths o f the lovers. singular.g . June 1941: The German fascists unleash a war. h is h o lid a y s is a direct object. official events and itineraries: e . For dramatic narrative. e . Great Britain consists o f three parts. t o c o n s is t. PRESIDENT RECIEVES HUGE WELCOME.20 this evening. Actions going on at the present moment. expressed by a possessive pronoun. 8. According to the purpose o f utterance it is a declarative sentence. I hear you well.. to w is h . Active Voice. and summaries o f historical events use present (and present perfect) verb forms. c) verbs denoting wish: to w a n t. to liv e etc. N ow we would like to show the way the sentences are analyzed. . According to the structure it is a simple. expressed by a common noun in the Comm on Case.. e .. Plots o f stories. In newspaper headlines: e . To give information about a future event. The train le a v e s at 7. expressed by the verb “to spend” in the Present Simple tense. It is most often used for dramatic narrative in sports commentating when radio and television commentators describe a short action that is completed as the commentator is speaking: e .g .g . 6.g .g . to h e a r. D on’t speak so loudly.g . indicative mood.. to c o m e .g . b) verbs denoting mental activity: to k n o w .. How do you like this play? e) verbs denoting abstract relations: to h a v e . to b e lo n g . tw o member sentence. The train leaves at 11 o ’clock. 7. What adverbs are used in the Present Simple tense? 10. in the m o u n ta in s is an adverbial modifier o f place. 1.1 catch the 7 o ’clock train every day. He wonders when Elya will give him an answer. What is a verb? 2. What is the difference between notional. auxiliary and link verbs? 5. The Thames flows through London. 1 read T o s h k e n t O q s h o m i in the evening. Tell about the usage o f the Present Simple tense. Comment on the use of the Present Simple. W ater boils at 100 degrees Centigrade. 8. 11. 15 . Birds usually build nests in the tree. Quiz I. e ve ry y e a r Questions 1. 3. don’t smile. sets in the west. expressed by a prepositional phrase. . 12. 17. 13. My little brother collects butterflies and coins. Tell about making o f interrogative and negative forms o f the Present Simple tense. Tell about sentences with “to be” in the Present Simple tense. What are regular and irregular verbs? 6. 4 .s or . 10. 18. Feruza needs your help. And Eastwood passes the ball to Andrews.1 see George in the park. 7. 2.is an adverbial modifier o f time. 16. If you look at them. What is an intransitive verb? 4. If Bekzod comes at 10 o ’clock. The sun rises in the east. What are the orthographic changes o f the verb while adding .1 would like to know when you will come back. 9. 14.e s for the 3rd person singular? 8. Riots break out in city centre. expressed by a phrase. May 1945: The war in Europe comes to an end. What is a transitive verb? 3. 5. Do you hear any noise in the street? 6. ask him to wait. 9. 2. 3.. M otorcycles made a lot o f noises.? Ahad? Oh. Our dogs always attact strangers. V. She works at home.? Jasur? No. He answers the phone. 4.g. 13. b) D o . 10 . 8. 2. He works outside. S h e ’s a teacher... .. I don’t know him. She travels a lot. She works with children.1 often come to see my old teacher on Saturdays. 10. 6. A В с D S h e 's an air hostess. H e 's a receptionist. Students have a good appetite and they always eat heartily. loo. 17. 16. He likes animals. III. She speaks three languages. She travels a lot. The flowers look fresh. He has two children. She works at a school. He gels up very early. Change the following sentences into 3rd person singular. He wears a uniform. 3. She corrects homework. Write the following sentences a) in the negative. 18.1 think I am right. W hat kind (sort) o f books do you read? 8. 4.. 15.? Elbek? He gets up very early even on Saturdays and Sundays. He uses a word processor. e. She stavs in hotels a lot. c) W h a t. She looks after passengers. He gives peopic room keys. 4.. She has a cold bath every day. The boys box in the gymnasium on Friday. He lives in the country. 9. b) in the interrogative. 7. He lives near the university. a) W here. 6. he likes chocolate cakes. 2.II. d) W h e n . 5. Good students always obey their teachers. IV. 5. H e 's a tanner.. 14. The nightingales sing beautifully. 12.? Sue? She lives at the end o f Salamatina Street. Put the sentences from the box into the correct columns below. Read the answers and then complete the questions. The bell rings at 8:30. Do you like hard-boiled eggs? 7. 3. 1 . 9. 11. What d o they do? 1. He meets a lot of people.. 1. . nowadays. it) c o m in g ? H e (sh e . ( c o m e w i l l c o m e ) round this evening I . The Present Progressive Tense Form: “to be” + Participle I: I a m c o m in g .. it) is c o m in g . He remembers her telephone number. T h e y a r e c o m in g . ( r a i n s w i l l r a i n ) before w e ... 1 expect Nigora (te lls w i l l t e ll) us when she . That star moves round the Sun. H e (sh e .. 3... 7.5.. . 3...... I s h e (s h e . If you ... — Y o u a r e c o m in g .. ( r i n g w i l l r in g ) . it) is n o t c o m in g . 8. 7.. We live in Tashkent. Those girls never . Questions and negatives: A r e y o u c o m in g ? I a m n o t c o m in g ... 7.. 5. (g e t w i l l g e t ) home.. 10. (s to p w i l l s to p ) when people . (h a s w i l l h a v e ) arrived. The last train leaves at midnight.. (g e t w i l l g e l ) more sensible. Choose the correct forms. I t .. (s h o w w i l l s h o w ) you the new clothes I have bought.? 2...? 10.. 9. 6. W hat do you keep . (b e c o m e w i l l b e c o m e ) an interpreter when I . 1.. ( n e e d w i l l n e e d ) a visa.? 8. (fin is h S v illf in is h ) studying English. VII.. . 8. VI.. N obody e v e r.. They feel very cold. The meeting .... 4.. Why does that student alw ays. He o n ly .. ( fin d s w i l l f i n d ) ajob. My father likes a lot o f m ilk . (s ta r ts w i l l s t a r t ) when everybody .. Complete the sentences.. 1. a b e ll. If you .. W henever Murod comes to see u s . 6. (p re s s / w ill p r e s s ) that button. Ifyou .. Wars .. How do you g e t . We a r e c o m in g .... They usually.. 4. Perhaps I . ( g o w i l l g o ) to China next year you . 2... W here does the secretary.? 9. 6 . occasionly.. 5 . People pick the apples in October. Words which end in mute -e: to make .leaving Use: 1. Are they coming? They are not coming. A future intention with a verb o f motion: e.hopping to dig digging 2. we are not. I am writing a letter to my friend. Spelling: 1. Are you coming? You are not coming. 1 . No. 3. (with the adverbs always.g.A Practical English Grammar .g. No. I am. you are. We are leaving Tashkent in a week. 5. One syllable words which end in a short vowel+consonant: to sit sitting to hop .Are we coming? We are not coming. No. The Present Progressive Tense is often used in this way with these days. Yes. this week. She is always laughing. No. he (she. What are you doing these days? I am working at my thesis these days. Words which end in consonant+y: to cry crying to modify . Where is David? He is doing his homework.f l y i n g 3. Yes. She is a funny girl. it) is.g. I am not. The Present Progressive Tense is used to express an action thought of as a continual process or for complaints about annoying habits. you are not.making to come . The activity may or may not be in progress at the moment of speaking. they are.coming to leave . he (she. An activity that is taking place in the present time period and will continue for a limited time. we are. An exaggerated action: e. this month.modifying to f l y . Yes. 4. constantly). ever. it) is not. they are not. 2. No. Yes. etc: e.g. Short answers: Yes. today. Activity in progress at this moment: e. .. Students are working at the laboratory.. at the laboratory is an adverbial modifier c f place.. to prefer.. a) rains b) is rained c) is raining 4. 1. I see George in the street. two member sentence. Take your umbrella. are working is a simple verbal predicate. when I phone wake him up.g. There are some verbs which have no progressive form: to see. Nilufar is always talking at the lessons. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. to understand. a) sleeps b) is sleeping c) sleep 3. expressed by the verb ‘to work ’ in the Present Progressive Tense. What you .. I t . at? a) looked b) is looking c) are looking 6. to feel. to know.. exte ided. to hate. to love. to hear. Who . Choose the appropriate answer. According to the structure it is a simple. Question! 1. Can you tell when the orthographic changes o f the verb occurs while adding ing9 3. in this town. Tom and Mary are at the restaurant. Mary says to Tom “I . breakfast in the kitchen.. at the door? a) knocks b) is knocked c) is knocking 2. Active Voice. The usage of the Present Progressive Tense. a) lives b) lived c) is living . a) is cooking/cooks b) cooks/is cooking c) is cooking/cook 7. to contain. Analysis.. expressed by a prepositional phrase. She still.. to recognize. a book by Jack London now. What verbs have no continuous form? Quiz I. If he .... to resemble. to fear. M other. expressed by a comm эп noun in the Common Case. She always.. in the moming. to belong. e. to believe. 2.g. plural. to deserve. Indicative Mood..e. to like.” a) read b) am reading c) don’t read 5. to seem.. students is the subject. My m other. in the last row. again today. to concentrate. to lock. . Put the verb in brackets into the Present Simple and Present Progressive.8.. to the music. (tosnow) B: It is beautiful! This is the first time I have ever seen snow.. you .. Keep quiet. not) 10. towards the fence.... I am glad that the s u n .. to wake) 9. too much. ... for a reply.. (to take) 4. Use either the Present Simple or the Present Progressive.. a) are/hearing/is knocking b) do/hear/knocks 9. Father. to the mountains. (to wait..... A: Close your eyes.... your hands together. somebody .. in the front row during class. Now listen carefully. (to sleep) 8.1 wrote to my friend last week.. still) 7. in my country.. . (to give) 5. at the door. us milk. ? a) do/smile b)are/smiling c) do/hear/is knocking c) are listening c) are/smile II. but today she .. Every moming... (to rub) A: Close.. . (the shine) 8. My friend. (to rub) A: Right! 3. It . you .. (to cost) .. Why .... to do) B: You . but not exactly right. ? (I.. a) listened b) listening 10. Try again. I t .... me up. (to walk) III. usually to sit) 4. I . She hasn’t answered my letter yet. (to go) 2. at his desk and .. (to sit... to his Korean classes twice a week.. anything? .. Hush! A strange man . (to try) 5. her dog for a walk in the evenings. (to wash) 2. her hair... What . This week students. always) 6 .. Kathy . the sun . 1.. (to sit.... Horses also .. After six days o f rain..Yes.1 can’t afford that ring. I . (snow. Diane can’t come to the phone because she ... The student.. A: Look! I t ... his homework.. Be quiet. . we . Please be quiet. 1. (to visit) 6. in my bedroom window and . (togo) 7. He .. B: Aha! You . the door to your apartment when you leave? (you.. (to shine.. to do) 3. London for a few days at the moment. in the next room. the top o f the desk with your hand.. I . “It is awful! L e t’s ask fo r our money back! ” 3. (to have. (to need) 15.. to be daydreaming. (to wear) 12. to think) W h a t. hard about verb tenses. not) He . I . angry. Right now Martha is in the science building. I can do nothing now. to study) 14.. “You idiot! We 'II never get it back now! ” 2.. (begin) Unfortunately. Ahmed . He . ? (sword.1 .... ? (you.. “You should have thought o f that before. Shhh. is dangerous. to wake him up. at Janet... a nap in the living room...... “more powerful...11.. (to wear) 13. around the classroom. up and . to mean) What ... to mean) 18. (to want. “I do n ’t approve. “Just in time! You have saved us! In another minute.. until 6 o ’clock in the moming. in her book. Procedure: A sentence is written on the board in inverted commas. (to seem.. (to be. after what John has done ...1 . to think... “Found it at last! But it is too late now! ” 8. (to have. ” 4. “You ca n ’t? Well.. Right now I . his head.. " 7. As a rule.. (to own.. (to bite) Wan-Ning . out the window.” (to want) I . “I can't afford to.... (to take) We . Right now I . (to look) I wonder what the matter is. not) 16. you must. to get. very careful.. and then I . his rest... (to look) Yoko .. to figure out the meaning of this saying: “The pen is mightier than the sword.. (to scratch) Ahmed . his pencil. i f you must. we '11just have to manage without.. but perhaps he . Look i t . not) She . careful when she does a chemistry experiment.. (to do.. ” . be) She . to rain. to do) 17..... “It is stuck .. (to look) She . to spill any o f the acid. for my classes.. The chemistry experiment she . “What are they talking about?” Composing sentences in the present.. always) Activity I.could you give me a hand? ” 6. w aterproof hat on rainy days. that “mightier” .... any fun right now. (to stare) H e . we 'II never get her in..” 10.... Grandpa ... a raincoat... a frown on her face.. (to write) Carlos ... She . it represents a bit o f conversation that has been overheard. (to have) She certainly ..” 9. not) Tom is lucky.. (to sleep. There are some examples: 1. not) I . ” 5. (to want.. my umbrella with me. an umbrella. so she .” but what is a “sword”? (to know..... “She is fa r too big. (not to see) 5.. Match up the two halves of the following English proverbs. One good turn 3.. 1. (to sit) 2... The bus still. a wonderful sale. You . going/goeing 3. him? (to trust) 3. traveling/travelling 10. to think) 10. H e .for example.. A rolling stone 2. Don’t disturb him. The students should try to find as many possible ‘solutions’ as possible. lying/lieing 7. It is no use 4. She can’t come to the phone. Put the verbs in brackets into Present Simple or Present Progressive. at the bus stop.. you? (to understand.. readding/reading 8. a difficult test this afternoon..... It is never too late 6. fryeing/fiying II. The students’ solutions can be represented through dramatisation: the students act through the situation in which the utterance occured. Wish him luck. I t . Use Present Simple and Present Progressive. takeing/taking 6. Excuse me. This is Mr. at all. Choose the correct spelling from each pair of words. 1.. (to take) 9.1 . studing/studying 5. last. (to have) .. I am lazy.. Slush’s latest book. 1. My teacher.. and so on. Self-study I. what the relationship is between the speaker and the person addressed. You ... S h e.The students should guess what the person is talking about and anything else they can infer about the situation .... A blind person . to go abroad after finishing my studies. writing/writting 2. best.. but I think you . the table. waiting/waitting 9. diging/digging 4. Familiarity 5. Complete the sentences.. in my seat. (to laugh. who . to laugh) 2. on a new project? (to experiment) 7 .. 1. (to lay) 4.... what I . we can catch it? (to stand. (to hope) 8.... Can’t you see h e . You still.. He . (to say) 6. what sort of person the speaker is. What you lost on the swings a) breeds contempt b) crying over spilt milk c) gathers no moss d) you gain on the roundabouts e) deserves another f) to mend your ways III. to tell) IV. . . (to stop) “And besides.... an article about Shekespeare’s life. We came. English tenses right now. My friend ....1 .. seven languages fluently.. . their final test now. Now he . 2nd from o f verb (irregular) I worked... or only ч /if the stem o f the verb ends in -e. to know that Susan. (to speak) 5.. apologising all the time!” she told me.. alw ays.. poor Helen..W h a t. (to enter. Don’t . Japanese.. to learn) 11. (to have) 4... to take) 8. You worked. very happy together. (to revise) 7. Susan Porter. (to deceive) H e .1 work in a large office with about thirty other people...... every week w e. here? . (also to try) 1 am going to tell you who I .. Keith. not yet anyway! The Past Simple Tense Regular verbs form the Past Simple Tense by adding -ed\o the stem of the verb... the classroom. Helen . to catch whoever it is before the police are called in.. I came. Mr. with Keith Ballantine. Salom at.. A ctions. They worked... You came. (to take) Helen Watson. louder than words. At present h e . You came..1... (to suspect) Well. (to experience) When y o u .. (to work. Form: verb+ed (regular). (to speak... Every s ta r... Jamoliddin... (togrumble) 6. tofancy) But I . most of the day together. (to happen..3. (to see) And plenty o f other interesting things. one o f the sales representatives. I know h e .. its own orbit. They came. y o u . (to go out...... (currently/to go on) For instance. Betty Wills from the overseas department”.... and they. most of my colleagues are so interesting that I . (to run) At the moment she . more and more problems with theft-personal belongings and even money have been stolen. (to know.. that someone in your office is a thief. All the irregular verbs should be learnt by heart. to seem) But everyone except Helen apparently . a n d . to translate) 9.. most of whom I . The students.. a report there.. (to spend) In fact. Irregular verbs form the Past Simple Tense by own special rules.. the accounts department.. (to do...... to dislike) “I can’t stand people who never. quite well.. in the library every day... for example. o f writing a book about them! (to think). to read.. We worked. (to realise.. (to know) We . to upset) But I . you at first. He (she.. it) came. so we have all become friends.... that K eith. to write) 10. He (she.. i t . it) worked.. Did you work? You didn't come. Yes. it) work? He (she. to reply . 3. Your motherphoned a few minutes ago.compelled. Pronunciation: -ес/is pronounced [id] after t. 5. Final -r is doubled if it is preceded by a stressed vowel: to occur . No.occurred.replied. repeated or habitual event: . Did they work? They didn 11come.g. Final -/ is doubled if it is preceded by a short vowel. To talk about a regular. 2. Who opened this window? or it may be in the more distant past: e. you didn’t. Use: 1. landed. he (she. he (she. the final consonant is doubled: to stop . I didn’t. The Past Simple refers to the complete event. No. it) didn’t come. 2. It may be in the very recent past: e. they didn’t. I did. [d] after voiced consonants except d and after vowels: opened. they did. we did.Negative and question form: did + infinitive Did I work? I didn’t come. Past habit or regular event. No.submitted. Did he (she. stressed or unstressed: to compel . Short answers: Yes. If a verb ends in a consonant preceded by a short stressed vowel. to quarrel . we didn Yes. you did. Yes. 4. d. [t] after voiceless consonants except t: worked Spelling: 1. Did we work? We didn’t come. Final -r is not doubled when preceded by a diphthong: to appear . to submit . to refer referred. it) didn Yes. it) did. To talk about events and actions in the past that are now finished. No.g.carried.quarelled. Last terms our students had Linguistics twice a week. The time or approximate time that the event took place is stated or is understood from the context. Final -y is changed into / before the addition of -ec/ifit is preceded by a consonant: to carry .stopped. wanted. Completed actions in the past.appeared. No. played. I never learnt to swim as a child. SP (=two member) sentence. (informal) I used always to be afraid o f dogs. Used to and would Used to This often contrasts with the present. to talk about a situation that existed at a certain time in the past: e. yesterday is an adverbial modifier o f time. came back is a simple verbal predicate. s ig h e d and put the bucket on the ground. In 1950. there were fewer than 50 million cars in use around the world. (Once I didn’t drive a big car. or a past habit or situation of some duration: e. he looked at the fence. Used to is more colloquial and would is more literary.g.g. e. (5 days.g. last week (month. expressed by a prepositional phrase. I always used to be afraid of dogs. Repeated actions are often expressed by used to + Infinitive and would < Infinitive.g. Tom came out of the house with a bucket and a brush. I went to swim every other day when I stayed at my grandmother’^ in summer. Time signals: yesterday. He smoked for most of his life. With stative verbs. Succession of past events. in 1991 Analysis : He came backfrom Saint Petersburg yesterday. 4. but now I do). expressed by an adverb. a year. e. extended. (formal) The negative form is either: I didn’t use to or I used not to (rare for some speakers). He is the subject. I didn’t use to drive a big car. The children used to play in the garden of the Selfish Giant. 3rd person. The contrast may be stated or understood. got washed. expressed by the verb 1to come ’ Past Simple. e.e. Past situations at a point in time. e. Then he sat down on a stump and thought o f a plan. On the 26lh of April 1966 a terrible earthquake took place in Tashkent.g. year). 5. Yesterday I got up at six o ’clock. When I was teenager I used to horseright but not anymore. I went to the Theatre every Sunday when I was a student. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. 3. Active Voice.g. dressed and had breakfast. Tom used to forget to say ‘Good morning’ to people when he was a little boy. 2 hours) ago.g. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. . According to the structure it is a simple. singular from Saint Petersburg is an adverbial phrase. Indicative Mood. ... 1. e. What did you do yesterday? II. Used to would also be possible here. Mary would buy an ice-cream on her way from the University. It describes a habitual activity which was typical o f a person.. Why .. a) begin/last b) begins/last c) began/lasted . 3.. you yesterday? a) did b) was c) were 4. He used to drive very fast before he had that bad accident. H e . Choose the right answer. for three hours. I think.g.. I -wouldstay at ‘Uzbekistan’ hotel every time I came to Tashkent.. Every week he would buy his girl-friend a bunch o f flowers. Tell the adverbs of the Past Simple Tense.. I used to like cowboy films.g. my pen while I . I may go now. Compare: e. 2. in Tashkent for two years and then . What is the difference between the Present Simple and Past Simple? 4.. to Moscow. This is usually considered incorrect.... not states. Wouldn more common in written language and often occurs in reminiscences. unless we consider used to as an unchanging semi-modal form. 4. The performance . 5.. There is no present time reference possible. Would This is used to describe repeated actions.. What do you know about used to and would? Quiz I. Ulughbek used to tell them funny stories when he visited them. We used to build houses in the sand when we were little children. Where . Where do you usually go at the weekends? I have done a lot of work today. a) lived/went b) lives/goes c) lived/goes 3. out? a) did/take/am b) did/take/was c) do/take/was 2. Questions 1. Tell the usage of the Past Simple Tense. you . Would is not possible here.The form I didn ’/ used to may also be found. Did you like the cake? I didn’t do my homework yesterday.. at seven o’clock and . 2. Is ‘do ’ used as an auxiliary or as a main verb? 1. 3. a) working b) work c) worked 9. there?” “About three years..1 . 8... Students. II... but now I do. b) are making c) made a) make III. She lost her way. ballete. quite well when I was younger. 7. 12. in silence for a long time.. 5. The police caught the thief. ... a) promised b) promising c) promise 10.. 3. swimming a lot (but I don’t now). Who were you . 8... 10. I didn’t use to . 2..... I didn’t use t o .. if I tried. . up very early on weekdays. 4. He looked at the picture. but now I like it very much... I . We heard a terrible noise. sh e.5.. Odina translated the text. 5. to help us.. He dug a deep pit. I used t o .. We set out for Rome.. in. She . His son wrote a poem. 3. 4.. 2. a) work/ said b) working/ say c) did work/ said 7.. 7. When I was a university student I used t o . 1 saw your brother. I never used t o .. “How long did y o u . 9. I hope it will help me to stay healthy.. He broke his arm. 1.. My mother chose the hat. IV... c) walking b) walks a) walked 6. We .. to on the phone when I . . Put the verbs in the following sentences into: a) the negative and b) the interrogative forms.. I used to . Now. I am not sure I could. 6. I used t o . I used t o . Tom worked very hard. I used t o . at the University as a student. 9... b) talking/ came c) were talking/ came a) was talk/came 8 ... 6. at net every day. a lot of noise during the party. but now I don’t. Write down some things you used or didn’t use to do in the past.. . S h e.. H e . Narration: use of the Past Simple Tense. him?” “At the concert. Self-study I.. (to be) VI. going round the class. Then. to switch.. or improvised.. 1. to the library. lo get.V.. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Simple Tense. lo go) 3.. to come) 7. upstairs. there less than nine months ago. to see me the day before yesterday. but his favourite wife was a very beautiful woman named Bibi Khonim. Amir Timur was very pleased.. to see her yesterday yourself?” “Yes. (to come) 10. Read and retell the text using the Past Simple.. (to spend) . W e .. you . They had been building the palace for many days.... Moscow. a while ago. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple... Find any additional material to this story and discuss. 1. when he was away to war. off the light.. (to leave) 9. architects. Bibi Khonim Amir Timur had many wives..” (togo) 5. to draw. Thousands of skillful masters. He . She was eager to honour him by building a great building o f stone. up and . each student has to add another brief “installment” to the story. and . to stare.. H e .. (to shut. him again that night.. (to sit. Eliza.. she decided to surprise him with a great gift.. the window.....”(to see) 6. the curtains over it.. and builders worked to create this marvelous masterpiece. out of the window. H e .. This can be the first few lines of a story from the coursebook. down at his desk and .... around when I . Work in groups.. T hey. ten years in Ohio. When Amir Timur returned to Samarkand the palace had been already built. Three days later I .. A Treasure o f Uzbek Legends and Lore Activity I. I . (not to see) 8. (to turn. “Y ou.. After a few moments h e . “Where y o u ..... The story must be told in the Past Simple Tense.. which would be decorated with sapphires and turquoise.. said many loving words to his wife and called the minaret in her honour: ‘BIBI KHONIM’. Procedure: One o f the student begins telling a story. to go) 2. One time. Comment on the use of the Past Simple. maybe a minute ago? (not to scream) 4. . “And your hair has become very white. A nton..... My groupm ates.. bom in India. I do it again and again. twenty. home five minutes ago.. D ouglas. “as I (to m ention) before. themselves greatly. you bom?” “ I . Hyde Park recently and . Hello everybody! I .. married when I was eighteen and R oger.. five.. father William. Several weeks ago w e .. bom in India. the captain of the girls’ tennis team last year. Did Alisher oversleep yesterday ? (affirmative) 6. 3. 1. behind the bookcase but a b o o k ...... (to visit.. was or were into the sentences... I could play chess when I .. terrible yesterday.. .. (affirmative) 5... “I (lo fe a r) it (m ay) injure the brain.” the young man (to say).... T hey. (to build) 5.” (to say) the youth. 4. to m ake) 4. And have grown most uncommonly fat. off the shelf an d . Put the verbs given in brackets into the Past Simple and enjoy the poem. her bag at home when she came here. 5. (to be) 8. now that I am perfectly sure I have none.. “You are old. She . (negative) 4. it is right?” “In my youth..g.” father William (to reply) to his son..” “You are old. And yet you incessantly stand on your head Do you think. 2.1felt well yesterday. (question) 3 . You ate all the chocolate.. Present Simple or Past Simple? Put am.1. (to leave) П. The homework was very difficult yesterday. is.. beautiful today.” “W here.. your sister bom?” “S he. to en jo y) 6. (question) IV. too. at a party yesterday evening.2. late! “W here.. I t . But. to fa ll. 6. Rewrite the sentences according to the instructions given. Why. Zuhra didn’t buy a handbag. are. to see me the day before yesterday..” The w eather. The children. W e. (to g o ) 7 . sorry I ... III... 7. a new house in the country... (to com e) 9.. very tired today.. 1 . a loud noise.. (to hide.. (negative) 2. the air conditioning? (to repair) 3. Y ou.. e.1paid all the bills. at your age.. They. She put her books away and left. (to take. And (to argue) each case with my wife.. (to turn. Two motorists. “I (to keep) all my limbs very supple By the use of this ointment . (to answ er) “And I ’ll take the four children along for nothing. translate ahd retell the jokes. “and your jaws are too weak For anything tougher than suet. When night...” ... (to ask )” “How much will you take to drive us to Lennox Street?” “Two dollars for you and your wife. and have a nice ride home.. Yet you (to balance) an eel on the end o f your nose What (lo m ake) you so awfully clever?” “I have answered three questions.. as he (to shake) his grey locks. A man with his wife and four children was spending Sunday in the country. to begin) An hour later the second driver.. (to m eet) Neither o f them . “one would hardly suppose That your eye (to be) as steady as ever. to take a taxi home. to decide) Coming up to the driver h e . to read..... Put the verbs given in brackets into the Past Simple. Yet you (to fin ish ) the goose.. to say): “Jump in.” h e .. in a very narrow street in London..” (to say) his father. “I (to take) to the law. or I’ll kick you down stairs!” V..” (to say) the youth. to his children and .. (to w ant) The first.. And the muscular strength.” . out a copy of the Times and.. to reverse and get out of the way. politely (to ask): “When you finish reading. the driver. (to come. how (to m anage) you to do it?” “In my youth. and that is enough... which it (to give) to my jaw. 1.one shilling the box Allow me to sell you a couple?” “You are old.. won’t you give the paper to me?” 2. h e .. (to add) The m an.” “You are old.” (to say) the sage. kids. read. “Don’t give yourself airs! Do you think I can listen all day to such stuff? Be off. with the bones and the beak Pray. Mummy and I will take the underground.. has lasted the rest of my life.” (to say) his father..” (to say) the youth.Yet you (to turn) a back-somersault in at the door Pray what is the reason of that?” “In my youth. H e (she. You were no t com ing. I was. y o u were not. No.g. we were not. Yes. W hile I w as d riv in g along this moming. Questions and negatives: Were y o u com ing? I w as not com ing. they were.g. I wrote an essay. Yes. he (she. Yes. You were com ing. Use: 1. They were com ing. No. W hile my brother w as prep a rin g his homework. Short answers: Yes. 2. We were com ing.g. Used with while to describe two act ons that were in progress at the same time: e. The children were p la y in g with their toys when we saw them. it) com ing? Were we com ing? Were y o u com ing? Were they com ing? H e (she. They were w atching a film when we arrived. 4. I w as not. No. y o u were. a ll night. I w as w a tch in g television a ll evening. a ll d a y yesterday to show that an action or event was in progress throughout this time: e.T he P ast Progressive Tense Form: was/were + Participle I: I w as com ing. This time may be expressed by an adverbial phrase. With adverbials beginning with all e. No. it) w as not coming. A t m idnight she w a s still doin g exercises. We were not com ing. they were not. we were. . a ll morning. Was he (she. It w as sn o w in g a ll day. e. No. 3. They were no t com ing.g. Used in conjunction with the Past Simple to describe an action or event that started before the event in the Past Simple and was in progress when the event in the Past Simple occurred: e. though she was sleepy and w a s lo n g in g to go to bed. he (she. event or situation that was in progress at a specified time in the past: e. it) was. To describe an action. it) w as not.g. It was twelve and he w a s still sitting in his study. I w as th in k in g about what you’d said. it) w as com ing.g. Yes. expressed by the verb ‘to w rite ’in the Past Progressive. 6. Past Progressive in this use is often to be found in emotional speech. The rain is viewed as one single. While I m ad e dinner. verbs that describe thoughts. constantly are used.) . The wind w as blow ing and the rain was bea tin g down.5.g. cannot normally be put into Progressive form. To describe the background and set the scene for a narrative in the past: e. To denote an action thought of as a continual process. (The rain was in progress throughout the night. (The bath started before 8 o ’clock and was still in progress at 8 o ’clock. It was raining all night. A n a ly sis’. expressed by a common noun. 1. Look at the difference between these sentences: e.1 was h a v in g a bath at 8 o ’clock. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case.) 6 . (Two complete events that happened at the same time. extended. a dictation is a direct object. The use of the Past Progressive emphasizes the continuity and duration o f the event. i. ever. It rained all night. Indicative Mood. 3rd person plural. e. Aziza w as constantly com plaining of being tired. (Two activities in progress at the same time. According to the structure it is a simple. it describes the event in progress. To denote a certain state or quality of the person at a given moment in the past. He knew he was being scientific and restrained. In this case the adverbs always. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. complete event. Common Case.) 4. While I was m aking dinner. They were w riting a d icta tio n a t 11 о ’clockyesterday. the children w a tc h e d television.g. Active Voice. they is the subject. a t 11 o ’c lo c k y e ste rd a y is an adverbial modifier o f time. e.g. 7. (It rained from the beginning of the night to the end o f the night. at some time between its beginning and end. C o n tra st: P ast P ro g ressive and P ast Sim ple The Past Simple describes a complete event in the past. He w as cooking the dinner when I arrived. were w ritin g is a simple verbal predicate. the children were watching television. (He started cooking the dinner before my arrival and the cooking was in progress at the time o f my arrival) 2. two member sentence. sentiments and states.g.) 3. expressed by a prepositional phrase. The Past Progressive does not describe the complete event.e.) 5. Stative verbs. expressed by the verb ‘to r e a d in the Past Progressive. 12. 3rd person. What do you know about the usage of the Past Progressive Tense? Tell about the usage of the Past Progressive in complex sentences. You are always losing your keys. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. When the dean came. 4. 2. he is the subject. They thought that she was getting worried.. 3. two member sentence. 6. singular. It started at 8 o’clock. 5. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. Active Voice. The sun was shining and it was rather hot. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. 11.. 1. 9.1h a d a bath at 8 o ’clock. Grandmother is always grumbling. (This describes the complete event. 3.7 . a) werewalking/asks b) walk/asks c) were walking/asked . II. expressed by a prepositional phrase.. Q uestions 1. me about it. last night is an adverbial modifier of time. my friends were talking. extended. when he suddenly. He is gaining weight every day. 10. What kind of adverbs of the Past Progressive Tense do you know? What is the difference between the Past Simple and the Past Progressive? Quiz I. We . 7. We are driving up to Scotland next week. He was listening to the music all day.) A nalysis: H e w as rea d in g a book about astrology la st night. Indicative Mood. 1. 4. a book is a direct object. The direct object has its own attribute ‘about astrology’. Tom was continuously blaming other people of the mistakes he had made himself. the students were writing an essay. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. Find the Present or Past Progressive. According to the structure it is a simple. Michael is speaking to Professor Gipson now. 8. Choose the appropriate answer. w as reading is a simple verbal predicate. Yesterday at two o ’clock the students were having their grammar test. 2.. While I was trying on the new dress. and a cool wind . a)was/died b) did/die c) is/died 8. Wolkskill (to stir) a cauldron o f the Hungarian goulash that made her beloved o f every family in the valley. as I .. to Kumushkon for my holidays. Ann . and I . Past Simple or Past Progressive. Last year I ... O ’Melvany whose baked hams melted on the foreground of one’s tongue (to garnish) her masterpieces with parsley and sliced orange. The sun . a) went b) was going c) gone 9. The sun . Nenoldim (to add) grated cheese to the spaghetti that would be talked about until her first Wednesday. Ann and Pete ... a) dropped/was washing b) dropped/is washing c) drop/was washing 3. On that moming I left London. Mrs. then retell the text. i t .. a) was going b) is going c) go 6. He asked me when I .... Write the correct form of the Present Progressive....... a) was talking/went b) were talking/went c) are talking/goes 5... to fly because it is much quicker than going overland. and Mrs. up last night. put the verbs in the Past Progressive Tense. How old . translate.. two cups while sh e .1 am sitting in class right now. ? a) did understand/ say b) do understand/ is saying c) understand/ say 1П.A Practical English Grammar .2. Mrs.. Mrs. in class at this exact same time yesterday.. ... Neill (to mix) her bowl of green salad that had been cut from her vegetable garden while she laughed and talked with Mrs. Read..... what the lecturer.. off the plane in Greece. it was a beautiful day. Mrs. a) is shining/decided b) was shining/decided c) shone/decided 4. but when I .... Stone IV. Beaudry (to f r y ) the most delicious chicken on the Pacific coast. a) was raining / stepped / was shining / was blowing b) was raining / step / was shining / was blowing c) rained / stepped / was shining / was blowing 7. y o u . to visit them.. A fte r F alse W itness b y I. I . from the sea. a) decide b) have decided c) will decide 10. 1 . (to sit) 8 ... Dickens when he . Atkinson who (to set) her creamy potato salad... down. to go for a walk. . I . not) He . the thunder during the storm last night because I . the book and quietly .2 .. Japanes e. (to want. to sit) In a few minutes. to close. ...(to sing) 6.1..... someone who was making sandwiches and someone putting flowers in a vase could go together: they might have been preparing for a party... to each other in Spanish. (to be) On one side ofthe room students.... but h e . asleep. a surprise. One with a picture o f a loaf of bread might say: I was making sandwiches..... (tofind... A student with a picture of a vase might say: I was putting flowers in a vase. It sounded like the United Nations.. The same thing happened yesterday.. (to sit. full of students... they join up. My brother and sister . go to the zoo because \ t . not. finally) The room . into the room and all the multilingual conversation . to sleep) 5.1 got a package in the mail. I . (to speak. It was beautiful yesterday when we went for a walk in the park.. to fa ll. so she ... at the library. it.. out of the room. Some o f the students. (to choose.... not. into the room.1don’t want to go to the zoo today because it is raining.... 1 . Procedure: each student gets a picture and decides what he or she was doing (in imagination) at a given time last night . the right room.( t o blow) The birds .. the teacher .( to walk....... to fin d ) 8.say.. to be. ju st) I . For example.... It was my first day of class.( to shine) A cool breeze .. (to argue. however. quietly by themselves. at ten o’clock: the activity must involve the item depicted. they report back to the full class: . to tiptoe) 9. Emerson . While Mrs. I . (to read.. an empty seat in the last row and . (to open... and some . about something when I . (to talk... composition o f simple sentences based on picture cues.. at home.... When I . They go round asking each other: What were you doing last night? If two or more students find that they were doing activities that could ‘go together’.. oral with written follow-up.... M aterials: A set o f pictures of simple objects.. w alk) 7 . to converse) 10. The students then have to find companions. When most of the students are in groups o f three or more.. Then each student shows his or her picture and says what he or she was doing. he . to rain) 3... tc stop) A ctivity What were you doing last night? Use o f the Past Progressive to describe past period of activity. in Arabic.( to hear. the little boy a story. down. busily) Other students . (to study) 4 .. Roger at nine last night. (to call. I . The sun . to come) 2. 3. her own conclusions from a close scrutiny of Mr. Shakespeare. Sarrazin’s face. Breakfast is an important meal. (to read. it) h a s w o rk e d We have w o rk e d You have worked.. The students... The Present Perfect Tense Form: have (’ve)/has (’s) + past participle I have w o rk e d — H e (she. and the brother . While she . She heard him sigh while h e .. her needle. us on the floor. to ply) 3. (to write) 3.. when an earthquake nearly. are you listen to me? I am talk to you! 8 . (to sleep. they were preparing for a party). (to read) 4. Iroda.. g. and what the ‘umbrella’ activity was that accounted for their being together (e. about 36 plays... to watch) 2..what each one was doing. 9. Mrs. He is being hungry. As a verb. 10... her. c) 1. when the teacher.. The class can find a group for any students who have not managed to find one for themselves? Self-study I. Correct the errors. 5. W e . While the doctor. (not to study.. in.. It was quite late at night. 1.. the tea h e .. Kamol stayed home because he catched a bad cold... “sink” is meaning “move downward. when they were interrupted by a knocking at the door..” What it means as a noun? 7.. but I am resembling my mother. Mrs. My brother is looking like our father. aloud while the sister . During I was working in my office yesterday. Page (to help) herself to wine and a hot beefsteak. 2. They have worked.. I am always eating breakfast.. 6. Priestly.. . Portugal lays to the west of Spain. to throw) b) During dinner while Andrew (to chew) his piece o f cold meat. After dinner while Andrew (to try) hard to swallow the last piece of meat she (to sit) studying him. Past Simple or Past Progressive? a) 1.. and by the look in her eyes Andrew (to see) that she (to reflect) on something concerning him.. Abdallah is want a snack. to draw) II.1 rewinded the rented video before I return it to the store yesterday. (to speak.. (to make. My aunt are constantly thinking o f her family.. my cousin stops by to visit me. 4. e. y o u haven ’/. With the adverbs: ju st. We h a v e n ’t worked. expressed by a phrase. expressed by the verb ‘to be ’ in the Present Perfect. we have. They h a v e n ’t com e yet. 4. Active Voice. y o u have. it) h a s n ’t worked. I have know n him for ages. Thev h a ven 't worked. o n th is sid e is an adverbial modifier o f place. as soon a s to denote an action completed before a definite moment in the future. Use: The Present Perfect tense shows a relationship between past time and present time. etc. singular. this m onth. they h a v e n ’t. / is the subject.g. but the time is not mentioned. The students have j u s t rea d this book. Short answers: Yes. According to the structure it is a simple. it) w orked? H ave we w orked? H ave y o u w orked? H ave they w orked? I haven ’/ worked. they have. You h a ven 't worked. Yes. etc. never. No. e. it) hasn 'l. e. after. I have re a d this book (this month). Yes. two member sentence. Yes. We h a v e n ’t seen her for two years. The students w on’t go home until they have p a s s e d their monthly rating materials. 1st person.g. expressed by adverbs. already. I have. Analysis: I have n ever been on this side before. No. but it is still in duration: this week. No. have been is a simple verbal predicate. e. No. the result is important. Yes. The time of the action may be mentioned. Indicative Mood. I won’t go till you have answ ered me. With the conjunctions when. extended. It can be used in the following ways: 1. 2. 3.g. I haven he (she. I have seen this film (this week). if the verb is not used in the continuous form. it) has. untill. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. before are adverbial modifiers of time. H e (she. he (she. yet. . The action has been done. before. No. With the prepositionsfo r and since. we haven't. till.Questions and negatives: H ave I w orked? H a s he (she.g. Sh e ... you .. please? I’m afraid not..Quiz I. at the moment. 8. III.... in two minutes. W e.... in Moscow since childhood. Complete the following sentences using the most suitable expressions given below with the verb have. dinner yet? a) have/had b) had/have 2. a) have gone b) is going 5. have a c o ld have d in n er have a b a d tem per 1. please. Have you already done all your lessons? 4. .. Are you winding it now? 9. When do you usually do your lessons? 2. 1.. 7. Have you leamt to type? .. R obert... The bell. Are you reading any popular book now? 5. I say. Do you read it every day? 6. She made an excellent menu for Nick’s party. Answer the questions. English for five years already. Join us. Have you already wound your watch? 10. Mind the form of the verb. let’s begin our lesson..” Y ou.. h e . wrong with the radio set. 6. 4. but I have a lot of work to do. Something.. How many chapters have you read? 7. a) learnt b) learns 4.” “ ... S he.. I . have a ch a t have a cup o f coffee have a n app o in tm en t have a bath have enough tim e have a g o o d taste have the tim e Could I speak to Greg.. Choose the appropriate answer... 3. to do all the exercises in time. a) has gone b) had gone 3. in the kitchen. 5. It will help you a little.. Where are Liz and Monika? T hey.. She hasn’t gone to the office today because she. “I am sleepy. 2.. Are you doing your lessons now? 3.... Whenever I see her she is angry and impatient.. a) live b) am living c) did/have c) is gone c) has learnt c) has gone c) have lived II.. 1. When do you wind the watch? 8. Procedure: A series of exclamations are written on the board . For example.. But they have all melted away in my tea. N ad ia. Then they choose another and do the same again. Bobby.. doctor. 1.not more than ten. M other: Well. Mummy.. Brown.. and write down a brief description o f the event. in the city centre. 1) D octor: What your husband need.. using the Present Perfect. There are some: O h! I ’m sorry! N o! N ever m ind! G o odbye! Ow! O h? Thanks! It's a deal! Thank goodness! B a d luck! C ongratulations! W hat? W elcome! H ello ? Yes. When shall I give it to him? Doctor: Don’t give it to him.. any Chinese films.. 2. students are invited to read out their sentences without identifying the exclamations that gave rise to them. S h e . your window. Put the verbs into a form of the Present Perfect. *** 2) B ob : Please. Brown: Very well. Have you ever been to Washington? We are going to have dinner in the garden. 5.IV. think of an event which might have caused someone to say it. they might choose “ W h a t and write: Som eone h a s n ’t h e a rd clearly w hat w as j u s t said. After two minutes. one more lump o f sugar. I have prescribed a sleeping pill. Do you have any more English books? He has not come yet. o f course! G reat! In pairs or groups. the rest o f the class guess what the exclamations were. Self-study I. a snail! (eat before) 4.1 am afraid w e . Mrs. Take it yourself. (since 1996 live) ... Sorry! (just break) 2. II. haven’t I given you five already? Bob: Yes. L u is. is a complete rest. you have. M rs.. A ctivity “What has just happened? ” Use of the Present Perfect Tense to describe something that has just happened. 3. students choose an exclamation. They have got a meeting in half an hour. 1 . Retell the jokes paying attention to the use of tenses. Say if in the following sentences have is used as an auxiliary or a main verb. 4.(neversee) 3. It i s . hot like that. the rattlers. your way carefully around the rocks... in the Pacific and in the blue waters of the Mediterranean.... (to be. Bot ir. quick to anger. in a couple of oceans in my life. {finishyet) 6. You . (first) 3..... (to be..... Lately. two classes just last week.. to be) T hey. This is my second visit to London. I . your eyes... This is th e .. with the unhappy heat in their chilled blood. like that too. (for) 5. to get a mouthful. (seen) 6. This has been my home for thirty years. to pick.1 am still writing my letters.1 . their peace. (lived) 2. like a yesterday’s leftover mouthwash. I t .. (to cling. because under them in the shade. improved. Try not to be absent from class again for the rest of the term. than twenty years.. In some sentences. (has) 7.. I . coiled and sluggish.. There is a definite improvement in your work.5 .... M ary. The last time I saw Dick was in 2004. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence using the word given.. to burn... (to be) V. (has) 4. sleeping away the heat o f the day. to threaten) B oys. Tony hasn’t been to Paris before.. I .... to taste) b) The sun in the desert. if by accident you . for thirty years.. 2004.. (to be.. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Perfect and Present Simple.. (to attend. either tense is possible but the meaning is different: 1.. big and strong a n d . 1.... (to be) In the Atlantic. (visited) IV. Is Anna still asleep? . Do not change the word given. quick to attack.... in the warm waters o f the Gulf Stream. too many classes... any parties since I came here... you ... too heavily to your skin. your nose. to ride) And when i t . the sky so close to your head that sometimes you felt as if you burnt your fingers when you reached up to touch it. here three days ago. Use the Past Simple or the Present Perfect.. (to miss. to irritate) And if you . writing my letters.. London.. It is over twenty years since they got married. not) 2. i t .. (to be) I never did like salt water. . (to m iss) . I haven’t .. They have.... she yet? (g e t up) III. a) I .. (to arrive) 3. (to happen. Mary started learning French five years ago. five years. already) You . to Paris. . it) h a s been working. many important discoveries. older since I last... You have been w orking. Abdulla for ten years... Last night my friend and I . I .. They h a v e n ’t been working.. I admit that I . (to resp o n d not) 10. (to be. a great deal in the 19th century. her new blue dress only once since she bought it... (to draw) Last week he . Since this morning.. (to see) 8. ? (you.. not) So far he .... here? (you. (to m ake) The P resen t P erfect P rogressive Tense Form: The Present Perfect of the auxiliary verb to be and Participle I of the notional verb: have/has been + Participle I I have been w orking.. not) I . The science of medicine . (to have) 13... — H e (she.. snow for the first time in my life. 1 . to get. (to get. here four times trying to reach you.. also) 15.4... Questions and negatives: H ave I been w orking? H a s h e (she. Javohir really needs to get in touch with you. able to reach Zafar yet. What .. (to p hone) And I . a beautiful mountain scene. Jamila .. In the last fifty years... to com e) And how many new friends . to learn.. at 9:10.. it) been w orking? H a ve w e been w orking? H a ve y o u been w orking? H ave they been w orking? I h a ven 't been working. trying to reach him three days ago.. (to wear) 7... him twice.. to go) 14.. to see. some free time. at least six e-mails. (to have. . many beautiful pictures in his life time. it to her brother’s wedding last month.. and 1:45.. I ... wiser. (to know ) 9 .... (to wear) She .. We have been working. since you . several big tests to study for. Since classes began. to m ake) 12.. (to have. but with any luck at all. We haven ’/ been working. medical scientists . (to c a ll) He . I . much free time.... you. (lo send) В: I guess modem communications don’t mean much if there’s no one at the other end. (to call) 6. They have been working.12:15. 11. (to draw) 5.. (to advance) 16.. him four times. A: I . it) h a s n ’t been working. H e (she. to any of my attempts to reach him... Jahongir is an artist. (to fa x) \ .. h e . (to start) Since then...1. H e . Last January. You h a ven 't been working.. I . 10:25. to a show. so we . at thefactory is an adverbial modifier o f place. Yes. Also used with phrases starting with a ll (all day. he (she. 3. No. No.. In some sentences. I wonder when it will stop. Indicative Mood. I haven ’l. Why doesn’t someone answer it? (to ring) 7. This is a simple. phrases which emphasize the duration of the activity: A nalysis. they haven I Use: 1. fo r and how long to refer to an activity which started in the past and continues up to the present and possibly into the future.. expressed by the verb ‘to w ork ’ in the Present Perfect Progressive.. a ll m orning ). No.. The telephone. We ... I t . “You look tired. y o u have. (to have) I wonder how many more we will have.g. The telephone. to be) B: Not yet. expressed by a proper noun. Yes. (to snow) 2. What have you been d o in g V “I have been pla yin g footh&M” 2. but I still haven’t received a reply. A : . Yes.. all day... 1. able to reach Farkhod on the phone yet? (you. The activity may have finished shortly before the moment of speaking or finish at the moment of speaking in the present: e.. declarative sentence. M ike is the subject. we have.m. for almost a minute. he (she.. 3rd person. (to try) . Use the Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive. I . singular. I have. I . them three times. but all I get is a busy signal. for two hours and probably won’t finish until midnight. f o r 3 y e a r s is an adverbial modifier o f time.Short answers: Yes. expressed by a prepositional phrase. It is ten p.. Quiz I. To refer to an activity which has been taking place in the recent period up to the present. (to study) 4 . four times in the last hour. has been w orking is a simple verbal predicate. No. a ll night. and each time it has been in my office time.. either tense may be used with little or no change in meaning. M ik e has been w orking at the fa c to r y f o r three years. y o u h a v e n ’t. 1 . it) hasn 'I we h a v e n ’t. for the last twenty minutes. it) has. three major snowstorms so far this winter. expressed by a prepositional phrase. (to write) 5. (to ring) 6. With since. they have. Yes. Common Case.. Active Voice.. No.. extended. always you.. My sister. a) have been shown b) show c) have shown 7. My father already. (to w ait) .. a) has leam b) had learning c)have been learning III... a) have been peeling b) is peeling c) has been peeling 3.. The y. not) W h a t . 1 will be your friend: I .. you for weeks. vegetarian pizza.. a) are swimming b) has been swimming c) have been swimming 4. we ju s t. yet. “Ever since I was a young girl.... them all the beauties of the city. for half an hour already. I have a headache.... to do) 9. so many that she doesn’t know where to put them. 1. potatoes for half an hour. (to have.. sh e .. (see.. a) has been doing/ has not finished b) have been do/ has not finish c) has not be doing/ has not finish 8. I . a) has arrived/ have spoken b) have arriving/ has speaked c) has arrive/ has speak 10..8. her homework for two hours and sh e . Choose the right answer.” said Miss Ley. postcards ever since she left school. I . Now. Children.” (to try ) 2 . Hulkar... All these days he . TV too long. The girl. about his new plan. y o u .. ‘I . (to like) 3.. in the garden since ten o’clock.. Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive? 1....... a) have been working b) are working c) worked 5. c) is talking a) talks b) has been talking 2. I think I’ll order that. I . “I . Lord Caversham. a) have been watching b) watch c) have being watched 6. N igora.. neverj П.. not to take things seriously. A: What are you going to order for dinner? B: Well I .... some time in the library for Sir Robert.. ‘You are old enough to begin to leam’. A: Hi. all my life’.. of him. a) have been collected/ has been collecting b) has been collecting/' has collected c) has collected/ have collecting 9.... lately? (you. (This describes the completion o f the three miles. I have been w orking really hard lately.. (Describes the completion of an event.. It is highly probable y o u . They’ve studied English for three years. (to y e ll) 6 .. (Completed at an unspecified time in the past. (The activity of working is important. (The completion o f a lot of work is important. this book since Monday.) He has w ritten a book about wind-surfing. The Past Perfect Tense The Past Perfect Tense is used to refer to a past time which preceded the past time already being referred to. (to correspond) 5.) I have done a lot o f work lately.g.) She has been running.g.) We can use the Present Perfect Simple and Present Perfect Progressive with lately and recently : e. (Describes his recent activity. They have been studying English for three years..) b) With a time reference: We can use both Present Perfect Simple and Present Perfect Progressive to describe an activity that started in the past and continues up to the present and possibly into the future: e. Form: had (’d) + past participle: I h a d fin ish ed . 1 . Oh. We h a d fin ish ed . I have been waiting for you since morning.. (to read) Contrast: Present Perfect and Present Perfect Progressive a) With no time reference: ...) She has run three miles. the news in the streets since two o’clock. upstairs? (to d o ) 8 . (Describes the activity of running.. The book is finished.1 have been to the University..4. It is used in combination with other past tenses to clarify the sequence of events in a past narrative. (Both these sentences are correct. Gala . for you everywhere. 1 . (Describes the activity. with him for the last three weeks.) He has been w riting a book about wind-surfing.. (to ask) 10.g.) e.) I have read that book.. I have been reading that book. What you . Ann j u s t . (to look) 9.Where have you been? . The book is not finished.. for you. to England for sixteen years. The Present Perfect Progressive Tense puts more emphasis on the continuity of the activity. T hey. .. (not to be) 7. you have come at last.. We have been taking an intermediate test. 2.g. Short answers: Yes. It is correct to use either the past perfect or the past simple in after. the train left. he (she. After we p a s s e d our History of Uzbekistan. The use o f the Past Perfect merely emphasizes the fact that the event in the afterclause preceded the other event. In after clauses: e.) 3. it) h a d n ’t fin ish ed . When I got to the station. Yes. Yes.g. No. When I got to the station. We hadn ’/fin ish ed . It is used to make it clear that the event in the Past Perfect came before the event in the past simple: e. they had. When I came home my friend left it. No. You h a d finished. They h ad n 't fin ish ed . (I finished the letter before I started to cry. Use: 1. it) had. You had n 't fin ish ed . it) h a d fin ish ed . In w h en clauses: It is used when we need to make it clear that the event in the u7?c/?-clause was completed before the event in the Past Simple started: e. we went out to celebrate.g. he (she. I started to cry. W hen we h a d p a c k e d things we hired a taxi. When I came home my friend h a d already left it. it) h a d n ’t. Compare with: e.H e (she. We can also say: e. Yes. we hadn y o u hadn they h a d n ’t. the train h a d left. I h a d n ’t. In sentences which have w hen + Past Simple clause. we went out to celebrate. No.g. They h a d finished. W hen I h a d rea d the letter. No. No. . A fte r we h a d p a s s e d our History o f Uzbekistan. H e (she. it) fin ish e d ? H a d w e fin is h e d ? H a d y o u fin ish e d ? H a d they fin ish e d ? I h a d n 't fin ish ed . I had. w e had. Yes. Questions and negatives: H a d I fin ish e d ? H a d he (she.clauses.g. A fte r the bell h a d ru n g we came into the classroom. A fte r the bell ra n g we came into the classroom. y o u had. She said she h a d h a d a lovely time. When I saw that Mike was having trouble I . I trie d Xo phone you earlier. Galina was sure she was seeing the tall man before. ‘I have h a d a pleasant journey. we c o u ld have g o m to the cinema. //th ey h a d com e to see us yesterday. A statement in the Present Simple can be either put in the Past Simple or remain in the Present Simple with the true action. 3.. 5.. A statement or question in the Past Simple can be put into the Past Perfect or remain in the Past Simple in Reported Speech: e..’ she said.. When he got into bed. Correct the errors in the sentences. (to help) 5.g.4. The teacher said that Tashkent is the capita! o f Uzbekistan. (to design) 4. or He said that he trie d to phone me earlier. so I . We were not happy with the plans that the architect showed us for our new house. I have h a d a lovely time.. You will need Past Simple and Past Perfect in each. Dmitriy was using to go to bed late when he had studied at university. to a sk ) 2. her to go again. London twice already that year when I . 1. When I was finally finding the house. a home like the one we wanted. Alexandra. He was very appreciative.. He said that he h a d tried to phone me earlier. After i f wish. I f i h a d know n you were at home. The teacher said: ‘ Tashkent is the capital o f U zb ekista n '. Quiz I. I was knocking at the door. he was falling asleep immediately. I went to Iris’s office to offer her a ride home from work. I f only they h a d s ta y e d at home. Complete these sentences.g.. In reported speech: A statement or question in the Present Perfect Tense is usually put into the Past Perfect in Reported Speech: e. I couldn’t find her. 4..( to leave) II. (to visit. him. . He said 7 am 16) . Obviously.. I expect you w ish you h a d never m et him. She said she h a d h a d a pleasant journey. Promptly at five. Kristina would live in Korea when she was a child. i f only: e.g. e. The apartment was hot when I got home. 2. the air conditioner.g. but when I got to her office. (to turn on) 3. He said that he is 16. he never. . 5.. She already ... I w o u ld have c a lle d you. 1. I sobbed a little still. 2. No. I hadn he (she.T he P ast P erfect P rogressive Tense Form: had (’d) been + Participle II: I h a d been running. w e had. “It has been ra in in g here for days. We h a d n ’t been running. he (she. w e hadn't. You h a d n ’t been running. y o u had. because he h a d been swim m ing.” she said. The Past Perfect Progressive Tense is the equivalent o f the Present Perfect Progressive. . Yes. but which had been in progress not long before. You h a d been running. not because I w a s crying. it) h a d n ’t been running. Use: 1. Yes. said Jane. Fm very tired.g. I had. it) h a d n ’t. 3. They h a d been running. y o u hadn they h a d n ’t. it) had. H e (she. No. “We have been sw im m ing for 3 hours”. Yes. No. I h a d been w o rking all day. They h a d n 't been running. H e (she. No. She said it h a d been ra in in g there for days.g. it) been running? H a d we been running? H a d y o u been running? H a d they been running? I hadn ’/ been running. We h a d been running. No. Short answers: Yes. The Present Perfect Progressive becomes the Past Perfect Progressive in Reported Speech: e. The Present Perfect Progressive describes an activity looking back from the present and the Past Perfect Progressive describes an activity looking back from the past: e. it) h a d been running. Questions and negatives: H a d I been running? H a d he (she. but that was because I h a d been crying . e. His hair was still wet. they had. I was very tired. Yes.g. I have been w o rking all day. Jane said that they h a d been sw im m ing for 3 hours. The Past Perfect Progressive denotes an action which was no longer going on at a definite moment in the past. . a newspaper in front of my face. (to fe e l) 7. (to shave) 4.1. of the alternative verb forms given are appropriate. II. again. Explain the meaning....1.. P eter.. to leave. 5. enough. them. 2. I t . my umbrella on the bus until i t . 1 .. (to p la y) 5.... unwell for 2 days when the doctor came. when the telephone rang. that I . and one passer-by. Pay no attention to Dave’s remarks. Pauline has changed a lot. my wallet when I .. 7. to recieve) Self-study I.. to read) . w h a t... My brother u se d to o w n /w o u ld ow n a motorcycle and sidecar. well in my exams even before I . Mr.. 1..1felt awful after lunch. Past Progressive or Past Perfect Progressive? 1. Children.... over the telephone when her friend knocked at the door. (to use to. P e te r. His hair was damp. Jane... Several people . (not to realise. to start) 5 . P arker. to fe e l) 2.. to have tea when we called on them. her hair. snatch away the letters from home.. I . to have) 4...... his homework since moming. When I got to the cinema Jack h a d been w aiting/w as w a itin g for me.. H e . He w a s n ’t m eaning d i d n ’t m ean it.. their hand in my jacket pocket.. (to rain) 9. 6. 1. you yesterday evening? (to d o ) 10. The cook.. to rain. to w ash) 3. (not to understand. the official results.. (to steal. (to d o ) 8. (to w rite) 2. Put each verb in brackets into a suitable past verb form. 4.. 1. When I .Quiz I. to do... Insert verbs in the appropriate verb-form (past tenses)... me another drink but I decided I ... to g o on).. Helen last night s h e . 1.. or both. a letter yesterday at 2 o ’clock. for three days. to wave) 6 . I a te/h a d eaten too much. They. before Mr..1realised that someone... football for 2 hours when we came home.. (to know. he always u se d to g e t up/got up early in the morning. H e .. (to g o ) 3. (tophone. W est. 3 . She didn’t always use to Iook\vasn't always looking like that.... In those days. (to shout.. (to offer. W hat... (to talk) II. Brenda left/h a d left before I had time to talk to her. (to sw im ) 6. at me.... Decide w hether one. at home for the last two weeks. 2. to read. n o t to be. Past Perfect and Past Perfect Progressive and translate into your own language.. (to w ait) 7. back to the hotel and up to my room....... (to g o ) 8. W e . to com e) 9. not to hear what she. (to rise.... to have) 2... when his parents . to stand) 5. to do) . . (to stand) 10.. (tofan. say. (to leave. A young man who .. during that time.. She always.......... over the quiet sea. He seemed to be quietly and carefully deciding what he . T hey. (to meet.. to the village where h e . “What are you thinking of?” h e ... The wind . to remember what I ..there. b u t.2. H e ... (to tell... to sleep. a n d . sorry h e ... 1... after h e . . (to try. (to be... to com e) 3. forward (to stand.. near the window..1 . M ichael. to say) 4. her daughter’s eyes.. to stand) 7.. (n o t to say. Presently h e ...... to the book he . to live) 6. (to stand) 3. (to be.. to seem.. James . (to g o ) Fleur... She.. to call) 5... to com e) 8.... He again. on the pavement.. 1.. to break) 3 .. off all communications... there an hour and a half... to greet her. dinner at the club. herself with a turkey-tail fan. The t o w n .. who .. to shine) 5. At eight in the moming she. (to ask.. at his elbow. to call).. I . That evening. not large. from the Empire Chair in which s he .. an d.. where h e .. to eat) 10.... My sister’s birthday. at me for seconds.. but h e . the only thing anybody. Scarlett. (to fa ll. The young man at whose feet she... (to sit. to stop) 6.. a message that h e . (to leave. (to sit) 4. for the airport when Dip ... (to come.. shivering in a linen dress.. (to be) S h e . a phone call when I . (to get. then.. It was three o ’clock. that Monday evening. silent a moment. before Michael.. He .. herself that the only rational course was to make Edward a final statement of her intentions. He j u s t .. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Simple. who .. Past Progressive.. the appearance o f not having slept at all.. (to return. to look) 4..1 saw that it was 2 о ’clock. there. to talk) 9..1. the moon ... for him to speak. (to turn... in childhood.. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Simple... abruptly.. (to be g o in g to) III. W inifred. back into the drawing-room.. to rise. on the steps in front of the hotel. to sit) IV.. Past Progressive and Past Perfect Progressive and translate into your own language.. . p ro b a b ly or definitely to show how certain or uncertain we are about our predictions. No..g. Short answers: Yes..(/o dress. I think we sh a ll win the game. There is usually a time expression. he (she. Note: p ro b a b ly comes after w ill but before w o n ’t.. it) g o there? S h a ll we g o there ? W ill y o u g o there ? W ill they g o there ? I shan't g o there. I don’t believe that they w ill g e t m arried. No. The time or approximate time that the event will take place is stated or is understood from the context. I sh a ll g e t there in any way. Will and shall are usually shortened in speech and informal writing t o ’ll. She w ill open the window. it) will. Yes. You w on't g o there.. dow nstairs. I shan't. e. e. Yes. They w on i g o there. to go. No. Note: In modem English w ill is also used for the 1st person singular and plural.11. Questions and negative: shan’t/won’t + bare infinitive: S h a ll we g o there ? W ill he (she. opinions. they w on ’/. e. Yes. it) w ill go... We shall go. y o u w o n ’t.. She w ill p ro b a b ly come with us tonight. W hen their visitor . She p ro b a b ly w on t come with us tonight. it) w o n ’t g o there. h e . a long letter to his parents and another to his sister. We can add p e r h a p s . We use w ill / sh a ll to talk generally about future beliefs. When h e . it) w o n ’t. They w ill go.g. we shall. We shan ’/ g o there. hopes and predictions. H e (she.. I shall. y o u will. Yes.A Practical English Grammar . (to leave. they will. No. most people w ill probably live in big cities. to sta n d ) 12. 2. to w rite) The Future Simple Tense Form: shall/will+ bare infinitive: I sh a ll go. The event may be in the more distant future. In the next century. John and his mother. — H e (she. Actions in the future. 9 . we s h a n ’t. without speaking. he (she. but I don’t know exactly when. You w ill go.g..g. No. e... Use: 1. we shall. 6 .g. I sha llp h o n e you in the evening. We sh a ll be w a tch in g TV. Yes. Yes. w e s h a n ’t. e. e. e.g. they will. Requests.g. Yes. H e (she. Spontaneous decisions that come into our head at the moment o f speaking. No.3. No. Promises. Offer. No. 4. No. it) w o n 't be w a tc h in g TVr. Yes. it) w o n ’t. D o you hear a knock at the door? . 5. e. . I shall len d you some money if you nead. The Future Progressive Tense Form: shall/will + be + Participle I: I sh a ll be w atching TV. Use: 1. You can join me then. They w ill be sw im m ing at this time tommorow.g. I shall. he (she. Is that the phone ring? I sh a ll answ er it. Short answers: Yes. I '11g ive you a lift in my car. they won't. They w ill be w a tcin g TV.g. he (she. it) w ill be w a tch in g TV. I sh a ll do the best that I can to help you. y o u will.g. W ill he (she it) be w a tch in g TV? H e (she. Questions and negatives: S h a ll I be w atching TV? I sh a n 't be w a tch in g TV. e. Will you give us a consultation tomorrow? Will you carry this bag for me? 7. Parting remark. e.Yes. it) will. S h a ll w e be w a tch in g TV? We sh a n 't be w a tch in g 7ТГ W ill y o u be w atching TV? You w o n 't be w atching T V W ill th ey be w a tch in g TV? They w on't be w atching IY . — You w ill be w a tch in g TV. We use the Future Progressive when we imagine an activity in progress at a definite time in the future. No. I sh a ll open the door. I 'llsee you tomorrow. We shall be p la y in g chess at this time tomorrow. I shan't. y o u won't. P eo p le. you can play soccer again. (to stand) 3.. e. As soon as your sprained ankle.g.. “Do you think life will be very diffemt 100 years from now?” “Certainly. to drive) “That sounds pretty farfetched to me. air Cars that can go at trem endous speeds. I’ll meet you at the airport tomorrow. and th e y . 5. Complete the sentences with the Future Progressive or Present Simple. When I . After you . I can picture it in my mind. a seminar in Chicago...” (to live.. achance. I will expect you to be ready for the midterm examination. e.. a new school in Taiwan (to attend) 4.. Please. y o u . (to clear) I ..g.....30.. ( t o h a v e ) I .. in modular mobile residential units that they can take with them if they have to move. (to attend) Mr... The Future Progressive can also describe events which are going to happen anyway. You may come at any time tomorrow. Antonie. Ingrid and Ruth w on’t be at this school when classes. Will you be going to the shops later? If you go. soccer again. (to return) 6 . (to start) T h e y . Just relax. so we can decide then. e. customs. The band w ill be p e rfo rm in g live in Paris this summer... It is used to refer to fixed arrangements and plans. They w ill be p la y in g volleyball after the lessons. Why would people want to take their houses with them when they move?” . look for me just outside the gate. e. In some contexts w o u ld sounds more polite than future continuous will. right by the door. 1. We use it to say that something will definitely happen.. We use it when we compare what we are doing now with what we will be doing in the future. I w on’t bother to fix a time to see you. 4. (to heal) At this time next week. would you get me some milk? Quiz I. I . I shall be h a vin g a party.. from 1.00 to 2. There is nearly always a time expression..g. Gomez will substitute teaching for me. rather than events which we choose to make happen.1 w on’t be here next week. come and visit us today when y o u . because I ’ll be calling into the office anyway several times next week.. (to p la y ) 2. You are at an English lesson now.2. (to do shopping) 5 . but I’ll be at home after that. next semester..g. We 7/ be holding a meeting soon.. What lesson w ill you be h a vin g in tw o hours? Where w ill you be living in five years’ time? 3... . 5.. Make up a story on the given theme using the words and phrases from both columns. Choose the correct Future form verb. (to lecture) II.. to graduate from the university 1 . (to speak) 10. outside.. to fall soon. to have fried fish for supper.. on Byron tomorrow. H e . 4. It is tw elve o ’clock midday and it is rather strange to think that people in other parts o f the e a rth . to revise for a computer test 8 . . (not to snow ) 12. W hen you come back to Namangan the flo w ers. hard till then... T im e. this book over the weekend. He will meet you... Pekin. At eight o ’clock tom orrow h e . years III.... Fill in the gaps in the following sentences with these verbs.. him now. louder than words. to go to the library 1 1 ... to study at the university 1 2 . to have English lessons 5. I am sure h e . to speak English 6 . to bed now.. w ork visit call read do ta ke go bloom happen like stu d y be able to 1. H er test is next week.. Imagine it! This time next week I . it... The le a v e s. (to g o ) 11. 3 . at different speeds according to what you are doing. I stu d y a t the U niversity leave school 2 . 7. I ... (to g o ) 8 . 6 . Naturally s h e . Use the Future Simple or Future Progressive...... for a year i n .. to leam English 4. to have a test 7.. to take a com puter test 9. A ctio n s. W e . to revise the texts 1 0 .1... 1 forgot to call him. to last year before I entered the university since the fourth form twice a week usually at the last lesson now next Friday for two hours when she rang me up after dinner for some months.7. to w ork 3. 2. I t . in the Bank. (to p a ss) 9.. 8 . No. he (she. The Future Perfect Tense is used to express an action completed by a certain m om ent in the future.) Self-study I. 2. the result o f which is evident and is in some way o r other connected with the situation which follows as a consequence. it) w o n ’t have written. We often use by or by the time with the Future Perfect. 1 2 . Short answers: Yes. you won Yes. You won't have heard the news. we shan if. In a couple o f years w e . The air company’s b u s . Use: 1. You .. them to the airport.. By next week 17/ have collected over 1000 euros for charity. it) will.. we shall. Will you have written? You won 'I have written. Questions and negatives: Shall I have written? I shan't have written. Yes. They will have written. This situation has not happened yet. (This means that I assume you have not heard the news. e. No. He (she. — You will have written. I shall No. Will he (she. to visit other planets too. they w o n ’t. Will they have written? They w o n ’t have written. No. The Future Perfect Tense can also be used to express an assumption on the part o f the speaker.. The Future Perfect Tense Form: shall/will + have + Participle II: I shall have written. he (she. 1 don’t know w h a t. it) have written? He (she.. Try some cakes. they w ill No. Shall we have written ? We shan't have written. Yes. 10. We use the Future Perfect Tense to look back from the point in the future to an earlier event. I sh an ’t. e.g. o f course. to me in the future. them... Comment on the use of the Future Perfect.9. it) will have written.g. it) w o n ’t. .. you will. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Perfect. 11. Yes. We shall have written. but at a certain time in the future it will happen. . (to get.. my son .” (to drive) 7. to p u ll) The Future Perfect Progressive Tense Form: shall/will + have + been + Participle I: I sh a ll h a ve been studying. but I am sure that w e .” (to w ash) 1 2 . (to be) By the time y o u . 1 . “Your fa c e . “I am going to Hyde Park to hear the people making speeches. (to fin ish ) П. “May I use your phone to ring for a taxi?” “Oh. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple.. 1.” (to show ) 9. to come. dirty.” “Never mind. it over you ... home. W e . (to read) 7. you. (to see) 6 ..... “You have just missed the last train. half o f the journey when they reach the Volga.... . (to be. Thousands o f p eo p le... it) have been studying? I s h a n ’t have been studying. They w ill have been studying. 1 hope i t . H e (she. cooking th e y ...... here next summer but T o m ..... their work.( to come. down all these old houses.. When w e . T h ey .. my composition by the time you come back. Questions and negatives: S h a ll I have been studying? W ill he (she. late. to have) 10.. (to see) 2 .... to g o ) 6 .. Tom.. back in two years’ time th e y . Future Simple and Future Perfect.” “Y o u ... 1 . (to fin ish ... it) w ill have been studying..” “Then I .. when I . the way to Navoi Theatre?”(/o know) “N o. T h ey ... this book by tom orrow evening. We sh a ll have been studying. everything o f importance by then. to fin is h .. I .. I am right. snowing by tom orrow moming.. You w ill have been studying.. (lo build) 5. to leave) 5. this exhibition by the end o f the month.. our final written test w e ... By the time he . We have got four days in Glasgow: we are leaving on Monday... 1 . there is no need for that. to g o ) 2. (to take. you home. (to think. (to stop) 4 ... all the housework by 3 o ’clock this aftrenoon. (to d o ) 4. By the time y o u . they .. there th e y . 1 still. (to suppose. H e (she.. their speeches and everybody.... If you ..” (to be) “All right.” (to walk) 11. to see) 3 .. I .. it. it) w o n ’t have been studying. a holiday.... this house long before the end o f August.. (to write) 3. to do) 8 .1 .. “Y o u .. Complete the sentences with the Future Perfect or the Future Perfect Progressive of the verbs in the list. he (she.. w e . y o u will.. She has been teaching for nearly 40 years and she still loves her profession. w e . they w o n ’t. Quiz I.. 3. W hat? You are smoking another cigarette? At this rate. by the end o f this term she . 5.. Yes. Yes. By the time w e get to the airport.. You w on ’/ have been studying. He is never going to stop talking. Yes. No. I don’t even know what he is saying anymore.. They w o n ’t have been studying. 2. By the end o f this year. it) w o n ’t. we s h a n ’t.. We are going to be late to meet my bro th er’s plane. The Future Perfect Progressive refers to time which we look back at from a future point. Douglas has been putting some money away every month to prepare for his trip to South America next year. e. it (already).. It looks like he is going to make it. 8 . enough.g. . Short answers: Yes.. more than tw o thousand students from different regions and spheres. In 15 minutes. No. D on’t you think you should cut down a little? 6 . a w hole pack before lunchtime. No. they will. Can you believe it? According to our grammar teacher. we shall. This is a long trip! By the time we get to Khorezm. No. you . 7. the sun (already). y o u w o n ’t.. I shall. No. arrive fly listen ride rise save sm o ke teach 1. Use each verb only once. By the end o f the month. w e .S h a ll we have been studying? W ill y o u have been stu d y in g ? W ill they have been studying? We sh a n 't have been studying. By the time we get to N ew Zealand. 4. h e . I shan Yes. for 13 hours.. it) will. By the time I get up tom orrow moming. on this bus for over 15 hours.. The action is in progress... I am going to be exhausted... to him lecture for three solid hours. he (she.. Use: The Future Perfect Progressive is used to denote an action which will begin before a definite moment in the future and will go on as a process up to that moment either including or excluding it.. I ’// have been w orking for this firm for a year. This is the longest flight I have ever taken. . through fresh newspaper: and magazines. 1 still. (to look) 11.... (to w ork) 7.... for a walk (to do.. you the SMS. busy at the beginning o f June. D on’t ring me up between 8. It is quite informal and is used to describe personal arrangements such as .. The builders.. (to be) I .30 and 11...50 o ’clock. I . 1 .. English lesson... “W h a t. him a letter by the time she comes to me.. He .... Use: 1. D on’t come to my house at five o ’clock. by the time we arrive at the station. for you at the bus-stop at six o ’clock sharp. (to com e) 9. (to study) 15. I . to go ) 13. We . our plan by the fifth o f December. A future time referena must be stated or be clear from the context...1.... How long are you going to study English? 2.. (to fin ish ) 16.. (to w rite) 3. We use it to talk about the future when the plans havt been made.. (to pass) 17. Put the verbs in brackets into the appropriate future form.1 . When you enter the Medical College you already. here for fifteen years. (to fu lfill) 6 . H e . (to take) 2 . I . building this school by the first o f September. What are you going to do after you graduate from the university? 3. this exercise by three o ’clock in the afternoon and then w e . Our facto ry . all their final tests by the end o f January.. when you return. (to com e) 14. By the first o f M arch I . The train already.. to see you next week.... Tell about your plans for the future.. to see me in a y ear’s time. S tudents. (to have) 10. W e . (to write) 1 9 . English for more than sever years. 1 1 .П. you tom orrow at this time?”(to do) “I .. (to w ork) Present Progressive as Future We can use the Present Progressive to refer to the future. (to leave) 12. (to fin is h ) 4. this w ork by seven o ’clock.. his dinner in some minutes.. (to work) 5... (to fin ish ) 18. he busy tom orrow? (to be) 8 .. What kind o f work are you going to do? Self-study I...... (to w ait) 20. 1..... To describe arrangements. my final tests. 1 am g o in g for a walk. Travel agent. The speaker had the intention before the time o f speaking. To see can be used in this tense with a future meaning. I am seeing him tom orrow (=1 have an appointment with him). Afterwards he will say: I am g o in g by train. As it refers to personal arrangements.social activities rather than official plans. This intention is always prem editated and there is usually also the idea that some preparation for the action has already been made. . I am m eeting Elvira for lunch tomorrow. e. 2 . Contrast: “be going to” Future versus Present Progressive as Future We can express future with be goin g to-infm itive.g. Actions expressed by to be g o in g to form are usually considered very likely to be performed.g. sir? Passenger (making up his mind): The air fare is too high. 3.g. e. To be can be used when it forms part o f a passive verb. I am g o in g to visit M urod tomorrow.W here are you g o in g ? . They w ill be there tomorrow. but usually refers to the near future. g. Use: 1.e. the subject o f the verb should be a person or people and not a thing: e. A re you com ing with me? -Y es. we use will. i.g. To express intention. The verbs g o and com e can be used in this tense without a time expression and may then imply a less definite arrangement. To make a prediction based on present evidence and to express the speaker’s feeling o f certainty. E. Form: verb to 6 e + g o in g + to-infmitive: I ’m g o in g to stay. 2. e. e. . Wait for me. This method o f expressing the future cannot be used with verbs which are not normally used in the continuous tenses. though there is not the same idea o f definite future arrangement that we get from Present Progressive.g. This is often referred to as be g o in g to.g. N ow how do you want to go. I aw just com ing. To be g o in g to may be used in this sense with or without a definite time. He is being m et at the station (=he will be met). This tense conveys little or no idea o f intention. I ’11g o by train. e. Note: When we first make arrangements. at the moment o f decision. You w ill fe e l better in the moming. These verbs should be put into the future tense. be g o in g to: the intention is premeditated. It is landing in a minute. Contrast: “be going to” versus “will” 1. we use the be g o in g to as future: e. b) I am visiting my aunt in hospital tomorrow. he looks quite pale. (= now. Intention The be g o in g to and w ill futures can both be used to express an intention about the future. We can only use the Present Progressive as Future with a future time reference or where the future time reference is clear from the context. look at those clouds. ” (no arrangement is required). We cannot say: I am needing some help next week.g. to g o and to com e in the be g o in g to future and prefer instead to use present continuous with these verbs e. We tend to avoid using verbs o f motion.g. 3. This does not happen very often as these verbs do not describe events that we normally predict or intend. 1. Sentence (a) is correct but sentence (b) is not possible. a) I am g o in g to visit my aunt in hospital tomorrow. We can say: “l a m g o in g to w rite a letter to m y p a re n ts to n ig h t . b) Look at that helicopter coming down. We can sometimes use verbs not normally used in the continuous with the be g o in g to future. It is g o in g to be dark in half an hour. Verbs not normally used in the continuous are not used in the Present Progressive as Future. It is g o in g to rain. e. We are g o in g to the theatre tonight. We can say: I am g o in g to n e e d some help next week.g.The sun is going down. a) Look at that helicopter coming down. Both these sentences are correct and the difference between them is slight. Let’s analyse some examples. The decision was made before the time o f speaking or writing and plans have probably already been made: . He is h a vin g a swim. That boy is g o in g to be sick. We do not use the Present Progressive to make a prediction based on present evidence. We do not generally use the Present Progressive tense with activities that do not involve making an arrangem ent or plan. 2 . e. if there is no time reference) He is g o in g to have a swim. It is g o in g to la n d in a minute. Where this is not the case.g. (in the future) 4.” (the intention is im portant) but we do not say: ‘7 am w ritin g a letter to m y p a re n ts tonight. 1. Sentence (a) places more emphasis on the intention and sentence (b) places more emphasis on the arrangement. a) present intention / plans / preparations b) present evidence o f a future event 2. Statement of future fact be g o in g to and w ill future can both be used to make statements about the future but the emphasis is slightly different: e. don’t you? B: Yes. Sentence a) is a statement o f future fact or o f the speaker’s beliefs. B e g o in g to always indicates a link with the present. 4.e. Prediction The be g o in g to and w ill future can both be used to make predictions about the future.g. Oh. b) The number o f students is g o in g to fa ll over the next five years.g. look! That car is g o in g to crash. Expression of willingness Will is often used to express willingness. I am sure you 7 / enjoy yourself there. That child eats too much. A: You know it is Emily's birthday on Friday. When we use w ill. Sentence b) is also a statement o f future fact but it emphasizes that the speaker is thinking o f present trends. Be goin g to does not have this meaning: e. to express beliefs. hopes. 1. assumptions and doubts about the future: e.g. (expression o f intent) Summary 1. don’t you? В : Actually I have forgotten. the emphasis is more nn the future than nn its link with the present.g.g. Thanks for reminding me. 17/ buy her a present this afternoon. It makes the speaker seem more involved and is thus more informal. 2 . or writing: e. The decision is made at the time of speaking 2. 2. I am goin g to buy her a present this afternoon.g. It is often used to predict what is about to happen but it can be used to predict something that is not in the immediate future: e. It’// be a difficult year for the new Prime Minister. (expression o f willingness: a promise). 3. be g o in g to : the prediction is based on some form o f evidence that exists in the present. thoughts. Y il help you as much as I can. I am g o in g to help you as much as I can. will. a) The number o f students w ill fa ll over the next five years. w ill : the intention is unpremeditated. He is g o ing to be really overweight one day. . A: You know it is Emily’s birthday on Friday. 4 . 1 . Please. 4. see if it is right. W e’// have m o v e d /W e l! be m o vin g to our new house on Tuesday. Choose the correct word or phrase in each sentence. Quiz I. 1. Will is m ors formal than be g o in g to and is therefore used more extensively in written English. 3.. 7. V11be IVll have been ready in a moment. “W hat were you doing at this time yesterday?” “I was writing the SMS to my sister. Hamid w o n ’t stop w on 'I have sto p p ed talking all the time. Maftuna was planning to take a long vocation. Put the following sentences into negative and interrogative forms.. him a bonus salary.. 1 am doing the exercise. 2. (to see) 8 .. Bill always snores when he sleeps.. If you think it over you . (to p a y ) IV. Please.. He has enough money. time to help me tom orrow? (to have) 3. You ..3.. Translate the sentences into your own language.. 6 . Do you think that h e . II. (not to catch) 5 . the result in a week. (to kn o w ) 2. 1. Unless he runs h e ... Wait for me. .. 4. 5. 3. 1 have written this exercise. 1. Brown . D on’t forget to turn off the lights before you are leaving you leave. 1 . (to fin d ) 6 . Tap w ater is proper for drinking. 1 have been writing this exercise for twenty minutes since ten o’clock in the moming. The students take a final test in English at the end o f the term every year. Analyse the predicates of the sentences. 1. 5. Light travels faster than sound. 3 . me? (to recognize) 4. If he w orks well Mr. 1 w o n ’t le a v e /w o n ’t be leaving until you give me the money. Put the verbs in brackets into the Future Tense. 2. 1 have baked some cookies for my family this moming. 2 . stay in your seats until the bell rings/w ill ring. 1 hope I . that I am right. the train.. this day all my life..” 6 . W hat job w ill you have w ill you be h aving in twenty years’ time? III. it.. (torem em ber) 7.. 5. he can live comfortably. D on’t bother me. He alw ay s. 10. The people o f the city decided to name it Khiva. there was a very small settlement which had no name. How long will you have been writing the test before you give it to the teacher? 13. How long . clothing. Yesterday I came home. hundreds o f caravans carrying silk. ( t o do. .. V. Use the necessary tense form.1 knew s h e . When they tried the water. tennis yesterday? (to p la y ) 3.. . and they w anted to drink the water from the well. 1. Tomorrow by tw o o ’clock in the afternoon w e’ll have taken a computer test. (to tell) 2 . sent an e-mail letter to my parents. 1 had been writing this exercise for an hour when you came to my place. after the traveler’s exclamation. tofinish) 5 . Mohammed exclaimed. One day three strangers came to the settlement from the Arabia. and thirsty. in the place where Khiva now stands.. 12. How Khiva Got Its Name Many years ago. . how tasty is the water!” After this many settlers camped roundabout this well. I’ll send you the e-mail letter as soon as I come home. looked through the newspapers and went to bed... Soon it became a great city. The children . (to do) 6 .. because o f the fresh clean w ater they could drink there. here? (you w ait) 4. hungry.. Write and underline the main and the secondary parts of sentences.. 8 . By the time w e . y o u . Very kind and friendly people lived there. 9.. . “Oh. not to fin ish ) . all the preparations. A Treasure o f U zbek L eg en d s a n d Lore VI. I ’ll take a computer test in this subject tomorrow.. a lie. “Khiva!” In Arabic this means. Tomorrow at nine o ’clock in the moming w e’ll be taking a computer test in this subject. between the Central Asian deserts o f Kizilkum and Karakum... their hom ework and by 10 o ’clock they still .. one whose name was Mohammed. the washing because the machine was still working when I got in. I l l had already cleaned the flat when you came to my place yesterday.. They were very tired. 14. You can’t believe a w ord he says.. at the party th e y ..7 . (to arrive. gold and spices from the Orient passed through. . W e’ll go to the park when y o u . 1 have arranged a party for next Friday.( to ring. she’ll leave. I ’ll be letting you know. 7 . 7.. this Saturday evening? Would you like to go out? (you/to d o ) 7... what to do. As soon as the taxi will arrive. (tofinish) 4. We have got an appointment at the do cto r’s..” “T h a t. By the end o f the week w e . Kelly is likely to get the job. (to be) 8 .0 0 . Put each verb in brackets into a suitable verb form. If the sentence is correct.. 5. By the end o f this week I .. I am doing it. 1 .. 3. IX. (to see) I ... 3. 8 ... so we can’t come. 1 won’t leave until you will give me the money. It is only a short trip.. the postman. 5 . When you’ll grow older..7.30. seventeen weeks for my phone to be repaired. It is very hot in here. you’ll change your mind about this.. (to visit) 10. Will you have been using the video next lesson? 4. long before D octor Smith is here.” (to be) 10.. 20 countries. Underline the inappropriate verb forms and write the correct ones.W h a t. 6 . (I/to relax) .. Jim already .. (to decide) 6.. By the time we get to Helen’s house. that’s all right.. on my yacht. back in an hour.. By the time the police get here.. 1 . Shuhrat.. “There is someone at the door. In twenty-four hours’ tim e . By the time you get back Harry .” 2. W h a t.. The bus leaves at 1 . your tea. go out) 9...1 often ...(tofain t) 3. put it so. 2.. (to w ait) 8 . 6 . 1 plan to study engineering in France. the office this moming. (not to be) 5. him again only yesterday. Sarah doesn’t plan to get married yet. Up to now I ... the burglars will have vanished. Rewrite each senetence so that it contains will or going to.(to leave) 9. There is a possibility o f snow tomorrow. I ... (to see) VII. I t ..1 predict a score o f 3-0. VIQ. When she . 1. 4. Ann for her birthday? Have you decided yet? (you/to give) 2. “Do you want me to carry this?” “No.. I think . so w e’ll leave the house at 11. at the National Bank. on the phone? (to see. But the castle o f N asaf and its people were very strong. How Karshi Got Its Name Many years ago there was a beautiful village called Nasaf. which was over one thousand strong. The next day an even bigger army came. In each of the following pairs only one sentence is possible. Eric is selling his studio to buy a modem flat. 4.. They fought for three days and three nights. I .. b) I look for a m odem flat. It just had a castle and a king named Mahmud Ratshah.. Long ago Karshi had many names.X. that I . 2 My w ife . for example N asaf and Behbudiy.. 5.. 1. to speak) The prospects for the paper industry. Present Simple or Present Progressive? 1... and they wanted to take the castle o f Nasaf. (to write) I seldom . on the blackboard. and they were very-very happy. to take) Be quiet for a while! Can’t you .. Karshi was in the desert. Natasha is having dinner with the new customers on Thursday.. coca-cola instead. and they could not take it. I will give it the name ‘Karshi”. It was not a big town. but still they could not subdue the castle. He lived with his family.... Then Ruzokovski announced. Where is Max going? 3. . .. Mark it with a tick.. a) I am looking for a modem flat. and many people said that Karshi is Chorsu which means in Tajik ‘Four w aters’. 3. beer with my meals. Mr. ‘This castle is against us. (to drink. . which in the Uzbek language means against. But one day the army o f Ruzakovski came.(to improve) II. Some people say there were seven names. A Treasure o f Uzbek Legends and Lore Self-study I. 2. Write and underline the main and the secondary parts of sentences. HI. Present Progressive is used for: a) something that is happening now b) something that is happening not now but this period o f time c) future arrangements Which is used in each one o f the following sentences? 1. (to work) Where is the teacher? H e . . a lot and .... in the bookstore choosing new books in Grammar o f English..... I .. 2. (to intend) (9) Zuhra: Oh.. a quarter to five. her? (to m eet) I . b) She is coming from Florida but her parents were bom in Spain. (to come)Why y o u . Put the verbs in brackets into the Present... Say if the following sentences are correct or incorrect... to be) But w h a t. abit. to meet) (7) Zuhra: W hat she . I ... I j u s t . to see) She . and I . many interesting things. to p lay) W here you .... Galina Djaniyan. rather dark in the room. (to come.. (to be. b) I see the sales representative.. away so long? (to be) (2) Elvina: I ..... at last. I do. (not to see) W hat she . not to know) (11) Zuhra: I t . to the library w h e n l. me sh e .. a) What are you wanting to tell me 0 b) What do you want to tell me? 5... W hat do you do? She doesn’t study at the moment..... (to be) . 5.2. (to go. I her since my childhood (to know) W hen we .. (to tell. th a t.. 1.. how w e .. (not to change) S h e . to blow). 3. .... (to be) (3) Zuhra: I t . to return. 3. a) She comes from Florida but her parents were born in Spain. you? (to tell) (8) Elvina: S h e.... me everything about herself.... 4. her for a long time. like? (to look) (6) Elvina: S h e . here on the sofa and how she . then s h e . V. her. (to stop.. John was the laziest person I am meeting. (tom eet) You .. 6 ... a) What do you look at? b) What are you looking at? 4. to travel. (1) Zuhra: I am so glad y o u . On my way home I . b) I am knowing nothing about it. (to be) (4) Elvina: No.... to hope). a) I know nothing about it. a pleasant meeting.. but the wind . (to be. sure. to tell) (10) Elvina: Yes. the ra in . We are thinking it would be very convenient to set off early..... recently from a very interesting trip and that s h e .. the exact time.... still? (lo rain) I t .. to see me too. The wind is so strong that it blew my hat off my head. Past or Future Simple.. together. a) I am seeing the sales representative next week. (to imagine. the time? (to be) My w atch . to sit.. Progressive or Perfect.. IV.(to stop... her? (toknow) (5) Zuhra: Certainly. to see all her friends soon. children we often . Good afternoon! (to leave) VI. a) I have never been to another country. 1 ... students to smoke. me with silly questions. (to annoy) 3 . haven’t you? b) You have been cheating. b) I think I have been hurting my leg. (to steal. 1. in a couple o f oceans in my life. 6 .. my new silver bracelet and I . it for two hours. (to like. a) Has she sold her flat yet? b) Has she been selling her flat yet? 4... a) I think I have hurt my leg. b) I have never been going to another country. b) I have been walking for five hours without a rest. Which is it? 1 . h e .. to look fo r ) 3. IX.1 must hurry to the station as my train. Your parents.. some water-colours o f those places. .. a) He has been knowing Robert for ages. a) Terrific! My husband has won the football pools. 1 am very exhausted. to love) 5. about you..A Practical English Grammar . (to want) 4.. Why are you so late? (lo worry) 4. He continually. T h e y .. (not to work) 2... (not to allow) VII... a) I have walked now for five hours. Japan? (to visit) 2. 1 1 . Put the correct Present Tense to complete each sentence. 10 . Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive? One sentence is more natural than the other in the following situations. b) He has known Robert for ages. In the following sentences use the Present Progressive. Someone . b) Terrific! My husband has been winning the football pools.. They e v e r.. 3. at half past five... . com puter programming? Yes. Present Prefect or Present Perfect Progressive. He . 1 always .. (to paint) 5 . haven’t you? 5. today because it is Sunday. P ain ter. a) You have cheated.(12) Elvina. anything to do with computers. to become a doctor. 2.. (to be) VIIL Present Perfect or Present Perfect Progressive? Which o f the following sentences is possible? 1..... Daniel wants an autograph from you.. Just look at the new snow! Y o u . my grandparents next Wednesday if the weather is fine. Please. She is totally broken. Why is there a wrench at the washbasin? a) The plumber has fixed it. Use the Future Simple or Future Progressive.. b) She has been losing her money. for Mr. Pitt next week as his own secretary will be away. I . D on’t resist our offer.. I .” .. whe e y o u . .. 7. s h e . don’t take away the magazine...... b) I have been mending the roof.L et’s go for a walk on Sunday... I . it in tw o hours. a) She has lost her money. on my essay on Monday.. 3. My uncle’s car has broken down.. please. shopping as usual.. w ork have read go like visit do write bloom study call take happen be able to be 1. b) The plumber has been fixing it. ? (to sit) 5. “We have prepared a present for Mom. b) He has been crashing it. (to work) XI. I . Future Simple or Future Progressive? 1. 5..1 am afraid I can’t manage it.. please! The weather is so fine. (to visit) 4. Fill in the gaps in the following sentences with these verbs. I .. Why are you late? a) I have waited here for two hours. . There are more words than you need.. . This time next week th e y . 3. that expensive bracelet at your party? (to wear ) 3. 2 .. skiing very much... Nodira is speaking on the phone! She says s h e . 4. I . 5. D on’t come at four o ’clock tomorrow. . busy. a) He has crashed it.. 4.. 8 . Why is there mud in your hands? a) I have mended the roof. an essay. It is Saturday tom orrow so m other.. to N ew Jersey. us again tomorrow. 6 . .. dinner at M arco’s this time tom orrow evening.. 2 X. Emilia has no money left. . b) I have been waiting here for tw o hours.” “When are you going to give it to her?” “I t . I .. tomorrow. 6 . (to travel) 2. Okay. B ek zo d ..He (will is going to) repair the engine o f his car. 1 . John’s Music Hall tonight. her parents a postcard today so th e y . 8 ... (to see) 5. we (will are going to) wait. b) the news arrived after he had come. 7. (to live) 7.Oh. (make known) 8 .. a) the soldiers breathed freely before he left b) the commander left and the soldiers breathed freely. Are you going swimming? I (will am going to) come with you. There is an interesting concert at S. Choose the right interpretation. a) the news had arrived before he came. . Insert the correct future tense.What is he doing with these tools? . M aria. .. . a) his wife explained everything after he had left b) his wife explained everything before he left 3. him until Saturday. He left in a hurry. . for 25 years then. You (will are going to) listen to some music this evening? XIII. (to work) 2 . 6 . 5. bacon and eggs.XIL will or going to? Underline the correct one/ones.1 get my pension in six years. a language course. I . (to send. After the commander had left. I . 4. the exam results tomorrow... S h e . 2.. in Tashkent for eleven years by the winter. (to have) 4. I think I (will am going to) go on foot. . 2 . for breakfast? (to have).. . Have you decided on what to do after leaving school? Yes. .. his wife explained everything to us. no! I completely forgot.. . The sch o o l. it in two days’ time. (to start) 3. to get) 6 . him at 10 o ’clock outside the nearby cafe... I (will am going to) invite them now. He probably (w ill/isgoing to) welcome you. the soldiers breathed more freely. 1.. (not to see) XIV.Did you invite them? . 1.. the students had heard many things about him.. You (will/are going to) watch it? 3. 1 . .W e ..The dentist can’t receive you earlier than 2 o ’clock. It is not a long way from here to my house.W hat we .. Before the new teach er arrived. (to cry. in France.. (toparticipate. in a deck-chair when she . Write the correct Past Tense to complete the meaning of the following sentences. the classroom. h e .. 4. for five minutes before I . 5..... to meet) 2. (to forget) Can you meet me? I . While my husband .. to speak) 3. b) He sat in the shade when he felt a pain in his back. 3. not to receive) My d au g h ter.. no sun now for five days. 1. 1.. to write) 5. a letter last week. b) he was told to wait first XV. the examiners told him to wait. s h e ...4.. (to be.. 5. W rite to us as soon as you ... blue jeans and a white blouse. 2. (to have) ... (to send. b) he had sold the last ones before she came. our letter.. Put the correct tense of the verbs in brackets according to the meaning of the sentences... The candidate came in. Eight years ago sh e. 4. (to get) D iy o r. the greengrocer had sold the last one a) he sold the last ones to her. I . a temperature all this week. a) he came in first. (to spend.. a) She looked for her umbrella when she remembered she had left it at the office... a terrible noise. b) He tried to call me when I came in. my Korean. S h e ... fluent Japanese.. Which one? 1. (to sit. to the theatre for the first time when I . S h e .. (to enter. (to go. (to have) I . 6.. to be) XVQ. to write) 6 . three months in Japan. to me every week.. (to wear) We ... the students. but s h e . a) He was sitting in the shade when he felt a pain in his back. By the end o f her stay. already their exercises. ten years old... her.. By the time the teach er... a) He was trying to call me when I came in. it yet. 3.. eight. to be) 7. b) We w ere waiting for him to come when he called and cancelled the appointment. to hear) 4... a) We waited for him to come when he called and cancelled the appointment. 2. in her first Olympics when s h e . In each of the following pairs only one sentence is natural and sensible. b) She was looking for her umbrella when she remembered she had left it at the office... She wanted some fresh peaches. The little g irl. XVI.. XVIII. Put a verb in the correct tense into each sentence. The tenses used are: Present Simple, Present Progressive, Past Simple, Past Progressive, will or going to. Choose from the following verbs. There are more words than you need. ta lk earn stu d y do lend put decide sta rt get w ork need arrive open w rite w ant 1. S h e ... an evening course in business administration at the moment to improve her career prospects. 2 . S h e ... probably... promotion if she does well on the course. 3. At the moment, she . . . to a customer, Mr. Hughes, who .. . to borrow some money. 4. Mr. Hughes has a furniture shop. Next month he ... another shop in a nearby town, but h e ... some extra capital first. 5. When Mr. H u g h es... at the bank this morning, he had to wait a few minutes because J a n e ... a report. 6 . “I am sure the b an k ... you the money you need, Mr. Hughes,” said Jane. “When would you like it?’ 7. “I ... advertisement about the new shop in the newspapers next week,” said Mr. Hughes, “so I would like it as soon as possible.” XIX. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses. 1 . John hasn’t got a job. H e ... unemployed for six months, {to be) H e ... for a textile firm which ... to be closed because i t ... enough orders, {to work, to have, not to have) H e ... most days looking through the job pages in the newspapers, {to spend) 2 . Yesterday afternoon, Barbara went round to John’s house. J o h n ... a book, {to read) 3. When the b o y s... at last th e y ... that th e y ... their former interest in the collection o f stamps, {to meet, to discover, to lose) 4. An ass, w h o ... a large sack o f salt which his m aster... on his b ack ,... to a stream over which there ... a bridge, {to carry, to place, to come, to be) As he ... the bridge he ... and ... into the stream, {to cross, to slip, to fa ll) The s a lt... in the w ater and his sack ... so light, {to melt, to become) XX. Look at three options a), b) and c) for each questions. Decide which two are correct. 1. Shut up, will you! a) I am getting really angry. b) I am going to get really angry in a minute. c) I am getting really angry in a minute. 2. Why don’t you come with us? a) It’ll be a great trip. b) It is going to be a great trip. c) It is a great trip. 3 . 1 have got nothing to do tom orrow s o ... a) I’ll get up late. b) I am to get up late. c) I am going to get up late. 4. According to the weather fo recast,... a) It’ll rain tomorrow. b) It is raining tomorrow. c) It is going to rain tomorrow. 5. We have run out o f fuel. a) W hat shall we do now? b) W hat do w e do now? c) W hat are we going to do now? 6 . 1 would like to call round and see you. a) W hat will you have done by the moming? b) W hat’ll you be doing in the moming? c) W hat are you doing in the moming? XXI. Put the appropriate form of the verbs in brackets: Present Perfect Progressive, Past Perfect Progressive or Future Perfect Progressive. 1. A n n ... the piano for two hours, {toplay) 2. W hen Albert came D ic k ... since moming. {to work) 3. P e te r... to the radio for 20 minutes, {to listen) 4. We leamt that h e ... in Chicago for a fortnight, {to stay) 5. Professor S tein ... at our university for 15 years, {to work) 6 . By September I ... here for a year, {to stay) 7. Mr. B la c k ... for this book in the shops for tw o weeks, {to look) 8 . We knew h e ... for the past few years, {to travel) 9. H e ... on the manuscript for two and a half years next month, {to work) 10 . S h e ... music for five years next year, {to study) 11. W hen John came his fa th e r... in the garden since moming. {to work) 12. T h e y ... much too fast and I was out o f breath, {to walk) Review Self-study I. Find and correct the errors in the sentences below. 1. Does Pulat walks to work every moming? 2. What you are talking about? I am not understand you. 3. Did you finished your work? 4. My friend doesn’t liking her apartment. 5. Do you are working for this company? 6 . What time your plane did it arrive? 7. How long have you are living in this city? 8 . My brother don’t have no job right now. 9. Ali wont to be in class tomorrow. II. Correct the errors. 1 . 1 am not agree with your opinion. 2 . 1 am not knowing Sam’s wife. 3. A: What you are talking about? В: I talking about the political situation in my country. 4. My roommate usually watch television, listen to music, or going out. 5. When I turned the ignition key, the car was starting. 6 . This class is consisting o f students who are wanting to leam English. 7. The children drewed some pictures in school this moming. 8 . While Tom is reading in bed last night, his phone ring. When he was answering it, the caller hanged up. 9. Right now Sally in the kitchen eating breakfast. III. Use the Past Simple or Past Perfect to complete the sentences. Are there some blanks where either tense is possible? 1. Salim ... a newspaper reporter before he ... a businessman, (to be, to become) 2 . 1 ... a little better after I ... the medicine, (tofeel, to take) 3 . 1 was late. The teacher ... a quiz when I ... to class, (to give, already, to get) 4. It had been raining hard, but by the time the class ... over, the rain ....(to be, to stop) 5. Millions o f years ago, dinosaurs ... the earth, but they ... extinct by the time humankind first ....(to roam, to become, to appear) 6 . 1 ... any o f Picasso’s paintings before I ... the art museum, (to see, never, to visit) IV. Correct the errors. 1. Since I came to this country, I am learning a lot about the way o f life here. 2. Before I come here, I never was buying anything from a vending machine. 3 . 1 arrive here only a short time ago. I am here only since last Friday. 4. When I arrived here, I hadn’t known much about the United States. I saw many movies about the America, but that wasn’t enough. 5. My understanding o f this country changed a lot since I arrived. 6 . When I was in my country, I had coached a children’s soccer team. W hen I came here, I had wanted to do the same thing. I am coaching this team for the last two months. 7. My grandfather had lived in a small village in Samarkand when he was a child. At nineteen, he had moved to Tashkent, where he had met and had married my grandmother in 1965. My father had been born in Tashkent in 1966.1 am bom in Tashkent in 1990. 8 . 1 am living in my cousin’s apartment since I have arrived here. I am not able to find my own apartment yet. I look at several places to rent, but I don’t find one that I can afford. 9. How long you been living here? I been here for almost two year. V. Use be going to if you think the speaker is expressing a prior plan. If you think she/he has no prior plan, use w ill 1. F u rk a t... at the meeting tomorrow, (to be) I think Feruza ... too. (to com e) 2. A: M ahmud ... here next term, (to be, not) He has resigned. Who ... the new teacher? Do you know? (to be) B: Yes. Fatima. Fatima ... the same courses Mahmud taught: English, algebra, and geometry, (to teach) I ... in her algebra class, (to be) 3. A: This letter is in French, and I don’t speak French. Can you help me? B: Sure, I ... it for you. (to translate) 4. A: Who wants to clean the board? Are there any volunteers? В: I ... it! (to d o ) 5. A: H ow about getting together for dinner after work? B: Sounds good. Where? A: H ow about Alice’s Restaurant or the Gateway Caffi? You decide. B: A lice’s Restaurant. I ... you there at around six. (to meet) A: Great. 6 . A: This light doesn’t work. The bulb is probably burned out. D o w e have any new light bulbs? B I . . . one for you. (to get) 7. A: Uh, oh! I’ve spilled coffee on my shirt! B: Just a minute. I ... a damp cloth for you. (get) VI. Use will, be going to or Present Simple. 1. I’m going to eat lunch at 12:30. After I ..., I ... a nap. (to eat, lo take, probably) 2. I ’ll get home at around six. When I ... home, I ... Sharon, (toget, to call) 3 . 1 am going to watch a TV program at nine, but before I ... the program, I ... a letter to my parents, (to watch, to write) 4. Gary will come soon. I ... here until he .... (lo wail, to come) 5 . 1 am sure it will stop raining soon. As soon as the rain ..., I ... to the store to get some film, (to stop, to w alk) 6 . 1 am a junior in college this year. After I ... with a B .A. next year, I ... to enter graduate school and w o rk fo ran M .A . P e rh a p s I... o n fo raP h .D . a f t e r l ... my M aster’s degree, (to graduate, to intend, to go, to get) 7 . 1 ... to the English language tapes while I ... tonight, (to listen, to sleep). Do you think it will help me leam English faster? VII. Write the Future, Progressive or Simple. 1. I’ll mail this letter at the com er when I take Susan home. ... 2. My brother’s birthday is next week. I am giving him a sw eater.... 3. Shh. The broadcaster is giving the latest news about the crisis in England. I want to hear what she’s say in g .... 4. When I graduate, I am going to return home. ... 5. When students graduate, they receive diplom as.... 6 . 1 am tired. I am going to bed early to n ig h t.... 7. When I am in New York, I am going to visit the Museum o f M odem A r t.... 8 . A: Are you busy? ... B: Not really. ... A: What are you doing? ... В : I am writing a letter to my fo lk s.... A: When you finish your letter, do you want to play a game o f chess? ... VIII. Use the Present Progressive to complete the sentences. Use any verb that makes sense. 1. A: How about going across the street for a cup o f coffee? В: I can’t. I ... Kamola at the library at 5:00. 2. A: Why are you in such hurry? В : I have to be at the airport in an hour. I ... the 4 o ’clock plane to N ew York. I have an important meeting there tomorrow. 3. A: We got an invitation by the mail from R on and Maureen. They ... a dinner party next Saturday evening. Do you want to go? I’d like to. B: Sure. I always enjoy spending time with them. L et’s call and tell them w e .... 4. A: Your cough sounds terrible! You should see a doctor. В: I know. It just w on’t go away. I ... Dr. M urray later this afternoon. 5. A: Have you seen Jamshid? B: He has just left. He has gone to do shopping, and then h e ... to the health club for his yoga class. He should be back around 4:30. 6 . A: Where are you and your family going for your vacation this summer? B: Ontario. A: Are you planning to fly? B: No, w e ... so we can take our time and enjoy the scenery. 7. A: We are going to soccer next week. B: W h o ...? A: A team from Brazil and a team from Argentina. It ought to be a really exciting game. EX. Use the Future Progressive or Present Simple. 1. Right now I am attending a class. Yesterday at this time, I was attending a class. Tom orrow at this time, I ... a class, (to attend) 2. Tom orrow I am going to leave for home. W hen I ... at the airport, my whole family ... form e, (to arrive, to wait) 3. When I ... up tom orrow moming, the sun ..., the b ird s... .(to get, to shine, to sing) 4. A: W hen do you leave for Sochi? B: Tomorrow. Just think! Two days from now I ... on the beach in the sun. (to lie) A: Sounds great! I ... about you. (to think) 5. A: H ow can I get in touch with you while you are out o f town? В: I ... at the Grand Mir Hotel. You can reach me there, (to stay) 6 . Next year at this time I ... exactly what I am doing now. (to do) I ... school and ... hard next year, (to attend, to study) 7. Look at those dark clouds. When the class... over, it ....(to be, to rain, probably) X. Correct the errors. 1. By the time I return to my country, I am away from home for more than three years. 2. By the end o f the 21 st century, scientists will had discovered the cure o f the common cold. 3 . 1 have been seeing this movie three times, and now I’m wanting to see it again. 4 . 1 am not like my job at the restaurant. My brother wants me to change it. I am thinking he is right. 5. There are more than forty presidents o f the United States since it became a country. George Washington had been the first president. He was become the president in 1789. 6 . We washed the dishes and clean up the kitchen after our dinner guests were leaving. 7. It is raining tomorrow moming. 8 . Many scientists believe there is a major earthquake in California in the next few years. 9. When I got to my apartment last night, I use my key to open as usual. But the door didn’t open. I trying my key again and again with no luck. So I’m knocking on the door o f my wife to let me in. Finally the door opens, but I don’t saw my wife on the other side. I saw a stranger. I had been try to get into the wrong apartment. I quickly apologizing and am went to my own apartment. XI. Choose the best completion. 1. As soon as Ravshan saw the fire, h e ... the fire department, a) was telephoning b) telephoned c) had telephoned d) has telephoned 2. Before Hulkar won the lottery, she ... any kind o f contest, a) has not entered b) does not enter c) was not entering d) had not entered 3. Every time Pulat sees a movie made in India, h e ... homesick, a) will have felt b) felt c) feels d) is feeling 4. Since I left Termez six years ago, I ... to visit friends and family several times, a) return b) will have returned c) am returning d) have returned 5. While Said was washing his new car, h e ... a small dent in the rear fender, a) has discovered b) was discovering c) is discovering d) discovered 6 . Yesterday while I was attending a sales meeting, Shohruh... on the company’s annual report. a) was working b) had been working с) has worked d) works 7. Tohir ... to have children until his little daughter w as born. A fter she w on his heart, he wanted a big family, a) does not want b) had not wanted c) was not wanting d) has not wanted XII. Use any appropriate tense. Javohir: Hi, my name is Javohir. Suhbat: Hi, my name is Suhbatilla. Javohir: ... at this University? (you, to study) Suhbat: Yes, I .... And you? (to do) Javohir: Yes, I ... here since last September, (to be) Before that I ... English at another school, (to study) Suhbat: W h a t ... this term? (you, to take) Javohir: I ... chemistry, maths, psychology and history o f Uzbekistan, (to take) W hat ... ? (you, to take) Suhbat: I ... English, (to study) I ... to improve my English before I ... regular academic courses next term, (to need, to take) Javohir: H ow long ... here? (you, to be) Suhbat: I ... here since the beginning o f this term, (to be) Actually, I ... in Tashkent six month ago, but I ... English at this university only since January, (to arrive, to study) Before that I ... with my brother in Samarkand, (to live) Javohir: You ... English very well, (to speak) ... a lot o f English before you ... to Tashkent? (you, to study, to come) Suhbat: Yes, I ... English for ten years in my own town, (to study) And also, I ... some time in Canada a couple o f years ago. (to spend) I ... up a lot o f English while I ... there, (topick, to live) Javohir: You ... lucky, (to be) When I ... to Tashkent, I ... any English at all. (to come, to study, never) So I had to spend a whole year studying nothing but English before I ... school (to start) XIII. Use would whenever possible to express a repeated action in the past. Otherwise, use used to. 1 . 1 ... very shy. (to be) W henever a stranger came to our house, I ... in a closet. (to hide) 2 .1 remember my aunt very well. Every time she came to our house, she ... me a big kiss and pinch my check, (to give) you . (to see) On one occasion we saw a w olf and quickly ran in the opposite direction... but for a long time I . 1 . (to get) After breakfast.. him go to bed.. But now I am used to flying. that sound? I t . deer.. my best friend but we are not friends now...... (to take) 5. (to m ake) Then she .. there for ten years. to her several times. around to see what had been unearthed. (to w ait) 13.. Every moming.... n o t to hear) XV. my dog for a walk twice a day last year.. (to gather) 5 ... (not to ride) 11. . a particularly interesting item. your question. I .. . yesterday. He .. silent for some time. S h e . to lose) 12. The rivers .. to ride it. (to have) 4 ... w e . XIV. up to the sound o f singing birds. on the bench beside m e ..3 . to read. the curtains... to keep) 1 5 . perhaps an arrowhead or a piece o f pottery.. Complete the sentences with used to and infinitive. in winter. his mother . through woods and along mountain streams. other members of the group . (to fin d ... (to hike) Often we . (to w ake) During the day. we .. 1 . (not to hear) 7. (to find) When that happened. up before dawn. an anthropology major. (to be) My heart ..... on good terms ever since. 1 .. Every morning. The c a rp e t.. It was a wonderful experience. our entire day in the field. (to freeze) 3. w e . to get) 2.. goose fat on his chest. My friends . a n d .. never) 6 ... (to be) Once I was a member o f an archeological expedition... my sister and I took a camping trip in the Camp Semurg. 1 am sorry.. the key which you . afraid o f flying. 1 . anyone else use it.. for us for an hour. 1. at me. The old man w h o . (to m atch) 6 . It is impossible to talk with you! You always . (to live) 14...... Y o u . pounding every time I stepped on a plane. When my grandfather was a boy and had a cold. me. (to sit. to let... (to be) 1 0 . ... a lot o f sweets but I don’t like them now. (to grum ble) 9. Put the verbs into the correct form... but s h e ... 1 got a new bicycle when I was ten. (to start) 4 . W e .... We .. (to go ) 8 ... louder and louder (to hear..1 .. When I was a child I . (to ask.... his car since May. . 1 . T h ey . abroad last summer. (to speak.. (to p u t) 7.. a horse for tw o months. we . We used to work together and we . (to spend) Sometimes one o f us .. Last summer. 2.. very fat before going in for sports. All o f the people o f the city were sorrowful.. and he competed in all the athletic events. and they renamed their city Samarkand after the two lovers.. He didn’t like Samar because he was very poor. hard when she was in the junior forms. My b ro th e r. They were so attracted to each other that they agreed to meet everyday in the garden. in a region o f Central Asia.. When the broken hearted Kand learned o f his death. 5 . H e . alone but now I live with my relatives. One day his wife gave birth to a beautiful daughter and they named her Kand. there was a baby boy born to a very poor family. 7.1 . As they got to know each other their love grew stronger and stronger. S h e ... a lecturer at the university but he is retired now... 12..... which means sugar in the Uzbek language. T h ey .. Helen often . S h e .. A Treasure o f U zbek L egends a n d L ore . 9 . she threw herself from the top o f the castle. 1 . How Samarkand Got Its Name A long time ago... S h e . a lot but these days he doesn’t go away very often.. 8 . XVI. late for her lessons when she was a student. One day Kand’s father learned o f their secret meetings and he became very angry. P e te r.. 1 1 . Write and underline the main and the secondary parts of sentences. and beneath his daughter. the piano a lot but I have no time now.3. One day the princess met the young man in the garden o f the castle. long hair but she cut it some time ago.. 4.. When Kand told her father that she wanted to wed Samar. the king decided to kill him. 6 .. As he grew up. About the same time..1 . in that house when she was young. there was a great and wicked king who lived in a beautiful castle. 13. They named him Samar. he becam e very famous for his bravery. 10. in a small village but now they live in Tashkent. because he was handsome and strong. tennnis when I was a child but I stopped doing it now.. The person or organization who performs an action in a passive sentence is called an agent.focus on John) A few stamps were stu ck on the letter and it w as dropped into the mail-box by John. (Passive Voice . etc. A lot o f stones were throw n by angry fo o tb a ll fa n s. in the Common Case. is c a u sed is a simple verbal predicate. to sell. to pass.g. How many people are injured 'm road accidents every day? A n a ly sis : M u ch harm is c a u sed b y earthquakes. expressed by an abstract noun.focus on the letter) The Passive Voice is used more in writing and formal speech. harm is the subject. by earthquakes is a prepositional object. e. Other common verbs o f this type are: to bring. This is a simple. They gave me an interesting book. An object which causes something to happen is called an instrument. declarative. to lend. John stu ck a few stamps on the letter and dropped it into the mail-box. (Active Voice) I was given an interesting book.THE PASSIVE VOICE The Passive Voice is used to focus on important information o f a sentence. Letters are usually written w ith a pen. e. A n interesting b ook w as given to me. to show. to tell.g. Verbs which have tw o objects can be made passive in tw o ways. extended. e. expressed by a prepositional phrase. I am not often in v ite d to parties. The doer o f the action being mentioned is either unknown or unimportant. (Active Voice . introduced by by. A ctive: He cleans his teeth every day. affirmative sentence. to pay.g. indicative mood.g. This book has been read b y him. The noun has the attribute ‘m u c h \ expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. introduced by w ith. expressed by the verb ‘to c a u se ’ in the Present Simple. The Passive Voice is formed by means o f the auxiliary verb to be in the required form and the Participle II o f the notional verb. e. These are the passive forms o f the present and past tenses: Present Simple: am/is/are + done/cleaned. Passive Voice. to give. Passive: His teeth are cleaned every day. The window was broken w ith a ball. . to prom ise. to send. H a ve you ever been bitten by a dog? I am not going to the party. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. Passive: All the documents ha d been typed by the secretary by the time the manager came. etc. etc.Past Simple: was/were + done/made. A ctive: M ary is always losing her mobile. 1 st person. It consists o f the principle clause ‘7 ho p e ” and the subordinate clause “we sh a ll have been in vite d to the p a r ty ”. / is the subject. Active: The students w ill have passed all their final tests by the end o f July. Have you heard the news? The president has been shot. Past Progressive : was/were being + done/taken. Future Perfect: shall/will have been + done/past. A ctive: I ira. Look at those old houses! They are being kn o cked down. P assive: I see your work h a s n ’t been done yet. hope is a simple verbal predicate. Jim didn’t know about the change o f plans. etc. Present Progressive : am/is/are being + dime/lost. Past Perfect: had been + done/typed. the secretary h a d typed all the documents. Passive: The mobile is always being lost by Mary. etc. During the night we were all w oken up by a loud explosion. Present Perfect: have/has been + done. etc. A c tiv e : I w ill tell you what to do. We were being fo llo w e d . etc. indicative mood. He h a d n ’t been told.v takin g a shower when you rang me up. I haven't been invited. . Passive: By the end o f July all the final tests w ill have been passed by the students. It is a complex sentence. A n a ly s is : I hope we sh a ll have been in vite d to the party. Active: By the time the manager came. P assive: You w ill be to ld what to do. expressed by the verb 7o hope ’ in Present Simple active. Future Simple: shall be/will be + done/told. A ctive: I see you haven ’/ done your work yet. A c tiv e : The teacher m ade me repeat the rule. The principle clause is an unextended sentence. When w as that castle built ? The house w asn ’/ da m a g ed in the storm but a tree was blown down. P assive: A shower w as being taken by me when you rang up. It consists o f the main parts o f the sentence (the subject and the predicate). singular. etc. Suddenly I heard footsteps behind me. P assive: I vras m ade to repeat the rule by the teacher. to the party is an adverbial modifier o f place. 4. The verb to be + Participle П. Questions 1 . it can be a compound nominal predicate consisting o f a link verb and a predicative.. e. A: Because he had lost all his matches. expressed by a prepositional phrase. 2 11 . It said. expressed by the verb ‘to invite’ in future perfect passive. 1st person.. 1 . A minute later all the students were writing except one boy. The teacher is going to explain the lesson. Why do we use the Passive Voice? 2. 5. indicative mood. (Action) The door was locked when I came. (State) Read the jokes Complete the jokes by putting the verb in brackets into correct voice.g.. If it denotes a state.A Practical English Grammar . the tennis player . The teacher looked at his paper.shall have been invited is a simple verbal predicate o f the subordinate clause.. The game . 1. The door was locked by the maid. a cigarette lighter at the end o f the competition? (to give) В: I don’t know. What is “the instrument”? 5.. plural. . When do we use a compound nominal predicate with to be + Participle II? Quiz I. What is “the agent”? 4. A teacher asked her class to write an essay about a football match. (to stop) 2. What means is the Passive Voice formed by? 3. in the first minute by rain. Shahlo has suggested a new idea. The combination to be + Participle II if denotes an action it is a simple verbal predicate. A: Why . Two horses were pulling the farm er’s wagon. 3.. exspressed by a verb in the Passive voise. we is the subject of the subordinate clause. a) Change the active to passive. Botir will invite Anora to the party. Komola had returned the book to the library. When do we use a simple verbal predicate with to be + Participle II? 6 . expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. The music for the film has been written by L. 7 . My cat died. Some verbs are intransitive and cannot be changed. Change the active to passive if possible. 4. 1 . 5. 3. By this time tomorrow. O ur plan succeeded at last. A strange thing happened yesterday. Umida didn’t make that pie. H ave you been informed o f a proposed increase in our rent by th e building superintendent? II. The assistant manager interviewed me. Read and memorize.. Lightning didn’t cause the fire. A hurricane destroyed the small fishing village. 10. 12. The cup fell to the floor. Shohruh wrote it. 15. 8 . His tricks w on’t fool me. B am o travelled to Uganda last year. Agutin. Did Rohila make it? 9. 16. Dinosaurs existed millions o f years ago. Tohir dropped the cup. After the schedule had been determined the final test began. The leading part in Hamlet is played by Smoktunovsky. III. 9. That sentence was written by Umar. 6 b) Change the passive to active. The children seemed happy when they went to the zoo. Seats are booked beforehand. After class. Javlon scored the winning goal. 14. 12. 14. . 8 . A large vase stands in the com er o f our front hallway. 6 . 1 didn’t write that note. 4. 13. 1. the president will have made the announcement. It rained hard yesterday. The speed limit on Highway 5 isn’t obeyed by most drivers. 3. The recent events are being discussed by everybody. 11. 7. 5. 6 . 10. 2. The new Enrique Eglesias’ song will be enjoyed by thousands. one of the students always erases the chalkboard. Was the electric light bulb invented by Thomas Edison? 13. O ur papers are going to be collected by the teacher. 11. 2. The solution to my problem appeared to me in a dream. Farmers don’t understand how to plant and so they made the situation worse. 1. Ask questions about the following sentences. Last night when I came home my mother told me that my friend called my an hour before. Exhibitions are attended by thousands in our country. 4. The cultivation o f com is spread in South England. A student was given his test variant. 3. The cultivation o f fruit trees is spread in East England. 8 . 6 . 3. The snow was piled against the window panes. A review o f the performance will be written after the first night. 12. My next door neighbour disappeared six months ago and he hasn’t seen since then. 1. The President pay great attention to the education o f the youth. 2 . All the books have been sold by the time we came to the bookshop. . V. Many new Internet cafes have been opened in Tashkent. 5. After the table had been cleared the children began to sing and dance. 4. Find the mistake and correct it. VI. 6 . 7. 6 . 5. The coat was torn on a nail. In the Middle Ages in England football played by teams formed o f whole villages. 11. Fishing industry is concentrated in the ports o f Hull and Yarmouth. thinking where he saw her before. 7. Ship building is concentrated in Liverpool and Glasgow. We shall be back by six. The cultivation o f potatoes is spread in Ireland. 2. 7. 2. The Afrosiab was founded in VIII-VII century BC. Iron and steel industry are concentrated in South Wales. 9. 1. and w e hope you will have a good sleep by that time. My cousin was stung by a wasp. We shall begin our party as soon as the guests will come. Change the sentences into interrogative ones. Define the tense forms of the verbs. 9. The weather is so awful today because it is raining all day long. After the concert had been over the spectators got their leave. 8 . 5. Coal industry is concentrated in North England. 4. Once a French visitor felt insulted when an American waiter followed him to the door and handed him the dollar he left on the table. One evening a hungry lion have slipped out o f the forest into a barnyard. 10.IV. 1 0. Alisher kept looking at her. 3. M ichael. (to repair) 5..... that the book will be published soon. 1.. M y s to ry . as a gentleman. She always ..(to admire) 7. A famous author wrote that book. in an hour.. Ali will pay the bill. by a special messenger before you got to the office? 7. . (to tell) 9. (to type) 10... o f before.by the best chess player. to respect) 2.. by the news. {to give) 4. lately. That b o o k . the m istake.by Ali. She has taught at tw o schools in Great Britain a n d ...by Ann........ Paraphrase these sentences using the passive. Open the brackets. (to show) 8 ..УЛ..... the p ack ag e. (to write) VUI. the documents. 3. The b ill. the b a ll... My f l at .. The waiter refilled my glass... That is the thing I . The news didn’t surprise me. The com position. The best chess player will won the match... an excellent character. Had a special messenger delivered the package before you got to the office? .... The m a tc h ... a n d .. 10... recently. I .. 8 ... Our room ...... by Ann? 2.. negative) 3.by A lan’s knowledge about art.. My uncle will meet you at the airport. The b ill.....by Jack.. Did Ann discover the mistake? .by a famous author.. Jack w on’t pay the bill......by my uncle at the airport.... (topaper) 6 . {to accuse. M anager. A lan’s knowledge about art doesn’t impress me.. Use the Passive Voice in the required form.. 9. (to treat. I ... Y o u . 4.. Ann interrupted my story.. by Bob? 12.by the waiter.... 6 . 11..... already...... At the publishing house I ..... 5. 1.. The le tte rs.. My g la ss.. Did Bob throw the ball? .. Echo o f History 4(32) 2006 Activity What is done . Each student w rites down the name o f an agent suitable to each sentence (you may need to supply some new vocabulary here). Then ask them to identify by w hom these things are done. the local government offices. articles. by whom are credit cards accepted? By the receptionist? O r by the hotel management? . then com pare and discuss. a theatre.bahshis. Food is eaten. Guests are welcomed. seamstresses. with agent. Procedure: give the students the name o f an institution or centre o f activity that they know o f . Write up their suggestions on the board. since olden days developing national traditions transfer them from generation to generation. oral and written brainstorm. Since 2002 the International folklore festival «Boysun Bahori» («Baisun Spring»). customs.1969-s old technologies and styles. texts o f the reports. for example. giving exhaustive information on history.Baisun is known for its fascinating nature and rich cultural heritage. One o f southern areas o f Uzbekistan . culture and art. culture o f Baisun have been published. art crafts. and in embroidery and carpet making o f 1940. In a hotel. a sports centre. pattern artists. which drew attention o f world experts has begun to be held in Baisun. For example. Therefore books. but also were the factor for the creation o f some new projects. Owing to unique.the school. Under the initiative o f UNESCO and international fund Japan Trust some projects and programs have been developed. they might say: Credit cards are accepted. an airport . continuing to develop an applied art have been collected in kishlaks (villages) o f Baisun area. tanners.and by whom? Present Passive sentences. original art culture Baisun was recognized by U NESCO as a «Pearl o f the world oral non-material heritage». These data became basis for not only scientific researches. Find the main parts in each sentence. woodcarvers. It was a new step in studying Baisun traditions. During the scientific expedition it was found out that subjects o f the national applied art created up to the middle o f XX century practically were not kept at local population. carpet makers. inimitable executors o f dastans . traditions. Baisun people are great admirers o f art. During the activity o f the expedition the richest data on embroiderers. Each house in Baisun can be an original museum o f national culture. a street. a hotel. M eals are served. scientific expeditions have been held.and ask them to list all the things that are normally done at this location.IX. Skilful handicraftsmen. natural dyes and ancient patterns were almost not applied. testify about originality o f its traditions and way o f life o f each district. Miracle of Baisun Eternal values and cultural heritage o f our land which was created during many centuries. . they have installed a computer. not) 5. Last night terrorists blew up a patrol car on the edge o f the forest.. Can they remember and write down the things that are done b y .... N othing . .. fold) 6 . (turn) 4. in the mud. 6 ... (close) 9.. (stick) П.. 4.. Your copy-book.. We couldn’t go any farther. . A new tomb has been discovering by archaeologists in Egypt.. This room . All the food at the party was ate. 4. 1 . The door to this room ... 7. He always follows his father’s advice. Use the Present Passive or Past Passive. in the mud. on. Sitora is wearing a blouse. the receptionist? the guests? the waiters? Self -study I. That d o o r.. . (close) 8 .A.. 5. The new m agazine. IV. The car .. (bend.... (shut) 3.. Jim is sitting quietly.. 1 . A new president was be elected last year. Since I was last here... We can’t go any farther. She . . This book was writing by senior teacher Slobodkina N. Present Perfect. Past Perfect. Last night a patrol car . 2.. Ш. 7. ... . 6. (make) 2.. (crowd. The match is playing on Wednesday evening. 1. 5. The father’s advice. You must always keep that door shut.. .. . Make the following active sentences passive. I shall have brought your copy-book by two o ’clock tomorrow. 2.. and his hands . I t . 3. Future Simple. Correct the mistakes in the following sentences. A new bridge is be built across the river.. Yesterday it was hot in this room because the window . 1.. . a co m p u ter. Use the Passive Voice in Past Simple. in front o f him. .. (stick) 10. .. (finish) 7.. It is hot in this room because the window . . The lights in this room . The c a r . . His elbows . o f cotton. Zuhra has brought the new magazine.. We can leave now because the class .. Three terrorists was arrested in New York. been moved in your room since you were in the West. They are giving her a big pay rise next month.Variations: erase or hide what has been written. 3.. Since I was last here. not been seen for three months. The question . (to look) 2. (to greet.. They went home after they had finished the work. to serve) 6 . My mother taught me English. never been spoken like that before. proved wrong. 3.. 3.. They showed her the shortest way to the station.. 5.. (to unlock. John broke the window the other day. Past Perfect in the Active or Passive Voice. them out to the house. 11. been given a card to the club...2. Put the verb in brackets into Past Simple.. VI.. Each o f the children. We have never lived in this house.. They took no notice o f his words. 5. 1 sent my daughter for the doctor.. to sit) . M a ry . a due share o f M rs Gerhardt’s attention. Tom will meet us at the station. the way to the office.... to show) 4. and G e o rg e .. 2 . Look! T e a . From the clink o f dishes one could tell that supper . 1 noticed at once that the ro o m .. 1..... often put to me but never answered. 8 . 9. been spilt all over the table-cloth.... His phrase.. They are preparing the meal now.. 12. (to take. 6 . Mrs Brown . 14. My sister often takes Bob for his brother. 4. 11. 13.. 10. All your w o rd s. They say h e .. 4... 6 . by a strange laugh from a student w h o . 1. be taken down. been seen to nod in quiet agreement with wife’s words. My u n c le .. H e .. Past Progrssive.. By the time the director came she had typed the letters..(to prepare) 3. been tidied. to leave) 5.. as h e . it.. 7.. Put the following into passive mentioning the agent where necessary. 7.. to inform her that dinner already . His calculations. They agreed upon the plan. 8 . after. 15. The front o f his h o u s e .. 9. She found the envelope at last behind the dining-room clock. V. near the wall. H e .. 10. (to recieve) The little baby closely. We hear a sound o f a violin in the hall......(to come. H e . been made a captain. Jack has just spilled the milk. 1 want some apples. Paul is here for tw o weeks. Decide whether the sentence is grammatically correct or not.. down with the clock . (to keep) 6 . to die.. (to disturb) 2. 13. like the w ood-dove. 2. in the same house?” he finally. hot for you long. (to occur. to jo in ) 10. to govern) 7.. a voice o f sweetness in the summer-time.. 5 .. 4 .... to me that for the last twenty-two hours my life. (to say. and sh e. 9.. (to leave. but.. (to take. I’ll have an ice-cream... she . 1 suppose you . Have you got any? .. a new flat. 1 haven’t seen her since three days..7.. up by Jam es..... aback by what you .. (to go.. into her room. i t .. 11.. (to invite) 9.. by unnecesary telephone calls yesterday. We constantly.. s h e . (not to attend.. and a moon and a lot o f stars on its face... “It looks like rain” “Oh.. He goes back at the end o f the month.. “Y o u . (to announce. there. Tell me the truth. (to live. 7. though he . to go... h e .. to inquire) “No. Henry until the p a rty . 1 ..” 10.. to go) VTQ.. by what I .. everything.. In the meantime the evening m eal.. out a n d . the family. 1. 1... to chime) 10.? (to shock. ... this before.by your needs.. W hen the last good-bye. Put the verb in brackets into the required tense in the Active or Passive Voice.. This is the third time he is arriving home late this week. I’d like an information about trains to London. to say) 4 . me just now. Come in and have your milk... out. I don’t hope so. you ... A n n e . When s h e .” (to buy) 8 . 1 am not very good in tennis. I t .A Dutch piece too heavy to take away. (to tell) 5. away... alone.. to settle. the wedding.. (not to see... Jennie .. to be) 8 . 1 2 . 6 . (to move) We . to tell) 3. .. L e s te r. We w on’t go to the beach unless it stops raining. We always . to invite) VII. 3. Will you have some too? 8 .1 am living in Hastings for five years. Are you sure you can carry it? 9.. to seat)... by yours .. I t .. There isn’t much furniture in my flat.. She was having a bath when the phone rang. to pick. w e . and last sound o f wheels and hooves. . to the restaurant w e . When w e . to find. When I . that the language.. it before.Dombey’s hair is curled. to enter) 5. to be... Early one moming farm laborers on their way to work from Stilleveld had come upon twisted heap lying in the open.. (to look. X. ... (to get. (to want. When h e . Voice. His right arm was broken in many places. But he had not been bom like th a t. to reserve a table. strapped and labeled.... at school. Sam’s body was twisted and deformed. He was like a man who had been separated from one he loved for many years. A short bridge over a canal was blown up but we climbed across on what was left o f the span. to remember) 4. will you? IX. When I . . h e . at the car I could see that som ebody. (Tense. We shall have time tomorrow when my packing is finished. When she ... telling the joke I realized that I . his breakfast when I .. to hear) 2. State where the combination to be+ Participle II is a simple predicate and where it is a compound nominal predicate.. to drive) 3. He was in the house when the diamond was lost. quite different from the English that he .. State all the verbs. Please remember me to post these letters.. ... M ost o f the ribs in the right side o f his chest were broken. England. Syntactical Function) .. The purchase was completed within a month. 3... as though by a boot. . 12. 7. 6 . My boxes are locked. W hat an awful news! 15.. already... to learn) XI. to tell him about my future plans. (to come.. 1 .. into the back o f it. 2.. In the front room the bricks o f the floor were being tumbled aside by the shoots from old tree-roots.. Aspect. 8 .. perhaps you know that Mirah’s brother is found. The shutters were closed and barred. he .. to go) 6 .. analyse them. 1. (to finish.. Choose the correct tense.14. (to start. 9... Number. 4. It had turned out to be S a m . The big brightly lit stone-flagged kitchen was silent.. 1 0 .. I hate being hurried.. the kitchen to tell him. 5. The door was instantly opened. Person. A whisper goes about the house that M r.. The right side o f his head had been crushed in. that no b o d y .. to realize. He . 11. 1759. Robert and his brother Gilbert went to school in turn as there was no money to pay for the studies of both boys. GRAMMAR TALE Once upon a time there lived two friends nearby. and labour. He was a very uncertain person and he couldn’t do anything without the help of other people. There names were Mr. I want to walk myself!” But as to Mr. A week after Robert’s birth a strong storm broke down the hut his father had made with. freedom. When he was 16 he wrote his first verses. their country. Mr. The poor people loved him as they understood that Bums was their champion and a most gifted poet who expressed their thoughts and feelings in his poems and verses Hundreds of his verses fire the blood against «Man’s inhumanity to man which makes countless thousands mourn». The house in which the family lived was made o f clay.Robert Burns Robert Bums was bom on January 25.confident person. about two miles from the town o f Ayr in Scotland. Active Voice was a very self . don’t help me. he just hated when someone tried to tell him what to do. Passive Voice.his own hands and the mother and her baby were carried to the neighbours. Active Voice and Mr. When one was at school the other helped the father in the field.he was composing verses. He was not afraid to express his ideas and the rich hated him. He gave him books which he himselfhad bought and taught him to understand and love poetry. In his songs and poems Robert Bums taught his people to love life. nature. His teacher and friend Murdoch helped the boy a lot. When Robert was 13 his father sent him to school as the boy had shown great abilities in his studies in home. Robert’s father was a farmer and worked hard all his life. Passive Voice everything was vice versa. Even in his early childhood if he wanted to leam something new he was telling: “I want to read a book” And as soon as he leamt how to walk he was always telling: “don’t help me. The family was poor and the children had to work from an early age. Sometimes while working Robert would stop and lean his chin on his hand . Though Robert worked hard he found time to read and study French. When he noticed . he preferred to do everything himself. They had known each other since their childhood and were very close friends. Because it had no chimney there was always much smoke inside. From an early age he was so fond of poetry that he not only read verses but memorized them as well. Robert Bums did not speak much but when he spoke his tongue could be sharp and bitter. in a picturesque village. but they were not alike at all. What kind of person was Mr. Passive Voice? 3. and no Passive Voice without Active in Grammar. Passive Voice was employed by Mr.that his friend Active Voice was reading a book. Active Voice found a good job for himself. Active Voice in everything. Active Voice? 2. he was his assistant. but Mr. because they were very close friends. What is the moral o f this tale? . What kind of person was Mr. “Why?” you will ask. Passive Voice were still close friends. Be active and you will be able to achieve everything you wish!!! Questions 1. he was crying: “I want this book to be read by you. Mr. but actually he did nothing himself and was consulted by Mr. my friend Active Voice” And that was in everything. Mr. may be because there will be no Active Voice without Passive. But in any case try to be active in life and never try to imitate Passive Voice because it is easier.he was the manager of a big factory. May be because contrasts are attracted to each other as a rule. but nothing changed. and Mr. Active Voice. Active Voice and Mr. Passive Voice has never done anything himself. But the time had passed and the two boys became two men. Active Voice had never refused to help him. Mr. 2) The past tense e. etc. 2. M ay we leave this book with you? 3. 1. must. He could have helped you (then) if he had wanted to. If you stopped smoking. impossible.g. dare ) have certain features in common.g. probable.e.1 would not have stayed there if they had asked me. should and would instead of denoting a past action may denote an unreal action. may. advisable. 2. He could help you (now) if he wanted to. e. i. 1)The present tense e. shall. will have two tense forms of the indicative mood: 1) The present tense. Wouldyou please lend me your pencil? III. You will go there and tell him that the game is up. Modal verbs (can. They have no verbals and analytical forms (perfect. I won’t allow it. I. The sea can be rough. 1. 2. negatives: e. 4. 3 . Can you speak English? II. necessary. improbable. shall. ought to. doubtful or uncertain. e. should and w ould denote unreality they have no meaning of a past action. The child shall be punshed for it. they show that the action indicated by the infinitive is considered as possible.MODAL VERBS Modal verbs are used to show the speaker’s attitude toward the action or state indicated by the infinitive. I c a n ’t dance. I might attend the classes. 2) The past tense.g. Ifi were you. You might have remembered your child’s birthday (yesterday). When the forms could. may.g. The forms could. 1. obligatory. will. You should be more careful. 3. The modal verbs can. 4.g.) and need no auxiliaries to form questions. 4 . 1.' and with the perfect infinitive when we speak about the past. you would probablyfe e l healthier. continuous. etc.1 would not stay now if you asked me. You should have seen a dentist about that tooth before it got really bad. e. might.g. 2. need. They are used with the indefinite infinitive when we speak of present or future.1 couldn’t understand him when he spoke very fast. He asked me if he might use my cell phone. 3. . passive. might. You needn ’/ have waited. 1. The form o f the infinitive after the modal verb ought to shows whether we are speaking o f the present. e. You must come and have tea with us. 3) Could you tell me his address? The modal verb can has the following meanings: I. They must be having a dictation now. She must be about thirty now. They are used with the indefinite infinitive when we speak of the present or the future and with the perfect infinitive when we speak about the past. physical or circumstantial abilities). e. She must have been about thirty at that time.g. The modal verb ought to has only one form. The suppositional meaning I. (physical ability) .g. e. 2. The second year students can translate this text without a dictionary. The modal verb can in the primary meaning expresses ability and capability (mental. The primary meaning П. while to be able to mostly expresses the condition o f people to do smth. future or o f the past. Can and could express mental or physical ability and a polite request.g. the suppositional. You ought to take a taxi. Modal Verb C a n The modal verb can has two tense forms o f the indicative mood: the present tense can and the past tense could The expression to be able to which has the same meaning can be used to supply the missing forms o f the verb can.g. Most modal verbs have three sets of meanings: the primary. (then) VI. 4. Modal verbs are always used with the infinitive.IV. 3. 2) I can speak both English and German. You need not wait for me today. (now) You ought to have taken a taxi. e. the imperative. The students must come to the University every day.g. (mental ability) He can't dance now but he could when he was young. (then) V. VII. e. The modal verbs must and need have only one form o f the indicative mood. 1) I recovered and was able to go to school. The imperative meaning Ш. I’ll able to give ‘Get in Touch’to you tomorrow. Compare: 1) Can you come again tomorrow9 Could you come again tomorrow? 2) Can I come too? Can ’I I come too? Couldn ’( I come too? III. The modal verb can in the imperative meaning expresses permission. request or prohibition. (circumstantial ability) II. and some others).g.g. couldn’t make the sentence more emotional and insistent. Can she havefa ile d to see him? They c a n ’t have fa ile d to notice us. to hate. future and past tenses. (strong doubt) He couldn't have told the truth. e. Could he have been telling her the truth ? Note: There is practically no difference in meaning between can and could. We were quite near.g. . Can you dislike to listen to the pop music? Students c a n ’t have misunderstood the teacher. The forms can ’t. Negative prefixes dis. Can/could she have been told everything? Cantcould he have crossed the river in the dark? Note: To express strong or very strong doubt of an action not taking place we use the expression ‘to f a il to do som ething’. (prohibition) Note: 1. (very strong doubt) Note: To distinguish between a question about somebody’s ability to do something and the expression of strong doubt we use the indefinite infinitive in the first case and the perfect infinitive or progressive infinitive in the second (with the exception o f the verbs to be. It supplies the missing parts of can and provides an alternative form for the present.and m is. e. to love. Could the translate the text? 2. e.g.g.Students can go to the theatre. to live. 1. Can you help Alisher with his task? (request) Can we drop in at a shop for face cream? (asking for permission) You can't discuss this subject with your friend. e. To be able to (the verb to b e +the adjective able) To be able to is the equivalent o f the modal verb can. He can ’/ be working at this time. e.are also used. 2. Could he have known her beforel 3. to know. They have two pairs today. Could makes the sentence a little more emphatic. The modal verb can in the suppositional meaning expresses strong doubt or very strong doubt. The form could used instead of can makes the sentence more polite. g. e. expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. however. Could you run the business by yourself (if this was necessary)? Could he get another job (if he left this one)? In these examples could is replaceable by would be able. Could you come round and mend a leak in my hot water tank? Plumber. e. The boat capsized quite near the bank so the children were able to swim to safety. I could/was able to see him through the window. two member sentence.g. singular. singular. e.e. 3rd person. Alisher is the subject. Active Voice. Householder. He read the message but he couldn 't/wasn’t able to understand it.g. Could you? It is a very good way of introducing a request. extended. It consists o f the modal verb ‘can’ with the indefinite infinitive ‘toplay \ Present Simple. e. Since his accident he hasn 'Ibeen able to leave the house. at the stadium is an adverbial modifier o f place. football is a direct object. indicative mood.g. e. When I was young I was able to climb any tree in the forest. expressed by a prepositional phrase. Could Could can be used with a present meaning when there is an idea of condition. Alisher can p la y fo o tb a ll a t the stadium. When my grandmother was young she could/was able to ride horses. According to the structure it is a simple. It is an alternative to would you? and a little more polite. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. can p la y is a compound modal verbal predicate. Couldn ’tyou come a little earlier? Could and was/were able to are used for past ability. e. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. . g. Our baby will be able to walk in a few weeks. is relaxed in the negative and with verbs o f the senses. Would sometime next month suit you? Householder.g.g. Analysis. Сouldyou show us the way to Amur Temur Museum? Could you please send me an application form? Couldn ’tyou? is also useful. (they could and did swim) This rule. Was/were able to is used for ability+a particular action. What is the modal verb? How many meanings has the modal verb ‘can’? 3. Comment on the meaning of the modal verb can. it is because I have not got any money left. П. I have noticed some grey hairs on his temples. What is the equivalent ofthe modal verb ‘can’? 6.. 9 . It can’t be done so quickly. Can it be true that he has become a famous actor? 3. 4. Complete the questions with can and a suitable verb from the box.. drink. He couldn’t feel his pulse and decided that his heart had stopped beating.. Сould it be little Lizzie? How she has grown up? 6. Quiz I. 5. Then match each question with an answer.Questions 1. 1. It isn’t like him. You will have to wait..Please. Akmal couldn’t read Latin and didn’t understand what the doctor had prescribed him. what a pity. The other readers in here . eat and I . dear! Is it because you love me so much? . 10. Complete the jokes by putting can or could..My darling.. read when I was six. (In the library) . since I met you I . 8.Oh. How is the interrogative sentence formed with the modal verb ‘can’? 4. He can’t have told a lie. 2.1 could have done it long ago ifi had known that it was so urgent. How many forms of the modal verb ‘can’ are there in the indicative mood? 5. be quiet. . What situations do we use the expression ‘to fail to’ in? 2. read. . 2.. 1. We were quite near. I .. He couldn’t be so young.No. Could you give me your notes on condition that I return them the day after tomorrow? 7.Oh. They can’t have failed to notice us. . Read thejokes I. ride speak ■see make use play (x 2) . 6.. 4. you . e. I can’t. we can. Yes... Analyze the sentences according to the frame as shown in the example. No. No. 4. I can’t. I can’t. Yes.g. you . Can he have failed to see her? 5. I can’t. 12 . a motorbike? e. The view is wonderful.. I think they are dangerous. . 7.a. 2....1 can play chess.. Activity This three-part frame can be used to learn modal verbs. 3. but I can type. . Yes. He is in his office.. any foreign languages? c. You can see Professor Saidov. 1 . .the guitar? d.. 5. but I can play the piano. He can’t have done it wrong.. a processor? . you . Could you give us another consultation? 3. Can you p la y the piano? b.. French and Spanish. No. a cake? f .. I can. No.. I like playing Chopen. I don’t like cooking. 2.A Practical English Grammar . you . mountains from your room? g1. We can go to the theatre today. you . . you . I can. Analysis'. I ’m afraidnot is a polite reject. Note: In negative replies to the questions with may we use: Mustn ’/ in the meaning of ‘prohibition’. The verb may has the following meanings: I. her is an indirect object.g. She may come when we are out. III. reproach.g. can be used to supply the missing forms of the verb. You is the Subject. e. e. c a n ’t in the meaning o f ‘impossible’. M ay I ask you a question? П. According to the structure it is a simple. They may be living in the country. indicative mood. She might come after all. . active voice. 1. Probability or possibility May and might express possibility or probability. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. Let’s wait just a little longer. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. needn’t in the meaning o f ‘not necessary’. Asking for or giving permission e. The suppositional meaning I. the SMS is a direct object.Modal Verb M ay The modal verb may has two tense forms o f the indicative mood: may for the present tense and might for the past tense. e. and if the action refers to the past then we use perfect infinitive with the modal verb might in the meaning of reproach.g. The expressions to be a llo w ed and to be permitted. It is dangerous. Students might have written when teacher spoke to them. which have the same meaning. The primary meaning П. It consists o f the modal verb ‘may' and the indefinite infinitive ‘to sen d. may sen d is a compound modal verbal predicate. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Objective Case. Someone may have seen her leaving the building. You might come to see us tonight instead o f going to the cinema. two member sentence. He may come here with a friend. If the action refers to the present or future the a we use indefinite infinitive. extended. Prohibition. Let’s leave the key under the mat. The imperative meaning Ш. 2. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. You may send her the SMS. Children may not p la y in the street.g. 1. 2. may we stay a little later! Oh.1think we might be great friends. It may be so or it may be n o t. Mother. You always leave your room in disorder.. 2. 5. You do not wear your new suit to the office. II. 5. What should we use (could or was were able to) if someone had the general ability to do something? Quiz I. .. but a vague hope that he might have been mistaken had encouraged him. Umid. 4. Change them into expressions of reproach.1 suppose she might be glad to see him. 5. 2. I don’t know. Children may borrow books from the camp library. Transform the following sentences into ironic request or suggestions. 4. 1. 3. Ш. Translate the sentences into your own language. Model: You never listen when I speak to you. What do you have to use (could or was were able to) if you mean that someone managed to do something in one particular situation? 6. 1. You might have listened when I spoke to you. though I am not sure. He had known before he looked. State in what meaning the modal verb may is used. Children under twelve may not leave the grounds without permission.Questions 1. 1. request or suggestion : You might listen when I speak to you. Comment on the form and meaning of the modal verb m ay. 2 You don’t pay enough attention to the child. 4 . 2. reproach. 4. 3. What is the difference between the use of could and w a sw ere able to? 7. we may never be married! You might have asked me ifi had any objections. Do come and help me choose a present for her. Does the modal verb may have a future form? What do we use instead of may to express the future action? What equivalents o f the modal verb may do you know? Tell the differences between the use of the modal verb ‘may’ in the meanings o f request and reproach. 3. You never let me know when you are coming. 3 . I don’t care. Oh. and what’s more. . 6. come at three. 4. a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning 2. Really. 7 . No one may drive a car when under the influence o f spirits. Victoria can’t run very fast now but when she was at school she. . .. run faster than anyone else.. you might have spared Freddy that! 9. 2.. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs can or may in the correct form. The lad fell into the river but fortunately w e . Higgins told me I might come. a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning 6.Did you win the match? . I I .Yes. 10. You might have never told me your plans. Students may borrow books from the library. 1... . Zokirov? I should be very sorry to miss your wedding. a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning 3. a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning 5 . drive but he has not got a car. Ш. to be able to in required form. Mr.1 think you might work harder! 8. rescue him. It wasn’t easy but I . He studies hard. May I see the dean in his office today? a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning П. to speak English fluently next year.5 . mamma. May I come. Self -study I. Complete the sentences with can. 5. May I send to you the SMS sometimes.. 3.. What meaning do you use the modal verb may in these sentences? 1. ..1 may have spoiled my own life but I will not let you spoil yours.. I’ll be free by that time. I know I am not a bit clever but I’ll try not to be a bore. a) a primary meaning b) an imperative meaning c) a suppositional meaning 4. Jane may have met him at her uncle’s. They may be living in the country.. Mr. D enis. H e . H e . I don’t believe you. Wait till he comes. They left rather late. Don’t send him away. be found on the first floor of the library. Must has no infinitive and no past tense..1 should love to come but I might be busy. Translate the following sentences into your own language.. The imperative meaning Ш. The expressions to have to. have warned me beforehand! 9. The news may already be known to everybody. You might have told me about it yesterday. 14. She. The primary meaning П.. grey-haired and round-shouldered! 7. he’s an honest man. miss the train. He can’t have deceived them.2. The modal verb must has the following meanings: I.. He may explain to us what the matter is. 1 haven’t seen her for ages. The encyclopaedias.1 don’t know where she is.. I saw them in Tashkent this moming. be exchanged at most banks. She. happen before it is finished.. I’ll do all I can help you. They. 2. not still be playing tennis: it’s been dark for the last hour... not have moved house yet. 3. need his advice.. She came to ask her mother if she. not have said that.. He could have already told them everything. to be to and to be obliged to which have the same meaning. stay and dance a little longer. can be used to supply the missing tense forms of the verb must.. 6. Travellers’ cheques. 4 . Can you recognize him from his photograph? Modal Verb M ust The modal verb must has only one form and is used for all persons in the present and future tenses. 8. 9.. 7. be in the garden. 1. be quite middle-aged by now... H e . 10. The suppositional meaning I. Could this be John? Why he is quite an old man. 5 . 13.... 3 . We .. Then the maid found that h e . 5... 8.1 told them h e . be a medical student though I’m not sure... 15. None of us knows what.. . IV.1 fear they. 6. Necessity. 10. not stay in bed. Y ou. . He may know about it and may not want to tell us. 4.... 12. 11. It is followed by the infinitive without to.. They had to go back alone. e. but he must have been a sailor in his youth. am to work is a compound modal verbal predicate. (past) Analysis'. e.g. e. The matter must be disscussed not later than tomorrow. You must stay here till father comes back. 1st person. it is necessary to use had to. extended. You are to tell me everything.g. The negative m ustn’t (or must not) does not express the absence o f necessity. П.g. agreement or timetable. For a past time obligation. but there is a slight difference in meaning in this case. Do you have to get up early every moming? The modal verb must in its primary meaning has another equivalent. in the garden is an adverbial modifier o f place. She said he must come and see her new car. Near certainty. e. Zuhra. I am to work in the garden next Sunday.g. to be to . next Sunday is an adverbial modifier o f time. It is expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case.e. We use must with the indefinite infinitive to speak about the present and with the perfect infinitive to speak about the past. In this meaning must has an equivalent to be to which is used to make orders and prohibitions more strict. To be to denotes an expected action. The absence of necessity is expressed by not have to. Pedestrians must not cross the street at this point. e. I is the Subject. And remember you must not ask for things. (present passive) I don’t know for certain. .g. singular. He told me I m ustn’t cry. We use the expression to have to meaning complete obligation.g. The second year students have to answer all testing materials. According to the purpose o f utterance it is a declarative sentence. due to the plan. but rather an emphatic prohibition. III. M ust cannot be used to mean a past obligation. two-member sentence. prohibition. e. According to the structure it is a simple. e. She must work from moming till night to earn her living. We have chosen Cinderella and I am to be the Prince. Note: In the imperative meaning the form must is retained in indirect speech.g. It consists o f the verb ‘w ork ’ with the equivalent of the modal verb must 'to be to ’in the Present Simple. Order.g. She is not to say a word to anyone. Do you know where Durdona is? . 3. but I am really not sure. to be to or to have to..She must have known about it.. She must be here right now. M odel: She must know about it. The lecture. .. Which completion do you think the speaker would probably say? Choose the best one. -Y o u .. at Hilola’s house.. Why is it so small? III... The situation must be rather grave. 2. You must know her very well.. . meet mother at the station. They must be taking you quite seriously. The tart must be bigger. 3 . .. you . let it out.Is Jasur a good student? . Refer the statement to the past by changing the form of the infinitive. She said something about desire to visit after work today.. ... 5. 1. 4. 5. 1. . Does the modal verb must have a past form? 2. a) must feel b) might feel c) feel 4. . 1.. The dress is much too short for her. Ifi don’t hear from her today I .Do you think the grocery store is still open? . Olivia. really tired. 2. .Questions 1.1.. II. get up very early to do shopping.1 stayed up all night finishing this report for the boss. 4.He . I don’t know him well.1 do feel. What form of the infinitive do we use after the modal verb must when expressing near certainty? Quiz I. but I heard he was offered a scholarship for following year. a) must be b) could be c) is 2. What equivalents of the modal verb must do you know? 3 . begin at half past eight. Fill in the blanks with must. send her a telegram.Sh e.. a) must be b) could be c) is 3 . What is the difference between the expressions to have to and to be to l 4.. Grandma.. and we don’t want to wake her up.. Higgins. . 3 . But you’d better ask the driver. a) must be b) could be c) is 6.She. . . 1. Bus number 35 .It is supposed to rain tomorrow. there..I t. He must be quite old by now. a) must work b) must have worked c) must have been working IV.Really? That is odd.. and came inside to answer it. in her garden when she heard the door bell.When Hilola entered the room. 2. Weather forecasts are far from 100 percent accurate. but the forecast.. .. It is quite a charming letter. I can’t think of anything else that would have kept her from coming to this meeting. 6. 8. to turn it off.. Comment on the meaning of the verb must.1know. . a) must be b) could be c) is 5. 4. She was in the den earlier and was probably listening to it. a) must go b) may go c) goes 7. 7. The baby. I figured sh e.Not really. Could you tell me which bus I should take to get to World Languages University? .1 wonder why the radio is in the den.. I can’t even remember what their hours are. a) must be b) may be c) is 8.. .. .Hmm. It must have taken the poor young man an hour to write it. a) might sleep b) may be sleeping c) might have been sleeping 9.Excuse me. a) must forget b) must have forgotten c) must be forgetting 10. . She must work from moming till night to earn her living. Old age must lean on something. You must be reasonable.... I noticed her hands and clothes were dirty. No one is in there. You mustn’t think it is very easy. you really must... .Let’s be really quiet when we go into the baby’s room. Mr... wrong. .Do you suppose Nodira is sick? . Must it be done before tomorrow? 5. She is an avid gardener. A man must stand up for his rights. Translate the sentences into your own language. .. you know. The children must have failed to notice that it had already got dark. 6.” returned the policeman in a threatening voice.. do you hear! You are to wake up at once.1 have forgotten my own language and. 28.9.. have been asleep. H e . 13.. 14. not go out so late at night. quite unexpectedly.. Fill in the blanks with the verbs can.. V. not have happened at airsick. that very day. This medicine must be taken regularly. And though he undressed and got into bed h e . You. I must have your advice.. She must be unaware of it. 18. 27. Javokhir was excited. have told us this half an hour ago! 3 .. 17.. but it is true. You must do exactly as she says and make no noise.Oh. 10. Wake up. Rachela must have been very beautiful when she was young. He must have understood nothing and taken offence. not have intended to say that. 26. 15.. 29.1 did not hear him return to the room. you let things slide like that. .1hope I won’t upset or annoy you by speaking frankly. You may leave after dinner. That fellow has seen and felt ten times as much as I have although he must be ten years younger. 1. .. may or must in correct tenses.. Evidently you didn’t know that they had moved near one o f Tashkent metro station.. She must have left the door unlocked. It must be difficult for you to believe it. I . have mistaken him. She has a fine face. 16.. somehow. He must have failed to recognize you in the crowd. Dick? 7. 23. . It must seem improbable to you. 19. 2. You. he must see her.. He was to have stayed a week longer. 21.. But I think you . Should I say? 9. 4.1 want you to obey her. She must have very little experience in translating medical articles from English into Uzbek. You must come and have dinner with me some time.. 25.. 5.. You are not to stay so late. He thought he must telephone her at once. 8. 24. not sleep. It seemed possible they. 22. H ow .So Shakhrukh has come? . speak nothing but yours.. “We are not to be trifled with. return. 12. yes. 20. I t. You must have frightened her. 11. You... the train is overcrowded. 10. Mike is not here yet. The students had to read the wholebook. do better if you want to succeed. her money before she wrote a cheque. 5 . overslept or something else happened. 6. sick.. to be to. (to be) 3.. Fill in the blanks with must. (to damage) 4. ( t o have) 2. not touch anything here. H e .. Who . very proud. She often has to go to the dentist’s. since she had no permission... 4. them... (to be) 6. Y ou. H e . She. take every little thing into consideration.... 9. You . She. H e . Find the modal verbs. Bianca got a parking ticket. his visa renewed. I have been here for twenty minutes already. II.. in a reserved spot. German called us as soon as his wife had her baby.... become my close friend... . Choose between must+perfect infinitive and should+perfect infinitive in the following sentences. they do to improve their speech habits? 2. to have to. What a smell! Something.. stand most o f the way. Julietta was absent for the first time yesterday.. Eve had to pay $5 because she wrote a bad cheque.. He . 1. You. Sh e.... be burning down in the kitchen! 7. The photos are black. Give variants where it can be done without changing the meaning. H e . 3. My sister has to clean the house herself. not take the cat to bed with you. 1. (toforget) IV..... The work will have to be done before nightfall. I’m afraid w e .. What. H e ... do the washing up today? 8. He will have to come again.. about our meeting.. Andrew was deported for having an expired visa. define their meanings and retell the text. 2. The X-rays at the airport. 1. (not to park) 5. wait at the entrance. Ш. (to deposite) 7.. Make the following sentences negative and interrogative.. 4..Self-study I. 3. 5. Together you have great power. he said. and told him to break it. my three sons. The sons always followed the advice o f their father. “All right. “Now I’ll give you a bundle of three sticks. Dr. The father watched his sons. but before I die I want to see you happy together. You must be like these sticks. you’ll always be strong. and had the same result. and he couldn’t break them. . and their father was very worried to leave his sons alone. and he knew that he would soon die. “You have seen that a stick by itself can be very easily broken. Students need not translate this article. If you. e. and you are unable to break them. which he was able to do very easily. Then he told him to give it to the next brother. When I am gone. In the negative form absence o f necessity. and they had rich and happy lives. only one form. They borrow them from the library. Their mother had died when they were children. You must always stand together. The third son tried and had no success. The modal verb need is used only in the primary and imperative meanings. A Treasure o f Uzbek Legends an d Lore Modal Verb N e e d The modal verb needhas. Students d o n ’t have to (needn't) buy the books. who broke it just as easily. I. but when they are bound together they have great strength. But I know that you are not kind to each other. Necessity. because they were always so unkind to one another.” The eldest son took the sticks. you must be together for the rest of your lives. “I am very old and weak. Standford n eedn’t (doesn 1have to) p a y a lot of money for the house at once.” Soon the old man died. and that cannot be broken. One day their father called them together and said. At last the father said. always work together. but he couldn’t break them. and you must try to break them. we’ll do what you ask. now. The father was very old and weak.” The sons thought about this for a little while. In this meaning need has an equivalent to have to. Then the third brother took the stick.g. Then the second son tried.The Brothers and the Three Sticks Once upon a time there were three brothers who lived with their father in a small village. and the eldest son said.” The father gave the eldest one a stick. and when they were through. 2) don ’/ need is used when external authorities or external circumstances do noi require the action to be performed. According to the structure it is a simple. D oes Akmal need a car? You will need a raincoat and rubber boots. the room is full o f gas. If yoi did go to see him it would not be wrong or stupid. П. You need not light a match. Note: The modal verb need should not be confused with the notional verb to need The latter being a notional verb has non-finite forms and analytical forms of the verb. Analysis : Nosir need not g o to school today.g. We add -s or -es to it in Present Simple 3rd person singular and use auxiliary verbs to fornr interrogative and negative constructions. today is an adverbial modifier of time. The second year students need not have written the current test. There is a slight difference between two possible negative forms: 1) need not is used when the speaker gives authority for the non-performance ol some action. Permission not to do something. need not go is a compound modal verbal predicate. Zuhra needn’t have gone there. to school is an adverbial modifier of place. To need takes direct objects as well. It consists o f the modal vert ‘need in the negative form and the indefinite infinitive ‘g o ’. I can see well enough.g. e. Elya and Galina had done everything by th( time she came. e.g. . You needn’t take any more pills after next Monday. When need is used in the meaning of to be in want o/rt is used not as a modal verb e. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. Saodat needs our help. need and need not are followed by the bare infinitive.g. Nosir is the subject.g. Do students need textbooks? Students don’t need any help during computer test.The perfect infinitive used after need in the negative form shows that unnecessary action was done. You must not light a match. singular. extended. e. two-member sentence. need not and m ust not ‘You must not see him’ implies that it would be wrong or stupid o f you to see him ‘You need not see him’ means merely that it is not necessary for you to see him. Mother need not have cooked such a big dinner. All other forms o f need are followed by the infinitive with to. but probably a waste o f time. 3rd person. I need Oxford Dictionary. e. You need not shout so. 4. You buy bread.. . It was unnecessary for us to wait her there so long. Paraphrase the following using the modal verb need. It was not necessary for you to do all the job by yourself. He fetch your handbag? 3. 1. We have been staying in a hotel for a week so w e . Elya. 3. You needn’t come over it. IV. We have enough at home. 5. III. 2. We have plenty of time. Find the modal or notional meaning of the verb n e e d in the following sentences. leave at 5 o ’clock last night because the last train went at 6. 3. you’d rather not. You. 4. Choose a word from the box to complete each sentence. m ustn’t need to n eedn ’t h a d to d o n ’t have to 1. It was unnecessary for you to do the work instead o f her. 1. 3. 1 . W e. submit two photos with your aplication. You need not try so hard. It was not necessary for her to carry these bags all by herself. unfasten your seatbelt until the plane has landed... It is an airline regulation that y o u .Quiz I. She wouldn’t come anyway. We wait for you? 4.. 6. 2. You needn’t have taken so much trouble. They need have no fear of that. We needn’t bother to refuse these views.1 buy some bread? 2. 4 .. 5.. have brought her umbrella: it is not going to rain. All this needn’t have taken place if only you had paid attention on my warning. 5. II. He fetch my bag. Each word is used once. 5. I have got some change in my pocket. There is no use being in a hurry. cook our meals. I can hear you perfectly well.. 2... 6. There is no use worrying about him: he is quite able to take care o f himself.. Put the modal verb n e e d in its right place. 7. 1 am glad the lessons will begin later now. because you have already known what I was going to say.. You. Y ou. (to g ive) 17... but you needn’t. 7.V. your umbrella as we are going by car. the bell because the door opened before I got to it. Y ou. Y ou.. He needs sea air..1 must go at once. so early... VI..1. Need it be finished by Saturday? 5. (not to bring) 12. (to read) 14. the poem. (to say) 10. they themselves knew what to do. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate modal verb or its equivalent.. 1. (to get up) 13. You .. 2. Sh e.. and they... 9. if you didn’t want to. You needn’t take any more pills after next Monday. (to answer) 4 . The children won’t . 3 .. It need have never happened.. It was late. H e . What more do you need? 6. (to light) 16. 1 need not finish my sentences. (to listen) Because the news was already known to us. He phoned me shortly afterwards. Y ou. You... (to help) 6... It was only on that particular occasion that he did. (to water) 3 .. (to get up) 9. (to ring) 5. Analyze the following sentences. it.. Looking back I can see exactly how it happened. them at all. your books to class tomorrow.. not with matches... we are going to listen to a wireless programme. (to bring) 2. The shop would have delivered them if you had asked them. We could have done without you just as well. You needn’t have carried all these parcels yourself. a fire to cook their supper. 7. You . to him. next month. Children. 8. You. We don’t need anything else... Comment on the meaning of the verb need.. it back to me before you go. (to buy) 8. (not to be) . late for the concert. Translate the sentences into your own language.. (not to leam ) You only.... 1... the flowers as it is going to rain. so early every day. He need say no more to her this evening.. (to be married) 11.1.. such a lot of flowers. 1. the questions which made me a lot of trouble. (toplay) 15. 10.. 4. We have already got more than necessary. and risk giving himself away. . Depending on the contents of the sentences shall may be used to express promises.. (toforget) 26.. Note: In its primary meaning shall refers only to the future. The imperative meaning П1. on Waterloo Bridge at 6 p. (to leave) 22. The primary meaning П. The modal verb shall has the following meanings. hardly how important it is. and asked us not to be late. You shall be sorry. Students.g. (to wait) Modal Verb S h a l l The modal verb shall has two forms o f the indicative mood: the present tense shall the past tense should. criticism o f a past action. shall I? Shall I come a little later? . I. the house so early. e. (to do) 19.. (to bring) 2 4 .18.. (to meet) 27. Asking for permission.. It would be foolish o f you. so I . advice.. She said what time w e . (direct speech) The instructor said I should drive the car as soon as we got out o f town. there alone... We decided that the children.g.. Certainty. You shall get your money back in time.. I didn’t want to offend my new friends.... this invitation although I was feeling out of sports unwell. e. (to lock) 25.m.. W e. Y ou. W e.. the whole exercise again.1. (indirect speech) П. e. their example.. (to say) 20. Shall he carry that suitcase for you? I shall make you some breakfast. One .. (tofollow) 2 3 .. (to be) 21. You shall catch another o f your beastly colds.1 didn’t . that the East End is the home of those whose work keeps this huge city alive. (to come) 28.1.1 made a few mistakes. warnings. Someone have already locked it.1 wonder if w e .. The suppositional meaning I. They. there at 12 sharp.. the door. (to accept) 30. threats. In indirect speech the form should is used to denote a relatively future action.. Abus came almost at once.. the train won’t arrive for an hour.. .g. You will drive the car as soon as we get out o f town. the text books. (not to go) 2 9 .. long. Well. have been swimming on a full stomach.g. e. It consists of the modal verb ‘shall ’and the indefinite infinitive ‘write ’. 1st person. paid your taxes with a smile. He should have come straight to the deputy dean. Complete the jokes by putting should. Why shouldn ’t he think so? Why should he have sa id so? Analysis: I shall write as soon as I can.. singular. have been in class at 8. It is a complex sentence. 1. . Why teacher? Did I miss something exciting? 3 . should have or shouldn’t have. She must know all about it. I is the subject o f the principle clause..g. you know. 1. Quiz I. but for your figure. It must have snowed in the night. you . But I wasn’t ! I was swimming on my back. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. e.You should not eat so many sweets. Shahlo. Should in the suppositional meaning is the equivalent o f must... shall write is a compound modal verbal predicate.1went swimming after lunch and got cramp..30 this moming. You should not have acted so rashly. Near certainty. I tried that but tax inspectors wanted cash. 2. Translate the following sentences. Read the jokes I. State in what meaning the modal verb shall is used. She should know all about it. But it is used only about the present and the future. Should is used in set expressions. You . Halifa. III.. you . Shall I tell you all about it now? 2. It consists o f the Principle Clause ‘I shall write’ and the Subordinate Clause o f time ‘as soon as I can’. Besides you shouldn’t cut your old friends now that you have risen in the world. “You should come here often.. 6. 10. You must dress in your very best. Use modal Verbs. I want you to impress everyone as favourable as possible. to do everything at once. The party must be interesting. It took us all day to prepare for their arrival.” he repeated to Shelton. You needn’t have waited so long. Translate the sentences into your own language. Can you show me any woman who speaks English as it should be spoken? 2. (not to put ) No one will be able to eat it. Considerable debate took place between the two sisters whether Timothy should or shouldn’t be summoned to see Annette. I am not going to stand in your way. It didn’t occur to me to talk to him though it should have.A Practical English Grammar .3. A wife should obey her husband. 4. August is always very sunny in the hills. 20. Why should he have taken your word for it? II. He shall get his money. Comment on the meaning of the verbs. her that. 1. besides I am to leave soon. 3. 5. 7. You have discovered what I intended you should never have known. 17. You should have left me a note. There shouldn’t be any difficulties in getting tickets. Do whatever you like. 12. You must plan things. 4. You . 13 . 19. (not to tell) Now she won’t sleep. But I should have foreseen it. He should not have said it. Finally we decided that we shouldn’t stay there any longer and should go to the mountains. so much sugar into the mustard. Ш. 9. The weather should be just right over there. 11. It took the students so long to prepare for it.. Put the verbs in brackets in appropriate forms. You never. (to try) 2. 1. 8. I would have done all you wanted.. 16.1am keeping to the directions I have received. There is nothing funny in what he said.1confess I did not foresee this turn o f events. 15.. I know full well what I am to start with. 5 . 18. 13.. 3. You. 14. You shall lose your looks before you are thirty if you go on eating sweets like that.. You must be more serious. The second year students should be taught the Arabic language. The moment the words crossed his lips he knew it was not the right thing to say. Everyone had to do something. After I have been studying French for another year. Modal Verb Will The modal verb w ill has two forms of the indicative mood: the present tense w ill and the past tense would. The suppositional meaning I. 2. Brown I will not answer his letter. (not to go out) You have a bad cold. 10. The modal verb will has the following meanings. Thank God for our Gilbert.. The primary meaning 11. then?” said Randall behind him.1 shouldn’t have believed it ifi hadn’t seen it with my own eyes. 3. 2. 1. You ought write to your parents more often. correcting the mistake. You. Volition. Nell has just told me you wanted to see mu or I shouldn’t have troubled you. We won’t was late. . mum. Tell Mr. “So you think I should go. I’ll talk to him myself. We must to leave as soon as she gets here. 5. At breakfast I told Mary that I should be absent at least four days. Rewrite the sentences. He shouldn’t be so impatient. I asked her what the matter was but she w ou ldn ’t answer. “Forgive me. You . They will have to taking a taxi to get there in time. 4. he has faile i the course three times. 6. Boys w ill be boys. 5. I. V. I can speak it more fluently. What should we do without him? 7.g. The bell were ringing. 9. 4. Felix. she was carrying one like it yesterday. No one knew when I was to be back or ifi should be back at all.. 3 . IV. The imperative meaning Ш. your temper. Each sentence has one mistake.. in this rain. May I to use this phone to make a private call? 8. 7.4.. e. You really shouldn’t have said that. 10. How about Pinfold? Shouldn’t he be here9 6. The pen w o n ’t write. State whether should is auxiliary or modal: 1. He isn’t able to be very bright. persistence.1think this umbrella can be Emil’s. 8. I shouldn’t have troubled you”. Felix said hastily. The flight will has been called by now. 9. I shall open the door. 5. (not to lose) It put you automatically in the wrong. e. after dinner is an adverbial modifier o f time. There is a little difference between must and will. Will you say it again. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. w ill have is a compound modal verbal predicate. John must have arrived by now. What is the difference between the modal verbs w ill and must? Quiz I. Questions 1. John will have arrived by now. 1st person. I will have an apple after dinner. Near certainty. 1. You shall stay here till I come back. e. (to refuse) . That will (would) have been the manager. two-member sentence. In this meaning will is an equivalent of must. It will soon rain. What meaning has the modal verb will in the indicative mood? 3. Analysis. According to the structure it is a simple. w ill you? I will do it. (Also: John w ill have arrived by tomorrow). Look at the clouds. Common Case. singular. expressed by a common noun. extended. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. It consists o f the modal verb "wilT and the indefinite infinitive ‘have ’. offer.1 won’t do what you tell me. an apple is a direct object. I is the subject. can be used will to express a ‘prediction’ about the present or the future. Replace s h a ll and w ill with the suggested alternative verb. (But not: They must have arrived by tomorrow). (to be going to) 2. Note: In a similar way. please? Won ’/ you come and sit over here? Would you have a cup o f tea? Wouldn't you take me instead? Have a piece of cake. You will tell your parents that I wish to speak to them. wish. making any necessary changes. III. Request. How many forms o f the modal verb will are there in the indicative mood? 2.g. This will {would) be the place he meant.g. (to be to) 3 .II. . But remember this: what I can’t have. 1.. 3. Where shall we put this vase9 2 . 8. If you do not take any steps. When will you leam English properly? (to intend) 7. 4. What will you do know? (to be going ) 5. Will he listen to my singing. Ш. Will there be time to buy the tickets? 5. He would often go all day without eating... be arranged as you want. I help you with the work or will you manage it yourself? 6.. 1.. but h e . 2. We waited for two hours. if you let me. 6. That would have been what she wanted.1 tried to open the door but it wouldn’t open.. have you been playing with my umbrella? It won’t open! 7.. He said that nothing would stop him and went out... How long will your friends be here? 9. but the rain. We tried to persuade him. 3.4.. (to hope ) 6.1 shall be helpful to you both. and.. “No harm..1 wish to ask a few questions.. 5. he is determined you won’t. Comment on the meaning of s h a ll and w ill Translate the sentences into your own language.. This time next week I shall be in Samarkand. Jalol told them that he would be waiting for them at the theatre... Don’t you worry about anything? It will be all right. be done to your child. 5. П. I . see to it. not listen to our arguments. As he can’t create anything himself. y o u . 4. do you think? (to like). no one else.. not stop. State where w o u ld is a modal verb and where an auxilliary verb.. I’ll begin again and you shan’t stop me this time! 6. 9 .” the doctor tried to sooth the mother. Children. 3. I promise you.. We shall visit all the sights o f London. everything. be very much obliged if you answer them. She promised that she would see me later. May I go on with the work o r .. Feruza? I have something to tell you.. Will you have something to drink? 8. Fill in the blanks with s h a ll or w ill in the correct form. Would you come with me a part of the way. (to hope) 8. Don’t worry. Do you understand? No one else! . IV. never get rid of the malady. 2. 7.. 1. 10. paying no attention to what was going on around him. sit for hours reading. I wait for further instructions? 4.. 10. H e. W e. 1. Modal Verb O u g h t to The modal verb ought to has only one form.. H e ..V. 9. I.. 2. 1. you must to be paying attention to your wallet when you are in crowdie place because there is a lot o f thief. Don’t worry..1used to break my leg in a soccer game three months ago. During the class the students must to sit quietly.. You can having a very good time as a tourist in my country. This injection. 10.. my son would brought me oranges or candy. some rest.. 4 . The suppositional meaning .. She feels rather exhausted.. When I was a child.. 5. Correct the errors. 6. When you visit a big city in my country. 3. Nodira wanted to send him the SMS but later on she made up her mind and desided to call him because i t . 12. Nobody. out of the classrom. 7 .. so you have better plan ahead before you came. We supposed to bring our books to class everyday. Whenever I was upset. I can went to the roof o f my house and saw all the other houses and streets... 2. It is windy outside.. 10. 5. While I was working in the fields. A film director must has control over every aspect of a movie. I think she. The imperative meaning II. cheaper. Modal verb ought to has the following meanings. Use will in the correct form with a suitable verb to comlete the following sentences.. He promised h e . 1000km a week when he was on business. you should included a self-addressed. 7. Many student would rather to study on their own than going to classes. 3. When the students has questions. Egypt if we could speak some Arabic. Our country have many different weather area... me some money.. If you have a car... He said h e . anything if you left at 12 o ’clock. stamped envelope. May you please help me with this? 9.. you can traveled around Uzbekistan. 11. 4. VI. W e... 8.1 wonder why he hasn’t come. I . 8. The infinitive after ought is used with its particle to. When you send for the brochure. 6. they must to raise their hands. e. Fill in the blanks with m u s t . Criticism of past action. o u g h t to. a doctor.. to b e to or n e e d followed by the appropriate infinitive: 1. Near certainty about the present or the future only. n o t. w e is the subject.. 10. According to the structure it is a simple. such a long composition. (not to w rite) The teacher only asked for 200 words..1 don’t want to do it. 1st person. ‘Perhaps I ... and you have written 400.him my telephone number. П. You ought to be here long before that time. I think y o u . . b) You ought to know better. All the same. two member sentence. Analysis'. e. with him. more careful. extended. But there was no other way out...g. h a v e to. not (to be allow ed). 5. Quiz I.. There must be something the matter with you. 9. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. Elvina ought to m ake a good teacher. It consists o f the modal verb ‘ought to ’ ahd the indefinite infinitive ‘r u r i .. (to tell) 3. (to say) 4 .. e. a ll the w a y to the station is an adverbial modifier o f place. ought to run is a compound modal verbal predicate. The desirable action was not done. at seven! (to g e t up) 7. (to see) 6. Such things.... you’.g.I.g.g. e. that! See how distressed she is. (to co m m unicate) 8. criticism of the past action. n o t. You . You . . (not to trouble) She closed her lips tight.. You o u g h t to have w a rn e d me what to expect.. active voice. plural... I . She was offended. We ought to run a ll the w ay to the station.. You have got enough work to do yourself. Advice. but I... Mother always tells me that I . You ought Xo work when deputy dean comes into the classroom. Y ou. Flowers ought to grow well in here. expressed by a phrase.. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. he knows it. You oug h t to offer to help him. Note: There are two set expressions with ought to expressing reproach: a) You o u g h t to know this. not to talk. No one else knows her address... (to be) 2. You o u g h t to w rite and s e n d a fax to her.. Don’t forget that y o u . . “I would like to make some new friends”.1. 7. 2. By the end of the evening I almost felt that I ought to call him “Uncle Olim. Comment on the meaning of the verb o u g h t to. send her flowers. 5. heavily. it ought to be quite nice. . You ought to do something.. 8. 1. 2. 2.. Use w ill... You oughtn’t to waste money on smoking.. There are people who think they ought to be reformed. “I think you . from all countries. В: I .. 4.” 7 . s h o u ld /o u g h t to . immediately.. shall. A: What time do you expect him? B: H e .It’ll be lovely round there today. V.. I promise! . b e to or m u s t in the following. Fill in o u g h t to or s h o u ld in the following situations. 6. change them. 1..... to more than one modal is possible. . You. A: It is very important for you to be there on time. All students. I oughtn’t to have tried to speak to her! 8. You smoke too much. Criminals ought to be severely.. 3. 10. Capital punishment ought to b e .Yes. it’ll be fatal for you to have nothing to do. banned.... Lawbreaker ought to b e . We all know that things are not always what they ought to be. d estro yed 1.. 1. In some. 4.” 9. 2. 4.. “I ought to have told Ravshan.. p u n ish e d . You. 3. You. phone my parents tonight..1.” he thought.1 think for your wife and children’s sake you ought to have a try. 3. telephone her before you leave the house. “Oh? You... May I speak to Bahodir? B: He isn’t here right now. abolished. stop smoking. III. Have I said anything I oughtn’t? 6. Drugs ought to b e . A: Hello. from entering the country. IV..” 5... be there at seven o ’clock. Today is her birthday. Add one ofthe following words toeach sentence to make sense:fin e d . join some clubs so you can meet people who have similar interests”.1 suppose she is right. Criminals ought to b e... like to stay in an inexpensive hotel. be home around nine or so.. submit their work by a given date. you know. “that I think him to be a comic..П. “The shoes I bought last week are too tight”.. 5. H e . That is a very pleasant way to travel.I think you.. and you.. I think I’ll leave sometime around noon..And what about the British Museum? I was told on e.. go to the Houses of Parliament and the National Gallery... I don’t see it there..Well. find masterpieces of the world’s best artists. A Visit to London . to see it. I think. should. m u st. historical places. B: Thank you. be in love. I get to the centre? . VI. B: Ok. 6. . 9. but I don’t..1thought I had some money in my billfold... . A: Where is your dictionary? B: Isn’t it on my desk? A: No. Your flight.. get there around four. the trip takes about four hours. A: What time are you going to arrive? B: Well. Bamo’s plane. Could you tell me where the Red Line is? 5. and if y o u ... go to Westminster Abbey. Fill in with apropriate modal verb: o u g h t to. There you . Murod has been acting strange lately. I wonder what is causing the delay. Ibrohim... You.. spent it. 4.. ..1 suppose you . В : She... She left for work before dawn this moming... be really tired when she gets home this evening. find it on the second shelf.. Hmmm. Modal Verb D a r e Dare means “to have courage (or impatience) to do something”. can.. Then it must be in the bookcase.. A: Mehriniso has been working hard all day.. . to see in London first? . . be done in five minutes. I . A: Here are your tickets. depart from Gate four on the Red Line at 6:30.. been here an hour ago.What do you think I .3. go there. . In the negative it denotes the lack of courage to do something. see London bridges and quite a number o f buildings on the way. The rice.. 10. A: When is dinner? B: We are almost ready to eat. Y ou.. Is it there? 8.. 7... go by steamer down the Thames from Westminster to Tower Bridge. so I ..H ow . Analysis'. W e.. not to look up straight into her eyes.. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. -s in the third person singular. You dare n o t p a r k y o u r car here..... plural. y o u is the subject. Quiz I. dare not p a r k is a compound modal verbal predicate. to call a taxi. active voice. present simple. Oh! I am going to be late. I . Put the correct form of n e e d and dare to fill in the blanks. Svetlana. doesn’t she? 2. here is an adverbial modifier o f place. I . According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence in the negative form. It consists of the modal verb ‘d a re ’ with the indefinite infinitive ‘p a rk ’ in the negative form. He even.. It is used both as a notional verb (taking the auxiliary do in the interrogative and negative forms. and without the particle to before the infinitive which follows it). the direct object has its attribute1y o u r \ expressed by a possessive pronoun in the Conjoined form. expressed by an adverb.. some fire and hot tea.1 didn’t take my raincoat because the weather was very good. D id he dare to strike me when I was down? (notional) He d id not dare to m eet his uncle. extended. Put d id n ’t n e e d or n e e d n ’t h a v e done. 5. without -s in the third person singular. П. two-member sentence.How dare you a sk the little Kelveys to come into the courtyard? He dare no t sp e a k to her..g. 2nd person. (notional) How dare she go out by herself after the orders I gave her? (modal) You dare address me in that tone! (modal) e. 1. 4. According to the structure it is a simple.. to buy a new computer. It is freezy here. H ow . present simple and the to-infinitive) and as a modal verb (without any auxiliary in its interrogative and negative forms.g. 1. you pick up the receiver and listen to what I’m talking about? 3. He shies much. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case.. . The notional verb dare has two forms: dare for the present and dared for the past. my raincoat.. The verb dare as well as needh&s some peculiarities which make it different from other modal verbs. e. car is a direct object. yo u . Complete the following sentenceswith the notional or modal d id n ’t n e e d or n e e d n ’t h a ve with a suitable verb among: go be buy climb spend explain take g et clean open leam w ear 1.1 think it won’t be cold today. you . up so early. The windows were not closed.1 . 6. Y ou. be ready by Friday. They didn’t make us buy a full ticket for Andy. 10. so w e . your umbrella. We have no work today. wait for some time. Y ou. your fur coat. 2. answer them. 4. There was much butter in the fridge. w e . W e... There is a bus which could take you here in ten minutes. The documents. You. 7. 5..... have a visa.. it once more time...... walk. It is an official party..... all the exercises in written form.. She. Everyone. The manager was busy. IV. so w e . but they were asked to be done orally. 9... There was enough meat in the house.....1 . 6.. Where... meet at 5 but I was late. admit that you are wrong. 13.. 14. y o u . 7 . 1.. them. It is a pity you walked. not cross the road at the red light.. He decides everything for her. The weather was not fine yesterday. it. wear a tie. Marianna dried her hands and then she did the washing up. her hands.. 10. go alone.. to buy you a dog when we have a large flat.. A sh e . W e....2... yo u . N ick...1took my car to the island but I didn’t use it. it. It won’t rain today. work hard that’s why I go to bed late. Kate did all the exercises in written form.... buy a full ticket for Andy... so I . 8. 5.... 4 . not make any decisions. 8. Ш.. 15. 3. I meet him? At the railway station? 4. 12.... 2 . I . spend an hour and a half every day. We saved some money that way. 9. 3.. As his eyes are bad h e . . not join me I .1 know this rule very well. the mountains.. They asked me questions and I . If you want to stay in this country for a long time you .. to the shop. I ... Marianna.. 5.. Marina tidied the flat yesterday. It takes me long to get to work. Fill in the blanks with modal verbs. 3. wear glasses... Kate. Yulia.. 11. let your parents know we are here.. he would regain his health. About many years later. mention it to anybody. a piper came to the well... You. jump over the stream? V. it? 26. Find the modal verbs. Iskandar would kill him... because he didn’t want anybody to know that he had a horn. he began to make a new pipe in order to play his beautiful tunes. 28. not reply. 20. He knew that keeping such a secret was destroying his health. there was only one barber left.... define their meanings and discuss the text.... Day after day and year after year the barber would cut the hair of Iskandar Zulkamayen. even though it was difficult. Who .. You. In fact. 18 . it suddenly began to sing.. he would always kill the barber. he knew if he were to tell the secret. not be afraid of telling me everything.. complete this work by tomorrow.1 think I .1 don’t think you . look after your children better. all the barbers in the land lost their lives. He knew if he told the secret. Our friendship .. when his hair was cut. know something we don’t know.. “Iskandar has a hom. To solve the problem the barber went to a well. really have refused to help you. Iskandar Zulkamayen. 27.. 23. H e . So he told the barber he must promise to tell no one about the horn. You. 17. 24. be taken home by bus.. Iskandar Zulkamayen didn’t want to kill him. 30. 29. The barber understood this and. wait long. 21. It was believed by them the people o f his land had horns on their heads.... visit him more often. 25... He was very sad and I thought I . and he sat down.1 think you. It was. They. not stop. Finally. do all I could. because he would have no one to cut his hair. The headmaster arranged that the students.... Iskandar has a horn!”. A Treasure o f Uzbek Legends an d Lore . Do you realize that you . He felt h e ... he kept his promise.16.. W e.. “Iskandar has a horn! Iskandar has a horn!”. and with all might cried down into it. really be silent.. 22. 19. One day the barber became ill. It wasn’t long before the news spread far and wide throughout the land and soon everyone knew Iskandar had a hom. known by them. The Legend of Alexander of Macedonia The people of Central Asia called Alexander of Macedonia. When the piper was finished. The resulting description may be written up and displayed. you can’t take the dog indoors. And qualities or qualifications that the candidate should have: You should have a friendly. students write about the duties and privileges o f a job they are familiar with: what they do themselves as a profession.Activity Duties and privileges Use of can. Nobody must smoke in the territory o f the University. to define duties and privileges. may not. Asking for permission to do something . or one o f their parents or other members o f the family do. warm personality. Notions Which Can Be Expressed by Modal Verb Patterns 1. or as a basis for interview. d o n ’t have to. Variations: for homework. pooling their ideas later. a school secretary. Procedure: tell the class to imagine that they are responsible for finding a suitable candidate to fill a position they know something about: a new teacher or a student. You must be able to drive. 3. Request Can I borrow your umbrella? Could she stay out till midnight? Can’t Anvar take a note of it? Won’t Tohira do something about her hair? Will you give me a lift to Pakhtakor metro station? Would he tell the story in his own words? 2. must. The description should include all the duties and privileges associated with the position: You must be on duty at least seven hours a day. may. general discussion as follow-up. free composition. c a n ’t. m ustn’t. You are not to interrupt Dean. students. They have to write out an informal job description which might serve as a letter for circulating among likely candidates. should. for example. Patients must not disregard the doctors’ advice. Prohibition Maruf. shouldn’t. and/or furnish a bass for a general discussion. They may do this individually or in small groups. You can may have a com pany car. Readers may not borrow more than two books at a time. they needn’t. Permission to do something You can choose a theme for your investigation. Yulduz should not have prompted at the English lessons.Can I try on that white cotton dress? May he attend lectures at the University? Could I have cream with my tea? Might students stay after lessons and answer rating materials? 4. Reproach Tom might have brought her flowers. 8. It was her birthday. . 5. Asking for permission to do and not to do something with the negative answer Must students learn the proverbs by heart? No. Shokhruh is to make a report in April. Advice Umida should not give up studying Latin. He might have just slipped it into the bag. Order Patients must follow the doctors’ advice. She need not worry about her study. Asking for instructions Shall I fetch an evening paper? 9. 11. Sadokat ought not to neglect her spelling. 6. they must. Passers-by may walk only along the pavement. Yes. 7. Criticism of a past action He ought not to have counted the money. She will catch up. Asking for advice Should Sherzod read Intonation Pattern 5? Ought students to listen to English records? 10. Past and Future Larry has to hurry as there is little time left. They may be followed by a noun. Necessity in the Present. such as: to want. He has invited me to his wedding party. e. But the difference between them and other modal verbs is that they form present simple and past simple interrogative and negative forms with the help of the auxiliary “do”. She must have gone home.g. Strong Doubt Can he be planning this research? It is not in his line. to like. Elvina is not in her office. Near Certainty He must be taking good care of his health. and have the ending “-s” in the third person singular in the present simple tense. He likes to skate on a fine winter day. e. Which are Considered to Be Modal There are some verbs in English. 13. 15. She cannot be wearing her hair like that. Does he like to skate on a fine winter day? Besides they may be used without an infinitive. Verbs. e.g. to desire and some others. She got wet yesterday. in the Past Bakhodir is to be back at the University by the end of May. There could not have been one way out of the cave. Expected Action in the Present-Future. I like this book very much.g. Lucy might fall ill. 16. or “does ”. Nodira may have left for London. which are considered by some grammarians to be modal. She does not attend classes. I will have to buy a present for my friend. Probability He may send her some flowers. 14. I want to see this film very much.12. Could Lanny have offended Helen? He is a tactful man. As all modal verbs they don’t express action but attitude to this action. The students had to write five tests in the first term. I was to meet my friend at the station last week. besides mentioned above modal verbs. . ). etc . Such modal words as possibly. probably. Over the ridge she would find him. According to their meaning modal words fall under the following main groups: 1.The Modal Words The modal words express the attitude o f the speaker to the reality. which are also sentence-words. o f course. possibility or probability o f the action he speaks about. e.g. Aziza has certainly seen this film. For instance. indeed. no doubt. Sometimes they are used as sentence-words. 2. . assuredly.unfortunately).)'. fortunately . luckily . Most modal words have developed from adverbs. words showing whether the speaker considers the action he speaks about desirable or undesirable (happily . undoubtedly. What do modal words differ from identical adverbs in? Quiz I. 4. 2.unhappily. maybe. also derived from adverbs.unluckily. “Certainly . What groups o f the modal words do you know? Make up an example on each group. words expressing supposition (perhaps. surely. Questions 1. What is the difference between the modal verb must and modal word w antl 3. so very often there exists a formal identity between modal words and adverbs. etc. Surely she would find him over the ridge. probably. 2. In the sentence modal words are used as parentheses.” replied the unwelcome visitor. apparently. Though formally identical with adverbs. What modal verbs do you know? Name some o f them. “Will you allow me to detain you one moment?” he said. happily. He will probably come in a few minutes. 1. 3. happily are homonymous with the adverbs certainly. modal words differ from them in meaning and syntactical function. Define the group under which the following words fall. possibly. Note: Modal words used as sentence-words are similar to the wordsj'es and no expressing affirmation and negation. such modal words as certainly surely. e. surely. have no corresponding homonymous adverbs because the latter ceased to be used in Modern English.g. words expressing certainty (certainly . you can’t take the papers out of the reading hall. He didn’t buy milk. 4. Can I bring my sister too? Could you show me how to do it? Sorry. II. O f course. Do you use a to-infinitive after a modal verb? 5. Review Questions 1. 6. 3. I’ll do what you are asking me about. What equivalents of the modal verbs do you know? 9. Bobur has recovered very soon. 4. 1. it won’t be raining at this time next week. 4. 3. How are interrogative and negative sentences with modal verbs formed? 8. can I have another ice-cream? 2. 5. Have modal verbs analytical forms? 4. 2. Mum. Model: Amanda didn’t explain to Marta how to do it. we managed to get tickets for ‘The Swan Lake’ beforehand. Mother didn’t understand my directions. Have modals suffixes “s” or “es” in the 3rd person singular in the Present Simple? 3. 5. State in what meaning the modal verb can is used. He didn’t leave his address. Luckily. 1. What expression do we use if there are two negatives? Quiz I. Fortunately. Monica did not recognize her when they met on the railway station. They didn’t deliver the mail in time. Perhaps. . Why didn’t you eat any lunch? A little bit of boiled fish couldn’t have hurt you. Can Amanda have failed to explain to Marta how to do it? Amanda can’t have failed to explain to Marta how to do it.3. Have modals “-ing” forms? 6. 5. She doesn’t believe that story. 6. Express strong and very strong doubt about the statements made in the following sentences. Which modal verbs take infinitive with particle “to”? 7. What meanings of the modal verbs do you know? 2. clean it before I go out tonight. Today .. 1. a) I think the seats will be taken by 9 o ’clock.. be at the pub. W e. If you have an aquarium.. Brad is neither at work nor at home. b) That’s my personal opinion. . (advice) They. H e . touch electrical wiring if we have wet hands... 1. 14 . disobey a superior officer. VI. eat fish again tonight. I can do it in the moming.. 1)1 have to have something to eat. 1. give your tropical fish too much food or they’ll die.. The following pairs of sentences contain m u s t and h a ve to. (permission ) W e. 2) We have to be at the theatre by 9 o ’clock. from what I know I think it’s genuine.... Match them up with their possible meanings. be her birthday. 2. be hungry after eating five sandwiches! V. 6. 5. a) An expert told me.. 1. 1) We must be at the theatre by 9 o ’clock.. you. I am sure yesterday was... You . Soldiers.. 4. m u stn % c a n ’t to complete the sentences.... sh o u ld n % m u st. They left only two hours ago. 3. 6. you can go on foot. Put sh o u ld . You. b) The doors are closed at 9 o’clock. Complete the sentences below with appropriate m o d a l verbs. 2. My room is mess.... not deliver until they receive the parts. a) The dietician told me to eat something.A Practical English Grammar . 5. Fill in with d o n ’t h a v e to or m u s tn ’t to complete the sentences.. Thanks goodness w e . This machinery.. 4.. (ability) Their built-in wardrobe. be watched by small children. 2... be installed by the end o f the week. (obligation) IV. smoke in the lab. be exported in Germany. (probability) The letter.Ш.. 3.. 2) It has to be genuine.. 2. Violent films. He . b) I am hungry. wear protective clothing at all times. 3. 2) I must have something to eat. 4. but I .. They. take a bus. Smoking is strictly prohibited in the lab... have arrived in Moscow yet. be written by 2 o’clock. 3. 1) It must be genuine.. 5. I can stay up late without getting sleepy.4. 5. (can) You aren’t supposed to ask such an impolite question. Put the sentences in the p a st tense making any necessary changes. 5. not be at home. 4. 1. please? 3 . a) All the guests will be wearing formal clothes. Their car isn’t in the driveway.. VU.. Do you hear that squick? It must be a mouse.. They. 2. That. (must) Zukhra is sure Fatima didn’t lie... 3. 2. He is certain to have seen the Loch Ness Monster. Thomas has time to see Ann now. 2) We have to wear formal clothes.. She may be travelling in Europe”.. That must be their uncle over there. 3. I have another piece of cake. (can) Children aren’t supposed to stay up late. She may be attending the lecture at Shaw Hall. H e . 4. The Adams’ house is dark and quiet. .. be a doctor. “Where is Jane?” “I’m not sure. . Which of the following modal verbs is the most suitable? can could should would might may must 1. They. 3 . 2... go to China next month. If you need money I can lend you. 5. VUL Using the correct form of the modals. 1. (must) She is sure you haven’t lost it. (should) IX. He asked me if h e .. 2... w rite again the following sentences. 1) We must wear formal clothes. Rosaline is to dance at Herodium next Sunday. he is wearing a white uniform. (should) Andrea is certain to be there. b) If we don’t they won’t allow us to come in. 5. You. borrow my bicycle. 1. not be true! 7. The report says he must not take part in the next meeting. 4. Put the following sentences in the negative form. stay at home. 6. She may go to visit her aunt. It is raining. 6.. X. 4. 1 am going to leave the country. Sometimes you might need a negative. He has to meet her. 4.. The children can’t be awake. 1.. Before my son went to school h e .. . be able to. Put can. 1. 2. They can only travel by the motorway. Can I help you? Can he enter the mosque with his shoes on? Can you speak Italian? You can only buy tickets at the box-office. 2. We can play chess.. 5. IV. 9.It was very difficult but in the end I . 4. 7. have phoned me. could to fill in these sentences. 3.. 1. you can but you may not. 5 . You. .. They went to bed three hours ago. 5. play all day. 10.Self-study I. . What is the difference in the meaning if we replace can with c o u ld in these sentences? Say in which sentences c o u ld is impossible... W e . 3. Can you pass the sugar. Can I get foreign currency without my passport? She can’t be exhausted. 4.. 2. 1. She hasn’t done anything at all. but you didn’t.Did you make him understand? . can I help you with the cooking? Can you dive? 5. 8.. “Do you think the grocery store is still open?” “It could be. f o r possibility. Say the meanings of may in the following sentences: f o r perm ission. make him understand. “Do you know where Mary is?” “She may be at home”. . May I have a couple o f days to write the report? 2 . 3. Can we use the same book? Can you write in Arabic? Mother. 4. May he go? His mother arrives tonight. I can’t remember what their hours are.” III.. I may have dropped it in the street. please? U. Can I go there. Mum? Of course.1 am afraid y o u . 6.1 can’t find it anywhere. Notice the meanings of can used in the following questions. reach the shelter because the weather was very bad. 3. Robert came without his book. She (m astforget must have forgotten) about our meeting. He could have bought a car. She might have phoned us. VI. George has missed the class today. He (shouldhave slept may have slept) late. 3. Say the meanings of w ill used in the following sentences. 2. VII. 6. (I would/I will) ride it every day. Where do you think Juan is today? I have no idea.1 have a bicycle. 5. He (might have had might h a d had) an accident. Maria could have gone to India with her boyfriend 4. 9. You might have taken the umbrella with you. She might have left it in the shop. Henry’s car stopped on the highway. It will be Nicky. He (could have lost would have lost) it. He (shouldhave driven shouldn ’/ have driven) so fast. Choose the correct answer in each of the following sentences according to meaning and tense. She should have phoned us. Say if the following pairs are similar or different in meaning. Will you type this letter for me? 3. Marcela didn’t come to class yesterday. You should have taken the umbrella with you. 2. 1. 8. 7. 5. 3. The phone is ringing. He might have bought a car. Sharon was supposed to be here at nine o ’clock. She (will have had/may have had) an accident. John (must have done/should have done) his homework. so the teacher became very angry. a) f o r agreement b) fo r offer c) f o r prom ise d) fo r refusal e) f o r fa c t f ) fo r asking someone to do something g) f o r immediate decisions at the time o f speaking 1.1won’t tell you anything about the party. It (may run may have nm ) out of gas. . 1 . 2.V. Thomas recieved a warning for speeding. John didn’t do his homework. 4. Maria might have gone to India with her boyfriend. She could have left it in the shop. My friends will be here in August. 4. She’ll be away on business. please? 7. 1 wonde'r why he hasn’t come. be. She won’t stop shouting. g e t up. please? .. Captain. IX. Would you go to the cinema with me next week? 8. Wherever he was h e . Would you drop me a line.. 2. late when she was at her grandmother’s on holidays. 8 . 8. smile on! A smile is a flag o f a ship. Whenever she went out she. X. to himself “Captain. Which would be the quickest route to the village? 4. 3. 7 .... 1. We will come if we leave early. 6.. Usew o u ld and another verb among the following to complete the sentences: take.. 7. 5..1 wanted to send her a letter but later on I made up my mind and decided to call her because i t . a) Will you write down this phone number.” 5 . Whenever I was upset. Would you mind coming a bit earlier next time? 6. 9. My sister will do the cooking tonight. 10.... 6.1 will help you with your homework. 1 will have coffee with milk and some biscuits. 1000 km a month when he was on business. a raincoat with her... When we were schoolchildren and the weather was good w e . com e. please? b) Shall you write down this phone number. be in form! Seas are good only to brave men. 1. Decide which of the following sentences in each situation is correct. the door wouldn’t open. He promised h e . She. Would you like to come closer. drive.. please? 3. I . VIII. quicker. No matter how hard I tried.. early and go for a walk.. 2. H e .. She won’t come next week. out o f the classroom. The children wouldn’t stop quarreling even ifi asked them. Would you like some more pudding? 5. ru sh . 1. Say the meanings of w o u ld used in the following sentences. say. please.4 . a) Will you lend me some money? b) Shall you lend me some money? 2. . 1 . 6. show his ticket every time? Yes.. 3.. get on the train without a ticket because I didn’t get to the station in time to buy it.. 4. I (ought to/harder). It’s a shame we didn’t go on holiday.. . You. help you with your homework. get a job near my house. As a boy Fred.. be clear to sign. take this back and get your sandwich. 2. 4.1 tried to phone Timur. I open the window? 2. I ordered a chicken sandwich. 5. I believe h e . W h o . I t. play basketball twice a week. Fill in w o u ld or sh o u ld in the spaces. H e . 5 . be possible to see me until next Thursday. 3... we can’t sign this contract.. please? 3. I think (must/bus).XI.. 4.1 did badly in the test. Use s h o u ld or sh o u ld n ’t to give advice for the following situations.. sir... XV. Complete these sentences with m u s t or h a v e Sometimes you might need a negative. do it for me. Yo u. ring the bell as I was ready to go out but Sam! I . have an emergency operation.. 6 I feel very tired. XIV... I suppose he (might/address). . 1. We (could/furi). 4 5. 1.Excuse me. I (should/present). The dentist said that it . 1... (study more hard) Ron’s expected at a formal reception this evening.. reconsider the whole situation for your own good.1 forgot Nargiza’s birthday.... (have some sleep) It is very cold outside.1 have lost my umbrella. you turn the TV on. Say the 1..Sorry. Complete each sentence sothat it may contain the words in brackets... 6 .. be obliged if y o u . My husband suggested that I . Sometimes you might need a negative. I . but I (couldn ’t/through). (walk so much) Ellen has failed the last two tests. (go out without a coat) My feet are aching.. he was told to. I . 3. 3. 1. behave as you are asked. His appendicitis is very bad. 1. . . Until it is totally clear. 5... 4 . 7 . to in its correct form.. The cat doesn’t like fruit! It (can ’t/orange). (to go bed early) ХШ. Fill in the sentences with the correct modal verbs will or shall. (to wear jeans) Farhod overslept and was late for the first lesson... Bobur isn’t here yet. 2 . 2. 2. waiter! This isn’t what I ordered. ХП. 1... to land. dear students. you ought to know. 6.... I denote the lack of courage to do something. 7. that. we copy out the whole text? . They are probably enjoying themselves at the seaside now. they are: . I am the only one modal verb which has its own particle “to”.1 have probably been ill for weeks. w e . that is why he . my darling brother “Dare”. dear students.. W e . my name is the modal verb “Dare”.... 4... Odil.. pass her exam in Literature and now she is working hard as she. Mr. you. brother “Ought to”. -... =You must be very tired.. I want to tell you that I am the most important modal verb o f all the modal verbs. 3.. Nodir. do it now. Dare: And dare you think that you are the best because of it? I am more important than you are. Hello.. Karim didn’t . because my meaning is “to have courage to do something. 3 . 2. take it again. ring her up because she called him.. 4......No. 2. copy out only unknown words. . 1. She is probably quite happy now. speak English last year but he . Paraphrase the following sentences according to the model. Last night the wind changed suddenly and our plane.. and in the negative. Dare: Hello. 5. GRAMMAR TALE Ought to: Hello.. stay at home as it had been raining for three days.XVI. Model: You are probably very tired. And you have no even primary meaning!” Ought to: And what? But you ought to have learned that there are two set expressions with me.. 9. to the border.. 8. see him. Ozoda. my name is the modal verb “Ought to”. How dare you tell that you are the best modal verb? Ought to: Oh. You. study more and watch fewer movies onTV. 10. Brown crawled out of the prison and made his way as fast as he . go to see his grandfather as he is ill.. As the results of the test were bad.. go with you to the park. XVII. They had an appointment yesterday afternoon but she. Use the appropriate modal verbs.. But perhaps it was her own mistake. I am better. and b) You ought to know better. You miss not only primary. Why did the modal verb Dare think that he was the best? 3. certainly you are right! Questions 1. particle to. So I am better than you! Ought to: No.a) You ought to know. What is the moral of this tale? . and criticism of past action and in my suppositional meaning I mean near certainty about the present or the future only. Do you agree that all modal verbs are useful as well? 4. What is your opinion: which of the mentioned modal verbs was the wisest? 5. Can you object me anything? Ought to together with Dare: No. I can tell you exactly that we are all important and useful as well. Why did the modal verb Ought to think that he was the best? 2. In my imperative meaning I mean advice. present simple. but also imperative and suppositional meanings. present simple. You have only one form “ought to”. and without the particle “to” before the infinitive which follows me). Besides you ought to think about you. ending -s in the third person singular. Dare: But I can be used as a notional verb (taking the auxiliary do in the interrogative and negative forms). brothers modal verbs. and as a modal verb (without any auxiliary in my interrogative and negative forms without ending -s in the third person singular. They are “dare” for the present and “dared” for the past. I have two forms. my name is the modal verb “Can”. Can: Calm down. There are three moods in modem English: 1.g. It is a grammatical category which indicates the attitude of the speaker towards the action expressed by the verb from the point of view o f its reality. expressed by the verb ‘to look1in the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘would in the negative form and the continuous infinitive. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘i f . The Indicative Mood 2. It consists o f the principle clause ‘you wouldn’t be looking for a porter’ and the subordinate adverbial clause o f condition ‘Ifi were a young man now’. The Imperative Mood expresses a command or request. you wouldn ’/ be looking f o r a porter. Hence Mood means the mode or manner in which the action o f a verb takes place. e. He did not come here yesterday. The Imperative Mood 3. The Subjunctive Mood The Indicative Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the verb is presented as a fact. Analysis: l f l were a young man now. Success attend you! If only it were true! The dean is out or there would be a light in his window. compound and complex sentences. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IN DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLAUSES I. There are four seasons in a year. Be happy! The Subjunctive Mood shows that the action or state expressed by the verb is presented as a non-fact as something imaginary or desirable. e. Past Simple is used in the subordinate clause and analytical form o f the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary would' should/might/could plus indefinite infinitive (without to) in the principal clause. All these Moods are used in simple. e. g. .g. Conditional Clauses a) The action refers to the Present or Future. Don’t be late next time. w ouldn’t be looking fo r is a simple verbal predicate. This is a complex sentence.MOOD The word MOOD is derived from the Latin word ‘modus’ which means mode or manner. I wish I were a king. This is a complex sentence. expressed by a common class noun. . 3rd person. Nominative Case. the clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘i f . h ad not insisted is a simple verbal predicate. It consists o f the principal clause ‘John wouldn’t have lost the key’ and the subordinate adverbial clause of condition ‘unless he were so absentminded’ The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘unless’. he is the subject of the subordinate clause. would have happened is a simple verbal predicate. b) The action refers to the Past. now is an adverbial modifier o f time. expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. 1st person. expressed by the perfect infinitive o f the verb ‘to lose ’ and the mood auxiliary would in the negative form. young is an attribute. Nominative Case. expressed by a personal pronoun. plural. expressed by the verb ‘to insist’ in the Past Perfect Tense. singular. a porter is a direct object. in the Common Case. singular. Common Case. w ouldn’t have lost is a simple verbal predicate. singular. expressed by an adverb. nothing is the subject of the principal clause. expressed by a negative pronoun. expressed by a personal pronoun. singular. 2nd person. A nalysis: I f he had not insisted upon going there. expressed by a gerund with a preposition. Past Perfect is used in the subordinate clause and the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary would plus perfect infinitive (without to) in the principal clause. expressed by the perfect infinitive o f the verb ‘to happen ’ with the mood auxiliary ‘'would' (analytical form ofthe Subjunctive Mood). singular. expressed by a personal pronoun. Common Case. there is an adverbial modifier of place. John is the subject o f the principal clause. It consists of the principal clause ‘nothing would have happened’ and the subordinate adverbial clause of condition ‘if he had not insisted upon going there’. Common Case. upon going is a prepositional object. negative form. were a man is a compound nominal predicate. expressed by a common class noun. / is the subject of the subordinate clause. This is a complex sentence. nothing would have happened.you is the subject of the principal clause. expressed by a proper noun. c) Mixed clauses: Analysis: John w ouldn’t have lost the key unless he were so absent-minded. Nominative Case. It consists of the link verb ‘to be ’ in the Subjunctive Mood synthetic form and a predicative. the key is a direct object. expressed by a common class noun. with a preposition. expressed by an adverb. Nominative Case. 3rd person. singular. singular. expressed by an adverb. It consists of the indefinite infinitive o f the link verb 'to be' with the mood auxiliary ''should' and a predicative. butfo r luck is an adverbial modifier o f condition. d) “But for” plus a noun: Analysis: But f o r luck he w ould be still living alone. would be living is a simple verbal predicate. Nominative Case. This is a simple extended declarative affirmative sentence. This is a complex sentence. The clause is introduced asyndetically. expressed by an adverb. In this case “should” is used for all the persons with an indefinite infinitive. expressed by an adjective. Nominative Case. expressed by a personal pronoun. such is an attribute. 1st person. This is a complex sentence. negative form and a predicative. It consists o f the link verb ‘to be' in the Past Perfect Tense. 3rd person. expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. Nominative Case.were absent-minded is a compound nominal predicate. Analysis: I f we hadn't been such fo o ls we should still be together. plural. expressed by a personal pronoun. expressed by a phrase. e) The verb should may be put at the beginning o f the subordinate clause. plural. expressed by the continuous infinitive o f the verb ‘to live' in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘w o u ld . alone is an adverbial modifier o f manner. It consists o f the link verb ‘to be' in the Subjunctive Mood synthetic form and a predicative. expressed by a common class noun. so is an adverbial modifier of degree. we is the subject o f the principal clause. we is the subject of the Subordinate Clause. still is an adverbial modifier o f time. still is an adverbial modifier of time. expressed by an adverb. hadn ’t beenfools is a compound nominal predicate. . plural. expressed by a personal pronoun. Common Case. 1st person. expressed by a definite pronoun. expressed by a universal pronoun. you w ill return home. It consists o f the principal clause ‘you will return home’ and the subordinate adverbial clause of condition ‘should anything change’. he is the subject. It consists of the principal clause ‘we should still be together’ and the subordinate adverbial clause o f condition ‘If we hadn’t been such fools’ should be together is a compound nominal predicate. he is the subject of the subordinate clause. Analysis: Should anything change. expressed by a personal pronoun. w ill return is a simple verbal predicate. If they (not to live) so far we (to visit) them one of these days. Nominative Case. Activity Objective: Practice of conditionals. 4. But for the darkness we (not to lose) our way. If I (not to bear witness to) those events. they (not to do) this. expressed by the verb change ‘to change'' in the analytical form o f the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘sh ould. Ifi (to tell) a lie then I (to make) a bad impression. Where you (to go) if you (to be) on leave? 10. second person. 13. Procedure : One student makes a sentence using “//^clause”. 2. 6. or “lf l weren’t myself I would like to b e . Ifi (to read) the book in the original I (not to read) it in translation. or “lf l weren’t here I would. Quiz I. I (not to believe) it. imagine new ones and share ideas. They (to spend) the whole day in the country if the weather (not to change). anything is the subject of the subordinate clause. 8.1 (not to go) to the concert ifi (to have) the ticket: I had no time. . 9. you (not to make) so many mistakes. should is a simple verbal predicate. expressed by a common noun. “lf l had a million dollars I would.. you is the subject of the principal clause.” etc. If you spoke more slowly. expressed by an indefinite pronoun.. Other students continue his/her situation. 14. But for your carelessness you (not to make) mistakes in your final test. But for the driver’s carelessness the accident (not to happen). Insert the necessary form of the Subjunctive Mood. ”. home is an adverbial modifier of place. If you (to do) this task yesterday. 15. For example. 7. But for his help. expressed by a personal pronoun. 1. 5 . indicative mood.. If she (to read) for the tests more thoroughly she (topass). Ifi (to be) you I (to enter) a pedagogical institute. 12. 11. you (to be free) now. . 3. expressed by the verb ‘to returri in the Future Simple. plural. If we had had seminar yesterday we . 1... If it were not raining we ... 16. 8. . I should advise her to do it.. 10.. If you had gone to the party y o u .. 2. If I were you I . me I . It will do you good if you spend more time in the open air....... Make the following conditional sentences unreal (either the action referring to the present or to the past). If they go there by Metro it will take them much less time. 7. 6... If you. Ifi have time tomorrow I shall visit them. you.. 22. 5. If we had stayed in the town longer w e ... If you see the film you will know its contents.. ..... If you are in a difficulty I can help you 10. 14. If somebody had given her the book she ... 4. If she had learned English before she would have spoken to the English delegates properly. We would have recognized him if h e . 21. 17.. If we had no classes tomorrow we ..... 12... She will understand them if she knows English well enough. Will you join us if we invite you? III.. 20... 6.... 3... If he .. If he knew my telephone number he .... 15 .. 11. If I had spare time now I . If it were winter now we . If you had taken my advise you . 7.. If she passes her ‘Self study’ for analytical reading we shall go to Bukhara today. 3. If he had not made so many mistakes in his dictation h e .. he would work hard... 19. If I failed at the exams I ... He will translate the article if you give him a dictionary. If she knew English she would speak it fluently. If I .. 5 .. If she had heard the news s h e . 13.П..1 shouldn’t have missed the train i f i .. 9. Complete the following sentences using the Subjunctive Mood in if-clauses... Ifi had had time yesterday I .. 8.. 1.. 4. You would have passed the test successfully if you . If you knew the text you .. 18. 2. 9... 2. Model: 1. If you understand children you will know how to treat them. If only I . If i t . 4.. 12. 8. If these boys had not failed at the entrance exams they would have been admitted to the University... 16. If I were young I would have a walking holiday. If you hated sick people you wouldn’t be a doctor. If only I . summer w e . yes. If you had taken the medicine the doctor prescribed you. . 2.. not to catch) 6. (tofind) 7. W rite the correct form of the Subjunctive Mood. 18.. We should never have found the house if a passer-by hadn’t helped us. 17. You would hardly recognize him if you met him.. 15. Ifi were you I should take into consideration the urgency o f the matter. Can you imagine how much money you would pay for your studies at the University if you didn’t win the grant? 5. forget everything! (can) 8. you would feel better now.. cannot) 2. a walking holiday. 1.They say Frank has changed greatly. keep from thinking about my troubles! (can) 5. You wouldn’t find another to match it if you tried. If my mother had not fallen ill last month I wouldn’t have taken a holiday.1would not have succeeded in entering the university even ifi had done my best. 6.. 14.Oh... (to be.. I shouldn’t have come.. a way out then... cold. If only h e . But for the rain we should have gone to the country last Sunday. 11. dear. . complications! (to avoid) 4. bareheaded you . If you had left earlier you would have caught the train.. V. 3. to have) 3. not to shiver) . (to be. she would make a good teacher. 1. 9. cold y o u . If he had obtained the necessary number of points during the entrance exams he would have been enrolled in the Institute. But for her impatience with the students.. here h e .. If there were no extramural department at the institute she would have no chance to study.. But for you I never. If you . If he were not a lazy student he would be very talanted. 7 . 10.IV. 20. Even if the doctor. If you had attended all the lectures and seminars during the term you wouldn’t have to spend so much time reading for your exams now. (not to walk.... (not to be. help you.. If you . If I were you I should pay no attention to what she says. 13. Translate the sentences into your own language and discuss them. from head to foot. The vase is beautiful.. 19.. Ifi had known that. Subordinate Clauses of Purpose a) If the subordinate clause is introduced by the conjunction ‘that’ or ‘so that’ the mood auxiliary ‘may’ is used if the action of the principal clause is in Present or Future. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘so thaf. might. active voice. pneumonia. write as many forms. and ‘might’ if the action of the principal clause is in Past. If h e . indicative mood... I f he were here he would help us. all the doctor’s instructions h e . It consists o f the principal clause ‘I am telling you this’ and the subordinate clause of purpose ‘so that you may understand the situation’. singular.9. Analysis: I am telling you this so that you may understand the situation. Note: if the conjunctions that or so that introduce the subodinate adverbial clauses of purpose it is possible to use the auxiliaries can. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. This is three-part frame to learn grammar. expressed by the verb ‘to te ll in the Present Progressive.. Using the mentioned above frame. This frame can be used while learning the Subjunctive Mood.. am telling is a simple verbal predicate. This is a complex sentence. II. would. etc.. 1st person. the fever w e . If this medicine. could.. besides the verbs may. (tofollow.. send for a doctor. (not to bring down.. to avoid) Activity I. I is the subject o f the principal clause.. . meanings and uses of the subjunctive as possible. to have to) 10. indicative mood. Nominative Case. singular. expressed by a personal pronoun. It consists of the link verb ‘to be’ in the Past Simple and the predicative ‘afraid1. Common Case. 3rd person. b) If the subordinate clause is introduced by the conjunction “lest” the mood auxiliary “should” is used. might see is a simple verbal predicate. should see is a simple verbal predicate. expressed by the verb ‘/o leave' in the Past Simple. singular. from afar is an adverbial modifier of place. expressed by a common class noun. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction 4 e s f . this is a direct object. a ghost is a direct object. expressed by a common class noun. This is a complex sentence. 2nd person. 3rd person. the situation is a direct object. left is a simple verbal predicate.so th a f. . singular. It consists of the principal clause ‘He was afraid to look behind’ and the subordinate clause ‘lest he should see a ghost’. singular. Analysis: She left the lamp on the window-sill so that he might see it from afar. It consists of the principal clause ‘She left the lamp on the window-siir and the subordinate clause o f purpose ‘so that he might see it from afar’. Nominative Case.you is an indirect object. singular. expressed by a demonstrative pronoun. the lamp is a direct object. expressed by the verb ‘to see ’ in the analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘might. may understand is a simple verbal predicate. expressed by the verb ‘to see ’ in the analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘sh ould. it is a direct object. Analysis: He was afraid to look behind lest he should see a ghost. Common Case. he is the subject. singular. to look behind is a direct object. 3rd person. Objective Case. expressed by a prepositional phrase. expressed by an abstract noun. Objective Case. expressed by the indefinite infinitive o f the verb ‘to understand in the analytical form o f the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘may ’. plural. expressed by an indefinite infinitive. was afraid is a compound nominal predicate. expressed by a word of the category o f state. active voice. This is a complex sentence. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘. expressed by a personal pronoun. expressed by a personal pronoun. she is the subject. singular. on the window-sill is an adverbial modifier o f place. expressed by a prepositional phrase. expressed by a personal pronoun. ... Students write the rules again . cold in such nasty weather.. (to catch) 3.. 15 . (to understand) 2. (not to f a ll behind) 2. he is the subject o f the principal clause. they . She came into the room quietly . singular. (to write) 5. (to send) 3.. 3rd person. she . I put these journals on his table so that he .. Subordinate Clauses of Concession The mood auxiliary: a) “may” is used with an indefinite infinitive if the actions o f the principal and subordinate clauses are simultaneous.. expressed by a personal pronoun. Nominative Case. 1.. (to look them through) 5. it better.A Practical E nglish Grammar .. expressed by the verb ‘to convince ’ in the Future Simple. Close the window.... so that I . lest the children . us is a direct object. will not convince is a simple verbal predicate. please.Quiz I. The teacher explained the rule again . Put the mood auxiliary with conjunctions and write the correct form of the verb.. in the evening. Analysis: a) He will not convince us however hard he may try.(to catch cold) 4. Please. Shall I repeat i t . (to wake up) III. It consists of the principal clause ‘he will not convince us’ and the subordinate clause of concession ‘however hard he may try’. Objective Case. This is a complex sentence. expressed by the verb ‘to try' in the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘may’. During winter time a school is maintained in Siberia so that the children.. you an invitation.. mother .. give me your address.. them... it down. the sleeping child. expressed by a personal pronoun.. plural. may try is a simple verbal predicate. (toforget) 4... The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘however ’. He repeated it again and again that h e .. 1... in their studies. Insert the necessary form of the Subjunctive Mood. you .. in the negative form. the students . (to become aware) II. b) “might” is used with a perfect infinitive if the action o f the subordinate clause is prior to the action of the principal clause.... Father was afraid ... 1st person. we is the subject. such as: whatever. singular.hard is an adverbial modifier o f manner. plural. expressed by the verb‘to exist’ in the Past Simple. might have been suspicious is a compound nominal predicate. as well as other conjunctions. Subordinate Adverbial Clauses of Comparison 1) These clauses are introduced by the conjunctions “as i f \ “as though ”: a) Subjunctive Mood in the synthetic form is used if the actions o f the principal and the subordinate clauses are simultaneous. negative form. It consists of the principal clause ‘He paid no attention to us’ and the subordinate clause o f comparison ‘as if we didn’t exist’. Objective Case and a preposition. IV. Analysis: b) No matter how suspicious he might have been. Note. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘no matter how ’. 3rd person. Analysis: He p a id no attention to us as if ме didn't exist. 1st person. b) Past Perfect is used in the subordinate clause if the action o f it precedes that o f the principal clause. expressed by a personal pronoun. expressed by an adverb in the positive degree. p a id no attention is a phraseological predicate in the Past Simple. gave no sign is a phraseological predicate. he is the subject of the principal clause. expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. Nominative Case. to us is a prepositional object. he gave no sign. Nominative Case. Some grammarians consider that the coi ljunctions ‘"wherever ’and ‘w henever’ introduce subordinate clauses o f place and time. and the predicative ‘suspicious ’. . plural. It consists o f the link verb ‘to be' in the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘might’ and perfect infinitive. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘as i f . This is a complex sentence. singular. expressed by a personal pronoun. expressed by a personal pronoun. It consists o f the principle clause ‘he gave no sign’ and the subordinate clause o f concession ‘no matter how suspicious he might have been’. This is a complex sentence. whoever. expressed by a phrase in the Past Simple. 1st person. didn't exist is a simple verbal predicate. But we consider that these conjunctions introduce subordinate clauses o f concession. negative form. 3rd person. no matter how. Nominative Case. expressed by a personal pronoun. he is the subject. refuse to come to this lesson? . I f i wanted to look at something upside down. visit the Prim e M inister/President? 10.... Students are invited to imagine under what circumstances they might do it. dye your hair green? 5. sleep a ll day? 8. had been having is a simple verbal predicate.g o and live in a tree? 6.Analysis: Wefa c e d each other as if we h ad been having a beer every afternoon fo r years. . fa c e d is a simple verbal predicate. It consists of the principal clause ‘We faced each other’ and the subordinate clause of comparison ‘as if we had been having a beer eveiy afternoon for years’.. expressed by a prepositional phrase. plural. I might stand on my head. Nominative Case. ... stop talking f o r a day? 3. This is a complex sentence.. go to live in another country? 2. expressed by a noun with an attribute to it... expressed by the verb ‘to h a ve\ in the Past Perfect Progressive. Why might you: 1. expressed by a personal pronoun. we is the subject.. jum p out o f the window? 9 . active voice. ride an elephant? 7. . each other is a direct object... expressed by the verb ‘to fa c e ’ in the Past Simple.. every afternoon is an adverbial modifier o f time. eat a p iece ofpaper? 4..... a beer is a direct object..... expressed by a distributive pronoun. Activity “Why might you .. I might stan d on m y head. ... For example: Why might you stand on your head? Possible answers: I f i were perform ing in a circus... . See some more for other possible examples. 1st person. Procedure: There is a suggestion of an unlikely action.. expressed by a noun o f material. expressed by a reciprocal pronoun.?” Conditionals. fo r years is an adverbial modifier of time. Common Case. were ill is a compound nominal predicate of the subordinate clause. expressed by a common class noun. Nominative Case. expressed by an adjective. b) If the action of the subordinate clause is prior to the action o f the principal clause Past Perfect is used. singular. Analysis: He looked as if he were ill. This is a complex sentence. It consists of the link verb ‘to look ’ in the past simple and a predicative. Nominative Case. looked as if it had been desertedfor years is a compound nominal predicate. expressed by a prepositional phrase. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘that'. expressed by the whole subordinate clause. It consists o f the link verb ‘to be ’ in the Subjunctive Mood synthetic form and a predicative. It consists of the link verb ‘to look ’ in the Past Simple and a predicative. the house is the subject o f the principal clause. It consists of the principal clause. which is the whole sentence and the subordinate predicative clause ‘that we should come’ inside it. This is a complex sentence.V. 3 rd person. had been deserted is a simple verbal predicate. . singular. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘as i f . which is the whole sentence and the subordinate predicative clause ‘as if it had been deserted for years’ inside it. which is the whole sentence ‘he looked as if he were ill’ and the subordinate predicative clause inside it. expressed by the verb ‘to desert ’ in the Past Perfect. It consists ofthe principal clause. This is a complex sentence. Analysis: The order was that we should come. looked as ifhe were ill is a compound nominal predicate. It consists of the principal clause. Subordinate Predicative Clauses a) If the subordinate clause is introduced by the conjunctions “as i f \ “a s though ” Past Simple (the verb “to be” has the form “w ere” for all the persons) is used if the actions of the principal and the subordinate clauses are simultaneous. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘as i f . expressed by the whole subordinate predicative clause. expressed by a personal pronoun. fo r years is an adverbial modifier of time. c) If the subordinate clause is introduced by the conjunction “th a t the mood auxiliary “sh ould ’ is used. he is the subject. expressed by a personal pronoun. Analysis: The house looked as i f it had been d eserted fo r years. 3rd person. passive voice. it is the subject of the subordinate clause. 1.. (to be) 7..1wish y o u . (to expect) 6 .. 5 . (to know) 10... out before.. But for you I . (not to recognize) 2. She speaks slowly as if she...... expressed by a personal pronoun. She is looking at me as if she. (to go. me. singular. w e ... him. People were standing around as if they. Common Case. Nominative Case. Translate the following sentences into your own language.. 4.. You.1 wish I had asked the doctor when I should take the pills... expressed by the verb ‘to com e ’ in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘should’. Write the correct form and define the functions of the Subjunctive Mood. long ago. (to be frightened) 4. (to translate) 4 . a real actress... the order is the subject of the principal clause. something to happen... But for this medicine I would have awful headaches.1 wish I never. (to meet) 5. 3. 1... It consists o f the link verb ‘to be’ in the Past Simple and a predicative. (to talk.. it with your own eyes. He looks as if he had caught cold. ... what you .was that we should come is a compound nominal predicate... if you . from a foreign language. to be) 2. to see) III. (to be) 9. expressed by a common class noun. should come is a simple verbal predicate. Whatever he . Carrie acted as if s he. He looked as if he . (to be) II. (to leave) 5. him.. (to be) 3. by somebody. to notice) 8. Jenny’s mother looked at him as if she . exactly as though y o u . Quiz I. her.. plural. very heavy. in my place? (to do. Put the verbs in brackets in the appropriate form. (to leave) 3.. expressed by the whole predicative clause. If Bobur.. She was sitting in the armchair as if the last energy.. But for the underground the traffic in London. Even if you had no temperature you had better stay in bed today. I love him. 2.1would be much obliged to you if you bought me nasal drops and something for my cough. we is the subject o f the subordinate clause.. him. 1st person. like me for two minutes.. 1.. Tell me. The students are invited to invent their own actions and to take the role of the organizer. 8 .as if they had stolen goods from their friends .as if they were ten feet tall . 10.as if they were sleepwalkers . 1wish the gym were in our building.as if it were bitterly cold . A ctivity I. 7.nodding and smiling at each other . Prepare a selection of activities.1would rather have a holiday in winter.as if they were a little child .as if they were exhausted .as if they didn’t want to be seen .as if they were walking on ice .as if they were crossing a stream on stepping stones . The organizer asks a student or students to act.as if they were beggars .greeting each other as if they had not seen each other for a long time . Walking warmers Procedure : You need a space free from chairs and tables.as if they were walking on a tightrope Relating others .1 wish I were an expert in this subject and could help you. each lasting about 10 to 15 seconds. 9 .behaving as if they did not really like each other .greeting each other in a familiar way perhaps by shaking hands and slapping each other on the shoulder . She behaved calmly as though everything were all right. We have to waste a lot of time getting there.as if they were a king or queen walking to the coronation .as if they were very old . He went on talking about his treat as though it bored him to death.6 .as if they were carrying a heavy suitcase . BOX: Walking warmers A s individuals The students should walk about: .behaving towards each other as if the other person were offensive the last time they met .as if they had just heard some wonderful news . which is the whole sentence and the subordinate subject clause “that we should meet here” inside it. which is the whole sentence and the subordinate subject clause ‘that he should have been so blind’ inside it. active voice. b) If the action of the subordinate clause is prior to the action o f the principal clause the mood auxiliary “should” is used with a Perfect Infinitive.. Analysis: It is a happy coincidence that we should meet here. 3rd person. here is an adverbial modifier o f place. It consists o f the link verb ‘to be ’ in the Present Simple. expressed by an adverb. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘that’.behaving as if the other person had bad breath . plural. expressed by a personal pronoun.behaving as though they thought the other person were dangerous . Subject clauses may be introduced asyndetically. expressed by an introductory .It is an introductory subject ofthe principal clause. This is a complex sentence. indicative mood.behaving as though the other person were deaf . is a coincidence is a compound nominal predicate of the principal clause. expressed by the indefinite infinitive ‘to meet’ in the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘should1. It consists o f the principal clause. Nominative Case. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. it is an introductory subject o f the principal clause. shocked is a simple verbal predicate of the principal clause. VI. It consists o f the principal clause. we is the subject o f the subordinate clause. should meet is a simple verbal predicate o f the subordinate subject clause. singular and a predicative. a) If the action ofthe subordinate clause is simultaneous with the action ofthe principal clause the mood auxiliary “should” with an indefinite infinitive is used. Subordinate Subject Clauses The clauses are introduced by the subordinative conjunction “that”.behaving as though they thought the other person were stupid .behaving as though the other person were an extremely distinguished elderly person. This is a complex sentence. 1st person. expressed by the verb ‘to shock' in the Past Simple. it is expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. This noun has its attribute ‘happy’. expressed by the whole subordinate clause. singular. Analysis: It shocked him that he should have been so blind. This clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction ‘that' . expressed by an introductory pronoun ‘if. that we should meet here is a real subject. active voice. Quiz Put the verbs in brackets in appropriate forms.. It is necessary that all the students. that he should have been so blind is a real subject of the principal clause. 3rd person. (togo) VII. 1st person. perfect infinitive and the predicative ‘blind . this medicine in a dark cold place. The clause is introduced asyndetically.. expressed by the subordinate subject clause. singular. (to keep) 2. a doctor before going to the South. to this exhibition. expressed by a personal pronoun. The verb “to be” has the form “were” foi all the persons. came is a simple verbal predicate..... This is a complex sentence. It doesn’t look like him.. Objective Case. It is desirable that everybody. expressed by the verb ‘to wish’’ in the Present Simple. expressed by a personal pronoun. . 2nd person. 1. plural. expressed by an adjective in the positive degree. such a thing. the report in class. It is recommended that you . Nominative Case. It consists of the link verb ‘to be’ in the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘should . It is strange that h e. (to see) 4. Nominative Case. you is the subject of the subordinate clause. so is an adverbial modifier of degree.. expressed by the verb ‘to come' in the Subjunctive Mood synthetic form (or Past Simple). It consists of the principal clause ‘I wish’ and the subordinate object clause ‘you came here more often’.. singular. I is the subject of the principal clause. (to tell) 3. It is beyond my understanding that you .him is a direct object. expressed by a personal pronoun. 3rd person.. (not to discuss) 5. should have been blind is a compound nominal predicate ofthe subordinate subject clause. he is the subject of the subordinate clause. wish is a simple verbal predicate. Nominative Case. singular. expressed by an adverb. Object Clauses 1) With the verb “wish” in the principal clause: a) If the actions of the principal and the subordinate clauses are simultaneous the Past Simple is used in the subordinate clause. Analysis: I wish you came here more often. expressed by a personal pronoun. you is the subject of the subordinate clause. This is a complex sentence. Objective Case. Analysis: We wished we hadn ’/ left everything till the last minute. expressed by an adverb. Nominative Case. 2nd person. plural. It consists of the principal clause ‘we wished1and the subordinate object clause ‘we hadn’t left everything to the last minute’. better is an adverbial modifier of manner. This is a complex sentence. wished is a simple verbal predicate. Nominative Case. expressed by the verb ‘to leave ’ in the Past Perfect. plural. expressed by a personal pronoun. 1st person. It consists of the principal clause ‘I wish’ and the subordinate object clause ‘you would treat me better’. Analysis: I wish you would treat me better. negative form. the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘would’ can be used. Nominative Case. me is a direct object. active voice. hadn't left is a simple verbal predicate of the subordinate clause. 2) With the verbs fe a r ’ or ‘to be afraicf in the principal clause: . c) If the action of the subordinate clause refers to the Present or Future and the subjects of the principal and subordinate clauses are different. expressed by the adjective ‘good1in the comparative degree. 1st person. expressed by the verb 7 о wish ’ in the Past Simple. everything is a direct object. would treat is a simple verbal predicate of the subordinate clause. expressed by a personal pronoun. more often is an adverbial modifier of frequency. expressed by an adverb of frequency in the comparative degree. 1st person. The clause is introduced asyndetically wish is a simple verbal predicate of the principal clause. expressed by a distributive pronoun. we is the subject of the principal clause. till the last minute is an adverbial modifier of time. expressed by a personal pronoun. b) If the action of the subordinate clause is prior to the action of the principal clause. singular. The clause is introduced asyndetically. the Past Perfect is used.here is an adverbial modifier of place. singular. expressed by the verb ‘to treaf in the Subjunctive Mood in the analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘would’. expressed by a personal pronoun. / is the subject of the principal clause. expressed by a prepositional phrase. ‘we are anxious that. Analysis: They were afraid that they might be discovered. expressed by the phrase ‘to catch fire ’ in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘should1. plural. Nupkins commanded (suggested) that the lady should be shown in. Nupkins commanded’ and the subordinate object clause ‘that the lady should be shown in’.. The clause is introduced by the conjunction ‘that'. singular.. plural. expressed by the link verb ‘to be ’in the Past Simple. The clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction 4 e s(. were afraid is a compound nominal predicate. commanded is a simple verbal predicate. . ’ the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘should’ is used in the subordinate clause.. expressed by the word of the category of state. plural. It consists of the principal clause ‘the passengers were terrified’ and the subordinate object clause ‘lest the ship should catch fire’.a) If the conjunction ‘that’ introduces the subordinate clause. were terrified is a compound nominal predicate. they is the subject of the subordinate object clause. 3rd person. they is the subject of the principal clause. expressed by the verb ‘to discover’ in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘mighf .. expressed by the verb ‘to command1in the Past Simple. expressed by a personal pronoun. expressed by a personal pronoun. This is a complex sentence. passive voice. 3) In object clauses of the type ‘he suggested that. It consists of the principal clause ‘They were afraid’ and the subordinate object clause ‘that they might be discovered’. Nominative Case. This is a complex sentence. expressed by a common noun. and the predicative. the analytical form ofthe Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘should’ is used in the subordinate clause. expressed by a common noun. It consists of the principal clause ‘Mr. b) Ifthe conjunction ‘lest’ introduces the clause. 3rd person. ’ . active voice. the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary ‘may’(might) is used in the subordinate clause. Analysis: The passengers were terrified lest the ship should catch fire. Nominative Case. the passengers is the subject of the principal clause. Common Case. should catch fire is a phraseological predicate. This is a complex sentence. it consists of the link verb ‘to be' in the Past Simple and the Participle II of the verb ‘to terrify’. The clauses of this type are introduced by the conjunction ‘that’: Analysis: Mr. the ship is the subject of the subordinate clause. This clause is introduced by the subordinative conjuction ‘that'. might be discovered is a simple verbal predicate of the subordinate object clause. 1.. Tashkent Polytechnical Institute. (to be) 3. them work from early moming till late at night.. expressed by a class noun. Quiz I.. Put the verbs in brackets in appropriate forms. (to enter) II. the lady is the subject of the subordinate clause. Translate the following sentences into your own language and discuss them.. 1.. with the mood auxiliary ‘should1. 6. Nupkins is the subject of the principal clause. the train. They talked as if they had known each other for a long time. ill. It was very late and we were afraid that w e .1 wish I . Nafisa looks pale as if she. a third year student. 9. Alexander’s father suggested that his son. 8. We missed the beginning. III. They feared lest their master. Some universities in Britain demand that the students should present their papers two weeks before the end of their vacation. 1.. Common Case.. A good teacher behaves in class as if he were a good actor... (to miss) 4.. We wish w e .. singular. passive voice. expressed by the verb 7o show ’ in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form.. It is advisable that parents should praise the children for a good act.1wish I had studied at the preparatory courses to this faculty. in time. A good teacher would not sit motionless in class. (to be) 2. (to keep) 2. should he shown in is a simple verbal predicate. He demanded that everything. I wish I were as resourceful as she is.. She behaved in class as if she were an experienced teacher.. (lo be ready) 5. 2. 5..1wish you . 3. earlier.. (to come) . 4. expressed by a proper noun. 10. It is necessary that relationship between teacher and students should be founded on respect for person. It is necessary that teachers should constantly improve the content and method of teaching. It is natural that the students should ask a lot of questions concerning their future studies. 7.Mr. your things in order. We suggested that she should share her impressions with her students. Use the correct form of the verb. (to make) 3. It is understandable that she should.. expressed by the phrase ‘to go to b e d in the Past Simple. It seemed as though nothing. It is natural that they should. He knows these places as though he . (to be) 7 . the invitation. to answer such an easy question. (todiscuss) 6. .. here. is time is a compound nominal predicate. a whole month in the south. the novel before he saw the film. (to refuse) 22.... (tofail) 21. (not to recognize) 14. Analysis: It is time you went to bed. you is the subject of the subordinate attributive clause. interest in public life. (to spend) 11.4 . She seemed greatly surprised as though she never. expressed by an impersonal pronoun. We wish w e .1 wish I ... (to happen) 16. ‘it is high time’... friends... anything of the kind before.. English. (to take) УШ.... (to make) 20. plural. (to speak) 17.. In this case Subjunctive Mood synthetic form is used (or Past Simple. (to be) 10. She speaks English as if she. where she is now. (not to have) 15. (to be born) 13...1 wish you . It consists of the principal clause ‘it is time’ and the subordinate attributive clause ‘you went to bed’. It is the subject of the principal clause.. This is a complex sentence. expressed by an abstract noun. 1 wish I . Nominative Case. (to know) 9. (tofollow) 8. more strict with their students. (to discuss) 18. It consists of the link verb ‘to be ’ in the Present Simple and a predicative ‘time’. Why are you looking at me as if you . It was surprising that she should.. (to know) 5 . It is necessary that students should. expressed by a personal pronoun.. The dean demanded we should .. The clause is introduced asyndetically.1 feel tired as if I .. each other before. Oybek wished h e. the verb ‘to be’ has the form ‘were’ for all the persons)... (to see) 12. the problems immediately. Attributive Clauses With the principal clause of the type ‘it is time’. Malika looks as if she... me. (to read) 19....1 insisted students should. the problems immediately.. went to bed is a phraseological predicate. at the production meeting yesterday. a rest for a long time.... your advice: I wouldn’t have made that mistake...... Head of department wishes teachers. 2nd person. singular. Emotional attitude Emotional attitude is used to express the attitude of the speaker to real facts. b) a noun with the same meaning: wonder. He is such a charming man that it is quite a pity he should be so grave and so dull. The subordinate clause is introduced by the subordinative conjunction “that”. etc. It is strange that he should not want to go there. the Institute is a direct object. singular. I am so vexed that such a thing should have been discussed before students.g. e. e. Analysis: His wish that he should enter the Institute was supported by everybody. X.g. wish is the subject of the principal clause. singular. regret. incredulity. singular. c) the principal clause may be of the following type: la m sorry. . expressed by a common noun. expressed by a personal pronoun. Common Case. The noun has the attribute ‘his\ expressed by a possessive pronoun. expressed by the verb ‘to support’ in the Past Simple. Appositive Attributive Clause In this case Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘should’ is used in the subordinate clause. was supported is a simple verbal predicate. joy such as strange. 3rd person. unnatural. fortunate. We find the analytical subjunctive with the mood auxiliary ‘should. expressed by a distributive pronoun with the preposition ‘by should enter is a simple verbal predicate. passive voice.IX. by everybody is a prepositional object.g. Nominative Case. he is the subject of the subordinate clause. impossible. wonderful. This is a complex sentence. vexed. pleased. 3rd person. pity. It consists of the principal clause ‘His wish was supported by everybody’ and the subordinate appositive attributive clause ‘that he should enter the Institute’. etc. the principal clause in such cases contains: a) an adjective expressing astonishment. relative form. It is impossible that she should have said it. e. glad. unfortunate. shame. etc. expressed by the verb ‘to enter" in the Subjunctive Mood analytical form with the mood auxiliary ‘'should'. expressed by an abstract noun. which in this case is often called the emotional should. The emotional should occurs in different kinds of subordinate clauses. If priority is expressed perfect infinitive is used. .. To think this should have come upon us in our old age! In sentences of this kind the Indicative Mood is also possible: e. Why should we help them. It is high time w e . Why should our manager cry at us? We try to do everything in time. 5.. (to know) 5. This is the novel which should be read in the original.. Married couples who love each other tell each other thousands of things without talking. 1.. on an excursion to the mountains. they are to do everything themselves. your thesis. 12. (to have) 2. this rule. 3. our parents on Sunday seemed quite reasonable to me.. It is high time we had dinner. Find the clauses in the following sentences and analyze them. 2. to think that I have been so blind! Quiz I.. 11.. It is high time he returned from his trip to the Urals. 8 . 9.. .. The suggestion that this matter should be discussed carefully was approved by all present.. Complete the following sentences.. It is high time all the students. 7. You drive a car as if you .. 1. All liked the idea that we should go to the park.. 2.g.. 10. 6.The Subjunctive Mood with the emotional should may also occur in such sentences as: e. The boy who had broken the window in his neighbour’s house was punished severely. (tofinish) 4. dinner. He was rescued by his neighbour who had called the police. Put the verbs in brackets in appropriate form. My wife’s suggestion that w e. It is time you. All the students of our group liked the idea that w e ..1wish you . It is advisable that students. . 1 ..1 am sorry of what I have done.. (to visit) Ш... 4. 3 . П.. (to go) 3 . The man who is working in the garden is my aunt’s husband.g. 9... It is already late. .... 1 wish i t . . The girls looked at her boy friend as if she . 4..4.. 10. It was strange that they . He looked very bad as if he were seriously ill.1have brought you the magazine so that you may read this article. . 6. 12. 18.. 23. The workers demanded that their wages. Whenever youmaycomel’ll always begladtosee you. No matter how busy he might be he found time to go to the theatre. Comment on the use of the Subjunctive Mood and translate the following sentences in your own language. 11..1 wish I were a bird. 7.. 25. She wished she . They wouldn’t have missed the train if they had taken a taxi. 13. She suggested that Abraham should arrive at once. They looked as if they had walked many miles. 16.. 21.. 15. 5.. He felt as if he didn’t know the answer. 7. 22..1 should have done it long ago if you had helped me. But for the rain we would have gone to the country. It is high time you returned the book to the library.. . 8 . 2. IV. 9. 17. 11. But for the rain we should go to the country now. You look as if. 6.. You speak as if you . . I’ll explain this rule to you again that you may understand it better.. It is necessary that all the students should go to the meeting... He speaks French as if he . 19. The idea is that we should go to ‘Mustakillik Maydoni’. 1. He insisted that we . She speaks about this accident as if she had witnessed it. 24. 3. If he were ordinary I wouldn’t love him. 12. it is time we were off. It is impossible that he should have done it.. The workers wished the master had not driven their fellow-worker out of the plant. . 5 . 14.. It would be a good thing if you didn’t smoke. You would feel well today if you had taken the medicine yesterday. 8. 10.1 had to take a taxi lest I should miss the train.1 wish you would take over the job. 20.. Why is the synthetic form of the Subjunctive Mood used in the following sentence: If they came he would be glad? 12. How many types of object clauses do you know? 11. It is time the students knew this rule. It has six lines. What verbs are used to make the analytical form of the Subjunctive Mood? 13. When are the analytical forms of the Subjunctive Mood with the mood auxiliary should used? 2. 27. She was shivering as if she had just come out of the water. Why is Past Perfect used in the following sentence: I wish she had told me about it? 15. Is it right to use the mood auxiliary should in subordinate attributive clauses? 14. Q uestions 1. What analytical forms are used in principal clauses with subordinate clauses of condition? 6. When is the mood auxiliary would used in object clauses? 3. The word “should” is written on the blackboard. What synthetic forms of the Subjunctive Mood are used in adverbial clauses of condition? 5. What is the difference between the usage of the mood auxiliary would and the synthetic form of the Subjunctive Mood in object clauses with the verb wish in the principal clause? Activity I. Procedure. They have limited time. The Subjunctive Mood review. When is the mood auxiliary may (might) used? 4. What is the difference between the usage of indefinite infinitive and perfect infinitive in subordinate clauses of concession? 10. What forms are used in subordinate clauses of concession? 7. What three kinds of the conditional clauses are there in English grammar? 9. .26. Students should find six functions of the word “should” writing one for each “sunray”. What forms of the Subjunctive mood are used in subordinate clauses of comparison? 16. When is the synthetic form of the Subjunctive Mood used? 8. These lines make a “sunray” effect. 8. I wish you.а) b) Here students should state the types o f clauses where they can use the following tense: II. What would happen if . I want you to stop fighting.. The sun isn’t shining. I wish he ..... 3. (The Subjunctive Mood) • automobiles were completely banned tomorrow because o f pollution? • people could not solve problems but create? • you got an inheritance? R eview Quiz I. Helena is tired because she went to bed late last night.. John doesn’t drive. I wanted you to go.. My friend won’t ever lend me his car. She wishes she.. I wish I . fighting and try to work things out. 7.... I can’t go with you tomorrow. me his car for my date tomorrow night. so that I would feel safe in a boat.. I wish you. I should ask him for a ride home. to work. with us to the concert last night.. 2.. I can’t swim.. I wish the sun. but I wish I .. 4. . 5. to bed earlier last night. Procedure: Students think of as many consequences as they can to the following situations. 1. right now.. 16 .. I wish John. 6.A Practical English Grammar . Complete the sentences with an appropriate verb form. If the weather had been fine yesterday w e ... (to read) 2. us what that silver stuff is composed of.. in three hours. my job until I’d found another one.. Ifyou were more careful you wouldn’t fall ill so often.9. your question. (to remember) 5. late! (to be) 3. We decided that w e . II.. for a walk. next Sunday. I wish w e. 4. this book. (to be glad) 16. If you joined us we should be happy. The professor suggested that these students.. it to you. an enormous but weak magnet. She would have told you the truth if she had been sure. 2. 1. (to return) I . (not to go out) 17. The doctor insists that she. If you came I should give you the book. If he had been at the lecture yesterday.. for the consultation... His mother insisted that h e. Make haste lest you.. 5.. But for you I shouldn’t have done it. by the end of the week... I wish I .. It is important that you. him the city.. (to be) 6. (to be used) 9. you a message. Put the correct verb forms to fill in the blanks. If your brother came to St.. Ifyou had learnt the rule you wouldn’t have got a bad mark..... It is essential that these tools. Self-study I. I repeat this rule that you.. this work yourself..... I . in such bad weather. If it were my own book... The world itself behaves as if it ... 1. (to be) 8. (to send) 4. I wanted to win. I . He advised that they.. Petersburg.. for industrial purposes. 6. very tired.. (to be ready) 19. (to do) 18. Among the following sentences find those referring to the present or to the past. 7... I wish you.. Give me your e-mail in order that I . (to answer) 12. (to go) II.1. Ifyou had had come I should have given you a new magazine. (to show) 14. the game last night. (to meet) 15... If you had taken the medicine you’d have been well. 8.. (to give) 13.. It is necessary that atomic energy. if he had come here yesterday.. He looks as if h e. 10. (to come) . it better.1 quit my job. h e. 3... (to show) 10. . ask them to wait for me. microbes.. . She burst out laughing as if she found the incident very funny..(to come) 40... they. to know the history of his country. They recommended that she. there immediately. Boil water lest it . only to the Crimea but spend the winter there as well. 9.1wish I had phoned him yesterday. (togo) 25. them about your decision... It is desirable that water used for drinking.. they. (to be interested) 31. here. Had they seen you yesterday. (to come) 27. Repeat all the new words lest you. (to forget) 26.. (to be) 29. But for the taxi they would have missed the train. 13. Had they known about your arrival. 4. (to contain) 22. if he had prepared his exercises yesterday. it.. winter.1wish I could travel long distances without getting carsick. (to register) 21. you. If it had rained yesterday. It is natural that everybody.... them. (to stay) 39. 7. I .. 14. They proposed over the radio that the owners of sets. them. You would have translated this text long ago if you knew English well... It is necessary that she . She speaks as if she knew everything. he found friends. (to come) 30. I . 11.... certainly you about our plans. 5. . She looked as if she had done something wrong. (to tell) 38. keep a seat for me. (to want) 28. It was cold as if it . H e. It is quite natural that he. If I had had enough money with me yesterday I would have bought that dress. Wherever h e... (togo) 32. 8. I late. his grammar. at home. (to tell) 33. 2. in this subject... w e ... (to come) 36...20. 10.. pure. He gave me this plan so that I . 6. (to meet) 35. Ifi saw them tomorrow.... (to be) Analyze the sentences 1... The order that we should come surprised me. Bob feared that he might be seen in the street... (to copy) 23. . If I were you.. The girl shivered as if she had got wet through. (to say) 24. they..1put these journals on his table so that he might look them through.. (to know) 34.. He was afraid that they might reproach him with it. But for you I never. (to go) 37.. He suggested that they should study together in the hall.. 12. 3 . Don’t believe this man whatever h e.... 19. But I am at a loss. If you have a car you can travel around Uzbekistan. Princes of Grammarian Land. Their names were Robert Indicative Mood. But he had a kind heart and constantly gave different good advice. No matter how excited he might have been an hour ago. Time had passed. please. And as every kingdom has its own king there was a king too. Everything was as if nothing had happened. I want to give my crown to one of you. He was the King of Grammarian Land. 16. he wished he were a dragon and lived in the highest mountains. 25. Alas! All his thoughts and actions were non-fact. He was so pale as if he had been frightened by somebody. Is it doubtful that you shouldn’t have understood the lecture? 22. He never wasted his time in idleness. 17. But his dreams and desires were impossible. They were strong and no one could dare to offend them or a citizen of the Kingdom. They feared lest their master should make them work from early moming till late at night. 24. the King of all grammarians who ever lived. 21. Who will be the King of Grammarian Land as the King must be one? I love all of you. 18. Wherever he may go I’ll follow him. 20. Prince George Imperative thought of military career. Come to my place earlier so that I may show you my books. King Mood had three sons. . 23. GRAMMAR TALE Once upon a time there was a kingdom. He always did what he had promised. George Imperative Mood and little Jackie Subjunctive Mood. 26.1wish you would keep your things in order. His name was King Mood. One day King Mood called all his sons and said: My dear sons. For example. She felt as if she were young again. In spite of different characters the brothers were very friendly. All liked the idea that we should go out of town. He liked to give commands and orders. What should I do? I guess the most right decision is Kingdom Elections. Little Prince Jackie Subjunctive from his early ages dreamt a lot. he seems quite calm now. lest the child should catch cold. live and will live on that wonderful Land.15. Just agree with me it would be much better if he dreamt of not being a dragon or something else but tried to study harder. Robert Indicative was a very honest Prince. Close the window. You see I became very old now. or will be continuing in future. You will share your ideas and give information about your programme. There are four cabinets in each Chambers: Indefinite. Duke Adverb greeted Count Adjective. Perfect Continuous Cabinet. dear! . Perfect and Perfect-Continuous. which has or had already taken places in past and now they have resulted in something important. Voting will be held next month. has been performing. King Mood continued: .Really? . Continuous Cabinets deal with unfinished affairs in progress. Royal orchestra stopped its music and the speaker declared of the beginning of the ceremony. recently the Verbs and the Nouns had a wedding party. and will have been performing. . “Ah! . Furthermore.No!” . By the way.were heard from everywhere. which very seldom change. and the Adjectives.Good afternoon! I am very glad to see you. There were a lot of people in the main square in front of the Palace. These Cabinets study results of bygone affairs and determine terms and deadlines for future actions.You should prepare a good speech with convincing argument why grammarian inhabitants should choose you for a King. the Adverbs. But the number of Ministers in them is different according to the Parties. And now a young couple with Gerunds was solemnly sitting among the relatives. The first candidate was invited to the stand.Yeah! . Here came high respected and noble families the Verbs. here the most exact schedules are planned and given to King for signature.The Princes looked at each other. And one of them was Great Britain.Yes! . God bless you! The big day came. King knows when and how long the action had been performing. Let’s briefly observe the duties of Cabinets. And I suggest such model of governing to our Kingdom. Prince Robert Indicative Mood began his speech. The reports are thoroughly analyzed. or were performing in past. Waitresses and servants Prepositions and Conjunctions were hurrying up to his clients with ice-creams and soft-drinks. You know I traveled a lot. Active Voice Party has 16 Ministers and Passive Voice Party only 10. Continuous. Some young Infinitives and Participles were talking lively and smiling to each other. receives reports from Cabinets Continuous and Perfect. Prince Robert Indicative showed a placard with a scheme on it and explained: .Oh.Oh! Wow! .There are two Chambers in Parliament: Chamber of Lords and Chamber of Commons. Perfect Cabinets are engaged in finished events. Such affairs are happening either right now. And the full picture of whole performed work of Chamber of Commons is drawn. Now step away. the Nouns. Indefinite Cabinets deal with every day’s routine affairs. Members of Chamber of Lords belong to the Passive Voice Party and members of Chamber of Commons belong to the Active Voice Party. I learnt their model of governing. . Interjections were seen here and there. I visited many countries. which is presented only in Chamber of Commons. cakes and coffee after voting. Give information about Active Voice and support it with your own examples. . I wish I were a King. Far be it from me to contradict you. Mothers and their children (as elections were compulsory for everyone) started filling in the forms marking the candidate of the electoral roll. Prince George Imperative Mood was the second to make a speech. And respectful Fathers. How many Moods are there in English? 5. If you elected me I would make a lot of good things for my Land. How many Voices are there in English? 8.If you told me “Go away. . When all the electoral forms from the boxes were taken out and analyzed it appeared that every Prince got the same number of voices. If you didn’t ask me I wouldn’t answer. He said: . Jackie” I would be upset. Holidays would last for nine months every year. Questions 1. I assure you! I wish I were a King! The speaker declared of the vote beginning. What grammar rules were described here? 3. stand up! Greet me cheer. The forms were put in special electoral boxes. And so they did. Suffice it to say that there wouldn’t be such a good King as I would be. If you just accepted me. How many sons had King Mood? 4.Let our King drink a fairyjuice from a faiiy fruit tree and be healthy again. Give definitions to the Moods. I would make you happier.Thank you for attention. It would be very nice. my dear friends! Look at me! Listen to me! Elect me! Be happy! Be healthy! May God be with you! Let all grieves and pains go! Let everything be alright! Take my words to your heart! Take me to your heart! Never let me go! Say: “Be with us!” Say: “Stay with us!” Don’t worry! Be happy! Pay attention to my words! Be quiet and listen what I tell you! Hush! Don’t make a noise! Do elect me! Do love me! Let’s go and have some fresh fruits. How many Chambers are there in Grammarian Parliament? 7. There would be only two days of work. . 6. Schools would open in June and close in August. And only one very old and veiy wise counselor gave a good advice. Prince George came down from stand and Little Jacky Subjunctive stood up.Please. I would abolish five-day work. Then he will rein forever. The whole Grammarian Kingdom was in frustration. Have you noticed what the heroes of the tale stand for? 2. 13. What tenses did the eldest Prince Robert Indicative use in his speech? 14. What are the functions of each part of speech in the sentence? 12. What do you think happened then? Continue the tale. What types of Subjunctive Mood do you observe in the speech of the youngest Prince Jackie Subjunctive? 16.9. What parts of speech were presented at the main square in front of the Palace? Describe them. . What are they? 11. 10. Analyze the sentences of the eldest Prince Robert Indicative. Give information about Passive Voice and support it with your own examples. What types of imperative sentences did George Imperative Mood use in his speech? 15. THE PARTICIPLE The Participle is a non-finite form of the verb which has a verbal and adjectivial or adverbial character. to try trying. to put . a) If a verb ends in a mute e.crying. the Gerund and the Infinitive.leaving. The following spelling rules should be observed. to expel . the teacher went out. lie and tie form Participle I in the following ways: dying. she put them into vase. stressed or unstressed: to cancel . c) The verbs die. The non-finite forms of the verb are also called verbals.travelling. to leave . to travel. The Participle has a double nature: nominal and verbal character.planning. (adverbial modifier o f attendant circumstances) Lying in hospital with his rotting wound. Having droppedpencilease. There are three verbals in Modem English: the Participle. A final -1 is doubled if it is preceded by a vowel letter rendering a short vowel sound. number or mood so they cannot be used as the predicate of a sentence.getting.expelling.arriving. to live . he dictated his farewell letter to his brother. Having left the students in the class.shedding. We went along the street leading to the sea shore. traditionally called the Present Participle and the Past Participle. the final consonant is doubled before ending the suffix -ing. tying. e. The verbals don’t express person.g. e. Participle I is formed by adding the suffix -ing to the stem of the verb. A final -v is not changed before ending the suffix -ing: to cry . (attribute) Abraham came in carrying a big parcel.g. b) If a verb ends in a consonant preceding by a vowel rendering a short stressed sound.cancelling.living.putting. to shed .NON-FINITE FORMS OF THE VERB (THE VERBALS) The verb has finite and non-finite forms. to get . to knit . The Participle can be used as an attribute or adverbial modifier. the mute -e is dropped before adding the suffix -ing: to arrive . Having broughtflowers. There are two participles in English: Participle I and Participle II. Finite forms are verbs in any tense and are used as predicates.knitting. (adverbial modifier of time) The verbal characteristics of the Participle are as following: 1) Participle I of a transitive verb can take a direct object. . plan . lying. This nominal character can be seen in the syntactic functions of the Participle. Dilnoza bowed to take it. e. a fa d ed leaf . Participle II of intransitive verbs has no passive meaning. e.g. e. Participle I Perfect Active and Passive denotes an action prior to the predicate. Participle II of transitive verbs has a passive meaning: e. it is used only in compound tense forms and has no independent function in the sentence unless it belongs to a verb which denotes passing into a new state. he went to see his friends. an illustrated magazine. the home assignment contained a lot of rude mistakes. child could not help crying. Hearing his voice I immediately stopped. Being examined the.g. e. you will make your days longer. to arrive. a frightened boy. e. A prior action is not always expressed by Participle Perfect.g. When speaking English he never paid attention to the word order. Seeing her friend she came up to him. e. Having been given dictionaries. Leaving the room don’t forget to switch off the light. Participle I Indefinite is used instead of Participle Perfect with some verbs of sense perception and motion. such as to see. Having sold all the fruit. Past or Future. to hear.2) Participle I and Participle II can be modified by an adverb. 3) Participle I has tense distinctions: Participle of transitive verbs has also voice distinctions. g. The Voice Distinctions of the Participle Participle I of transitive verbs has special forms to denote Active and Passive voices. to seize. to look.g. Done hastily. Entering slowly into the nursery. a broken pencil. Rising early. In modem English Participle I has the following forms: Voice Aspect Active Passive Indefinite doing being done Perfect having done having been done The Tense Distinctions of the Participle Participle I Indefinite Active and Passive denotes an action simultaneous with the action of the finite verb (predicate) and may refer to the Present. to come. to turn and some others. students managed to translate the article easily.g. grandmother looked around.g. a withered flower. Looking through a newspaper he always underlines interesting articles. (tofeel) 7.1kept silent for some time. she gave John a shove. . Adam kissed Mama and . Put the correct participle forms of the verbs in brackets. the house Aziza switched on all the lights. 1 . and Otabek stood at the w indow . hands with Papa nodded to the rest of us... (to see) 3.. his friends who had arrived to see him off..... 3. got up... (to become) 9.. (to arrive) 4. at the table. (to sit) 10. for a long session on the sofa. with him again Kamol made up his mind to have nothing more to do with him.Questions 1... What forms of the verb are called verbals? What is the difference between finite and non-finite forms of the verb? What is the nominal nature of the participle? What do you know about the tense distinctions of the participle? What do you know about the voice distinctions of the participle? Quiz I. in London we left our things in the left luggage room first of all. as though. (to hear) 2.. Use the Present Participle. (to say) III. Salim. a) having prepared b) preparing c) being prepared .. (to make) 6. . all he left the platform.. Nargiza sa t ..... his teeth. 1. according to the meaning of the sentences. that the interview was over. (to enter) 8.. 4. (to enter) 5. . he came up to them. (to shake) 3.. . a) showing b) be shown c) having been shown 2. (to think) 2... Choose the right form of Participle I.. 5... 1. the voice of my friend I left the room to meet him. some inquiries about the young man the mother decided to keep him as a second string for the younger daughter.. to look) 5. The gypsy smiled... (to turn) 6.. (to quarrel) 4. spilling his tea.. (to think. ink and paper. (to seize) II.. My attention was attracted by the four people..... of what he had told me... 2. the classroom the teacher asked the students on duty who was absent. in anger..... at her. a student he decided to devote all his time to study.. she began to write... She recrossed her legs comfortably... a) having had breakfast b) breakfasting c) being breakfasted 5. i. and. He went upstairs again. 1. who had brought a letter from Arthur. a) being seen b) having seen c) seeing 9... and took up the ear pieces of the wireless. stood at the door ofthe cottage. I went out.. The man.... A middle aged woman. neither to the left nor the right.. a) washing/having been passed b) having washed/having passed c) being washed/passing 10. a) looking b) being looked c) having looked 6... a) finishing b) having finished c) being finished 7. seriously ill he had to stay in bed. my back on him I started down the steps.. a towel over his face. Children looked at theflying swallows.. Then. It is rendered in English by an attributive clause. a) Participle I as an attribute.. In this function Participle I can be in pre-position and in post-position. . he followed her down the stairs of the hushed house..g..e.. passed the door.. who was wearing a print apron . Participle I in the function of an attribute cannot express priority.. e. switched on the light.. a) beeing b) being c) having been 8. she returned to Adrian.. his room. dinner. The woman sitting at the window came from Khiva.3. The students. who have read this essay. e.. A running boy was seen through the window. . Mr. Soames lighted the second of his two daily cigars.g... Participle I in pre-position hardly ever has accompanying words.. it can precede the noun it modifies and follow it.. wanted to talk to him alone.. Participle I Perfect Active and Passive is not used as an attribute.. say that it is difficult to translate. Lincoln rose... his hands and . a) tiptoing/being entered b) having tiptoed/entering c) tiptoing/entering The Functions of Participle I and Participle II in the Sentence Participles may have different syntactic functions. that none else was coming. a) having been turned b) being turned c) turning 4. frightened is an attribute. a girl is the subject. singular. expressed by an abstract noun. singular. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence.g. It was a neatly written letter. to fu ll. extended. expressed by Participle II. to wither. tu retire. expressed by the verb lto call ’ in the Past Simple. tu d ecu y and some others. the problem discussed at the meeting. expressed by Participle I. the sun is the subject. b) Participle П as an attribute. rising is an attribute.. e. lu varnish. stood is a simple verbal predicate. two member sentence.g. indefinite active. While discharging the ship the sailors found a few broken boxes. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. 3rd person. indicative mood. called is a simple verbal predicate. two-member sentence. t a u n ive. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. extended.. expressed by a prepositional phrase. According to the structure it is a simple. two member sentence. a retired colonel.Analysis: The rising sun was hidden by the clouds. Analysis: Arriving at the station. a withered flower. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. expressed by an irregular verb ‘to stand’in the Past Simple. by the clouds is a prepositional object. was hidden is a simple verbal predicate. Participle II of intransitive verbs denotes passing into a new state: tofade. expressed by the verb ‘to hide’ in the past. Participle as an adverbial modifier Participle can be an adverbial modifier: a) of time e. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. Analysis: A frightened girl stood in the light. (arise. lo decease. e. lo g o . passive voice. First of all she went to the bombed building. a newspaper published in .. a fallen star. The vanished documents were found in Room 28. When used as an attribute Participle II of transitive verbs has a passive meaning: a broken cup. 2. According to the structure it is a simple.g. The teacher gave students the checked texts. According to the structure it is a simple. I called a porter. in the light is an adverbial modifier of place. extended. active voice. His brother was the retired president. indicative mood. Participle II of these verbs expresses a perfect aspect: faded leaves. the vanishedjewellers. . active voice. expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. According to the structure it is a simple. Your answer is surprising. The whole damned day had been humiliating. f) of concession. b) of cause. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. Said entered carrying his heavy suitcase. Being busy Zokirov postponed his trip. Participle as a predicative. A nalysis: Izadora remained standing. As if obeying him . SP (subject predicate=two member) sentence.g. In this function only Participle II is used. Izadora is the subject. . the boy couldn’t get into the room.I is the subject. e. singular.g. unextended. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. d) of comparison. “I get of the train. singular. e) of condition. e. a porte is a direct object.g. unless interrupted. e.g. In this function Participle is introduced by the conjunctions as if as though. if required. e. singular.g. I turned and stared into his eyes. e. remained standing is a compound verbal aspect predicate consisted of the verb 7o remain’ in the Past Simple and Participle I. 5.g.g. The trousers though cleaned last night look rather dirty. The door opened. e. 1st person. I shall certainly give evidence on your behalf. I sat on the doorstep holding my little sister in my arms. Javlon will speak for hours. The inner gate was locked. e.” he repeated as if hypnotized. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. expressed by a prepositional phrase. Participle as a part of a complex object. and the lodge closed. Note: Complex object consists of a nominal component and a verbal component. Participle as a part of a compound verbal predicate. 4. Having lost the key. The verbal part is either an infinitive or a participle. arriving at the station is an adverbial modifier of time. The nominal component is either a personal pronoun in the Objective Case or a noun in the Common Case. Predicative is a part of a compound predicate. The effect of her words was terrifying. Only Participle I is used as an adverbial modifier of cause. c) of manner and attendant circumstances. In this function only Participle II is used. In this function Particle I Indefinite is mostly used. 3. her coat she ran out of the room. The verbal component ‘crossing ’ expressed by Participle I with a noun (or by participial phrase). Choose the appropriate answer.. singular. a) seizing b) being seized c) having been seized . this is illegal. taking everything into consideration. Generally speaking. I don’t like noisy parties. Old women sat in the park just. 6. e. What do you know about parenthesis? Quiz I. a) going b) being gone c) having gone 4. strictly) speaking. rainy and cold they decided to stay home. Analysis: Has anybody seen Guzal crossing the bridge? According to the purpose of utterance it is an interrogative sentence. ju dgin g by (from). Secretly speaking..e. roughly. a single participle is not used in this function. What do you know about the functions of Participle I in the sentence? Give your examples. Here we always find a participial phrase. a) looked b) looking c) having looked 2. According to the structure it is a simple. has seen is a simple verbal predicate. a) having been been b) having been c) being 3. .. Judging from what you say. We hear him playing the guitar every evening. The weather.. expressed by the verb 'to see ’ in the Present Perfect. at the people. expressed by a distributive pronoun... home. Q uestions 1. What are the differences between Participle I and Participle II? 4. anybody is the subject. 1. 3rd person.g. Only Participle I is used as: generally (properly. 2. extended. allow ing for.g. The street was full of people. Participle (a participial phrase) as parenthesis.. The nominal component ‘GiizaT is expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. he ought to succeed. What do you know about the functions of Participle II? Give your examples. two-member sentence.. 3. Guzal crossing the bridge is a complex object. legally. putting it mildly. 3.. 11. When asked.5. a) buried b) having buried c) being buried II... He stopped as if . I saw my brother playing in the garden.. cannot. parents watched their children on the playground. 1. treasure. Are you a part of swimming team? 19.... She looked at me thoughtfully as if wanting to ask me about something. 7. a) having wrapped b) being wrapped c) wrapped 7. What.. 17. We finally found. Having had dinner he went to the Intemet-cafe. 10. a) being done/be undone b) is done/having been done c) is done^e undone 10. The gate-keeper surveyed the retreating vehicle.. the first story she decided to read the book up to the end. Not knowing his friend’s address he put up at a hotel. Change the verbs in brackets into participles. They dined outside upon the terrace facing Vesuvius. The fax. a) being read b) having read c) having been read 9. 12. 13. There were six boxes there... a) being expected b) having been expected c) expecting 8. The boys were always looking for.. 5. in old newspaper.. a) having received b) having been received c) received 6. 1. If asked he would help you. 16.. 4.. The least said the soonest mended. . Having finished their work they went for a walk. he didn’t say a word. The news he brought an hour ago was very interesting. Ш. 15. Being ill Peter couldn’t come.. The student translated the article using a dictionary. She sat for a while with her eyes shut. Grandmother’s hearing aid needed to be repaired. 6. (to lose ) 2. (tosmile ) . 18. 14. an answer.. 2.. 8. Gavhar sat in the armchair facing the door. Teacher saw the students translating the article. If discovered. yesterday was very important. coins... 9. Find the functions of Participles. it would bring them into the police court. . Suddenly. sun. There is a crime prevention scheme for people who are living in this neighbourhood.. The newspapers we received in the morning are on the table. away by the melody.. voice. The clothes sold here are expensive.. (to c r y ) 5.. only by the drumming of the rain upon the roof. 6.. around and.. Use the Present or Past Participle. Change complex sentences into simple ones using . (to translate) 6 ... It was an old Victorian house. Customers who complain about the service should see the manager.. There was a silence... . 8. Proper training can develop a good.. (to hang) 7. My brother took the camera which was broken and threw it away. (to speak) 4 .. tall. 4 . The man who is sewing at the counter is very helpful. (to break) 2. The woman who is waiting to see you has applied for a job here.. received the citizenship award. The plane which is flying overhead is travelling north.. He suddenly found the gloves that he had lost a few months ago. (to stand) IV... in good state of repair. (to sign) 8. to hide) V.ing form. 1. into many languages the books of this author are known to the whole world. Change the sentences using the Participle. 3. (to cany) 3.. There is someone who is knocking at the door.1noticed a couple of pictures. her face Guli tried to keep her eyes from filling with tears. VI. baby that I heard in the woods. with a fictitious name. room as people joked while but Ravshan stood there.. The new law applies to vehicles which are carrying heavy loads. on the wall that I’d never seen before... 5. 3. the . 1. to set) 4 . 2. It was a .. They sat on the river bank . 2... to watch) 9.. (to keep) 5.. 9. There was generally a loud hum of voices in the. (to watch. 4 . Farhod and Aziz decided to send Ravshan a letter. to wait. (to tarn. Our head of the department didn’t approve the work which was done in a hurry. Betty. 10..3.. 7. Trains which leave from this station take an hour to get to London.. hopefully. Model: The clothes they sell here are expensive. This job will suit the students who want to work during the holidays. (to crowd. 1.... Passengers who travel on planes shouldn’t smoke. Malika went to dance herself. g. two-member sentence. 14. to find. The verbal component ‘waiting ’ expressed by Participle I. He likes to wear clothes which have been worn out. extended. 9. etc. She was an actress which everybody admired.to see. 15. to hear. 16. the Subjective Participial Construction. expressed by a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. The old man felt his head and hand shaking.g. 11. The nominal component "the driver ’ expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. Dean saw a note which had been written in a hurry.A Practical English Grammar . the Prepositional Absolute Participial Construction. 6. The Objective Participial Construction may be used after the verbs: a) denoting sense perception . The Objective Participial Construction In this construction the participle stands in predicate relation to a noun in the Common Case or a personal pronoun in the Objective Case. 17 . expressed by the verb 'to see ’in the Past Simple. The Predicative Constructions with the Participle In Modern English there are four predicative constructions with the Participle: 1. / is the subject. the Nominative Absolute Participial Construction. e. 1st person. 12. the Objective Participial Construction. Photograph took some photos of a building which was built in the 17thcentury. The lanterns which were lit showed them the way. Tamara was looking at the pictures which had been drawn by children. 10. This construction is used as a complex object in the sentence. singular. 4. According to the structure it is a simple. The artist who painted this picture died long ago. e. I have never seen a woman changed so much. The thing which she had forgotten was fresh in her memory again. Analysis: I saw a driver waiting near the car. 2. It was a man the police wanted. the driver waiting is a complex object. 7. It is the subject they teach at any University. The bird which had been shot fell down. to feel. 3. 8. saw is a simple verbal predicate. 13.5. People are looking for some treasure which is hidden here. g.to have and to get. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. 2. e. The Subjective Participial Construction This construction is a construction in which the participle is in predicate relation to a noun in the Common Case or a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case which is the subject of a sentence. Umida considers herself engaged to Azizbek. We heard her singing in the hall. d) after some verbs . Tourists had their luggage brought to their rooms. Analyze the following sentences. The peculiarity of this construction is that it is used not only as a Complex Subject but. etc. The participle in this construction is used as a part of a compound verbal predicate. to desire. c) after the verbs denoting wish .g.1consider myself engaged to Herr Klismer. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case with a preposition. The dean wanted the work done quickly. 8. The soldiers heard the birds singing in the forest. 5. 4 . after these verbs only Participle II is used.to want. In interrogative and negative sentences the auxiliary verb to do is used. 1. They had their luggage carried upstairs. He watched the people hurrying to their planes. etc.1 had my coat altered. e. When did you get your photo takenl Quiz I. The Subjective Participial Construction I I e.near the car is an adverbial modifier of place. Sabriddin wanted the documents received in time. 3. Analysis: The bridge was felt shaking under his feet. b) after some verbs of mental activity . This construction is used after verbs of sense perception.g. e. 9. 6 .to consider. She found him waiting for her at herjourney’s end. 10.g. to wish. to understand. . 7. one of its component parts has the function of a compound verbal predicate as well. She doesn’t have her dresses made there. The girls were heard talking about the things Judy never heard of. She could feel her hands trembling exceedingly. In this case only Participle II is used. Before turning round the comer he turned back and saw Jack following him.1 saw Tom waiting in the street. under hisfeet is an adverbial modifier of place.g. was fe lt is a simple verbal predicate. and Mrs. we went home. Analyze the following sentences. П. 3. Mother was heard playing the piano. e. the bridge shaking is a complex subject. The Nominative Absolute Participial Construction In this construction Participle I or Participle П is in predicate relation to a noun in the Common Case or a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. 1. 5. Miss Fox being tired.According to the structure it is a simple. extended. 4. 2 . The taxi could be seen waiting outside. His name was heard mentioned at the meeting. Here Miss Fox being tired is an adverbial modifier of cause. A ll the questions settled. two-member sentence. Plomesh were found knocking at the door. Mr.g. 3. 1. The youth were seen dancing in the hall. Sam watched Fiesta bringing him his coffee. expressed by a prepositional phrase. Quiz I. 2. expressed by a Nominative Absolute Participial Construction. b) of cause: . 4. Change the Objective Participial Construction into the Subjective Participial Construction. He found Mr. the noun or pronoun is not the subject of a sentence. 6. they had to return home slowly. The Nominative Absolute Participial Construction is used as an adverbial modifier: a) of time: e. 5. expressed by the verb ‘to feel ’ in the Past Passive. Fox speaking to his sister in the kitchen. consisted of a nominal component ‘the bridge ’ which is the common noun in the Common Case and a verbal component ‘shaking’ which is Participle I. The horses were seen descending the hill. We watched the swans swimming in the lake. so it is called the Prepositional Absolute Participial Construction. d) of condition. She heard the musicians tuning up in the back parlour. Quiz I. In this function the Nominative Absolute Participial Construction is placed at the end of the sentence. This construction is mostly used in the function of an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances. What do you know about the Subjective Participial Construction? 3. Q uestions 1. The two men were heard descending.g. 7. c) of attendant circumstances. his seceretary following him. In this function the Nominative Absolute Participial Construction is used with the participles permitting and failing. The old man felt his head and hands shaking. . we shall go on an excursion. 4. We heard somebody singing in the distance.g. 8. e. 9. e. 5. 10. 6. 2. Translate the following sentences into your native language. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. What do you know about the use of the Objective Participial Construction? What verbs are used with this construction? 2. The weather permitting. Analysis: Saida sat still with her eyes fixed on the floor. The orchestra was heard playing the music of Mozart. The Prepositional Absolute Participial Construction This construction may be introduced by the preposition with.1 saw the son of our neighbour walking along the garden path. It being Sunday. 1. Akmal entered the room. Feruza stood by the mirror with her lips pressed. They could hear the water running slowly in the river. e. Then he noticed Jack watching him attentively. the students decided to go to the theatre. Explain the difference between the Subjective and Objective Participial Constructions.g. I did not sleep the whole night. 3 . The taxi could be seen waiting outside.e. Point out the Objective and Subjective Participial Constructions.g. I went to the dentist and had my tooth pulled out. It is used in the function of an adverbial modifier of time or attendant circumstances. 4. e. expressed by an adverb. The work done.. a prepositional phrase or an adverb. 1. (time) There he stood. The Prepositional Absolute Construction. we shall go on an excursion. Circumstances permitting. Do we use a noun and a pronoun as a subject in the Nominative Absolute Participial Construction? 2. the secretary following him. with her eyesfixed on thefloor is a prepositional absolute participial construction. his cap in his hand.g. our group went to the Historical museum. expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case.According to the structure it is a simple. This construction is used in the function of an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances. 7. I found him ready. Find the function of the Nominative Absolute Construction. All questions settled. The circumstances permitting. It being Sunday. . The first element of the construction is a noun or a pronoun. his face to the south-east. we left the office. What functions of the Nominative Absolute Constructions do you know? Quiz I. The Nominative Absolute Construction. The Nominative Absolute Constructions without a Participle There are two types of absolute constructions in which we find no participle: the Nominative Absolute Construction and the Prepositional Absolute Construction. two-member sentence. with his stick in his hand. e. students decided to go to the theatre. still is an adverbial modifier of manner. teachers went home. 5. we took our candles and went upstairs. expressed by the verb 7o sit ’in the Past Simple. we shall go to Chimgan on Sunday. (attendant circumstances) 2. The second element of the construction is an adjective. extended.g. 3. 1.. The meeting over. and waiting for me. sat is a simple verbal predicate. Saida is the subject. Q uestions 1. the function of which is an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances. It being now pretty late. 2. The dean entered his study. 6. 2. Translate them into your native language. 9. 3. The lesson being over. Peter was offered a good job. Having no reply to my letter. Hearing the footsteps. 1was working in the library. 2. 6. Ш. 1. 5. She stood by the window with her lips pressed together. 14 . we easily found the cottage. . he had secured but ten cents by nightfall. Irene rushed downstairs. 11. I met Paul and his wife. 4. She sat on the sofa. the boys started to run. She sat still with her eyes fixed to on the floor. 19. The people were crossing the street. Writing a telegram. Not knowing anything of the danger. and sat down. 6. 18. The student sat stiff with her hands folded on her knees. Bahodir felt a cold wind blowing through the window. the young man gave a sigh of relief. 7. I’ve been sewing a dress. Turning round. Turning round. 8. 7. The concert over. The lessons over. 4. Having plenty of time. Define the functions of participles. Little Maiy stood by the window with her lips pressed to it. they were calm. Coming to the station. her legs crossed. 20. we did not hurry. Having finished writting the essay. second-year students went home. 9. looking at the candles. 12. Having no relatives in Tashkent. He came in quietly. Mansur had to stay at a hotel. 5. The train standing at Platform 3 is about to leave. Peter ran. 3. the students went to the stadium. ELPoint out the Absolute Constructions and state what kind of adverbial modifiers they express. 1. we must use as few words as possible. Being shown the way. his dog following him. there was a storm of applause in the hall. getting ready for the New Year ball. Travelling in the East. watching the traffic. 17. they saw that their train was about to leave. cap and coat on. 10. I sent Jim a telegram. writing an essay. 21.8. 13. Having passed the final tests well. 15. Knowing the way to the station. The boy entered the room. 8. 16. translate into native language and analyze them. What is done cannot be undone. He answered through the locked door. 10. we decided to walk. Poor luck pursuing him. II.22... 6. to cross) 4. 25. They paused listening to the voices on the stairs. Don’t count your chickens before they are hatched.. out of the window.. they decided to stop. he was still young. Shelton thought of his unpleasant duty. 1. he took his seat. Arriving at the hotel. she saw there was a man working in the garden.. 11. 15. 14. his bag up in the rack. 13. 16. The mother watched her children playing in the garden. The time permitting. 2. the children ran to the river to swim. and. was not broken. 8. 30. (logo) 3. to the hall. That night. up to his room. 26. The mother looked at the sleeping child.. Here are the computers sent for our University. Judging him by his figure and his movements. Find out Participial Constructions in the following sentences and state their functions. with a handful of officiallooking papers. 5. The girls were heard talking about the things Judy never heard of. 3. 23.. his dog following him.. He looked at the woman not tmsting his eyes. Her spirit. (to descend. 7. 24. Breakfast over. she changed her clothes and went downstairs to have dinner. He cried as if beaten. The least said the soonest mended. 29. 1. The woman was standing at the oven taking out baked potatoes one by one. 27. to his study. The horses being tired.. 28.. He found his mother changed. As if tom with inner conflict and indecision. 9. Bobur entered the room. Denman. though crushed.. (to put) . When going home he met his friend. Self-study I.. he came on Mr. Helen stopped as if expecting an answer. 12. She felt her lips trembling. The carriage was almost full. I had to wait for two hours in the hospital to have a tooth filled. he cried. (to look) 2. She looked at me in surprise as if seeing me for the first time.. 10. 4. The effect of her words was terrifying. Use the appropriate form of Participle I of the verbs in brackets. students will go to London. . Everybody felt that in the farewell dinner there was sadness which was mingled with festivity. (tofinish) 10. 6. that she couldn’t trust Jim.. He said that the book which I had chosen belonged to his grandfather. she sent Peter instead. 8. 2. “Oh. V. His words.30 train.” said the poor boy who was trembling with fear “it isn’t my fault”. his work. IV. 9.. 7 . They were all pleased with the results which were achieved by the end of the month. (to know) 6. 1. One moming. Here and there were signs that the flower-beds had been trembled upon by excited villagers who tried to reach the windows..1hailed the first taxi that passed by and reached the station at ten minutes to three. “I am late” she remarked. 2. 3 .. he saw in his neighbour’s orchard a great number of fine red apples which had fallen from the trees. 1. as he was running down to him. dog lie. 5. for we had been on the road since eight o’clock in the moming and it was a hot day. as she sat down and drew offher gloves. There lay a loaf of brown bread which was divided into two halves. reached my ears.. 5. . (to be) 9. 4. he was the last to leave the office.. “Akbar!” cried the boy. 8. He had his luggage sent to the station. home in the afternoon. Point out the complex objects with the Participle П and translate the following sentences into your own language. (to sleep) Ш. she became conscious of her mistake. We were tired and thirsty. as John was looking out of the window. Let a . The lady was waiting for her sister who was arriving by the 7. The slogan which was made by Bobur’s brother attracted everybody’s attention. which he uttered in an undertone. 1. still busy in the laboratory.. 9.. 3 . The child that was left alone in the large room began to scream. Replace the attributive clauses in the following sentences with phrases with Participle II where possible.5. He couldn’t join his friends. he seemed more pleased than usual.. 4.1 have a letter for you which was received two days ago. all that was required.1 asked the librarian to show me the magazines which were sent from London. 6... sir.. “May I come in?” she said as she pushed the door a little wider open. (to return) 8. 7... Replace the attributive and adverbial clauses in the following sentences by participle phrases.. (to do) 1. What is she doing there? 4. 8 . My sister is at the hairdresser’s now. What is my uncle doing? 3. What does my mother want? . Get the rooms dusted and aired by the time they arrive. VI. Read the following situations and write a sentence with: to have something done. He thought it was necessary to have the ceiling of the room whitewashed. 1. What are we doing now? 5. The photographer is taking our photos. Every week we take a Polish woman to clean our flat. 7 . My uncle is at the garage at the moment.2. 6. How often do you have your carpets cleaned? 3. My mother wants me to spread the carpet on the floor. We decided to have our photos taken after the final test.1want it done as soon as possible.1 am having a new dress made. Have you got your watch repaired? 4 .1haven’t my nails polished yet. 9. 5. What do we do every week? 2. A mechanic is repairing his car. Speaking rudely was absolutely wrong. 3. (object) What he loves best in the world \s playing football. It is formed by adding the suffix -ingto the stem of the verb. You can improve your pronunciation by reading aloud. I have made a good progress in understanding and speaking their language now.g. e.THE GERUND The gerund is a non-finite form of the verb. b) the Gerund can be modified by an adverb. e. Her mother doesn’t mind her entering the Medical institute. very tired o f rowing. Looking after children requires patience . the Gerund of a transitive verb has also voice distinctions. 4. e. The Gerund can be in the function of subject.” he said to Aunt Ann.g. I am very. The nominal features of the Gerund are as follows: 1. The Double Nature of the Gerund The Gerund has nominal and verbal natures. I don’t like walking slowly. The verbal features of the Gerund are as follows: a) the Gerund of transitive verbs can take a direct object. (predicative) 2. “I wonder at Jolyon’s allowing this engagement. Active Passive Indefinite reading being read Perfect having read having been read . The Gerund can be preceded by a preposition.g.g. He was sure of Mary’s coming early. The Gerund has tense distinctions. After signing the documents the secretary went away. The Gerund can be modified by a noun in the possessive case or by a possessive pronoun.g. e. Reading good books is always useful. She burst out laughing loudly. (subject) I can’t afford buying this expensive hat. e. object. and predicative. You will find difficulties in solving thisproblem. g. a decision. He denied ever.. One can see at a glance that an art student is given every opportunity o f . to thank and after the prepositions on (upon)... his lessons. those people before. to forgive. Does the Gerund exist in your native language? Quiz I...The Tense and Voice Distinctions of the Gerund The Indefinite Active and Passive Gerund denote an action simultaneous with the action expressed by the finite verb. The Gerund has Active and Passive forms.g. During the course of the exhibition the old man kept on. (to miss) 8. e. the room I switched on the lights.1think we must discuss the problem before. (to enter) 7. (topaint) He achieved much sincerity in . She never spoke o f . real life.. (to take. seldom.. Students sat without speaking... (to enter) . (toreproduce) 4. Vasnetsov is famous for. 4.. Use the correct form of the Gerund. e. We are thankful to you for.. (to make) 10. (to see) 11.g. She was ashamed o f having told a lie.. 3. to excuse.g. The Perfect Gerund denotes an action prior to that of the finite verb.. 2.. his entry in the exhibit. Students should avoid. After the verbs to remember. (to spend) 6. many pictures the subject matter of which is fairy tales. Q uestions 1. (to meet) 5. them at the theatre... classes. (to gain) 3. On. We are proud o f ... What is the Gerund? How many natures has the Gerund? Tell tense and voice distinctions of the Gerund. her he stopped to talk... Uzbekistan State World Languages University. e. Mr... (to see) 9 . e. to mention) 2.. and without the Indefinite Gerund is used to denote an action prior to the action expressed by the predicate. good knowledge. A t.. He left the room without saying a word. 1. Children like reading and being read. her early childhood in the country... after . I d o n ’t remember seeing her before. .. tofinish.. to excuse.. to burst out.. We can’t get used to the fact that we must get up so early now.. 1... 2 . which was his chief attraction. Do you know what is peculiar about the English rule of . We must consider the matter thoroughly before we come to any conclusion. (to ask ) 13. 1. to think. the time like this. 1 remember. me at the concert though I am sure I saw her in the stalls. The lady finished the letter by.. (to speak. (to tell) The Use of the Gerund In the following cases only the Gerund is used. With the verbs and verbal phrases: to avoid.. Do you mind ifi take your dictionary for a moment? 5. He had an air o f . all about it beforehand.. Excuse me for not. On. Use the appropriate form of the Gerund of the verbs in brackets... 1. alone she had a very good time at home. to appreciate. (to wait) 4 . can not help.(to examine) 14. to advise. 4. She denied. without aim.. to shoot) 2...... You had better do something instead o f. more at the moment. (to hear) 18. She suggested that we should go on a hike. 3. (toform) 8. is .. good-bye.0 (to drive) 3 . quick decisions. 7..12... Ш. (to write) 7.1 strongly suspect Gerald of . the young writer to have a lunch with her. lo . to put off. to keep (on) (to continue). the truth. without..1remember that we have seen him only once. Before he left the town he called on his friend. (while away) 16... to deny. 8. tofancy (in imperative sentences as an exclamation of surprise^. (to say) IL Render the following sentences using the Gerund. (to know) 6.1 am glad to say that the lady didn’t keep u s .. to mind (to object)(m negative and interrogative sentences). to admit.... When the girl entered the room she looked at the faces of unknown people. to give up (stop).... to discontinue. The patient was sent to hospital after . to Paris when I was a very small child. to forgive. master of his fate.. He left without... You will achieve a lot b y. to enjoy.. to postpone. to leave off.. though he swears he didn’t. to acknowledge.. (to be) 9... to go on. (tolive) 15 . When he received another letter from her he changed his mind. Take your time before. (to take) 5 . 6. (to answer) 17. In spite of.. (to see) 10. She never lost the power of . the telephone ring I went to answer the call. to prevent from. to escape. I don't feel like going out. My medical adviser succeeded in saving my life. With the following verbs and verbal phrases the gerund is used with a preposition: to accuse of. to succeed in. to fe e l like. to imagine. to discuss. to delay. I object to his having any acquaintance at all with my sister. but Ife e l like talking. to resist. Excuse my leaving you in the dark a moment. He avoided looking at Savina. Fancyfinding you here at such an hour! Forgive my speaking plainly. It was quite rough. to recommend. e. 2. to miss. to give up the idea of. I don’t want to bore you with all this. but I kept on rowing. to detest. not to like the idea of. She couldn’t help smiling. to consider.. to agree to. to persist in.. Doctor keeps coming and having a look at me. you may rely on my setting matters right. she burst out crying. to depend on. to recall.. to object to. . to support. to report. I have left off shooting. to resent. to insist on. to quit. Abraham never agreed to their being married. to suspect of. Do you mind my asking you one or two more questions? Would you mind waiting a week or two? I don't mind going and seeing her. .. They went on talking.. to rely on. to prohibit. to justify. to practise. to endure. to propose. Willoughby gave up signing and looked at Karen and Yates under dropping eyelids. She denied having been at the station that evening. to risk. to think of. I rushed out to prevent herfrom seeing this dreadful sight. e. he enjoyed thinking of her as his future wife. to thank for. . to look like. We could put off going over the house. to speak of. to look forw ard to.. You did not approve o f my playing at roulette.celebrate. to tolerate. to miss an (the) opportunity o f and some others. to complain of. lo suggest. .. to regret. to mention. It looks like raining.g.g. to dislike. All the happiness of my life depends on your loving me.. to approve of. etc. We all burst out laughing. I insist on being treated with a certain consideration. . she was not pleased at my coming... I really thank you heartilyfor taking all this trouble.. 1.. What about. Quiz 1.. 15.. They are used to .is proud o f being so pretty.. Activity My Tastes Love/hate/don’t mind + verb + -ing.You suspect me ofstealing уour diamond. 14. Complete the following sentences using the gerund. Ifelt physically incapable o f remaining still in any one place and morally incapable o f speaking to any one human being..? 17.. to be pleased (displeased) at.. to be sure of.. Do you mind ..? 13.. to be surprised (astonished) at. We must go on .g. 12. 7. to be capable of. Sir Pitt Crawley was not aware o/Becky’s having married Rawdon... 3. Everyone enjoyed . 6 .. to be worth (while)... . It is no good . Miss Crawley was greatly displeased at Rawdon’s having married Becky. to be indignant at.1 am looking forward to . He never thought o f . . Osborne was indignant at his son’s having disobeyed him. 5. We found them engaged in 11.1am interested in ... to be fon d o f to be guilty of.1 don’t feel like . D o n ’t miss the opportunity o f hearing this pianist. He did not like the idea o f being hunted down by Butler...... 3.. .. Copperfield) . e. The play is worth . brief written responses based on set pattern..1 am not used to . She gave up .? 8. I resolved not to think o f going abroad any more... to be proud of.... 9. What’s the use . 16. I think everybody looked forward to his coming back. 10. 4.. I am very fon d o f being looked at.. 2.1 am fond o f . With the following predicative word-groups (with or without a preposition): to be aware o f to be busy in.. She couldn’t help . and some others. Mr. . nobody knows better than I do that she (Mrs. Are you quite sure o f those words referring to my mother? The bridal party was worth seeing.. Procedure: Give each student a loose piece of paper and ask them to write down one thing they love doing, one thing they hate doing and one thing they don’t mind doing. Do the same yourself. Take in the papers, than read them out one by one, and see if the class can identify each student - and you - by likes and dislikes. The Functions of the Gerund in the Sentence The gerund may be used in different syntactic functions. 1) The gerund as a subject. e.g. Crossing the river was out of the question. Crying will do you no good. Reading love stories made her cry. Smoking strong tabacco always makes him feel sick. Talking with you is a real pleasure. The gerund used as a subject may follow the predicate; in these cases the sentence opens with the introductory it (which serves as an introductory subject) or with the construction there is. e.g. It is no use discussing it now, we must act. It was no good taking the little darling up to town, she got only tired. Note: There is another view according to which it is the subject and the rest of the sentence is the predicate. 2) The gerund as a predicative. e.g. The main thing to do in this situation is getting away as soon as possible. Her hobby is acting. He couldn’t help buying this book. They intend staying here for a month. Note: In such cases we may consider the modal word as a simple verbal predicate and gerund as a direct object. 3) The gerund as part of a compound verbal predicate. a) With verbs and verbal phrases denoting modality the gerund forms part of a compound verbal modal predicate. e.g. Joseph couldn’t help admiring the man. b) With verbs denoting the beginning, the duration, or the end of an action, the gerund forms part of a compound verbal aspect predicate. e.g. The car began moving away down the road. The kind woman started crying before the boy had finished his sad story. 4) The gerund as an object. The gerund may be used as a direct object and as a prepositional indirect object. e.g. She enjoyed singing andplaying to him. (direct object) Bekzod didn’t succeed in taking things easily, (prepositional indirect object) Predicative constructions with the gerund form a complex object as they consist of two distinct elements, nominal and verbal. e.g. I d o n ’t remember his ever wishing me a happy birthday. 5) The gerund as an attribute. In this function the gerund is always preceded by a preposition. e.g. She knew that there was a danger o f falling ill. There is no good in denying thefact. 6) The gerund as an adverbial modifier. In this function the gerund is always preceded by a preposition. It is used in the function of an adverbial modifier of time, manner, attendant circumstances, cause, condition, purpose and concession; the most common functions are those of adverbial modifiers of time, manner and attendant circumstances. a) as an adverbial modifier of time. The gerund is preceded by the prepositions after, before, on (upon), in or at. e. g. Before speaking he carefully thought out what he was going to say. b) as an adverbial modifier of manner. The gerund is used with the prepositions by or in. e.g. By studying early in the morning he saved a good deal of time. In explaining this physical phenomena the teacher made several experiments. c) as an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances. The gerund is preceded by the preposition without. e.g. I walked to my place as fast as I could without breaking into a run. She was nor brilliant, not active, but rather peaceful and statuesque without knowing it. d) as an adverbial modifier o f purpose. The gerund is used with the prepositionfor. e.g. I am collecting documentsfo r studying abroad. e) as an adverbial modifier of condition, the gerund is preceded by the preposition without. e.g. Run without pausing or stopping to think. f) as an adverbial modifier of cause. The gerund is used with the prepositionsfor, fo r fear of, and owing to. e.g. I feel better myselffor having spent a good deal o f my time in the country. g) as an adverbial modifier of concession. The gerund is preceded by the preposition in spite of. e.g. In spite o f being busy Qumri always comes to help us. Quiz I. State the forms and functions of the Gerund. 1. Before taking up swimming she had been very fond of playing basketball. 2 .1enjoyed watching the match. 3. He had no hope of breaking the Union record. 4. The football is often used for holding inter-college competitions. 5. Chess is one of the few games which a sportsman starts without warming up first. 6. We could not help admiring the figure-skater. 7. Losing a game of chess is always unpleasant. 8. She began training for the competition last month. 9. There was no going back. 10.1don’t feel like walking. 11. Are you for or against staying here? 12.1 couldn’t avoid thinking of the battle of Nashville. 13. The house almost fell into ruins, it needed painting. 14. You will be able to leam a lot by watching him. 15. Being up in the air has done me good. 16. Every second he kept glancing at the clock. 17. She began sobbing and weeping. 18. She took my hand and kept on laughing. 19. She preferred staying at home. 20. He insists on doing it quickly. 21. They spoke about visiting their friend. 22. The delegates objected to discussing the proposal thus formulated. 23. He made Mary talk without asking her any questions. 24.1can’t bear the thought of the children staying there alone. 25. She had a feeling of having been insulted... 26. Presently there was the sound of the car being brought to the door. 27. On reading her letter, he had once more a feeling of disappointment. 28. After leaving her umbrella in the hall, she entered the living-room. 29. He was to have three days at home before going back to farm. 30. On reaching Casterbridge, he left the horse and trap at an inn. II. Define the type of the object expressed by the Gerund: direct, prepositional or complex. 1.1always dislike spoiling books. 2. We were talking about going to the zoo. 3 .1like reading detective stories. 18 - A Practical English Grammar 4. You may rely on my helping you. 5. Nothing will prevent me from going there. 6. He insisted on my coming to meet him. 7. He depends on my helping him. 8. He has given up smoking. 9. Nothing will keep him from doing it. 10. She would have enjoyed dancing. 11. Daniel was looking forward to Amanda’s coming. 12. The director insisted on Mr. Wild’s being sent for. 13. The teacher insisted on students’ doing the work again. 14. Would you mind opening the door? 15.1 don’t like your being late every time. Self-study I. Define the form of the Gerund, state its fu nction and analyze it. I. Bringing water from the river was difficult. 2 .1entered the room without his seeing me. 3. We hurried home on hearing the news. 4. We enjoyed watching him. 5. Your going there wouldn’t help. 6. His sleeping badly was the result of the ov srwork. 7. Excuse my interrupting you. 8. We arrived in time by taking a taxi. 9. We insisted on his joining us. 10. You’ll oblige me by closing the door. II. Do you mind Harry’s helping you? 12. You didn’t mind my asking, did you? 13. Your reading so carelessly prevents you from enjoying the book. 14. The conference closed after listening to twenty reports. 15. He reached the house by crossing the bridge. 16. Your looking pale troubles me. 17.1 insist on my going alone. 18. His sending the fax surprised me. 19.1 don’t object to your reading it. 20. Going on a business trip was impossible. 21. In quitting the room he paused once more at my desk. 22. She startled her father by bursting into tears. 23. The day was spend in packing. 2 4 .1 remember in school days he couldn’t answer the teacher’s questions without my prompting him. 25. She could sit in her chair for hours without moving. 26. Your being absent last lesson does not free you from handing in your composition. 27. His hobby is collecting all sorts of insects. II. Comment on the functions of the Gerund in the following sentences. 1. Looking after children requires patience. 2. It is no use discussing it now, we must act. 3. It is no use crying over the spilt milk. 4. Seeing is believing. 5. The first thing they would like to do is organizing the party. 6. The main thing to do in this situation is getting away as soon as possible. 7. The car began moving away down the road. 8. Every second he kept glancing at the clock. 9. The kind woman started crying before the boy had finished his sad story. 10. Being up in the air has done me good. III. Complete each sentence with any appropriate gerund. 1. Would you mind... the door? Thanks. 2. The weather will get better soon. We can leave as soon as it quits.... 3 . The police officer told him to stop, but the thief kept.... 4 .1 enjoy... a long walk every moming. 5 .1have a lot of homework tonight, but I should still like to go with you later on. I will call you when I get through.... 6 .1would like to have some friends over. I am thinking about... a dinner party. 7. He told a really funny joke. We couldn’t stop...! 8. Doniyor almost had an automobile accident. He barely avoided... another car at the intersection. 9. Where are you considering... for vacation? 10. Sometimes I put off... my homework. 11. You have to decide where you want to go to school next year. You can’t postpone ... that decision much longer. 12.1 wanted to go to Andijan. Sayyora suggested... to Bukhara. 13 . Tulkin mentioned... the bus to school instead of walking. 14.1 appreciate... able to study in peace and quiet. IV. Translate the sentences into your native language and state the function of the Gerund: 1. Do you prefer cooking yourself or having lunch at the University canteen? 2. Everybody liked the idea of celebrating Anvar’s birthday in the country. 3. We decided to take a walk before going to bed. 4. You shouldn’t have insisted on being told about it. 5. This alone was enough to make it worthwhile coming back home. 6. We couldn’t help smiling at the child’s serious air. 7 .1don’t remember his ever wishing me a happy birthday. 8 .1was angry with her for being so lazy. V. Make up sentences with the same meaning by using a gerund as the subject. 1. It is important to get daily exercise. G e t t i n g d a i l y e x e r c i s e i s i m p o r t a n t . 2. It isn’t hard to make friends. 3. It is easy to cook rice. 4. It is relaxing to take a long walk. 5. Is it difficult to leam a second language? 6. It is wrong to cheat during a test. 7. Is it expensive to live in an apartment? 8. It isn’t easy to live in a foreign country. 9. It takes time to make new friends. 10. It is important that students should attend this lecture. VI. Complete each sentence with one of the following verbs (in the correct form): a n sw er a p p ly be lo s e m ake rea d fo rg et tr y lis te n u se liv e w r ite 1. He tried to avoid a n s w e r i n g my question. 2. Could you please stop so much noise9 3 .1 enjoy ... to music. 4 .1 considered... for the job, but in the end I decided against it. 5. Have you finished ... the newspaper yet? 6. We need to change our routine. We can’t go on ... like this. 7 .1 don’t mind your... the phone as long as you pay for all your calls. 8. My memory is getting worse. I keep ... things. 9 .1 have put o ff.... the letter so many times. I really must do it today. 10. What a stupid thing to do! Can you imagine anybody... so stupid? 11.1 have given up ... to lose weight - it is impossible. 12. If you invest your money on the stock market, you risk... it. VII. Here is some information about Alisher when he was a child. 1. He was in hospital when he was four. 2. He went to Paris when he was eight. 3. He cried on his first day at school. 4. Once he fell into the river. 5. He said he wanted to be a doctor. 6. Once he was bitten by a dog. Write sentences beginning He can remember (1,2 and 4) / He can't remember (3, 5 and 6) using the Gerund. Model: He can remember being in hospital when he was four. VIII. Make suggestions. Each time use try + one of the following suggestions. phone his office move the aerial change the batteries take an aspirin turn it the other way 1. The radio isn’t working. I wonder what is wrong with it. Have you tried changing the batteries? 2 .1can’t open the door. The key won’t turn. Try.... 3. The TV picture isn’t very good. What can I do about it? Have you tried...? 4 .1 can’t contact Farkhod. He isn’t at home. What shall I do? Why don’t you ...? 5. - 1 have got a terrible headache. I wish it would go. -H aveyou ...? EX. Write sentences about yourself. Say whether you like or don’t like these activities. Choose one of these verbs for each sentence: like don ’t like love hate enjoy d o n ’t mind 1. (fly) I don't like flying or I don ’t like to fly. 2. (play cards) 3. (be alone) 4. (go to museums) 5. (cook) X. Complete the second sentence so that it may mean the same as the first one. 1. Why is it useful to have a car? What are the advantages o i having a car? 2 .1don’t intend to apply for the job. I have no intention of.... 3. Zumrad has a good memory for names. Zumrad is good at.... 4. Mahmud won’t pass the test. He has no chance. Mahmud has no chance o f .... 5. Did you get into trouble because you were late? Did you get into trouble for... ? 6. We didn’t eat at home. We went to a restaurant instead. Instead o f .... 7. We got into the exhibition. We didn’t have to queue. We got into the exhibition without.... 8. Our team played well, but we lost the game. Our team lost the game despite.... XL Complete the sentences using by -in g. Use the following (with the verb in the correct form). b o rr o w to o m u c h m o n e y p u t s o m e p ic tu r e s o n th e w a lls break a window s ta n d o n a c h a ir d r iv e to o f a s t tu r n a k e y 1. The burglars got into the house by b r e a k i n g 2 .1was able to reach the top shelf 3. You start the engine of a car 4. Kodir got himselfinto financial trouble 5. You can put people’s lives in danger 6. We made the room look nicer a w in d o w . ХП. Complete each sentence using a preposition + one of the following verbs (in the correct form). ca rry ca u se escape g o in te r r u p t liv e see s o lv e spen d w a lk 1. Do you feel like g o i n g o u t this evening? 2. It took us a long time, but we finally succeeded... the problem. 3 .1have always dreamed... in a small house by the sea. 4. The driver of the other car accused m e... the accident. 5. There is a fence around the lawn to stop people... on the grass. 6. Excuse m e... you, but may I ask you something? 7. Where are you thinking... your holiday this year? 8. The guards weren’t able to prevent the prisoner.... 9. My bag wasn’t very heavy, but Akmal insisted... it for me. 10. It is a pity Karim can’t come to the party. I was really looking forward... him. ХШ. Complete the sentences. 1. - Shall we get a taxi home? - No, it isn’t far. It is not worth g e t t i n g a t a x i . 2. - If you need help, why don’t you ask Dave? - It is no use.... He won’t be able to do anything. 3. - 1don’t really want to go out tonight. - Well, stay at home! There is no point... if you don’t want to. 4. - Shall I phone Laylo now? - No, it is no good... now. She won’t be at home. 5. - Are you going to complain about what happened? - No, it is not worth .... Nobody will do anything about it. 6. - Do you ever read newspapers? - No, I think it is a waste.... 7. - Do you want to keep these old clothes? - No, let’s throw them away. They are not worth. to hate. 10. regularly.. Durdona has got two horses. Alisher lives by the sea and he has got a boat.. to forget. It is sometimes possible to find a reason for the use of a given form. Did you remember to give Javokhir my message? I always remember turning off all the lights before I leave my house. The child was not afraid o f remaining alone. I am looking forward t o . to stop. The most important of them are: to be afraid. I don’t feel like. She. 2 ... to start. 9. go riding go sailing do shopping go skiing go swimming 1. a new car because we can’t really afford it. Iprefer driving rather than taking a plane. It was a very hot day. out. Write sentences using difficulty with the Gerund. so w e . Complete these sentences with the following word combinations in the correct form. to intend. She had n o. to neglect.. to try.. 2. (cannot) afford. You won’t have any. Lola managed to get ajob without difficulty. 1 . 11. . With some verbs and word groups.. ca n ’t stand. to remember.8 . such as to be afraid. the gerund being more suitable to a general statement. to recollect. e. any work.. to like (dislike). We have decided against. so we’ll be able t o . to forget.. ’ The Gerund and the Infinitive With a number of verbs and word groups both the gerund and the infinitive may be used. to fear.... in the river...g. Iprefer to drive rather than take a plane. e. 4. but there was difficulty in getting a visa. to dread.g. The weather was extremely bad and this prevented us from. XIV. from you.... to continue. I have.1find it hard to remember people’s names.1 feel lazy.. It won’t be difficult to get a ticket for the game. to prefer the infinitive is mostly used with reference to a special occasion. to prefer. There’s plenty of snow in the mountains.1 managed to get a visa.. 4.. to begin. 3.. XV. to cease. 5. to love.. to propose.. but he was afraid to remain alone on such a stormy night.. There were a few things he needed to buy. ‘Where is Bekzod?’ ‘He is . I hope you get in touch with me soon. so he often goes sailing.. to like (dislike)... 3. to hate. Gwendolen answered rather pettishly. a dancing-hall (a hall for dancing) a cooking-stove (a stove for cooking) a playing-ground (a ground for playing) walking shoes. I always remember to turn off all the lights before I leave my house. What did youforget to do before you left for class this morning? I’ll neverforget carrying my wife over the threshold when we moved into our first home. I like to go to the movies in the evenings. With the verb to remember the infinitive usually refers to the future. With the verb to stop the infinitive and the gerund have different syntactical functions. I remember being very proud and happy when I graduated from the University.g.I was always afraid o f losing his goodwill. I hate to make silly mistakes.g. it is not always easy to distinguish between a gerund as a part of compound noun and a participle used as an attribute to a noun. however. e. it may be modified by a noun in the possessive case or by a possessive pronoun. e. it can be used in the function of a subject. In the function of an attribute and of an adverbial modifier both the gerund and the participle may be used. The gerund forms part of a compound verbal aspect predicate. I hate seeing any living being suffer.g. The infinitive has the function of an adverbial modifier of purpose. and the gerund to the past. The Gerund and the Participle Unlike the participle the gerund may be preceded by a preposition.g. but the gerund in these functions is always preceded by a preposition. They stopped talking about the shopping. and predicative. the person or thing denoted by the noun does not perform the action expressed by the ingform: e. a writing-table Her hobby is acting. They stopped to rest their horses. . and her mamma was afraid to say more. for instance. e. when the differentiation between the gerund and the participle presents some difficulty. There are cases. object. I like going to the zoo. One should bear in mind that if we have a gerund as part of a compound noun. However Anvar tried hard he could not stop thinking about his final test. d) The gerund of a transitive verb takes a direct object. T he d ifficu lt}' was in T he boy was Direct Object He enjoyed Complex Object Teacher doesn't allow A ttribute There was no chance M odifier seen crossing the street.After sending the SMS he went out to do other work. e. The Gerund and the Verbal Noun The gerund should not be confused with the verbal noun. Predicative getting a visa. The main points of difference between the gerund and the verbal noun are as follows: The gerund and the verbal noun: e. Participle Gerund Subject - Being impolite is totally alien to the British character. a dancing girl (a girl who is dancing) a singing child (a child who is singing) a playing boy (a boy who is playing) Signing the documents.g. locked door. The gerund Like all the verbals the gerund has a double character: nominal and verbal.g.g. c) The gerund has neither attribute expressed by an adjective nor attribute in post position with ‘o f . caught fo r teasing the cat. If we have a participle used as an attribute the person denoted by the noun performs the action expressed by the wg-form: e. T h e day was spent in packing. o f getting A li answered through the an im ita tio n . A dverbial T h e boy itш E lbek heard her playing the piano. b) The gerund has no plural form e. I insist on being listened to. Being ill he couldn't come. - us touching anything. He didn’t show any sign of recognizing us. Skiing is my favourite sport. which has the same suffix -ing. a) The gerund is not used with an article. teaching.g. . the deputy dean looked at me for some time. She learnt of his having taken the first prize. 4. f) The gerund is used with a preposition. . e. g) The gerund may be modified by a noun in the Possessive Case or a possessive pronoun or may have a negative pronoun ‘«o’.g. even temperately. is a sin.1want you to give my hair a good brushing. You are capable o f doing better work. e. d) A verbal noun cannot take a direct object. e) The verbal noun may be modified by an adjective. 5.g. 6. He usually stops bathing in late September. 3 . Drinking. Speaking rudely was absolutely wrong. I remember seeing this actor in some other play.g. e.g. c) The verbal noun may be used in the plural e.g.g. Avaz was rallying his nerves to the reading o f the paper.e. e. I want you to give my hair a good brushing.1remember playing a very interesting game of chess with him. Her father took no notice of her comings and goings. e. I don’t like walking slowly. e) The gerund may be modified by an adverb. He was sure of Mohira’s coming early. b) The verbal noun may be used with an article. R icher’s coming his rejecting no praising The verbal noun a) The verbal noun has only a nominal character. Find out the gerund and the verbal noun. Tom took a good scolding about clodding Sid.g.g. She began talking to the girl behind the bar.g. e. Quiz I. Our likings are regulated by our circumstances. e. The making of a new humanity cannot be the previlege of a handful of bureaucrats. There was the splashing of big drops on the large leaves and a faint stirring and shaking in the bush. 2 . it takes a prepositional object with the preposition of. 1. Stanislav’s having failed at the entrance examination was a great disappointment to his mother. i. participle (2) or verbal noun (3).g. The girls playing hide-and-seek are standing behind the door. e. . 16. I should insist on your accepting the proper professional fee. These happenings are remarkable. that. “What is the meaning of it?” .he said in a threatening voice.e. Do you mind your repeating what have been just said by you? 8.g. this. 1. 3. 3) The nominal element of the constmction may be expressed by a pronoun which has no case distinctions. 10. something. such as all. 2) If the nominal element of the construction denotes a lifeless thing. He said something about his clock being slow. dean insists on both of them coming in time. It is strange that she should avoid speaking on this theme. both. Taking care of old people takes a lot of people patience. 9. 7. 6. 14.g. The Predicative Constructions with the Gerund Like all the verbals gerund can form predicative constructions. 2. e. e. The nominal element of the constructions can be expressed in different ways: 1) if it denotes a living being it may be expressed a) by a noun in the Possessive Case or by a possessive pronoun. My running here and there with unseeing eyes ended by my falling into a large heap of something soft. 4. b) by a noun in the Common Case. Then came a general lighting of pipes and cigars.g. It is not worth mentioning. While sun-bathing on a small deserted beach I met my old schoolmate. The school being built in our street will be a sports school.II. constructions in which the verbal element expressed by the gerund is in predicate relation to the nominal element expressed by the noun or pronoun. State the gerund (1). e. 11. 5. 15. Uncle Julius insists on my coming to keep his company.g. e.g. . The doing of moming exercises was very good for us. It was a case of going without tea or taking water from the river. e. it is expressed by a noun in the Common Case (such nouns. 12.1hate being spoken in such a tone.. I cannot bear the thought of the children staying there alone. 13. as a rule are not used in the Possessive Case) or by a possessive pronoun. He was afraid of being misunderstood.. each. The various germs of poison can be killed by the boiling. . 5. They relied on finding him at home. . Do you object ifi speak Uzbek? 3. What is the difference between them? 7. 9. 8 . Abbos was surprised that Madina had written him a letter. What constructions with the Gerund do you know? Quiz I. What do you know about predicative constructions with the Gerund? 8. 2 . 7. 3. What is difference between Gerund and verbal noun? 6. She had no idea that he was good at mathematics. She enjoys singing. Vazira suggested that they should go down. 6. 7. Model: Hike reading aloud.Q uestions 1. There was a little hope of catching the train. The rector insisted that we should put off the conference. 4.1don’t like the idea of postponing the meeting. IL Change following sentences using gerundial constructions instead of subordinate clauses. 1. He suggested taking a taxi.1am tired of repeating the same thing.1do not remember ever speaking about it. Do you mind making a report at the next seminar? 4 . 10. We did not object to doing this work. They couldn’t guess the reason why Salim was so sad. He insists on discussing the article now. After some verbs it is suitable to use the Gerund and Infinitive. He denied that she had doubted his words. 8.ing forms: Participle I. What do you know about the functions of the gerund? 2. 1. Change the following sentences according to the model and translate them into your native language. What is the difference between Participle I and verbal noun? 5.1would not mind if the children go to the park now.I like your (his) reading aloud. 2. 6 . 5. What do you think about . Gerund or verbal noun? 3. What is the difference between Participle I and Gerund? 4. discussing the plan 9 . Use the necessary preposition before the Gerund.. She was startled by the noise of the outer door being opened.1 don’t like your going off without any money. To develop the child’s power..” said Minnie. entering the university so easy. I should insist on your accepting the proper professional fee.. their refusing.9 .1can’t bear the thought of the children staying there alone. She had little experience. We have got a lot of questions to settle before your leaving. . He was afraid .. 5... planting trees and flowers and caring for them. 10. IV. 4. That she was at home was a bit of luck for us. learning new things... 5.. The child who goes to school must be prepared . 8... teaching small children. . His breathing heavily when he greeted her was the result of running up to flights of stairs.. We have no hope that they would cope with the task. 10.. Who is responsible .. 7. 9 .. 13.1can’t make out the reason .... We were most grateful to the guide . You may improve your English . Your being so indifferent irritates me a great deal. The mother found out that her daughter was good . 6 . 14. They are engaged .. “You know Sven hates your standing down at the door alone. 1. 7. showing us the sights of the city. 3. 11. 1. reciting poems.. having let his secret out. being misunderstood.. 8... 12. Point out the constructions with the Gerund and comment on their functions in the following sentences.. 10. 15. 3. reasoning is one of the tasks of the elementary school.... being left alone.. We knew nothing of his being a humorous writer. 6. The children take part. Of course. He suspected m e. arranging the party? 4 . 2. He never thought.. Do you agree to our taking her up to town and putting her under the best control? 2. examining my watch attentively the watch-maker said that it was right and it needed only cleaning. working hard at it.. Children ought to be prevented . III. . He was proud of having won the race.1 was unaware of his having come.. .. 6. You will oblige me by shutting the door. 10.. Everything has been organized for our starting. We accused him of having betrayed his friend. 6..1was consious of having slept all the events. 9. 21. 19. he caught the children. Dono was lying under a tree. 12. she spends almost two hours. 13. What do you mean by saying that? 14. 20. We reached the river by crossing the meadow... 2 . 1. It was very boring. We heard of his having left for London. He was guilty of having refused to go. 16. 5. 3. Don’t let anyone prevent you from coming. When he walked into the kitchen.. Toir is an indecisive person. We congratulated him on having got the first prize. 8. to and from work. Umar spent all day. my homework last night. 15. 7 ..Self-study I. 17. He wasted time in trying to find the house. 1. Every work day. He was angry at our having disturbed him. ready to leave on vacation.. to the birds’ singing. He has a hard time. Complete the sentences. 10. Define the form of the gerund... We wasted our money. 7. We despised him for having done such a thing. 4. She talks too fast. Sherzod was proud of having come the first. state its function and analyze it.. 5. 8... 2. to that movie. 22. 4. some candy even though he had told them not to spoil their dinners. Oydin standing at the comer. II. for the bus. Ruzmat is sitting in class... Have you objections to my coming? 3. Shokhrukh was accused of having lost the book. 11. Khalil denied having gone to the disco. He denied having said it.1have trouble. 18..1 don’t like the idea of going there.. up his mind about anything. Gulnara when she speaks. 9..1 spent five hours. His denying the fact was strange. It was a beautiful spring day. notes. The doing of moming exercises was very good for me.. IV. I would be glad. A: Do you want to take a break? B: No. Colorado for our vacation.. 2.in g form is a participle.. We congratulated him on having been sent to the festival..23.. 7. I am not tired yet. 1. 3. В : Really? Why? I hope you decide to go.. it was natural when dancing with a small person like myself. 15.. I am listening. but it finally stopped. 6. a bigger house.. 25.1 am considering. staring still at the foot of the bed. We need your input. so much shorter than he. Keep. She is talking about. 11. a gerund or a verbal noun. at least for a time. a biology course next semester. They are considering. 2. 13.. Complete the sentences by using the gerund. As to his stopping. 9. for another hour or so. Add a preposition after the gerund if necessary.... Sometimes students put off . 6.. 4. 10. 1. their homework. sports. around 10:00 p. the window? B: Not at all... If possible. 5.m... We discussed. 5. We had a blizzard yesterday. Perhaps living here makes you feel lonely. 14. she dusted the furniture. There you can see the Fire of London with the flames coming out of the windows ofthe houses. When Dilnoza finished. 4..1found him in exactly the position I had left him.1 enjoy. The potter’s house is too small..1 quit.. 12.. Let’s keep o n . A: I am thinking about not. 8 . the meeting tomorrow. State whether the ... New York City. give up smoking.. comic books when I was twelve years old. the zoo.. A: Would you mind. It was cold and rainy yesterday.1admired the grounds and trees surrounding the house. Having finished the work. .. 3 . Father said that we were not to let the fact of his not having had a real holiday for three years stand in our way. 9. 7 . a different job. 10. III. 24.1am thinking about.. the floor. To my mind the setting of the scene was beautiful. Pausing in his story.. Travelling by train in this weather is not too pleasant. Rohila doesn’t like herjob.. so we postponed.. A: Are you listening to me? B: Yes.. Burton turned to me. 8 . he seemed more pleased with himself than usual. sometimes I put off.V. Use the expressions in the list or your own words. Discuss what you like and don’t like doing. 6.. 3..... and I don’t understand it yet. 8.. A: Would you like to go for a walk? B: Has it stopped . Keep.. A: Are you a procrastinator? B: A? What? A: A procrastinator. A: I have been having a lot of trouble with my old Volkswagen for the last couple of months. Ilike I d o n ’t like I d o n ’t mind I love I hate I enjoy I can’t stand . 2. Use the given ideas to make sentences that begin with words from this list.... Complete the sentences in the dialogues. Well.. try. I am considering... A: Could you please stop doing that? В:Doing what? A: Stop.. It is slowly falling apart. A: What do you usually do in your free time in the evening? В: I enjoy. I don’t cough any more. B: Do you think you will get another Volkswagen? A: No.. try again. 4. 7. B: Oh? A: I quit... A: I have been working on this math problem for the last half an hour. Be sure to use a gerund in each sentence. B: That’s wonderful! 5... That’s someone who always postpones. don’t give up. and I don’t run out ofbreath when I walk up a hill. If at first you don’t succeed. B: Let’s go. A: Good news! I feel great. B: Oh.. B: Well.. I am thinking about.. A: What are you doing? В: I am helping Murod with his homework.... It is driving me crazy! VI.. buy a new car rain do my homework read a good book do things try get a Toyota smoke help him tap your fingernails on the table 1..? A: Yes. A: When you finish. could you help me in the kitchen? B: Sure.. Using the verbs in brackets.. Anna made a lot of big mistakes at work. listen to the sounds of the city while 1am trying to get to sleep 12. (to help) 6...... go to parties where I don’t know a single person 11. inside all the time. (to remember) 15..(to drown) 4.. names.. (to meet) 5 . read novels in my spare time 6. for everything when we go out for dinner? (topay) 13. Alisher is nervous. eat a delicious meal slowly 7.1 want you to know that I am sorry. (to lie) Sometimes the truth hurts. you so much trouble.. That is why she was afraid . drive on city streets during rush hour 10... visit my friends I haven’t seen for a long time 13. me. I am tired. (quit) 19 ... get in between two friends who are having an argument 14.. but I was trying to protect you from the truth.. 1. I look forward... Every summer.. Why do you always insist. wash dishes 3.1 don’t know how to thank you. my job..1 don’t go swimming because I am afraid .1wish the weather would get better.A Practical English Grammar . his girlfriend’s parents for the first time.. 12. etc. wait in airports 5.Model: Cook I like to cook I like cooking I hate to cook I hate cooking I don ’/ mind cooking I don't enjoy cooking.1apologize. your parents? (please ) 9. I don’t know if you can ever forgive me. fly 4.. Are you interested.. (to visit) 8. I. live in this city 2. (to be) 3 .. me why you are so sad? (to tell) II. her job.. play cards for money 9 . to a bullfight? (to go) 7 . I often dream. Disneyland for the third time in two years.. Why do you constantly worry.. (to take) 10. travel to strange and exotic places. Do you feel... speak in front of a large group 8.1just can’t get excited...1 am not very good . complete the sentences with prepositions and gerunds. (to lose) 2 . VII.1 am not happy in my work.. a vacation with my family. (to cause) 14. 4 . 5. Comment on the form of the gerund. having been read 16. She stepped back and didn’t say a word... out tonight. (to eat) 18. Do you mind his calling on you today? 6.1 don’t remember his ever asking me to do it. being used 4. I have planned. 9 . 7 . having been driven 6. Who is responsible. He was tired because he talked too much.1can’t afford to buy such expensive things.1like when I do everything myself. He was angry with us for having bothered him. but she insisted on going alone. X. When he realized his mistake his first thought was to leave the house as quickly as possible. 9.1remember putting the money into the bag. 3 . something you know is wrong? (to do) 17. moving 14. Little Jane liked when she was clean. 2 . listening 2... 10. telling 19. The teacher went on explaining the use of verbals. 2. His coming makes all the difference. 4. 8. 8. He went on and didn’t pay any attention to her interruption. 6. The idea of telling her everything frankly scared him. 5 .. 12. having been mentioned 5. helping . having done 13. being offered 7. I.16. We wanted to see her off. 7. havingjoined 3. When he returned she went immediately to the dining-room.1 suggested that I should visit my relatives. II. 3. being taken 18. Change the construction of the sentences using the gerund. IX.1don’t remember that I met him in London. The younger man had hesitated before he answered. You shouldn’t have insisted on being told the truth.1am too tired to cook. thinking 17. 1. being closed 15. Translate the following sentences into your own language. She bowed her head but she didn’t speak.1 am so tired because I sit at home. 10. How do you stop someone.. these coffee beans all over the floor? (to spilt) УШ. 1. It is awfully hard work doing nothing. you know that the stick couldn’t have walked off by itself. having been planed 12. who knew old man’s absent-mindedness.” said the friend with a smile. 3. He who is the most slow in making a promise is the most faithful in the performance ofit. having drawn 21. “Most certainly it couldn’t. being treated 20. It is good fishing in troubled waters. 4. “Why. 2. .8. having burned 11. selling XI. reaching 23. being made 22.” retorted the owner of the stick. It is a long way that has no turning. A Joke A walking stick A short-tempered old gentleman lost his stick and in a fit of temper accused his servant of having stolen it. having heard 24. tried to prove his servant’s innocence. shaving 10. being interrupted 9. His friend. Read and translate into your own language. “Unless it was a walking stick”. People say 1. Our aim was to cheat him out of his money. The infinitive can be used: a) as the Subject e. 2. b) as a predicative e. b) The infinitive can be modified by an adverb. the infinitive of transitive verbs has also voice distinctions: Active Indefinite Continuous Perfect Perfect Progressive to teach to be teaching to have taught to have been teaching Passive to be taught to have been taught - The Tense and Aspect Distinctions of the Infinitive The indefinite infinitive expresses an action simultaneous with the action expressed by the finite verb. c) as an object e. Thus the progressive infinitive is not only . c) the infinitive has tense and aspect distinctions. past or future. e. E.g. Mr. His only wish is to get home as fast as possible. has a double nature. nominal and verbal. Gipson will be very glad to come to Uzbekistan.g. like the participle and the gerund. The nominal nature of the infinitive is expressed in its syntactic functions. but it is an action in progress.g The problem was hardly to be solved at once. The verbal nature of the infinitive is as follows: a) the infinitive of the transitive verbs can take a direct object. I have never learnt to turn on or work with the computer.g. He liked to be looked upon as sportsman.g. Topunish the child for such a harmless prank would be unjust. I am glad to meet you.g. To decide which of them is right is not an easy matter.THE INFINITIVE The infinitive. Dean was glad to see Miss. 1. The progressive infinitive also denotes an action simultaneous with that expressed by the finite verb. so it may refer to the present. Frances. e. I am so glad to be able to help you. 9. to expect.g. Mr. 5. They happened to be standing at the gate. to arrive to have been done to be spoken to to curl to be breaking to have nodded to drive to be m ined to land to be rubbing II. Supply the missing forms of the following infinitives. Comment on the forms of the infinitives. To have been so happy and not to have known it! . 6. e.1want you to promise me you won’t talkto Antonia about that sort of things. E. 3 . 7.g It is so glorious to love and to be loved. That woman is still sitting. e. Judging from the books and papers on the writing table he must have been working since they left him in the morning. Good-bye. The perfect infinitive denotes an action prior to the action expressed by the predicate.g. T h e V o ic e D is tin c tio n s o f t h e I n f in itiv e The infinitive of the transitive verbs has special forms for the Active and Passive Voice. The Perfect Progressive Infinitive denotes an action which lasted a certain time before the action of the finite verb. expressing both time relations and the manner in which the action is presented. Which is more pleasant: to give or to be given presents.g. but also an aspect form. After such verbs as to mean.” began Peter. For two hours we seemed to have been walking through the forest. Jackson. there was a decision to be made. but also an aspect form. “We are very sorry to have disturbed you. to intend. Glad to have been of service to you. to hope used in the Past Indefinite. Well. I am sorry to have spoilt your mood. She seems to have been waiting over an hour.a tense form. funny things seem to be happening. e. He suddenly awoke from his queer trance. 2. the perfect infinitive shows that the hope or intention was not carried out. 8.1 say. I meant to have gone there. 1. don’t you think you ought to be going? 4.g. Q u iz I. e. It is not only a tense form. toknow toe. e. 3. e. ung d erstand o have e. 2. look tofeel t o b e t o . but to wait for the next train. tokno o k tohear. I felt my heart I never saw you so well before. gosto b e d l e a v e peak You had better I would rather not and the patient to me. After auxiliary and modal verbs except the modal verb I don’t the meaning of this passage.etc. such as In a few minutes they heard him the ladder to his own room. upon the subject. (the Bare Infinitive) In the following cases we use infinitive without particle 1.tom to alkee t o h a v e t o f o r c e . ascend jum p .10. e. There was nothing to be done. If one cannot what one loves.tosee. The Use of the Infinitive without Particle to to.tofeel. c a n n o t c h s e . The child did not like to be washed.g. After the verbs denoting sense perception.wouldsoon. one must what one has.g.en o t h i n g b u t .g. They were seen the house early in the moming. t's(letus) L e t s ’ h e. 12. 14. toto m tvio n le en a e t o o b e y .oughtto. 13. In the passive. To play chess was his greatest pleasure. Nature has many secrets to be discovered yet.g.wouldrather. sb ealw think t a k e m ad ke etokeep to. 11. Note: After the verbs in the Passive Voice the infinitiveisused. What makes you so? I had them my luggage. . is followed by She silent. After the verb and in the meaning of We commonly use the imperative form as an auxiliary verb followed by a bare infinitive when making suggestions for action that include the speaker. tob elet.g.. This is the book to be read during the summer holidays. Note: The verb after the verb is used with the particle I felt this true. After the verbs in the meaning I have so often known a change of medicine wonders. After the expressions e.tom ake. We shall there at once.tow ob sre rve.g. The child was made 4. w asm a w tosee. He was heard your name several times. which was due at four.g.hadsooner.cannot but. ho ao d beb tu etr.g. e. lovte ohear. is often associated with Let us the best friends in the world.tosee. . for my help. 1. a) or can be used to make suggestions.e.g.tostruggle. the price. e.oto in treenp d .ok. a hot water tap is very convenient.o g. There was nothing left for him to do but and I looked long at that picture.g.et. helpher(to)fillin T o aw fo ritd . orw l d i k e n .n ga . us.. o t o i d t o r v e t o e x .nt.. We may use a or a after a few verbs like of a is more formal. and to her yourself. t o o m . We do not usually omit after Mother didn’t help me to do my homework. .ise to m e a n o n d .tovolunteer. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. a .oto ard ae nc g ee ..lyT vo eprolongthisdiscussionistow A so ish :aT astetim e. e.Then it? till the winter sales to buy a new coat. Or with a noun or pronoun object Can anyone this fax form? Common Verbs Followed by the Infinitive I’ll She I They She Don’t She finally I you at the airport.to toyseeaarm .tow ant.w atch wailto .se to a.oto ofe ho pte . W w h y n o t y o u c h a n g e hynotwait w h y n o t l W hynotbc o m e tvaelk to-infinitive a r e i n f i n i t i h e l p .te m p t.tto heeelp . The Functions of the Infinitive in the Sentence The infinitive can be used in different syntactic functions.towait. ad reasn g eestoto m ee t e r v w i n refuso efte ore bd eltie vheelp o w ishh to cto m esk ee ssitc a to en o a ary expecttoentesrentedtom 5. his story.g.to ac po pn esae r.t.g. Let’s eat out tonight.reto lep arre nt.w to oure qlu e s. e g l e r . c a n ( ' t ) a . e.pa to hto urpyla.ntt. p a .tto onh e s itc att. and could not choose but The bare infinitive is used in sentences of a special type beginning with w hy w hyno tw . graduate school in the fall.hy+don't doesn't e. et. t o g ro w .tosw ear. t o d .pe cc atn (t'o t)fa filo rd . with him.ento m ap nra g e. e.to ad ske.Yes. Infinitive as the Subject. him. The use and . I don’t like this wallpaper.infinitive to he lno pte d ( t o ) b u i l d . o y .to tocahg ro es ee . tto efisuh s. Everyone in the village the new Youth Centre. the infinitive is used without the particle ‘to’. 2. My wish is to this book. the sentence opens with the introductory The introductory is not translated. Analysis:Mym otherplanstobuyacom puterform e. with the infinitive in the latter position. expressed by the finite verb Present Simple. is a direct object. extended. I only want my chance. . expressed by a possessive pronoun. extended. when it follows the predicate it is far more common. expressed by an infinitive.toinstruct. The infinitive as a part of the Complex Object. t o a s k . The idea was to to the park. is a prepositional indirect object. The infinitive as an object. expressed by an abstract noun. is the subject. The noun has an attribute. According to the structure it is a simple. expressed by an indefinite infinitive. it is easy diameter. t o b e g . According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. The infinitive as a predicative. e. in the Conjoined form. t o o r d e r . it t o f i n d h e x toexcite e. may be found two or more objects.tow ant. Knowing the moon’s distance. t o i m p l o r e . expressed by a demonstrative pronoun. is a direct object. t o r e q u e s t . isassum ed it.g. it consists of the link verb ‘ ’ and a predicative. 3. It is much more difficult the x-ray spectra. After the verbs of perception and the verbs ‘ ’.istow astetim e td o p r o l o n g ithsiscussion tobe According to the structure it is a simple. is a simple verbal predicate. is the subject. The first object ‘to expressed by the infinitive. It that this value is the true average. is an attribute.g.g. I don’t ask 4. youtogothereandtoseehim . two-member sentence. t o teach. e. Note: After the verbs etc. m ym other tobuyacom puter buy\ form e t o a l o w .g. active voice. He saw in the darkness. is a compound predicate. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. g o read tobegtio veth nink e. The infinitive as the subject sometimes precedes the predicate. plans ‘toplan'. hereyesglint m ake4ef Analysis:Deputydeanletsustakethisbox. Durdona told him it over. one of which is expressed by an infinitive. the second object is expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. two-member sentence. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence. g.Totelyouthetruth .. Nargiza left the house never The infinitive as a parenthesis. to use (an unsatisfactory term). expressed by a personal pronoun in the Objective Case. 6. singular. to make a long story short. is a nominal component. to come to closer quarters with. d) The infinitive can be used as an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances. b) The infinitive can be used as an adverbial modifier of result.Needlesstosay e. is a direct object. to begin with. 5. It is a novel for pure enjoyment. to say the least of it. another way). extended. expressed by a demonstrative pronoun. 1 e. c) The infinitive can be an adverbial modifier of comparison (manner). In this function it is introduced by the conjunction To give is more blessed She waved her hand the conversation. etc.lD ee tsputydean ‘tolet\ ustake u s take thisbox e. . In this function after adjectives modified by the adverbs and This new planet is small and faint even in the most powerful telescope. expressed by the verb Present Simple.g. asifthto slto e . no accuracy could be secured under such conditions. to sum up. The infinitive as an adverbial modifier. tocom eback. is a simple verbal predicate. t o b e d i s c o v e r e d \ s toread e. e n o u g h t o o .g. Remember these parenthesis: To tell the truth. the park deserves its name only in winter. needless to say. The infinitive as an attribute. 3rd person. to judge from (by). The first (minor planet) called Geres. tobequestioned According to the structure it is a simple.g. e. The noun has an attribute.g. t h a n . expressed by a proper noun in the Common Case. particularly when its under snow.g. two-member sentence. an opreceive. to put it mildly (briefly. simply. suffice it to say. to return. . e. to take (an example). to start with. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case.g. is the subject. is a verbal component. to mention (only some). too tobeobserved a s i f . We stood in the rain and were taken out one at a time and He came into the room to shut the windows. so to speak. to quote (a single example). is a complex object. expressed by the indefinite infinitive. to say nothing of. to name (only a few). a s t h o u g h . a) The infinitive can be an adverbial modifier of purpose.shot. (to 4. It is a secret and no one else must.. 5 . The next moming he seemed. (to do) II. 7.. you... This waltz made him remember his youth. 3..” Madina thought. 2. He kept late hours last night. Guli was sorry not to have warned her parents that she would be delayed. 3. Translate the following sentences into your native language. The children were happy to have been taken to the circus. So pleased . 4.. He is supposed. 10. (to 7... He must have already left. 7..Questions 1.. Good-bye. It ought to . (to 6.. you in this stupid way.. You should never. 6. 1.1was glad to have seen another play by Murod Radjabov. They couldn’t have memorized my address. at least before they leaving New Jersey.todo) (toforget) w o r k ) go) 9. 2 . 10.. Could she have got angry with you? 9 .. 4. long ago.1would like this text to be recorded once more. She must be still staying at her friends’ country house. (to 2. He is a talented engineer.1 am so dreadfully sorry. . my Margaret.. She seems . “She must. What forms of the infinitive do you know? What forms of the infinitive express simultaneous action? WTiat does prior action of the infinitive mean? What verbs are followed by an infinitive? Tell about the syntactic functions of the infinitive. Oh. at her course paper since spring and says she has still a lot... at a new invention. he may still. (to 5. very beautiful years ago. (to 3. He can’t be still sitting in the reading hall. Use the appropriate form of the infinitives in brackets: 1. 8. it all. 8.. 6.. When do we use bare-infinitive or infinitive with the particle ‘to’? What verbs demand two or more objects? What do you know about parenthesis? Quiz b o t h e r ) sleep) be) I. (to m eet)tel) work. my daughter... (to It was your entire father’s fault.1 am very glad to have seen them to the station.. 5.. 8. You needn’t ... She seemed .. 12...to III.... This year.. The teacher made me .1am sure. She is likely. The train is announced. I let you . now... wait a little longer? IV..... Find the infinitive. difficult. He told me . 2. 6.. with in such a short period of time. relatives.. You had better. do) ( t o w h i s p e r ) (togo) (tolisten) (togradua e)arive) (tto (t)obe) ( t o a s k ( t o l e a v e ) (towo ro k)w ( t a t c h ) (toarouse) (tobe. in10 minutes..1heard the door . this question at the lesson tomorrow.. from Oxford. 8. pupils and numerous admirers of her creative work gathered on the square by Zulfiya-Khanum monument to commemorate and pay homage. friends. quite scandal. 1.. 8 . 9.. it’s too late.. Ever-shining light of Zulfiya star Every year on March 1the admirers of the famous Uzbek poetess Zulfiya Israilova gather to celebrate the next anniversary of her birthday.. define the functions and retell the text. Use the correct form of the infinitive. once a great colonial country. move across the floor. Will you help me . He is known ... take my books whenever you like. He is unlikely. 11. do it once again. V.. His article is said... He is expected .to 2.. ask for permission. move the table? 4.. Great Britain is known. and perhaps. The translation proved... walk a little before going to bed. Zulfiya Israilova is a famous Uzbek poetess. He seemed .. make a note of it. We happen. to him trying to catch every word. repeat it all over again... wealth of colours and fresh images excite the ..... 5. 3. 3... know these places very well. about something. 4.. try ... Put where necessary before the infinitives.. They were heard . 5.. open and saw a shadow . the clock for a long time. 9 .. early in the morning. 7. 10. You seem .. 6. This year she would be 94. Why not. She was born on the first day of spring.. to the same school. 10. 1. this is why her poetry filled with sincere love for nature and people. a true daughter of her nation who dedicated her creative work to the native land and people.. arrive in a few days.1would rather .. 7 . she planned to leave on Sunday... . 5.. 5. Those who gathered near her monument noted not once thal Zulfiya-Khanum was a person of incredible charm who shined out the good and light Her art world covers the whole country of Uzbekistan. . The teacher told the students . sketches. a) as subject: 1. journalistic articles and newspaper reports... 2..1 have opened the door ... 3.... We are awfully sorry. UzbekistanToday... ballads.... think so? .. lyrical poems... is not an easy matter. c) as object: 1... sing a comic song. The best way to master a foreign language is . He was always the first. a sophisticated expert of the ordinary person’s soul.. They stopped . Complete the sentences using the infinitives. 2. He is not a man .. read.. 4. would be much more useful.. 3 ... 4..readers’ soul so much.. b) as predicative: 1. II.. This is a chance ... be going to London.... His doctor advised. notice the change of my tone. nor.. 1.. Benny has no friends .. He came immediately . We’ll stay after the lecture 1. stories.. He asked . 3..... 2. 3 ... 5... e) as adverbial modifier of purpose: 2........1 am so glad . was very pleasant. 5.... In the kindergarten children are taught.... What makes you ...... 3. The bright artist.. 4 to.. 5 . 2. see nor.. 4. We have nothing . 4.. 4.......2009 Self-Study I..1happened . d) as attribute: 2... Use the infinitive with or without particle 1.. Write down this rule .M arch6. The light was so dim that he could neither... My hobby is . the poetess and writer created works of quite different genres: poems..... hear Hasan. The guests were eager... 5. She was quick . would be unjust. elegies. is the only thing to do.. 3. do anything else and soon he began . be worried. The next thing to be done is .. We are awfully sorry . be trusted. We still think we were right. in his bag..1 can’t help but. here very long? 3. be a failure. our monitor. admire your progress.. He is not... (tobe) (tospent) ( t o r e c o v e r ) (lospeak) ( t o b r i n g ) m eet) (tote(ln )o(ttto o b e a w a r d e d ) (nottofind) (to aprlra ivin e)) ( t o e x ... Use the correct form of the infinitive.. 11. his leave in the country. take) 4. She forced herself 2. Before they were married he promised .1 don’t expect them . He didn’t allow anyone. 7. open the door.. It is so nice of you. You don’t have . to her.... by tomorrow moming... go through the garden and.. Why not...1want to be the first 10.. He was glad. give up the idea? III. 8... You were right when you told him not. go if the marriage was .. worry. 7.... the prize..... There were instructions .. What caused him . 16. 5. Here is the article. 6.. me the book I have been looking for... 6... It did hima lot of good. He is disappointed .(totrust) (toappoint) (t(o cc aa rryy)) t o (te ontd ra nslate) ( t o s ) ... 17... a) Simple or perfect 1.. Oh. She seemed ..... be carried out. She is not 1want you. She crossed the room . 15 .. Who was the last person... the truth. 10. You have been doing nothing but. it to other people.. we are awfully pleased .... you. She was sorry.6. He doesn’t allow anything heavy... b) Active or passive: 1. 8.. It was impossible.. dance? 10... change his mind? 8.. leave by the garden gate. 4. 7. go and . (to . She was surprised.. 12. me at home.. 9 . before me? There is nobody. 14.. but did not look quite well.1saw them.... 5. It was closed yesterday.((tto oacn hsew cke)r) 2.. 3.... argue... Why should I . 9. her away... 9. 13.. I’ll do everything.. Are you going. see them one of these days? 18. let her. his heavy luggage. Have you ever seen her. interfere in our affairs. the book from the library. . I didn’t mean.. asleep. She pretended not. 8 .. Khiva one of these days.1have looked through two chapters to find only five suitable examples..1would like. Durdona promised not.1am sorry. 8. 3. 21.1 hope.1learned (how). 4.. 7 . 14. a ball game and TV after dinner tonight. my homework tonight. and she agreed... 10.. the football game with me on Sunday 18.. Sitora pretended... 6.. when I spoke to her. Chicago? 9 . 10.. He came into the room to shut the windows. He refuses.. Javokhir is only seven.. 9.. Shokhrukh doesn’t like peas..... 16. My friend offered. 12. 5 . He is clever enough to understand it... a new apartment. class on time every day..1try. them. State the functions of the infinitive and translate them into your native language 1. Saidakhon appeared. 6. all of my courses this term. 5.. 4 . a house. late for the wedding. Iagreed. V. asleep. 20... 15. Complete the sentences by using infinitives. Her pronunciation was too correct to be natural... г movie with her Saturday. 3. Add a preposition after th< infinitive if necessary. the Grand Canyon. some rice when I went to the grocery store. My husband and I would love.1forgot..1 have decided. 2. The story was too absorbing not to read it to the end. The current was too strong for him to swim around the beacon....1can’t wait. 11... 17.... They said the boy had refused to let anyone come into the room. She was only pretending... Do you want me to read to you? 7.1want. 13.. you.. . You seem. Finally. 22.. So far my grades have been pretty good 19. a doctor when he grows up.. 1. He was so furious that one word would have been enough to drive him mad. 11.1 am planning.1 need. My wife and I wanted to do different things this weekend. in a good mood today. when 1was around six or seven.. Arizona. but she wasn’t.. The doctor seemed to know all about influenza and said there was nothing t( worry about. but he intends.IV. What time do you expect.. my family again! It’s been a long time! . The Miller’s can’t afford.1made a note of the time to give the various capsules. me a little money.. 2 .. Complete the sentences with the infinitive or gerund. 17. The British Museum is much too big to be seen in an hour or so. 8. well-paid job. 22. she had her picture taking by a professional photographer. 1. VI.. 1. 21. My English is pretty good. I enjoy. about her problem. Don’t make me laugh! 15. She is going to spend next year for studying Chinese at university inTaiwan. 3. She was the last to reach the hall. You shouldn’t let children playing with matches. 10. but sometimes I have trouble to understand lectures at the University. tonight. 4. 23. The next moming she woke up to find herself alone in the house. When I got home. You mustn’t get what I have. 16. (tostu(d ycook) to VII.12. The story was too interesting to pass over lightly. 2. You can’t come in. I found my wife to cry over the broken vase that had belonged to her great-grandmother. Correct the errors. 19. 25. The flat was empty. Students’ only wish is to get home as fast as possible. Nargiza started. 13.. To leam this dialogue by heart is useful. Stop tell me what to do! Let me to make up my own mind. The next thing to be done is to find a good. When I entered the room. 14. 20. 3. I need. (totalk) .. Who has allowed you to let the cat in? 24. 18. When Shelley needed a passport photo... It tooks me about five minutes to work out how much a suit at nine and a half guineas would cost. fancy meals.. Write down this rule so as not to forget it. ) 2. 5. 6. Omar is at the park right now. The sad expression on his face makes me to feel sorry for him. 7. He is sit on a park bench watch the ducks swimming in the pond. Aziza was lying in bed think about what a wonderful time she had had. After a long travel he returned to realize that there is no place like home. 9. He walked around all the rooms to find only the cat in the kitchen.1have finallyassembled enough information forbeginning writing my thesis.1went to the pharmacy for having my prescription to be filled. .. It was a pleasure to walk in the forest... so I quit.. 2. in a room with all of the windows closed.1went to the airport to see off my friend... 15.. 24. 23. 1.1 don’t mind. 12.. 12. to school. a nap. 20. with four roommates.1 have no desire to stay here. 6.. 3 . this afternoon. married.1told him to go there. 16. 7...1 asked him to help me about house. this weekend... That is not what I meant! I meant.1 forgot. Shhh! My roommate is trying. 19. 9. I like . a movie on TV when the phone rang.togo..togrow) (tobe) 4.. She began to translate the article.. 14.1 won’t be late..tocom e) (losay) (togo.( t o g e t ) (tom eet()toeat) (tohelp) atch) (tocrack) (tofeed) (tow (to(b e ) ove) (logo)tom (tolock) (to l(to ivte ) kie (toag v)e) (tohire. VIII. 18. just the opposite. ... Did you remember. To walk in the garden was a pleasure. 22. 9 . 21.. 15 .t(o s h o p ) tow ant. 6. to anew apartment.. a teacher. me with my English. She asked him to wait a little. Botir and Zumrad have decided .1want... 17. My boss refused . the door when I left my apartment this morning. 11. It may rain tonight... Alisher seems .. 8. on time.. I had just begun.. 13. 13.. Finally he quit. 14.tosail) (tosleep) (totry. My roommate offered. The buyers want to know our terms of payment. 5. Students’ plan is to go to the mountains.. Jamshid’s tomato crop always failed. The company will continue.. new employees as long as new production orders keep .. tomatoes in his garden. My wife can’t stand.. Your duty was to inform me about it immediately. 10.. We finished.. 5. in... around seven. 4.1 enjoy . 7 . the cat this morning? 11. 8. It was difficult to refuse his request. He asked me to speak slowly.. Define the functions of the infinitive. Please stop . I promise. Some children hate... me a raise..1 am considering... We have no intention to order these goods. new people. your knuckles! 10. The Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction is used after the verbs denoting such as She heard in the distance.g p.toobserve.tofind.A Practical English Grammar . tom th ote cd ofn r. havedropped ottrh in kt. tth oeh em ar.toexpect. tobe o e. After verbs of mental activity in the Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction the verb is generally used.to tokfn eo ew l.rg s. e. Note: When the verb is not a verb of sense perception but means a clause or a gerund (not the Objective-with-the Infinitive) is used.ettc o.tto u s hertobekniting te.consider. th tu rastu haelyrp inrte etre I saw that he the danger.e.to im ae g.tobelieve. After the verbs of sense perception only the Indefinite Infinitive Active is used. c) theyor-to-Infinitive Construction The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction The Objective-with-the Infinitive is a construction in which the infinitive is in predicate relation to a noun in the Common Case or a personal pronoun in the Objective Case.tand.tonotice.Bensonenter e.ou to ssein e.tto ofb ined e.etc. I should expect Note: With the verbs the same idea can be expressed without any infinitive. theesgub irjleucn ys. F l e u r c o m i n g . didnt’realize t o h e a r t o l e a r n . The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after verbs denoting mental activity.be yin dke. b) the Subjective Infinitive Construction. He noticed She found 20 .ld.g. 2.g.g o. such as Mother believed in the next room. He noticed Note: The verb is followed by a clause and not by the Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction when it is not really a verb of sense perception but means s e n s e percee.The Infinitive Constructions We find the following predicative constructions with the infinitive: a) the Objective-with-the-Infinitive Construction. f a s s i n M r. tosee t o unde e. thefireslowlyconquered. I saw the room.tg .ting. I hear you the idea of leaving.g. In the sentence this construction has the function of a complex object. 1.tosuppose..ig n.gte orw atg ch.tofeel. We saw If a process is expressed Participle I Indefinite Active is used.tion.vto rs ieid ned devotedtom e. If the meaning is passive we use Participle II. t o h a t e . caused m ade 3. The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after the verbs denoting order and permission: Teacher made 7. With verbs denoting sense perception: ‘tosee’ tosee. Here: is a simple verbal predicate. expressed by the verb in the present passive and a predicative. c a n n o t beare . It consists of a common noun in the Common Case with the indefinite infinitive. t o i n t e n d . t o c h o o s e . The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after verbs of declaring: He reported 4. expressed by a prepositional phrase.g. The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after the verbs and expressions denoting feeling and emotion: I hated 6. The Subjective Infinitive Construction The Subjective Infinitive Construction is a construction in which the infinitive is in predicate relation to a noun inthe Common Case or a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. e t c .to proneo u n c e . on the other hand as a part of a compound verbal predicate. t o h a v e .tohear. is an adverbial modifier of place. t o r e p o r t . The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after the verbs denoting wish and intention: He wished 5. t o g e t . The Use of the Subjective Infinitive Construction. Some grammarians consider that in this construction the infinitive is used on the one hand as the subject of the sentence. m eobeyher. t o d e s i r e .tc. 1.g.g e. e. e. .g.g. t o w i s h . t o m e a n . t o h a v e ( i n t h e m e a n i n g o f ‘ t o f o r c e ) ’ . t o s u f e r . . t o m a k e . t o c a u s e .. The Objective-with-the Infinitive Construction is used after the verbs denoting compulsion: Elya the SMS to be sent to Roma. himtohavebeensentaw ay. t o a l o w . t o w a n t .g. theboattohavebeenseennotfaraw ay. is the Complex Subject. Com isseen theridertodisappear inthedistance The riljer is seen to disappear in the distance. plexSubject e. t o d i s l i k e . t o l i k e . Light steps in the grave him turn his head. t o m a k e . t o o r d e r . e.etc. youtobenearhim . t o d e c l a r e . t o l o v e . mentioned below. The Subjective Infinitive Construction is used with the following groups of verbs in the Passive Voice. Our point of view is expressed in the analysis of the sentence. 2. With the verb was made this book from London. The /or-fo-Infinitive Construction for. this exercise. Complex object. tobe e. 3rd person. Subject (often with the introductory was disturbing.g. studentsistodotheirtasksintim e. According to the purpose of utterance it is a declarative sentence.g.g lie v e . w asm ade m ake Shetoconsidt adoctor were heard loudly.write e . With verbs denoting mental activity: was supposed 3. e.g. According to the structure it is a simple. I am very sorry to a man wrong. tohavecom eatlast. Predicative. Attribute There was no need 5. forhimtobeeconom ical. 1.g.Form etohearhim it) e. singular with the indefinite infinitive. consisted of a personal pronoun in the Nominative Case. forhimtocontinue. e.g.g.toexpect. two-member sentence. is the Complex Subject. is a simple verbal predicate. expressed by a common noun in the Common Case. The /br-/(>Infinitive Construction is a construction inwhich the infinitive is in predicate relation to a noun or personal pronoun preceded by the preposition The construction can have different functions in the sentence. expressed by the verb ‘to ’ in the past passive. He tom t o b r i n g akre e. extended. t o s u p p o s e .toknow . . indicative mood. e. e.g. ffo orryto hu ed o o r t o o p e n . Adverbial modifier of purpose She paused 6. g .in to eg avdisible. fo ra gb to ble to be sn oyrtyh.g. active voice. 2.e. Adverbial modifier of result The wall was too high Note: With the expressions the infinitive is used only if the subject of the sentence represents at the same time the doer of the action expressed by the infinitive. She watched I am so glad 4. e. is a direct object. e. The best thing/or 3.toconsider. particularly when it cannot be undone. havedone . H e t o Analysis:Shew asm adetoconsultadoctor.Students tospeak tothink. П. Baines. listening until he heard the taxi motor die out along the street. They announced that the meeting had been put off. 6. Read the following text paying attention to complex subjects and objects used in it.e. 9. W eea yc w ilec. Change the sentences according to the model using the Complex Subject: 1. Baines and Mrs. Retell the text using the constructions. What kinds of infinitive constructions do you know? 2. Philip stood in front of the nursery door. 2. It is known that Holmes had a remarkable fact with his landlady. Questions 1. 7. . It is likely that the talks will be resumed early in November.om e. In other cases a clause is used with and I am glad you got a ticket for the concert. What is the/br-to-Infinitive Construction? 4. It was expected that those measures would improve the condition of public education in the country. It seems that you misunderstood me. What are the functions of/or-to-Infmitive Constructions? Quiz M odel:S Ithe w asasbb ele ielivee d thto alhsa hveehra d rre te ud rn ed. It seemed that she knew everything and everybody on board the ship.1 suppose you know it quite well. What is the difference between Objective and Subjective Infinitive Constructions? 3. Wc can hardly believe that the letter will be delivered on time 8 . 3. He seemed to be alone in the house although he was staying with Mr. w v e d e t u n . tobeglad tobesory. It appeared he was working at his new play. 5. T h yre ars eusre urtehe to om I. 4. His parents were gone for a fortnight’s holiday. 10. He appeared to be a stranger in his home because he could go to any room and all the rooms were empty.g. After some verbs of sense perception both of infinitive constructions (objective and subjective) are used. Philip heard the front door shut and saw the butler Baines turn back into the dark heavy hall. It was believed that she was visiting her relatives in the country. . ) (AfterTheBasem entRoombyG rahamG reene (nottowory) (toannoy) (to look) (tobreak) ( t o g o ) tow ake) (toprom ise) ((to help) (towrite()tounde rstand) toturn.n )(toset(lte ) erge) (toinvite) (toem III.. We didn’t expect them . Translate the following sentences into your native language paying attention to/or-to-Infinitive Construction. Soames saw him. so as not. Use the correct form of the infinitive in the complex object constructions. 6 . a never-opened piano in the drawing room. V. jars of cream in the bedroom.. Baines was already busy..tosay) . 7 . 5. 2.1 shut the door quietly. you. 9. about their final test? 2.. 1want this myth 3.. 9..You could only guess who had once occupied them: a collection of pipes in the smoking-room.. We believe them. He managed to get him. much older than you are. That beard makes you. 1. I. in... The dog’s got a stick between his teeth and he won’t let it...... her seventy-five a week..(tobeg i... 4 ..... We waited for her 10... in May. She doesn’t want him. covering the chairs in dust-sheets..1never before heard him. Your mistake was. 3. something.(torem em ber) (t(o c o m e ) ((tto pa ea os m rky)) (topay) ( t o r e a c h ) obring) . She suddenly observed Ravshan.. 5. the baby. 1. Rules were made... The boy was told to be a good boy and wait for the parents to return in the evening. 8. 2. the station by now. Don’t let the children. from the drawing-room. 10. earlier than we did. to Irene and .. 1. 12.... Philip knew Mrs.. 6.. Everybody expected them. IV. the silly little tables and the silver: but here Mrs.1don’t . The judge ordered the prisoner. So he half expected her to say: «Be off out here. 4.. that letter. . Baines to dislike him.. He wanted me.. Put the correct form of the infinitive.... pulling down the curtains. to her house. him choose a new TV set.. Master Philip».. We considered this matter II.... 8. How can I help my students .1can’t . to be on time. the meaning of this passage. The English student was speaking too fast for our students to catch what he was saying. so much. 4. to be pleased. It was so nice for her folks to have her back at home.” said Doniyor. her to sing. Each card contains a part of a sentence. He is hard 14. Each group is given about 40 cards of paper. The game “Snap” (gerund. We wondered if it was time for us to leave.1think it would be better for you to tell the truth. He didn’t want 11. to help me. he knew those places. to dance. Do you like 6. One of the students of the group should write the whole sentences on a sheet of paper. 6. me eat the soup. It is high time 8. The mother was very anxious for the daughter to enter the institute.The book leaves 12. 5. She is pleasant 15.3. She made me 3 . One group is given sentences on the gerund. 9. him enter the room. She didn’t let 5. participle. 7 . repeat my words several times. himto come. May I use 9. another one on the participle and the third one on the infinitive. Activity I. her mother go away. “That is easy for you to say.1want him much to be desired. They heard the girl 10. It was easy enough for us to persuade them. He is difficult 13. her to cry.1 saw 4. 8. Incomplete sentences: THE INFINITIVE 1. infinitive) Class should be divided into groups of three. 10. The winner is the group which writes the sentences first and right. There will be a lot of interesting people for you to make acquaintance of.1 should like 2. The members of the group should find the right parts of the sentences and connect them. 25 minutes are at the students’ disposal to write the correct sentences and define the functions of the verbals. to deal with. to look at. to be a good student. That funny scene 7. to listen to music? . It was not difficult for the driver to find the road. she forgot to write her name. . She is too busy 39. To see is 34. He is very forgetful.1hate 20. The problem is too difficult 38. What is 40. to have been told a lot about Mr. him enter.1 saw 22. He was 35.1am awfully glad 29. She has nobody made me laugh.1know him 18. to talk to you. 43.1 expect 17. Jane remembered 27.1felt 25. to have spoilt your mood. 30.1heard 23. Mother made 21. he remembered to have seen her in Sandra’s company. to have met you. but he doesn’t like to be reminded of his duties. to go there. To improve your pronunciation 32. himtremble. Rochester. for you to go to bed. Isn’t it natural that 31.1 like 19. To begin with 37. to solve it at once. He is sorry 26. She watched the children 42. to play in the yard anymore. she opened all windows. When Clyde looked at the girl closely. 33. the first to come. Writing the dictation. we like to be praised and don’t like to be scolded? to have said it. her speak.1noticed 24. you should record yourself and analyse your speech. to be done? to speak with. It is out of the question 36. to believe. THE PARTICIPLE 41.1am sorry 28. himfrowning. your telephone? cry out withjoy. The dictation written the day before her speaking. himfrown.16. When did you 60.1 noticed 52. Seeing clouds of smoke over the house. spread on the floor. 70. . the girl cried-“Fire1Fire!” was lying in the middle of the street.1 heard 51. looked very clean. is a well-known musician. There being little time left. must be very careful. I forgot to ask him about his sister. will be in Moscow tomorrow. The floor washed by Helen drop his bag. dinner brought. While putting the eggs into basket. he made only one mistake. writing the dictation. 53. your watch repaired? reading in the garden. When sending the telegram. Petersburg today 45. kept at the door. the train was late. to have my photo taken.1am going 58. we could hear nothing. Have you had 59. A person taking a sunbath 49. the work done. she broke one of them. Some of the questions put to the lecturer yesterday 47. taught music.1 saw him 55. The man standing at the door of the train carriage and saying goodbye to his friends 68. it was naturally to forget everything. A word spoken in time 69. She saw him 54. was corrected. 50. A letter sent from St. While speaking to Nick some days ago. The bridge having been swept away by the flood. They had some 61. Have this carpet 65. to have my hair cut. 48.44.1 shall have my son 63. 67.1want 56. A line looked through this cristal 66.1 shall have your taxi 64. She had the children looked after 62. 46. they hired a cab to get to the theatre in time.1want 57. in the evening when she went out. were very important. eyes shining. her body bent a little forward. looks double.71. 84. Andrew followed the secretary. 81. Then. . 83. feet flying. with his cheek burning and his fists 91. the rising sun lit up the top of the hill. 89. Being very ill. 75. 87. 85. “How do you like the film?” he asked. The wind stirring among trees and bushes. His hat blown off by the wind 74. He being no more heard of. 79. She danced light as a feather. a fire was lighted for the weary travellers to warm themselves by. turning towards me. the house search proving that she was not there. Then they heard the noise ofthe plane. his hand raised for silence. the thief was arrested on the spot. the army launched an attack. the sun covered with dark clouds. could not be open. She rose from the bed and removed her coat clenched. The house surrounded by tall trees 72. You can set your mind at ease. all his strenth failing him. She sat staring into the fire. The first rays of 77. 82. sank near the door. and stood motionless. have a new dress made? her heels crunching in the packed snow. 88. 80. All the necessary preparations having been made with utmost secrecy. may have very important result. her hands clasped 90. 86. all being well. she could not go to work. The dog sat close to before her the table. her head bent. The treaty having been signed. 76. We could not see 73. It being cold and damp. Oliver knocked weakly at the door and. The door bolted on the inside 78. There being no chance of escape. the sock forgotten on her knee. is very beautiful. Asya went outside to look up and down the street. The moonlit road was empty. THE GERUND 101. She hurried along. 93. The speaker faced the audience.92. without stopping. with his chin resting on his hand. 99. She likes 108.1had the pleasure 111. but rather on the distant scene at 98. Little Paul sat. Have you 106. trade was at once resumed. Living in little stuffy rooms means 103. his tail thumping now and again upon the floor. Pale-lipped. with Tom running after her. Miss Trotwood was in the habit 105. his eyes fixed expectantly on his master. like raining. his eyes fixed not on anything here pale. his heart beating fast. Taking a cold shower 107. and ran around the desks and benches. finished writing? in the morning is very useful. its shadow passing over the open glade. 94. faces. Clyde sat up. Twenty minutes later he came out of number seven. for coming. Then she sprang away the lake. He talked of asking Mr. 95. . compressed and an odd expression on his face. Dick his opinion. Lanny stood looking at the lorry rolling away. really worth visiting! breathing poisonous air. sitting inthe sun. There are two ways ofgetting sugar: 104. It looks 109. Thank you 110. 97. to going to New York. with his lips tightly 100. with the cool wind blowing in their 96. Repairing cars 102. of dancing with her the whole evening. She denied like seeing him. 123. 126. one from beet and the other from 116. She could not to solve that difficult problem. He gave up the idea to convince him is of no use. At last he broke the silence there is no preventing it. 118.1am really looking forward there is no preventing it. 124. 132. 136. He persisted in trying help smiling. 127. by looking up in the dictionary. 119.112. she had read without looking into 130. The Big Apple is your wishing to start the work at once 114.1avoided speaking to their going on that dangerous voyage. 115. 133. 121. 128. The poor peasant thanked Robin Hood the book. Everybody will of going to the country for the discuss the event. heartily 131. Have you finished being slow. 134. weekend.1insist on to them about that matter. Excuse my leaving she said something about her watch 129. She thought by inviting everybody to walk into the diningroom. She stopped coming having seen the man before? to see us. 117. Would you mind 125. Watching football is his business. matches may be exciting enough.1don’t feel you at such a moment.1understand perfectly sugarcane. He never agreed protecting themselves from the rain by walking under the trees. He was on the point of leaving the club. 122. being told the truth. Doyou mind of ever hearing from her. 120. Can you remember of living in a small house by the sea. My trying washing the dishes yet? . She has always dreamt but of course it is more exciting playing football. 135. for having helped him. 113 . 1am proud to choose such good wall-paper design.137. . He was the last to whitewash the fence. 6. 22. To have a hot water tap is very convenient. Margaret was happy to have painted the door herself. 15. 18. It required great skill for him to paper the room. To move to a new flat is always pleasant. The flat was too small to hold so many guests. Our plan was to parquet the floor. He was the last to come to our party. 10. 17. 25. This wall-paper design is good to use for a sitting room. They went home quickly. A parquet floor is easy to sweep. There were two more walls to be papered. Linda could retell the English story 139. Self-study I. 138. 21. The painter is too tired to paint the door now. 13. II. the gerund and the verbal noun. State the forms and functions of the infinitive and analyze them. 3. My mother plans to buy a piano for me. 140. The wall-paper is light enough to be used in the nursery. 9. 19. She was sorry to have sat on a newly painted bench in her Sunday dress. You can leam what the new words mean having been at home that evening. State where you have the participle. 24. 20. 14. The kitchen was large enough to have meals in it. 4. When asked why she had missed the train. She was glad to have got a good refrigerator. 12. A freshly whitewashed room is pleasant to live in. This is a dish to put apples in. 23. 7. Our wish was for him to paint the walls light-green. 5. 8. a) There was a rustling that seemed like a bustling Of merry crowds justling and pitching and hustling. The door is hard to lock. coming again in a day or two? my asking you a difficult question? as the porter stopped him. 1. 16. Our desire is to furnish our kitchen in a new style. Helen was glad to have made such good whitewash. 11. He was the first to choose this shade of wall-paper. 2. Out came the children running. Don’t count your chikens before they are bru nktingdoor 2. 20. and are two different things. 7. 3. will catch at a straw. A child dreads the fire. A penny is a penny 10. Ш. Nothing is impossible to a heart. A fault is half redressed. define their forms. 9. 16. And sparkling eyes. 15. 13. 2. you.Browning) b) 1. was soon lost to sight. (tosee) .Small feet were pattering. It is ill dogs. The least soonest 19.. and teeth like pearls. 17.Ac era d rotc eo nnfesse spilt sleepingcrying w ling Lost saved gaiin ed. IV. Next to being a great poet is the power of understanding one. wooden shoes clattering. functions in the following proverbs and learn them. Let dog lie. hangs long on its lings. It is good in waters. time is never found again. Tripping and skipping ran merrily after The wonderful music with shouting and laughter.1 am looking forward. never boils. What is can’t be undone. Adrawningm m hatched. 12. 11. 5. The balloon. Pete’s father watches with great interest the increasing ofthe boy’s knowledge. The apple injures its neighbours.. The city lies sleeping. 8. 4. 14. 1. And like fowls in a farm-yard where barley is scattering. do it yourself. State non-finite forms of the verb. and flaxen curies. 18. 3. There’s no use over milk. Little hands clapping. A r o l i n g Awatchedpot w e l d o n e isahkie nngsleetrp oin ug bled tofw p u m p ing Sayingdon d o i n g e s a i d t h e m e n d e d . All the little boys and girls. It is no use a dry well. With rosy cheeks. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms (gerund or infinitive) using the preposition where necessary. 4. stone gathers no moss. shooting swiftly into the clouds. 1. (R. 6. Ifyou want a thing . and little tongues chattering. . We went for a walk after we finished. . television t o ......tow o rkw )alk.(toe(txo pb lae in (kto sw m oke) (t(o n o ) toshow .1wish.. He tried . Would you mind . Did you remember. 4. a summer holiday. so I had to pay a fine. t o o p ) take) w a t c h . (to 26. a break.. between the courses. me how. Laylo offered..1 arranged.. to strange men. t o l i s t e n ) read) sing) 29...togo) ( n o t t o s p e a k ) h.(to 18... 16..... 10. 14...... (to As the storm approached.todo) ovc errh e a r ) ya)ve) h 2 c l e a n ) 22. He was fined for. (to 28. The boys like.. 13. (to 23.. It is of no use.. for three hours we stopped to let the others . He dreads. to bed.. the new equipment? 15. My mother told me.for you... but she refused 12.. Most children prefer. (to 20. (to 1..a book back to the library... (to He wanted the passenger.. up the kitchen.... the speed limit.. like that. Don’t forget. 3 . sticks. the manager.1 am getting tired. (to 19. Recently.. 9. games but hate. tatkaelk)) (wait) (te ond o) q u i t .. At dinner he annoyed me by. How does that sound to you? (to 34.. 36. You are expected...1don’t mind. (to 33. Amir’s dog loves. The baby started. He urged u s. retired.. to the radio.. cash.... (to 24. my cat while I was out of town. Don’t tell me his secret. 17.when she was about eighteen months old. Jahongir has been spending most of his time. I prefer.. research for a book on pioneer women. . (to 1forgot ... 25 We discussed .tonot) (todo) turnof) 2. (to 35. the laws of your own country.. He warned her. Go ahead and finish. The taxi driver refused........ our own business.. with us.. a check. 31.... It’s no use .. My grandfather prefers. . I need. 7. (to 27. them here. the wire. over the spilt milk..1can’t understand her. Ibrohim suggested. (to 30....to ( t o catchup) (toexceedp )lay.(to(b e ) tw oo m e)et) ((tto r k ) (towait)ose(e nottotouch)(tolock.. (to 32.... lessons. After. our jobs and .. 11....atvo e)listen) .your work.1look forward . the stove? (to .. the door before .. what you said... the birds quit. in the mountains this weekend. take) (topay) l o o k a f t e r ) chase) ski) know .. 8. 6..1 couldn’t help .... faster.. 5 .. 11..to s w i m ) (toask. (tocal) (totel. Through the open windows we could hear birds... Gina tomorrow? 39.. immediately. Kamron managed . 48. in the street.1 don’t recall ever.1urged Omar..... ) 38. Pat told us . 6.tobring) e a t ) 44..... to school and .tofin((ittso ) p l a y ) (t)otake) (tochange he e)ar) (to(tro ac (topersuade.. We found them. We consider him. I get sunburned easily.. Muhabbat challenged me..1appreciate your. you mention his name before.. the film we saw yesterday. 9 . a new pair.1like to see people . . There’s too much traffic.. . My skin can’t tolerate. 5... his soccer ball to the picnic.1 had my TV. 49.togo. Zebo encouraged me... for her.tostay. descendant of George Washington. some food to the reception.. 42.. Hasan volunteered..tocal. Mother told the boy. When will you have a new dress . Nobody heard him... the wind. her across the pool.... Sayora reminded me.. 45. 2.. you.. at last... We felt the weather. Feruza.. my mind. Fred Washington claims. 40... they were frightened.. 47. 52.. When the Britons saw the Roman ships.. the wolfthreatened.. the time to help me.. me about.. tomorrow.. Would you please remind me.tobuy) 4totel.... in the sun all day. her degree.1 finally managed.. inthe garden. When Bahromboarded the ship and left the town he believed himself. my old running shoes with holes in the toes and ... 46.. 51.. his education.. (tobe) (tofix) (tom ake) VI. I forbid you. In the fairy tale.. 1. 50....not (tothrowaw ay... 1.. 37.1 can’t help admiring her when I watch her 10. 1. Use the infinitive or the participle in the complex object... in school and.(towait.... Yoko. 12.... 7.? 4.. absolutely safe.. the wagon out of the mud. tofinish) (toleave) (todo) oc dhisac se s)toget) ((tto nug approach) (topost) (to(sto ing) ( t o b e ) . (tobring) (to (topul) (tobe) ohb e) (toreturn. a girl named Little Red Riding Hood. 8... 53 . The manager wanted the letter. 43. Complete the following sentences using the complex object.. an expert on ancient art.. Don’t forget. The horses struggled...(towork) V. 3. stronger. Bakhodir. the house.. Children... his homework carefully. ... 3.1 should like to see how he would say it to my face. .. 13. 5. It turned out that a new organization had emerged as a result of that preparatory work. It was certain that they would come to an understanding. Who made you . 4. 9. 3. 5. ? 11. 10.Hew asheardexplainingsom ethingtohisson.. 5. e.. She was asleep but immediately got up when she heard u s. . 7...1thought you to .. ..1 suppose you are in the know of what has happened..1want them to .. It was reported that the Gadfly had been picked up by Duprez expedition.. 4. 10.2. Did any of you see him . 4 . It seemed that the house had not been lived in for a long time.. We saw them signing the paper. Use constructions with the infinitive or the participles: 1. We should like you to . We believe them .. .. 6. We watched the columns of demonstrators . 2 . Use the complex subject in place of the complex object... Watson saw inspector Morton standing at the comer. We heard him explaining something to his son... 16. We could hardly believe that it had happened.. He watched the postman distributing the letters.g.1 was frightened to hear somebody .. It will be very nice if he stays alone all die time and has a good rest. We believe them to have come to an agreement. 7.. 6. It appeared that the lady was very talkative..... Someone saw her walking about the garden. We didn’t expect the guests to .. 7. They watched the boys playing football. 2.. She persuaded him to .1won’t have you . 6.. 15. ... 8. We waited for them . 12. ? VII. Can you fancy him .. We expected them to . From the shore one could see the dolphins that were playing in the sea. 14. 9.. Vni. ? 8. 3.. 1. . to the party with you. for it. 10. give up .A Practical English Grammar . If possible. but there was a lump in her throat and tightening at her heart.. 7. this suitcase. t o l a s t ) oke) (tohaveawaltko )sm 7 .tolook) 9.. After walking about the city for two hours we stopped near the cafe abite) put. He was on the point... 5. IX..... Robert.. 5 ..to (tlo live)(toquarel) (tohelp. ike . Though pressed for time students didn’t hurry. X.1want you .. Use the gerund or the infinitive of the verbs in brackets.. 9.. Upon reading this letter Shelton had once more a sense of being exploited. She made him apologize.... He was so young. dearest.me.topack) (togo) . We suppose the students to have exams now.. She found him looking through moming newspapers.. out alone.. There is no going back now.(tohave (to (to(m a k e . She tried to speak lightly.. don’t leave us! 1have so loved being with you. Now and again came the clear hammering of the woodpecker or the joyless call of a crow. Point out gerunds and verbal nouns. 12. 3.. She went quickly past him and out of the room without looking back..1hate. ( ) 2. “I wish he would go. Fatkhullo didn’t have any money. The father may have noticed my goings out and comings in.” she cried when they were out of hearing. Remember at school one was always kept waiting for a beating. Translate the sentences into your native language. 21 . so gay. 4. at least for a time.1 should love.” 9. Oh. The room though poorly finished looks tidy..8. 1. I hate. so he decided.. “Oh. The girl though poorly dressed didn’t look miserable. in rainy weather.. 8. 10. 1. Tashkent is a nice city 3. clothes. 11. Use gerund or an infinitive to complete each sentence. ajob. with her.1forgot. 1.. 6. She told me how. 6. the book in the right place and spent half an hour or so . 8. fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions. 4 . 2. 10.. XI. him. longer.. he laughed so merrily at other people’s jokes that no one could help . . the answer to my question. .. Mohira and Akmal were considering. soccer? 3.. picture of everyone who participated in our wedding.. (take) . 7 .. He denied.. We had a professional photographer. 1went to the bank to have a check.1 spilled some tomato sauce on my suit coat. 1. Before I went away to college.. 10. the door for me? 5. Tom Sawyer was supposed to paint the fence. me some money so I could go to a movie last night..... 11.. Residents are not allowed.1don’t mind.... My boss made me.. married in June. Would you mind. until August.. The teacher had the class. When Abbos went shopping. 12... a new apartment.. 10.. Azamat went to a doctor to have a wart on his nose. . Jack advised me. 7... 13. Now I need to get my suit. The teacher didn’t know the difference. this package. Somehow he got his friends. Otabek got some kids in the neighbourhood.. He was a very clever boy.. 8.. but they finally decided . my mother reminded me.. he found ajacket that he really liked...... Do you enjoy.... alone. 1got Rosa. it fit him perfectly. After he had the sleeves. it for him 14.. 8.. the windows before he could go outside to play..(do) I.. so he got his twin brother.1made my son. Husan had a bad headache yesterday. her a letter at least once a week. me at a party.. 2. Peeling onions always makes me. 6.... tomorrow. Atham promised.. 4. 6... 3. Someone asked me. Review Self-stud) (write)(w a sn h)) ( c l e a (cash) (go) (shorten) edo) (fil) ((rle (rem ove)nd) (cry) . Lobar pretended.2... out his garage.. to class for him. 4 9 (clean) 12. 9. Adolat stopped at the service station to have the tank. Hasan.... pets in my apartment building... a 500-word presentation. 5.. Complete the sentences... 11.. my report because he wasn’t satisfied with it. but he didn’t want to do it... . Maybe we should go in Switzerland. ( g o .. to the top of an active volcano and inside the crater. in the Andes.. Learning about other cultures is interesting.. to an island off the Atlantic coast. (say). for the past year. the most? В: I would love .y. (cam (spend). (see).(cam p) p) (go). we should probably enjoy off the great Barrier Reef ofAustralia. ((e x l o r e ) clim b) (look).fish). ? B: That is not a vacation to me. in new places too. by going to neither coast We have agreed. .. Itisim portanttoih HI... ( h i k e ) (p sw im ). Complete the sentences with the correct form: infinitive or gerund. (find. in the Gulf of Mexico.. 2. (ski). We have also been talking about . She doesn’t like long plane flights. I always end up doing all the chores around the house that I have put off . I like . at home and ) . A: I can’t wait . Someday I would really like ... I am sure you will figure out a really great place for your vacation.. Then there is the possibility of going ... Or may be we could. down the Pacific coast We have decided ... a train across central and western Canada. (take)(rent) (g ). but my wife wanted. d r i v e ) . A: What place would you like ..)(sail) (relax (so ta (o d)o ) ( v i s i t ) ( d . Ifi stay at home during my vacation.. keep about it.... . ... but both of us seem more adventurous vacations. A: So where are you going? B: Well. tavegoodfriends. A: Have you ever thought about ... B: Neither of us can stand two whole weeks at a luxury hotel. Hmmm... ( v i s i t ) (go).. Being polite to other people is important.. (go.... in Canada We have also discussed . Make sentences with the same meaning by using + an infinitive.. 3...II. ( c a l ) . В:We’ll have to stop about it sometime soon and make a decision.. A: Why don’t youjust pick a spot on a map? Then call and make a hotel reservation. I don’t mean anything bad about big hotels..... a place where both of us want. we’ve been considering . (think). (like). Playing tennis is fon. Or perhaps we could go in the Nile.. in New Zealand. ( g o ) ( h e a r ) . Don’t forget me.. When I go on a holiday. Of course....... new places and new things. A: Have you made any vacation plans? В: I was hoping. the Brazilian rainforest much longer..... (waterski).. 4... And we shouldn’t postpone . My wife loves ... B.. out where you decide . . (com prom ise). but I am afraid she might refuse to New Zealand.. I enjoy parts of the world I have never seen before. Having good friends is important..go). A: Well.. 1. I’ll expect from you when you make a decision. a sailboat and . (find)(think). After she takes the first bite. 8.. It is difficult. or ..Studentsshould d o t h e i r h o m e w o r k ..... It is customary. Having a cold isn’t much fun. He talks too fast.. the guests also start to eat.. I was... It is impossible. 7.1canunderstandourteacher. It isn’t necessary. It is necessary. Thebrideusualyfeedsthegroomthefirstpieceofw eddingcake. MyfamilyalwayseatspilafeverySunday. Will it be possible... Theguestsusualywaituntilthehostessbeginstoeat.. It is important It is important.. Use the given information to complete each sentence. 3.. 6.Busy/answ er IV. t o o e1 n o u g h + tre oa nkg strongen o ug hea to ftlift 2. 12 It is easy...S W //liflitft to o w kltio 3. V.. 1. 9. I let it keep ringing until the caller gave up.. It is a traditional.Teachersshoulfd ad ke cn letsarto ly. Cooking a soft-boiled egg takes three minutes.. 8. 6. 11. Peoplecantaketripstothem oon... osrpsetu ew ork.... I am not a refrigerator. 5. 7. 2.. 4. Most people are a refrigerator without help.. It is hard.dotheirhom W edon’thavetohury. Learning a second language takes a long time. At a formal dinner party.. Complete the sentences by choosing from the words in Use an infinitive. There is plenty of time. Studentshavetobudgettheirtim ecarefuly. Afishcan'tliveoutofwaterform orethanafewm inutes.. Walking alone at night in that part of the city is dangerous.. i t a l i c s ... Iusualycan’tunderstandhim .. it is customary. Achildusualycan’tsitstilforalongtim e.5.. the phone... 10. . 16. My friend Akihiko has goldfish in a pond in his garden. Kholida talked about. to graduate school... at the phone.. mice. the phone will ring any second... My cat is good at.. It is difficult for me.. in one’s own bed. A: Hi! I am at home! B: Welcome back. 14. all the clothes I want to take on my trip. Children.. (draw) (lecture) 8. back home and .. 2. Rex is. 12. feed) (feed) (take) (feed) (earn... her for dinner. 6. phone numbers. Did you have a good trip? A: Yes.take) (get...E 4 a r l y g e t Fa urlg /e ho 6. a new roommate.. (be) ( s t a r e ) (think) .. her dog Pepper.. 1.. pictures on the tablecloth! Professor Amani has a strong accent... He needs.. at the ads for apartments for rent.... A: Quit. It is over.. It takes care.. 5 .B Biig g//g he otld We got to the concert. She found out what was happening by. and a little luck... care of her elderly parents and her three children. unsympathetic.. My suitcase is. my gosh! 11. No matter how wonderful a trip is.... Tourists like. into Bob’s doghouse. Complete the sentences using gerund or infinitive. 4. 10.. in the warm ocean in Hawaii. He enjoys.. (listen) 9. My suitcase isn’t .. Doniyor is considering... ( B: Oh.... em berj (tocatch)(torem (look) ( s w i m ) (invite)(go) VI... A: I don’t mean. Mohira’s purse is. enough money... his pronunciation if he wants .. stop. them one by one with chopsticks. any more clothes.L bld old 8...5. 13.1called my friend . it’s always good . them. Doniyor’s goldfish died when he was away on a tripbecause his roommate foigot. carefully to everything that was said... a really good photograph of wildlife.. patience... How is everything? How are my goldfish? I hope you didn’t forget. him. requires good communication skills.. thanks.. 7.1bought a newspaper.. He works sixteen hours a day....(understand) (im prove. 3 . В: I keep . It is difficult for his students . but I think you would better forget about him. good seats. Bobur isn’t going to call. them.be). 7.. a good lecturer.sleep) (get) 15. I don’t like . however.. 26 at another person is a universal. (ask. Ifyou want. work you hate day in and day out can damage your health...2 pounds) of honey.... along with other people.lo o k (do) 17. In some countries. Ikeep. they usually offer a strong handshake and look the other person straight in the eye.. ) The stress of.. to usual tourist places when I’m on holiday.. 10. 20. Different cultures have different gestures... a person in the eye is equally rude.. Stop.be) (forgetcal) (go) (m ake) (crack) (be) (take) (shake. Ifyou hate. 6 .. my friendLola. I.1like .get) (travel) (m ake. 22. Do you want. cross-cultural gesture. to out-of-the-way places. Do you want go to swimming tomorrow? . sincerely interested in other people’s lives. at ajob you like...... It is important for your health. Bakhodir needed to went Eski Juva yesterday. Did you go to shopping yesterday? 4 . Is difficult to leam a second language.. 8. toothless by the time you’re thirty? 24.. the elevator? 23. Use a nutcracker.1thanked him for drive me to the airport. hands firmly. . 19. Why don’t you walk up the stairs instead of... 9... Exercise is good for you.(work) (go. friends. 3. Do you enjoy to go to the zoo? 2 . in closer than that during a conversation. you should seriously think about.keep. Everyone throughout the world understands the meaning of a smile. Many people in the Middle East and Latin America like. it is impolite. Large bee colonies have 80. 7 . those nuts with your teeth! Here you are.look) (m ove) (stand) (sm ile) VII. 21.. When NorthAmericans meet someone.1usually go to the cafeteria for to get a cup of coffee in the moming.. and... 18. These worker bees must visit fifty million flowers . it is important. . 5. others about themselves and their lives is one of the secrets o f. II.. Correct the errors... It is no wonder that “busy as a bee” is a common expression. Farkhod isn’t enough old too get married. just a little less than an arm’s length from someone... for a different kind of job.1cut the rope by a knife. I should better write myselfa note. It is important getting an education... 25.000 workers... and... one kilogram (2. How close do you stand to another person when you are speaking? North Americans prefer.. to your job.1went to the store for getting some toothpaste. 12.1 went to the bank for cashing a check. 13.1was to sleepy to finish my homework last night. 14. Is easy this exercise to do. 15. Last night too tired no do my homework. 16.1have never gone to sailing, but I would like to. 17. Reading it is one of my hobby. 18. The man began to built a wall around his garden. 19.1 like to travel because you leam too much about other countries and cultures. 20. Instead ofsettle down in one place, I should like to travel aroundthe world. 21. My grandmother likes to fishing. 22. Malika would like to has a big family. (em barass/em b(agro a)ssing) ( b e ) (m a)nufacture) (m a ke ( h a v e ) (need)..(m eet).. ( t r a v e l ) . . (go) (m e(e tsp )e ..ak).. (know ) ( k n o w , n o t ) . . ( s t a y ) (have).. (stay) ( g e t ) . . ( h e a r ) ( w a l k ) (open) (f(is nede)) (ta(ktu er)n)..(go).. (look).. (close) (lock) (have ,(drn o t ) ess,no t)d ..o) (wear).. ( I , (s taa nld )).. (decide)..(get)(.k.nock) ( s t a r t ) . . ( w k .. (ask) (ask) ( r e a c h ) ( p u s h ( w a i t ) . . (com e) (take) (get) VIII. Complete the sentences by writing the correct form of the verb. What is your most experience? Let me tell you what happened to my Uncle Ernesto when he ... to Norway for a business meeting last year. First, I must tell you about my uncle. He ... a businessman from Buenos Aires, Argentina. He ... a new kind of computer compass for ships. Computer compasses ... by many companies in the world, so my uncle ... a lot of competition for his product. In order to sell his product, he with companies that might want to buy it. He frequently to other countries. Last year, he ... to Norway with a shipping company. It was his first trip to Scandinavia. My uncle Ernesto Spanish, of course, and also ... a little English, but he any Norwegian. While he ... in Norway, he a problem. Uncle Ernesto ... at a small hotel in Oslo. One morning, while he ready to take a shower, he ... a knock at the door. He ... to the door, ... it, and ... no one. He ... a step out of his room and down the hall. He ... no one. So he back into his room, but the door ...! It ..., and he ... his key. This was a very big problem for my unfortunate uncle because he properly. In fact, he nothing but a towel. Poor Uncle Ernesto! “What ...?” he asked himself. Instead of ... in the hallway with only a towel, he help. So he down the hall toward the elevator. He thought about on someone else’s door ... for help, but decided it was better ... the hotel personnel. He hoped the elevator would be empty. When he ... the elevator, he )... the down button and When it ..., Uncle Ernesto ... a deep breath and ... in even though the (wrap)(think).. (try) (explain) (surprise).. (see).. (know ,not) ( n o d ) ( s m i l e , n o t ) ( l o o k ) (sm ile)..(reach) ( w a l k ) . . ( l o o k ) ((h osu ro stta)nd,not).. (rfaig u re) (take) ha avve etto an y(d ,lee na ( g b ) d )barass,stil).. ( e m ( l a u g h ) (tel) topost elevator wasn’t empty. The other people in the elevator when they a man who ... in a towel. Uncle Ernesto about ... ... his problem, but unfortunately he ... any Norwegian. Uncle Ernesto said, in English, “Door. Locked. No key.” A businessman in the elevator ..., but he .... Another man ... at uncle Ernesto and broadly. After an eternity, the elevator ... the ground floor. Uncle Ernesto straight to the front desk and ... at the hotel manager helplessly. The hotel manager any language ... out the problem. My uncle ... a word. The manager ... a key, ... my uncle by the elbow, and ... him back to the nearest elevator. My uncle about this incident. But he ... a lot when he ...thestory. IX. Complete each sentence with a suitable verb. 1. Don’t forget the letter I gave you. 2. There was a lot of traffic, but we managed ... to the airport in time. 3. Nigora has decided not... a car. 4. We’ve got a new computer in our office. I haven’t leamt... it yet. 5. Kamola failed ... a good impression at the job interview. 6. We were all afraid to speak. Nobody dared ... anything. to -ing.(w a t c h ) (go )o) ( g (wait) ( g o ) (bark) cal) ( h a v e ) (m iss) (find) doyouwantm eto...? wouldyoulikem e to..c .? om e lend repeatdoys h o w s h u t w a i t ouwantm etocom ewithyoul 2. X. Put the verb into the correct form, ... or 1. When I am tired. I enjoy... television. It’s relaxing, 2. It was a nice day, so we decided for a walk, 3. It is a nice day. Does anyone fancy ... for a walk? 4 .1am not in a hurry. I don’t mind ... 5. They don’t have much money. They can’t afford... out very often, 6 .1wish that dog would stop .... It is driving me mad. 7. Our neighbour threatened... the police if we didn’t stop the noise. ( 8. We were hungry, so I suggested ... dinner early, 9. Hurry up! I don’t want to risk ... the train, 10.1am still looking for ajob, but I hope ... something soon, XI. Complete the questions. Use Or with these verbs (+any other necessary words) 1. Do you want to go alone, or Do you have enough money, or do you want... ? 3. Shall I leave the window open, or would you ... ? 4. Do you know how to use the machine, or would ... ? 5. Did you hear what I said, or do ... ? 6. Can I go now, or do ...? infinitive,or-ing. topark XII. Put the verb into the correct form: infinitive (do/make/eat etc.), ( p a r k ) (go)(do) (cry) (s(te ua dty)) re)ad) (m ak(e -ing to stealing (drive (s)teal) (go) (go) (rain) (win) ( a s k ) (as kn )sw (a e r ) (break) (pa yo)se) ( l (cry) (get)(tel) (m eet(,kseeeep )) (knock) to + 1. They don’t allow people in front of the building, 2 .1have never been to Ireland, but I’d like ... there, 3 .1am in a difficult position. What do you advise me ... ? 4. The film was very sad. It made me .... 5. Dildora’s parents always encouraged her ... hard at school, 6 .1don’t recommend ... In that restaurant. The food is terrible, 7. She said the letter was personal and wouldn’t let me ... it. 8. We are not allowed ... personal phone calls at work, XIII. Put the verb into the correct form, or .... Sometimes either form is possible. I. They denied the money, . 1don’t enjoy ... very much, 3 .1don’t want... out tonight. I’m too tired, . 1can’t afford ... out tonight. I don’t have enough money, 5. Has it stopped ... yet? 6. Our team was unlucky to lose the game. We deserved... 7. Why do you keep ... me questions! 8. Please stop ... me questions! 1refuse ... any more questions, 10. Sunnatullo admitted ... the window, II. The boy’s father promised ... for the window to be repaired, 12. If the company continues ... money, the factory may be closed, 13. ‘Does Sitora know about the meeting?’ ‘No, I forgot... her.’ 14. The baby began .... in the middle of the night, 15. The child has been ill, but now she is beginning ... better, 16.1have enjoyed ... you. I hope ... you again soon, 17.1 was very tired. I tried ... my eyes open, but I couldn’t, 18.1 rang the doorbell, but there was no answer. Then I tried... on the door, but there was still no answer, 19. We tried ... the fire out but without success. We had to call the fire brigade. 2 4 9. (put) (ask) 20. Mohira needed to borrow some money. She tried... Javlon, but he was short of money too. 21.1 tried... the shelf, but I wasn’t tall enough, Please leave me alone. I’m trying.... 23.1need a change. I need... away for a while, 24. My grandmother isn’t able to look after herself any more. She needs ... after. 22. (look) ( r e a c h ) (conce(n tro a)te) g (cle(acn )ut) 25. The windows are dirty. They need .... 26. Your hair is getting very long. It needs... 27. You don’t need... that shirt, It doesn’t need ... 28. They were talking very loudly. I couldn’t help... what they said. ( 29. Can you help me... the dinner ready? 30. He looks so ftmny. Whenever I see him, I can’t help.... (iron) (get) tolock (iron)overhear (sm ile) -ing to... ) XIV. Complete each sentence with a verb in the correct form, or 1. Please remember the door when you go out. 2. A: You lent me some money a few months ago. В: Did I? Are you sure? I don’t remember... any money. 3. A: Did you remember... your sister? B: Oh, no! I completely forgot. I’ll phone her tomorrow. 4. When you see him, remember... him my regards. 5. Someone must have taken my bag. I clearly remember... it by the window and now it has gone. 6. Bakhodirjoined the company nine years ago. He became assistant manager after two уешь, and a few years later he went on... manager of the company. 7. I can’t go on... here any more. I want a different job. 8. When I came into the room, Lola was reading a newspaper. She looked up and said hello, and then went on... her newspaper. -ing to. (he/like/live/there)Helikes (She/like/teach/biology) (he/ ( I / n o t / l i k e A v o r k / t h e r e ) (she/like/study/m edicine).. XV. Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use either form is possible. 1. Furkat lives in Bukhara now. It’s nice. He likes it. 2.livingthere. like/take/photographs or Sometimes Rokhila is a biology teacher. She likes herjob. She.... 3. Rustam always carries his camera with him and takes a lot of photographs, ) .... 4 .1used to work in a supermarket. I didn’t like it much. .... 5. Rano is studying medicine. She likes it. (henot/likebe/fam ous ) . . takerisks).. (Ilikeknow/thingsinadvance).. (shenot/like t expeta ctuhgehlp forbidrefused decide d h o p e d failep drom iste wan ed d 6. Doniyor is famous, but he doesn’t like it. 7. Hilola is a very cautious person. She doesn’t take many risks, 8 .1 don’t like surprises. XVI. Remember to use the infinitive after the following verbs. 1. Who you to swim? 2 .1 students to learn these exercises. 3. Did she you cook dinner? 4 .1 my brother to smoke here. 5. Maftuna to see him. 6. We to wait. 7. Bakhodir to do it quickly. 8. He to repair the bicycle. 9. My son not to punish the child. 10. Teacher them to help. GRAMMAR TALE Hello, dear students! My name is Mr. Verb. I want to tell about my friends which are parts of me, my non-finite forms, I gently call them verbals. They are: Henry and Harry Participles, Gerry Gerund and Infy Infinitive. But my poor dear friends don’t express person, number and mood, that is why they cannot be used as a predicate of a sentence. First of all I want to tell you about my dear friends twins Henry Present Participle and Harry Past Participle. Although they are twins they have different characters: Henry is formed by adding the suffix to my stem (the stem of the verb), and Harry is formed by the ending for the regular verbs and according to the table (third column) for the irregular verbs. Both brothers are friends with Mr. Adjective and Mr. Adverb that is why they have not only my, I mean verbal, but also adjectival and adverbial character. But sometimes it is so difficult for me to understand them, because they have double nature: nominal and verbal characters. Their nominal character can be observed in their syntactic functions. Both brothers can be used as an attribute or adverbial modifiers. And their verbal characteristics are as follows: Henry Present Participle of a transitive verb is a friend of Mr. Direct Object. If Henry wants he can take his friend into the sentence. Both brothers can be modified by Mr. Adverb. Henry has tense distinctions. Participle of transitive verbs has also voice distinctions. Henry is a friend of Mr. Infy Infinitive and when Henry meets him they denote an action which happens at the same time with the action of the finite verb. But when Henry meets his friend Mr. Perfect they every time want to be first in everything. -ed -ing That is why they denote an action which happens before the finite verb. But such ar action isn’t always expressed by Henry and Mr. Perfect. Henry and his friend Infy are used instead of Mr. Perfect with my sons, verbs of sense perception and motion. I have briefly told you about twins Participles, now I want to tell you a brief story about the biography of my friend Mr. Gerry Gerund. He is formed by adding the suffix my stem. My friend Gerry is alike the twins Henry and Harry, but don’t confuse him with them otherwise he will be offended. He also has double nature, I mean verbal and nominal, he also denotes the same actions as Henry and Hurry Participles with Infy and Perfect, but as he always says proudly: only I can be used in the following cases: with Mr. Verb and with his daughters verbal phrases: with some verbs and verbal phrases, I am used with my friend a little boy Preppy Preposition: With the following predicative word groups (it doesn’t matter ifmy friend Preppy is used with me or is not): -ingto t o a v o i d , t o b u r s t o u t , t o d e n y , l o enjoy,etc:, toaccuseof,toagreeto,toapproveto,etc. tobeaw areof,tobebusyin,tobecapableof,tobefondof,tobeproudof,etc. And my Gerry dear friend has different functions in the sentence: he can be a subject, a predicative, an object, an attribute, and adverbial, modifier. I should mention that in this function my friend Gerry is always preceded by his friend Preppy. I want to tell you about the relationship between my dear friends Gerry and Infy. They are good friends, they understand each other and one day they decided to share their duties. For example, with some verbs and word groups, such as: my friend Infy presents a reference to a special occasion and Gerry presents a general statement. And with my son the verb: Infy refers to the future and Gerry to the past action. But with my son the verb they have even different syntactical functions. Gerry forms part of a compound and Infy has the function of an But nevertheless with the number of verbs and word groups both Infy and Gerry may be used, the most important of these verbs are: As to Mr. Infy, he is a good chap, but he has also double nature, nominal and mine (verbal). He can be used: as a subject, as a predicative, as an object. And his verbal nature as follows: Infy of the transitive verbs can take his friend Mr. Direct Object with him, and he can be modified by Mr. Adverb, he also has tense and aspect distinctions. When Infy is together with his friend Mr. Indefinite they express an action which happens at the same time with the action of the finite verb and they may refer to the present, past or future. The same thing happens when Infy is together with Mr. Continuous, but when my dear Infy meets his companion Mr. Perfect or Mrs. Perfect Continuous they present an action before the action expressed by the predicate. Telling you about my friend Infy, I should mention that he is a very brave man. He doesn’t take his bodyguard Mr. Particle “to” with him and appears alone. In such cases I playfully call himbare Infy”. toforget,tohate,tolike(dislike),toprefer torem e m b e r ola stso pectpredicate verbta p cease,etc. tobeafraidof, adverbialm odifierofpurpose. tobeafraid,tobegin,tocontinue,to ought He likes to do this in the following cases: 1) After my children auxiliary and modal verbs, except my son modal verb “ ”, who never leaves his favourite Particle “to”. 2) After my children the verbs: and in the meaning o f‘to force’, but when my sons come together with Mr. Passive Voice they prefer to take their bodyguard Mr. Particle “/o” after them, because Mr. Passive Voice is a very passive person and he won’t be able to defend them. 3) After the expressions to tolet,tom ake tohave h a d b e t e r , h a d s o o n e r , w o u l d r a t h e r , w o u l d s o o n , c a n n o t but,nothingbut,cannotchoosebut. w hy' ‘'w hynot 4) In the sentences of a special type beginning with ‘ and . As regard to his role in the sentence he may be used as a subject, a predicative, an object, a part of the complex object, an attribute, an adverbial modifier, a parenthesis. So I have told you a briefbiography of my friends - non-finite forms. As you see they are all different but they are very important for me, because I love them and I know them very well and I hope that you’ll also love them and learn their biography very well and the book “A Practical English Grammar” will help you to know them better! W ithregards,yours,M r.Verb Questions 1. How are the brothers Mr. Henry and Hurry Participles formed? 2. What can you tell about Mr. Geriy? 3. What was Mr. Gerry proud of? 4. What way did Mr. Gerry and Mr. Infy decide to share their duties? 5. When does Mr. Verb call his friend Infy bare? 6. Whose biography do you like best? THE INTERJECTION The Interjection is a part of speech which expresses different emotions without naming them. According to their meaning, interjections fall under two groups, namely and interjections. a) Emotional interjections express the feelings of the speaker. They are: etc.: Alas! The house was empty and there was a bill in the window. b) Imperative interjections show the will of the speaker. They are: etc.: Sh-sh, baby is sleeping. Here! I have had enough of this, I am going. Inteijection may be and Primary interjections are not derived from other parts of speech. Most of them are simple words: em otional ah,oh, here,hush,sh- im perative e h , b r a v o , a l a s e.g. s.h ,.wel,com e,now e g prim ary secondary. ah,oh,eh,pooh,hum , f i e , bravo,hush. wel,now ,here,there,com e,w hy Secondary interjection are divided from other parts of speech. They are homonymous with the words they are derived from. They are: etc. Quiz I. Work in pairs. State interjections, define their types. 1. Oh! At last you have come! 2. Hush! The father is working. 3. Hallo! Is this you, Mary? 4. Oh, no! I have been late for the lecture. 5. Oh! Don’t say nonsense! 6. Good heavens! What is happening here? 7. Come, come, Dinara; let us hope for the best. 8. Well, it is high time for me to leave. 9. Bravo! You have done so soon. 10. Oh, dear! I have lost my credit card. 11. Gosh! Where have I put those books! 12. Hey! Is there anybody here? 13. Aha!At last they have agreed to our point of view. 14. Bother! He hasn’t come again. 15. Hush! Some interesting news is being broadcasted by the radio. g. a l . j u s t . 3. s t i l .alone. Particle has no independent function in the sentence.THE PARTICLE The Particle is a part of speech giving modal or emotional emphasis to other words or groups of words or clauses. not e. justo to. e.g. Don’t be offended. tofind . Limiting particles: He explained to you what he had been told. e. Almost all the particles are homonymous with other parts of speech.also. Connecting particles: He likes pears I like them. 2. pronouns and adjectives. generally with adverbs. He went to the Internet the latest works in his speciality.never.barely. also with conjunctions. Intensifying particles: I have come here to talk to you. e t c .g. only. Note: In modem English the infinitive is usually preceded by the particle ‘to’.m erely. b u t . only e. According to their meaning particles fall under the following main groups: 1. 4. ton oot. Negative particles: I have seen him for ages. q u i t e .g.etc.g. e. c) Alternative Conjunctions. h) Conjunctions of Purpose. “at the same time”. “whereas”.I’m afraidofnothing.(=aslongas) eatinginexpensiverestaurantsw hereasshelikessnackfood. but is used: a) to show a reservation about a previous sentence: S h e i s o n h o l i d a y s b u t w i t h o u t herhusband.yet shefailedintheexam s. Shespokerudelytom e. no genders or cases. The most usual of them are: a) Adversative Conjunctions. N e v e r a d a y p a s s e s b u t h e t e l e p h o n e s m e . W h i l e s h e i s a f r a i d . ( w W hileheisthechief. “as long as”: It’s synonym to another adversative conjunction is whilst. hand":Iprefer b) to give a negative meaning: c) with or bare infinitive after He can’t but cry. “but even so”: still means “nevertherless”: while means “although”.THE CONJUNCTION Conjunctions are words that join or connect other words or clauses in a sentence. or statements. whereas shows contrast.stilIforgiveher. The last one is used more inAmerican English. e) Cumulative Conjunctions. b) Illative Conjunctions. f) Time Conjunctions. ( = w i t h o u t telephoningc)an’t couldn't+ b u t : ( h a s n o otherchoiceexceptcrying Shestudiedalot. Adversative Conjunctions Adversative conjunctions are used to connect two opposing facts. ( = a l t h o u g h ) ltirkye t= ra vheelrie na gs)abroadwhilem yhusbandlikestravelingtotheinteriorofthe couIn . i) Conjunctions of Reason. s h e c o m e s l a t e e v e r y n i g h t . The sentence will not make sense. It means “on the contrary” or “on the other . g) Concessive Conjunctions. They are very important because if we use them wrong we won’t get the correct meaning of the sentence. ) yet means “nevertheless”. d) Correlative or Double Conjunctions. views. Conjunctions have no singular or plural form. It is usually put before the main verb of the sentence: Alternative Conjunctions W i l y o u b u y thisorthat?G ivem ehalfadolarorreturnthebook. so means “therefore”.ehappenedtw ohoursago.althesam e Thishouseiscom fortable. It’s also used in exclamations: that means “in a manner that”: according as means “depending on”. It’s also used for threats: or so is used to show uncertainty: otherwise as an alternative conjunction means “or else”: Correlative or Double Conjunctions Correlative conjunctions connect two things that have a mutual relation. Shetookcarethateverythingw asreadyintim e. it is synonymous to “so”. They are used: 22 .theEm bassy thereforedecidednottoholdTth he ee re io Illative conjunctions show the result of something that happened before. They are double conjunctions and each part of them must be placed before the same parts of the sentence. It’s not commonly used: therefore as an illative conjunction. Therew erefifteenorsY oo to u r i s t s . he. Everyoneisevaluatedaccordingasheisable.how ever Thecom petitionw asdificult.A Practical English Grammar . Alternative conjunctions connect two alternatives.onlyit’sfarfromthe however means “nevertheless or all the same”: nevertheless means “however”: all the same means “nevertheless”: only means “however or but”: Illative Conjunctions S o y o u a r e i n t r o u b l e w i t h him . H ehadalotofdificulties. didherbest.. or connects two things.. “in proportion as”.neverthelessshe Hetriedtokeepupwiththem . either. Trytoopenitwiththe screwdriverorelseI'llbreakit.couldn’t. or is an alternative conjunction but it’s also used to explain something: or else means “otherwise”. persons or actions and they show that only one of these two is going to happen. centre.hedidn'tgiveup. ac rte hp qtu an k. um ustsingthissong aloneotherwiseyou’llberejected. (=infinitive phrase) both.. and showthat both ofthese happened or are going to happen: not only.. s o n e r o p n e d doorthanthephonerang... phrases or sentences together giving extra information. a) with an affirmative verb: b) with a negative verb: Also is used in negative sentences as a short response. actions. They mean “rather than”: or Cumulative Conjunctions Cumulative conjunctions give additional information about something. and means “for different reasor s”: Heisbothapoliticia nka alrytisth t.. riliInlvee b”m wilnotcalher.norow arvte ed hvee rra essage. persons or actions and they show that neither of these two is going to happen... S aeve m n d y o b e l e t o a to:Calandtelhimeverything...isbutalsotheotherone. no sooner. either I d o n ’ t l i k e i c e c r e a m s a n d m y h u s b a n d either.ethistrip. It is placed at the end of the sentence after the negative auxiliary: neither. andnegativeverbTel m ewhetheryouapproveofsm okingornot. than means “immediately when”: sooner.. It is placed before the affirmative auxiliary after which follows the subject: The structure “ - can also replace “ + ”: / whether. They are used with an affirmative verb: Also is used in negative sentences as a short response. H w oro kn ee dyaan d w ou rk’led tia lb m id nim gh tk. B r i n g m e s o m e c a k e a n d a n o r a n g e j u i c e . and connects two things. but connects two actions: what with. S h e w o u l d s o o n e r s t a y a t h o m e t h a n g o t o t h e c i n e m a w i t h u n f r i e n d l y c o m p a n y . either... tooaswel . Ta en nd oa tn o n W h a t w i t h h i s a b i l i t y f o r f o r e i g n languagesandhishardworkAlisherw onthefirstprH izeehaatd Rn eo pu bo lic a n O lyem p iath de . nor connects two things. Youcan’tatendeitherthecourseorthelecture. ither Idon’tlikeice-cream sand neitherdoesm yhun sb a n d . than is used together or double. or connects two actions and show that one of these will happen: These conjunctions also introduce an infinitivг phrase or an indirect question: The students asked me whether to make it oral or writen.E i t h e r h o t o r c o l d it’ s o k e y .. S o o n e r thangotothecinem awithunfriendlycom panyshestayedathom e. persons. Neitherm y fatherno rnem y m o t h e r w i l b e a t t h e p a r t y . It is used: a) to give additional information: b) to show continuation: c) to replace an /^-clause: d) instead of the preposition also is used in affirmative sentences while in negative sentences it is replaced by It is used in written English and it is replaced by or in spoken English. and connects words.. I'llsw imeveryday. O nc e y o u f i n i s h i t . It is frequently used in warnings and threats: whether means “if’ and it’s more formal than “if’.therainstartedtofalheavily. In the main clause we may have either simple present or perfect: It can also have the meaning of “as” and introduce a clause of reason: if introduces //-clauses.Iarrivedattheairport. aitsu nh tilim the ca okm . needyou. t o o . H e .(=thetim Ihaven'tseenyousinceyoum ovedintothS atinhc oe usw ee . k n o w s t h e t r u t h . It introduces an indirect question: as means “as soon as”: once means “as soon as”: directly means “as soon as”: .shelefthisofice. U n l e s s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s . It’s used for things which happen: unless is a time conjunction and it means “if not”. But it is possible to be placed after the subject between commas: as well is placed at the end of the sentence: as well as means “in addition to”: Time Conjunctions Time conjunctions show the time when the action happens.signal. Assoonasyou ee .W ealso I'dliketogoH theew rean to o . w i l p o s s i b l y If y o u breakit. when (don’t mix it with interrogative pronoun is used for things which are sure to happen and this is the difference with the time conjunction which is used for things that happen: until (till) shows time period till a specific point in time: as soon as means “when. not later than”: before shows the second of two actions and it means “before the time when”: w hen) w h e n wilpossibly W henw eareready.W w e ' 1 1 l e t y o u k n o w .ym eea Beforeyougoout. g o o u t t o p l a y .healsoplayI’slc icykeat. pra Aswelasplayingtennis.tentiontoyourstoryaswelashis.youcan'tleave.I’llpunishyou. after shows the first of two actions and it means “at a time later than”: since connects a definite time with a later action. Heaskswhetheryou’llstayA . This conjunction is usually placed before the main verbs but after the auxiliaries: too is usually placed at the end of the sentence.I'llw atchTV. We never put future tenses after “unless”. We never use future tense after time conjunctions in subordinate clauses of time. A erI'vefinishedm yhom ew ork. t s t o p a r t i c i p a t e a s w e l .(=thetim eclausereferstothe futuA reff)tte eclausereferstothe past) rtheplanehadleft. w enttotheconcert.closethew indow sandlockthedoor. Hewenttoseethebossdirectlyafterhew astold. finishing dinner.pearlyinorderthathewouldn'tbelateforw ork. c) before the verb which it explains: for is used more in written and is more formal than “because”.e evce Ie ha ve entto be w h:sI’ taln nygitth on ldi.. although and though are synonyms.itbutbecause t : N t b u a s k e Iwantedit. so that is a synonym to “in order that”: in case (that) shows something that is possible to happen in the future.you’llnotbealowed togoontheexcursion.Concessive Conjunctions Concessive conjunctions show that there is a difficulty.oryourhelpIshouldhavefailedthetest. can be put at the end of the sentence too. Fill in the spaces using time conjunctions. Incasesom ebodycom es.. B e c a u s e h e w a s v e r y a n x i o u s .fw w ou t.forhe w asabravem inceyoushow eddisobedience. even though.therearea lotofA toltu isu tsg .Thoughit’sof-season. .g. After the conjunction we put They mean “inspite of the fact”: Ths ou ub gh a l t h o u g h j e c t + v e r b .Hefeltnofear. a contrast between two actions or events that has been overcome. Conjunctions of purpose show the purpose of an action.hhew alN tho otu gith ld biu . hro aslate. 1. Ba un tf. It gives some new information: since means “because”: as means “because”: Quiz I. even if stronger than notwithstanding means “in spite o f’: Conjunctions of Purpose W r i t e c l e a r l y s o t h a t I m a y u n d e r s t a n d youH rw rito intg eg u.phonem e. because is used a) to answer a question: b) after other conjunctions and the word W hyareyoucn ryoin g ?oB ee cc aa uu sseeIyo ’m h a p p yd. Alisher returned to work.AsyS ouareinterestedinelectronicsIhaveboughtyouthis book. We never use the future tense after it: Conjunctions of Reason Conjunctions of reason show the reason or give explanation about something. I s t a y e d w i t h him ..hecaughtthebus. a student he lived in the country... 5. (8) you need to practise more often..... 5.. Put the correct conjunctions in the blanks. we arrived... (6) they are perfect. Mashrab had finished his homework he watched TV. “We’ll stay. I finish my homework I’ll go to the cinema.. Dilshod comes let me know. four o’clock... Some exercises are more difficult than others.... you have to repeat certain techniques over.1was having breakfast.. 8.... 19. September 7th... The shop assistant remained in the shop.. (7) you are learning a language.. I win the football pools I’ll travel all over the world. (4) a game like tennis. all the customers had left. until.. I realized his intentions. Students should repeat themagain. Olim was having a bath. her husband arrived.. 4. she had written it. we are teaching.. Nafisa was leaving the office. report it to the deputy dean. 9. (2) again.. II.if III.. Qumri had listened to the news on the radio. I saw him. Nigina made some phone calls.. 12.. His mother and father will be very worried. 4. You must make sure.. He walked along the path... 15.2. a student is absent. she cooked the dinner... 6... we had left out of the city we stopped at a roadside cafe for coffee and soft drinks.. It’s forbidden to smoke.” he said to the receptionist.. They have mastered the constructions... vocabulary... 14.. 3.. 20. Linda teaches..w hen.. (1) practise their new knowledge. 17. The exercises in this book help students to leam.... Wait.. Put where it is appropriate. You are learning a musical instrument.. The same is tm e. I retire I’ll write my autobiography... Humoyun entered... you’ll never want to use any other band. 1. (5) over again... I was reading the newspaper. Kate worked as a teacher in a private school.. Shuhrat had come... she realized her mistake..... 13.... (3) point of grammar they are practising at. 18. you have tried this toothpaste.. 3.. 16. everything went wrong. 1. (9) you can do all the other exercises in the book. they don’t hear from him.. they come.... 6.. he saw the village cemetery.. 10. The ones which seem difficult are the ones. 11. applying for that job.. 2. .. . 4 .. 9 . My friend Galina is kind hearted... happy. further instructions are given. 5.. called... 2 .. you feel dizzy.. I was thirty five. ..1 can g o ... rich.. IV.. to the theatre....that. how .. We don’t know yet..1 worked as an engineer in the car industry. German.. came.. She is good natured too. It was not much of a village.. it was a very pretty part of the country. 7. She promised to call or come but she.nor V.. lie down immediately.. I would rather not.. Williams. Neither my tastes.. 3... 1. 8.. She is. Fill in the blanks with conjunctions.. go to the cinema... My friend told me. Mr Carlile wants to employ nobody.. We’ll.. Payment must be made.7... Austrian. Fill in the blanks with: and discuss with your partner... my talents lie in this direction. She is .. 6. I will go... to the person to whom the debt is due. Wait here. Writers teach u s.1 can g o .and. 3. 2.yet.. a good man should speak and act... Johnson. J4... kind hearted ... 1..good natured. She has an Italian passport. He came home from abroad.. 6. he had a plan in view for me. 5.but. to his legal representative. g. The simple ones which consist of one word and the or ones which consist of more than one word. go .no dp ep r.rin ab arreo 1. d o w n .byreasonof.since.m in u. around. alo nc go w itih h.frd oo m . 4 . (before a clause) There are two kinds of prepositions in English.beneath.to. n e a r .eto.o bn e. prepositions of proximity: 8. prepositions of place: 2. b e s i d e .f.ing.about.beyond. w i t h i n . u p . prepositions of time: Main Complex Prepositions to. com posite Main Simple Prepositions o n . prepositions of addition: 6.without.thro u w u n l i k e . prepositions of direction: 4.withd inu.betw een. (preposition) He put his hat and coat and left the room.. Prepositions refer to nouns and don’t change the meaning of the verb. to. 1.of.round.uanfd te. noun phrases or clauses.throughout. i n . d e s p i t e . Post-positions refer to verbs and change their meanings. (before a noun phrase) we had seen the film.ea .owing exc e p t f o r . prepositions of reason: becauseof. we went to the party.u otv. a s . e.n.g.onaccountof.inconnectionwith.outside.out. b e l o w .until.gato od no thfe preposition of exclusion: 3.for.upon.u att. either nouns. past.fo . in tg oh .osaitb ehind. prepositions of opposition: 5. You shouldn’t mix prepositions and post-positions. be sxid e s .d 2u .at.xpc lu sd . pronouns. prepositions of exclusion: 7.eo r.inrelation ac rd n. a t . u ee rn eo . The book is the table.r. b e t w e e n .within. (before a noun) He stared me.t. w i t h .se . o f . bn ed tw ee na .across.au lop n. e c e p b u t l u b y .inside.b l i k e . a b o v e .tow ards.til. a m o n g .THE PREPOSITION The preposition is a structural part of speech which shows the relationship between words. prepositions of movement: prepositions of relationship: .. a g a i n s t . o f . prepositions of resemblance: 3.thu. (before a pronoun) It is my second drawer. onon through a t i n After com plex. a t . (post-position) She looked the window.authorityof. incom parisonwith. divaiw de d b y .atm idniga htt.tim t e d o e s t h e t r a i n a r i v e ? O ntim e intim e 9 . prepositions of place: 8. means “at exactly the right time. a y f r o m . especially a time during the day: Exceptions: used to express 1) a day or date or 2) a time period on a specific day or date: used to express a period of time.upto. is used to talk about a specific period of time.5. each. prepositions of addition : 6. Prepositions of Time A t a t daw n. is used with the present perfect progressive tense to express the idea of “for a period of time up to the time of speaking”: 13. o n W e d n e s d a y a f t e r n o o n . o n i n l a s t . s t m .outof.e i n t h e e n d A t f i r s t I d i d n ’ t l i k e l e a r n i n g E n g l i s h .anyovone:lastSunday.Hehadtogotohospitalseveraltim esdurinIglivth stem o no th 1.fo ntopof. During ee dp inaN w Y rk. not before. e e k e A t . year or longer period of time: is used to talk about: a) a period of time in the future: I b) how long something takes to do: 5. O ntahteth w ew ekee n dnsd. or are not used before the following words: 7. t h i s . 4. with the action occurring for the whole period or at some time during that period: . n e x t . b a n . 3. is used to express a specific point in time. o n t h e m o r n i n g o f S e p t e m b e r 2 3 . prepositions of opposition: 11. i n t h e s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y . : 8. especially a month.o O nS is n u n d a y . not after”. 2.Easter. whereas means “not late. e v e r y .00.thisW yehaart.In ’lltb erebeac kin inua m inute. i n a d d i t i o n t o . right in American English. h. i n 2 0 0 7 .duringthe nineties.Iniisnthem o r n i n g ..C ahtri9 о’a cslo cakt. n e x t t o . prepositions of proximity: 7. B y I m u s t b e therebyAt1t5 00en оd 'clock.atnight. inspiteofcontraryto. but in British English the right variant is 6.A so m e. upto. is used with the present perfect progressive tense to express the idea of “from a point of time up to the time of speaking”: 12.atthebackof. preposition of means: preposition of time: 10. b u t i n t h e e n d .For 1 h a v e b e e n h e r e f o r t h r e e h o u r s . but probably early” is used to express the idea of “at or earlier than the stated time”: 10. prepositions of comparison: 9. i n M a r c h . is not used with “What time. I l o v e d i t . a l . H e c a n r u n t o t h a t f e n c e i n h m t e s . inyfm roen ts ofo . Since I h a v e b e e n r e a d i n g t h e b o o k s i n c e 14.” whereas means “finally”: 11. means “at the point where something stops. is used: c) If one thing is not directly over the other. To travel one place another place. motorbike. rail. such as village. d) a certain place. 1. O ver above above over Them irrorisabove/overtheta ab bo lev. sea or air. is used to speak of movement or entrance to a place: 7. 2. To get or enlarge vehicles (buses. 3. whereas the sea/a swimming pool/a river means that you are in the water. 1. city. In HelivesinSam arkand. To arrive a city or country. 6. train. but a more specific place like an airport or hotel: 4. in 4. boat or ship. To get a place (whether a city. airport or hotel) but we get home. 5. bus. Youcanget o n onthebushere. the sea/a lake/a swimming pool/a river means that you are near the water. is used to speak about 1) an address: 2) a specific place: used to speak of a street name without the house/building number: . c) foot or horseback. plane. country or continent: a building means inside or outside the building. b) car. n '\ s Iliveon Lisu2 n. a b o v e T h e m o u n t a i n s r o s e abovethecity. bicycle. To get or any vehicle: 6. in to outof Anvargotoutofthecar. 8. trains). or 3. whereas a building only means inside. 0 0 . either or can be used: b) If the space/distance between two things is great. is used to speak of a change in level: and are used to express the idea of “higher than“: a) Ifthe two things are neither really far from nor really close to each other.Prepositions of Movement from to b y by o n o n viain a t W hendidyotuoarriveinLondon? W e g o t t o t h e h o t e l b e f o r e 1 0 . is used: . is used to speak of a more general location.At Atin I n t o H e c l i m b e d i n t o t h e airplanO en . tram. underground. country.0 o v a S t r e e t .e Iheeagle flewhighaboveus. horses and bicycles: Prepositions of Place At Hewilm S h e liitvye sat47Salam atinaStreet e e t y o u a t t h e u n i v e r s . To travel: a) land.to Thedogjum pedontothetable. state or province. get here or get there (no preposition): 5. No one stayed .. her hand. Some advertisers try to reach target audiences. a dishtowel.. May 1988. bus. The chef sliced the partially frozen meat into thin strips.1called Aziz “Azamat” .1went to Khiva. home... Hasanali drew a straight line.. a razor-sharp knife.. Complete the sentences with or 1. 8. 5..... mistake.. parents didn’t send their children .. d) If the two things are very close or one covers the other. My grandmother makes tablecloths. fax.. is used: is used: and are used to express the idea of “lower than”: a) In most situations either or is used: b) If one thing is not directly under the other. o v e r T o h i r h i t t h e baseb aello ow vertheuh B no du esre. 11.... During the panic.1opened the door..1went from Bukhara to Samarkand.. California have every reason to be afraid of earthquakes... 10.. 4 .. your foot? 7.o v e r P u t a clothoverthetable. mail. 6. П. 14. 1906 . The fastest way to send a copy of a piece of paper halfway around the world is . Supply the missing prepositions. Some people pay their bills... 12. .. 3 . her finger nail.. 2 .. computer. the 16thcentury by a prophet called Nostradamus. belowunder Thetableisbelowunderthe m iror. u n d e r P u t a clothunderthevase. train. e) If there is movement from one side to another. 13.. their doomed city.. the city would be destroyed early . the people of Los Angeles panicked... by with.1dried the dishes. a ruler.. b e l o w T h e c i t y w a s l o c a t e d belowthem ontains..... work. People who live . hand.. The airlines did great business carrying people who fled . No one has ever forgotten the great quake that destroyed San Francisco . Rano tightened the screw in the corner of her eyeglasses... Sayyora protected her eyes from the sun. either. According to a prophecy made .. 9 .. key. is used: c) If the two things are very close or one covers the other... Is there any way you could touch the ceiling.... 1988. is used: Quiz I. school and people didn’t go... 9. .ia c ..for. them... Quiz (am ong. Excuse me. 5. My husband has five men working. Lilly is always arguing with her husband. Congratulations..under) I. my interruption. his time would be destroyed .. Are you intersted.t. the bed.. the impression that she was married. 10.. This coat is too small to put it. f t e r . w h o u t .b be etfw oe ree.. 4. His composition was full.... mistakes. 8. Were you. 9..hrao u g h...1think I’ll take a class. computers...in.ndeo r. of.ab ero hs insd .. India..Which is more puzzling: how did Nostradamus know that a city which didn’t even exist. II.. the20lhcentury or the behaviour .. 1..irto u n d ... 3. full by this insurance company. She can’t go to the cinema because she is.. neare . return. your success...past. My freind Marina spends a lot. Where did you put the case? I put it.nt..ed o w n .. s i n c . your suit. Prepositional adverbs are usually stressed. 6. The workers agreed to increase the rate of production.1am looking.... After the car crash he was compensated. age..below . 4. I absolutely disagree with her. She has been. n. clothes every season.. Is this vacuum cleaner. 7. our vacation.ao vo evr. In English some prepositions can be used as adverbs too. politics. The most common of them are: Come please. they are known as prepositional adverbs. 2. a place to live.. 8.... treatment for a long time as she suffers from asthma..1bought a kilo of peaches but there wasn’t a good one.over.. 7 .eu p . 3 .on. They decided... When prepositions are linked with verbs and modify a verb rather than a noun.byin .g u.n. ourselves. Insert the following prepositions in these sentences: 1... higher payment. 9..... 6. guarantee? 2.. Fill in prepositions in the blanks. ... are usually unstressed.. 10.behveen.. while one-syllable prepositions. psychology? 5. him. b . the people who believed the prophecy? Prepositional Adverbs alo bn og u. Sometimes Bobur seems too jealous. 1. the discussion.. Did you forgive him. the other.. We are ready to die. 1990. .11. me like that I’ll do anything for you.. the evening. spaghetti.. Put any appropriate prepositions. the cinema? 12... his bad grades. bicycle... Let’s go . midday. 12.. Monday moming. the age of ten.. 9 . daybreak. one’s/a bicycle.. 11.m. 3 . 4. Mokhirbek is known. foot...... tears. 4... at... Old Bond Street.1went to see my uncle.. . ГУ. lying to you? 5.. the eighteenth century. 10.in. me and I’ll let myself in. page 249. you.. Let’s go and have coffee. When you smile.. their children. Why don’t you take Galina. a short while and then moved on. Akmal is engaged . my cousin. sports. 1... 5.. She couldn’t speak.. V. 14. Put in the correct prepositions.1don’t care.. 6.. ghosts? 2. Summer is a busy season. 2.1 hope you succeed... Children shouted. 8 . New Year’s Eve. Sunday. I’m very fond..by. 13. the phone......on.. Do you believe. Aziza contributed her ideas. 9. I’d rather eat something else. 13. sunset... Easter.. the sixties. two weeks. Timur wore sunglasses to protect his eyes.. The firefighters rescued many people. night.. 6.... the burning building. 3 p. summer. 7..1can’t distinguish one twin.. Christmas. 10. We need proof.. the weekend. your new job. Children rely. Throw the keys down. 3. for food and shelter.. 8. Maxim’s for coffee. 8 o’clock. Maxim’s. lunchtime. March 10th. his brother. Australia. August. Stop shouting. Kamol excels... Ш.. 7. Match up the following phrases with one of these prepositions: Noon. Let’s discuss your plans. the farmers. 12... Saturday night. Abbos doesn’t seem to care. the sun.. 15. our country. me.. his story.. We stopped . his honesty. Exercise 2 is . dawn.. 11. 1stopped knocking.....1sometimes wish I’d live. If you only might come. her sleeping child. looking.. a moving train. We decided. How many students were absent..... town but all my life I have been living. VI.. 7. 4. . a t . w i t h o u t . the cat climbed. people.out.. class yesterday? ( o f a b o v e . us. you to be here. and Mrs. She was sitting. 10.. to your summer holidays? 3. n e a r .. Do you promise to come? I’m counting. the health. 18.in. a high tree. o f . 11.. Working... 19... Mr.. sat.1don’t agree. Trucks are prohibited.. Why do you look. 2... in the last election? 25....... this problem. Being frightened. Do you take good care........ Put in the appropriate prepositions 1. 20. u p ..to. Who did you vote..... The plane was flying. the door. an imaginary bear that lives in her closet. the book. you.. my father’s coming. his literature lectures. the stairs and began waiting. 24. using residential streets...16.. the clouds. eight o’clock as the time we should meet... 17. the country. He stopped writing and looked.. 8.... each other. Neverjump... Jones have always been faithful.. 6. He spent much time copying... o n . 22.. your health? 21. the graden is very good. the dog. the top. her.for. The student couldn’t tell the English story... forward. 12. The little girl is afraid. 23. 5. 9 .by)... I’m worried. Sheappealedforhelp.g. and “get on” doesn’t mean the same as “get”. caryon e. Heagreedtocom etous. b) submit an application. Many phrasal verbs have more than one meaning. I’m always nervous when the plane (=leaves the ground) There are more examples of phrasal verbs. the adverb or postposition changes the meaning of the verb: “take off” doesn’t mean the same as “take”. More often.g. Sometimes the adverb or postposition doesn’t change the meaning. agree on = be unanimous about agree to = have the same opinion allow for = take into consideration answer back = reply rudely - appeal for = make a request apply to somebody = a) concern. He (=fell to the ground) and hurt his knee. We’ll take a short break and then (=continue) with the meeting.g. act on/upon = a) follow. or we’ll be late. A c t o n t h e r u l e s . SherangJohnupyesterdayandaskedafterm e.PHRASAL VERBS A phrasal verb is a verb+adverb or postposition. takeoff takesof. D o e s i t a p p l y t o m e t o o ? Heappliedtothem anagerforajob.Hurryup e. Althem em bersagreedonthetopic. ask for ask after = inquire about the health of back away = move backwards (because of fear.g.g.k. danger) . p l e a s e ! Thepilactsonthestom ach. take back e. felover e. it’s too small. and occasionally a verb+adverb+preposition. but makes it sound more natural. b) have an effect e. I’m going to that dress to the shop.nd o tn y'o rsbw usein -O o tu an re bsasc. H a v e y o u d o n e y o u r h o m e w o r k ? Ith s ’.Answerm yquestion. Sometimes an adverb adds a particular meaning. Alowingfordelaysw e'11getthereat6о'clock. It was so hot I had to (=remove) my coat. Idoncareaboutexam s. C om ealongplease!Theracestartsinfivem inutes. shop) come along = hurry up come off = succeed. Donbackupaliar. try to find bear out = confirm break off = interrupt oneself.please. Theefectofthism aybringouttherealaspectofthesituation. Hisleterandphotoscariedm ebackm anyyears. get the meaning ’/ clean down = clean by rubbing clear away = vanish. Alotofworkersbecam eunem ployedw henthefactorycloseddow n. W ebrokeoffw hensom ebodyenteredtheroom . stop temporarily bring out = show. W ecaledathisoficeyesterdayandarangedthedetails. back up = support ’/ be about to = be on the point of be after = seek. Heisaftersom em oneytobuyaflat. disapear close down = close for ever (of business. Cleandow nthewalsofthisroom . Lilydoesncatchontowhatishappening. Herpartyissuretocom eof.Shem ovedbackw henshesawadeadcatinfrontofher. offer. Thisarticlebearsouthistheory. Look!Thecloudsareclearingaw ay. Them eetingw ascaledof. originate . take place come up with = present. Theyareabouttotakeupm edicine. Yourcouragewilcaryyouthrough. reveal call at = pay a short visit (to a place) call off = cancel call on = visit somebody care about = be interested in ’/ carry back = take back in the past carry through = help (through difficulties) catch on = understand. I'Icalonyouthisevening. etc. keep at = work at something keep to = adhere to kick smb. out (of smth. move around get behind = not keep up with give back = return go into = consider. Thenew sabouthissuccessgotaboutveryquickly. to leave a place. with enthusiasm. cut in = move in front of cut out .Yo gg p. Youshouldkeeptotheschedule. Certainly.Qum rijum psatthechancetostudyinSeoulforayear. Hegotbehindwithhislessonsbecausehew asonatripabroad. Shedrewaw ayfromhimw henhetriedtokissher. deal with go without = do without hand on = give help out = give (at a time of need) jack smth. look into. jump at smth. Handitontoherim m ediately. Theyfalabouteverytim em yhusbandtelsajoke.socouldyouhelpm eout? Jerrygotfedupwithhisjobandjackeditin.) = force smb. Myroomneedstobedoneup. offer. I'mshortofm oneytopaythebil. 1can’tgowithoutfruit. . Cutoutsw eetsifyouwanttogetthin. = accept an oppotunity. Theyfeloutbutafterawhiletheybecam ereconciled. W e'Igointoyourm aterthoroughly. Theydidaw aywiththislawinI960. in = stop doing smth.omit do away with = abolish do up = decorate draw away = move away fall about = laugh without control fall out = quarrel get about = circulate (of news). G iveitbackatyourearliestconvenience. KeepatyourEnglishuntilit'sperfect.eoplecom eupwithwonderfulideasonhowtoim provetheir standardo flu ivnin W hileIw asdrivinganothercarcutinfrontofm e. food.Tobekickedoutofuniversity. (with words or by hitting them or it) latch on (to smth) = understand smth. lay by. = depend on smb. move towards move up = advance play off= play another match after a draw put about = become known./smth.laidoutthisbuilding./smth. Onlytow ardseveningdidtherainstarttoletup. Peopleshouldalwayslayasidesom em oney. look ahead = make future plans look into = investigate.) = join together (with smb. Nowthatw earetogetherw e'Ilookaheadtoourfuture. Theylivebyhuntingandfishing. Ittookthemawhiletolatchontowhatshew astalkingabout.A Practical English Grammar . ChelseaandTotenham playoffagainnextSaturday. rain) link up (with smb.) = suddenly attack smb. H e r f r i e n d s h a v e p u t i t a b o u t t h a t s h e h a s b r o k e n o f f h e r e n g a g e m e n t t o Charles.) live off smb./ smth. Them atchresultedinawinfortheirside. in order to live live by doing smth. Hem ovedupaclass. Afam ousarchitect.Nash. = get the money. spread (of news. Theym adefortheTow nHal. disregard let up = become weaker (of storm. Alourbranchesarelinkedupbycom puter. Pleaseleaveitasideforawhile./smth. lay aside = place for future use. Shecouldeasilygetajobbutshestillivesoffherparents. Theactorlashedoutataphotographyoutsidehishouse./smth. lash out (at/ against smb. rumours) result in = cause run for = offer oneself as a candidate 23 . M ozartisdeadbuthism usicliveson. etc. you need by doing a particular activity live on = continue to live or exist. examine make for = head for. I'Ilookintoyourcaseoncem ore./smth. put aside lay out = plan leave aside = not take into consideration. W henIboughtthebook. Thisphototookm ebackm anyyears. reprimand throw in = give extra without charge turn inside out = reverse wear out = ruin write off = remove (a debt from a recorder) . Heturnedhispocketsinsideoutbecausehecouldn’tfindhiskeys.theythrewinapencil.buthewasn’telected. Incaseofilness. HewroteoffSI000fordepreciatingm achinery.I’llstandinforyou. stand in for = replace take back = bring back to past tell off = scold.Heranfordeputyinthelastelections. Yourshoesarewornout. Hetoldm eofffortelinglies. neuter gender. The link-verb links the subject and the predicative and shows the tense. neuter gender. The Subject of a sentence may be expressed by a noun. (impersonal sentence) was she who helped me. 2) it may be the subject of an impersonal sentence. 5) it may be used as the formal subject. has five different functions as a subject.It ItIt It It . or mood.g. 1. 1) it may be used instead of a noun. sentences. and agrees with the subject in number and in person. by a substantivized adjective or participle. (emphatic pronoun) is a pleasure to dance with you. by a numeral both cardinal and ordinal. 3) it may be used as a demonstrative pronoun. voice. The predicative is characterized it. It introduces sentences the real subject of which is expressed by an infinitive. by a whole subject clause. by an infinitive or gerund. (demonstrative pronoun) is cold. the voice and the mood.PARTD SYNTAX Syntax studies combinations of words (phrases). units bigger than sentences and their types. SENTENCE The Parts of the Sentence The subject and the predicate are the main parts of the sentence. gerund or a subordinate clause. by a pronoun substituting noun. e. A Compound Predicate consists of a link-verb and a predicative. singular. A Simple Predicate is expressed by a finite verb only which may be in any tense. (instead of the noun) is a pen. This is a table. It also considers how words combine to form sentences and the rules which govern the formation of sentences. Compound and Group-verb. the object and the adverbial modifiers are the secondary parts of the sentence. The personal pronoun 3rd person singular. is square. 4) it may be used as an emphatic pronoun. (the formal subject) 2. The Predicate in English may be Simple. by a group of words. The attribute. The room above was empty. Indirect Object e. The Attribute is a secondary part o f the sentence. I sent the SMS to him. 2) when it is expressed by an adverb. I saw somebody very important. e.g. to go to bed. A Compound Predicate consists either o f a modal verb (or a modal expression)+ the infinitive or the gerund (Compound Modal Verbal Predicate). or a noun. or o f a verb showing the beginning. by an infinitive or a participle construction. The predicative may be expressed by a noun or an adjective. We were met by our friend. no .g. 3) when it has some defining words o f its own. (simple verbal predicate) He should have done it better. (compound nominal predicate) When I came in he stopped reading. e. Complex Object e. She will be making fun of you. (compound modal verbal predicate) The child looks quite healthy.g.g. I was very proud of it.g. the continuation. any. It usually stands before the word it modifies or. to have breakfast. or the end of the action +the infinitive or the gerund (in which case it is called a Compound Aspective Predicate). e. Give me some apples. 2. by a prepositional phrase. Direct Object e. . e. 4. by some pronouns. There are the following kinds of Objects: 1. if this word has an article. In this case it is called a Compound Nominal Predicate. 3. Our students read many books. by a noun.g.g. (group-verb predicate) 3. The Object is a secondary part of the sentence which completes or restricts the meaning of a verb or sometimes an adjective. (compound aspective predicate) I quickly had breakfast and went out.by the subject. e. by a numeral. A Group-verb Predicate includes two or more related words: e. my boy. The teacher wants the student to make a report.g. or by an attributive clause.g. The Attribute may be expressed by an adjective or a participle. 4.g. by a noun in the Possessive Case. the attribute stands between the article and the word. Prepositional Object e. every. a word denoting state. In some cases the Attribute stands after the word it modifies: 1) when it modifies one of the pronouns built up from some. e.g. He lived in a house two stories high. 4) when it is expressed by a prepositional phrase; e.g. The boy with grey eyes is my cousin. 5) when it is expressed by an infinitive or a participial construction; e.g. The mountains covered with snow are beautiful. 6) when it is expressed by a subordinate clause. e.g. The story that I am reading is very interesting. 5. The Adverbial Modifier. There are different kinds o f Adverbial Modifiers: o f time, place, purpose, reason, result, degree, manner. Adverbial Modifiers may be expressed by adverbs, by participles, by an infinitive, by a noun in the function o f an adverb, by a prepositional phrase or by a subordinate adverbial clause. Adverbial Modifiers may stand in any place in the sentence, except between the predicate and the direct object. Adverbial Modifiers of degree usually stand before the words they modify. e.g. This information is especially important for me. It is good enough. Adverbial Modifiers of definite time usually stand at the very end o f the sentence or at the very beginning before the subject. e.g. We have been to London this summer. This summer we have been to London. Adverbial Modifiers o f indefinite time usually stand before the main verb o f the predicate. e.g. They seldom meet now. Adverbial Modifiers o f place usually stand either at the beginning or at the end o f the sentence. e.g. In Tashkent the tourists can see many places o f interest. Adverbial Modifiers o f manner usually stand after the Adverbial Modifier o f place or after object or predicate. e.g. Madina speaks English well. She reproached to me smiling. Adverbial Modifiers which are expressed by prepositional phrases usually stand after the words they modify. e.g. The work will be finished within two hours. Modifier of Manner Modifier of Time her fam ily w ill buy - a house - in London. - - - They spent - summer - at the seaside - last year. 3. - Everybody listened - - to him - 4. - - Bring her the book! - - - - 5. - The boy took - the ball. - - - - Modifier of Place Modifier of Time Prepositional Object Direct Object. Predica tive (Part of a Compound Predicate) N ext year № Verb 1. 2 The Subject (with an Attribute) Indirect Object Word Order in the Declarative (Affirmative) Sentence w ith interest last night. In affirmative sentences the English word order is strict. Adverbial modifiers are often expressed by adverbs and nouns with prepositions. With verbs of movement or state the adverbial modifier of place comes immediately after the verb. If there are two or more adverbial modifiers, the usual order is “place”, “manner”, “time”. The adverbial modifier o f indefinite time expressed by such adverbs as: never, usually, often, seldom, yet, just , etc. is placed before the main verb or after the auxiliary or modal verb. Modifier of Time Modifier of Manner Modifier of Place Prepositional Object Direct Object Indirect Object Notional (M ain) Verb The Subject (with an Attribute) Auxiliary or M odal Verb № Interrogative Word Word Order in the Interrogative Sentence 1. How tong are you going to stay - - - here? - - 2. When will John present her flowers? these - - - - 3. - Does Michel like - to swim - in the river - in summer? 4. ■ ■ Who will get ■ the book for me from the library ■ tomorrow? 5. - Does he speak - French - - fluently? - Note: In questions the place of adverbs o f indefinite time is after the subject. Auxiliary do is not used when the subject is a question word like who, what or which. Kinds and Types of Sentences According to the purpose of utterance a sentence may be: 1. A declarative sentence which either states a fact (declarative affirmative) or deny something (declarative negative). e.g. The young man studied his wrest-watch. 2. An interrogative sentence which expresses a question. a) General question. It is a question which refers to the whole sentence. The first place is taken by an auxiliary or modal verb, then the subject follows, then notional verb, and the rest. e.g. Will you join us? Could you show me the way to Mustaqillik Square? b) Alternative question. It is a question in which choice is suggested. The question begins like a general question but after the word to which choice is given the conjunction ‘or’ is put. In fact it is two general questions combined by the conjunction ‘o f but in the second part we omit an auxiliary or modal verb and the subject. e.g. Do you study or work? Would you like coffee or tea? c) Disjunctive question or tag question. The first part of this question is not a question. It is either an affirmative or negative sentence, the second part is the beginning of a general question, with the negation ‘not\ if the first part is affirmative and without the negation ‘not’ if the first part is negative. e.g. You live in Tashkent, don’t you? You don’t live in Tashkent, do you? It was a difficult question, wasn i if} It wasn't a difficult question, was if! Note: Mind the following sentences which express agreement. Close the window, will youl D on’t speak loudly, will youl L et’s turn the television down, shall wel He used to sleep late, didn't hei I am happy, aren’t II We hardly know him, do wel d) Special question. This question is put to one of the members o f a sentence. The first place is taken by an interrogative word, then the general question follows; but the word to which we put a question is omitted. e.g. What does your father do? What have you been trying to do? Who speaks English? 3. An exclamatory sentence which expresses strong feelings: astonishment, surprise, delight, joy, anger, indignation, etc. e.g. How wonderful! What a beautiful picture! 4. An imperative sentence which expresses a command or request. e.g. Open the door, please. Do come to see me tomorrow. According to the structure a sentence may be: 1. A simpie unextended sentence consists ofthe main parts, only the subject and the predicate; e.g. I am writing. 2. A simple extended sentence consists of some secondary parts (attribute, object, adverbial modifier) besides the main parts; e.g. The boy has fallen from the chair. 3. A compound sentence consists o f two or more independent clauses joined together by means of coordination; e.g. Leo was playing in the room, Nick and Nelly were playing with him there. 4. A complex sentence consists of a principle clause and one or more depended subordinate clauses. Subordinate clauses are introduced by: Conjunctive adverbs introduce subordinate adverbial clauses of different types. Conjunctive pronouns introduce subject, object and predicative clauses. Relative pronouns introduce attributive clauses. e.g. Helen wants to enter the University when she leaves school. 5. A mixed sentence. It is a sentence consisting o f one or more independent clauses with one or more subordinate clauses. Analysis of a Simple Extended Sentence The travellers stopped to rest near the river. The sentence: simple, extended, declarative, affirmative. The main parts are: The predicate (what did the subject do?): stopped is a simple verbal predicate (verb, regular, transitive, Past Simple, Active). The Subject (who?): the travellers (a common noun, Common Case, 3rd person, plural). The secondary parts are: The adverbial modifier of purpose (what for?): to rest (indefinite, active infinitive). The adverbial modifier o f place (where?): near the river (a prepositional phrase, common noun in the Common Case, 3rd person, singular, with preposition “near”). Analysis of a Compound Sentence Jane sat down and Mrs. Clark offered her a cup o f tea. The sentence: compound, declarative, affirmative, consists o f two independent clauses joined by means of the coordinate conjunction and. The 1st sentence: Jane sat down. The sentence: simple, unextended, declarative, affirmative. The principal parts are: The Subject (who?): Jane (a proper noun, singular, Common Case) The Predicate (what did the subject do?): sat down - a simple verbal predicate (intransitive, irregular simple notional verb “to sit” in Past Simple, Active, Indivative Mood). The 2nd clause: Mrs. Clark offered her a cup o f tea. The sentence: simple, extended, declarative, affirmative. The principal partrs are: The Subject (who?): Mrs. Clark (a proper noun, singular, Common Case). The Predicate (what did she do?): offered - a simple verbal predicate (regular transitive verb ‘to offer’, Past Simple, Active). The secondary parts are: a cup o f tea (what?): a direct object to the predicate (a prepositional phrase is expressed by two common nouns, Common Case) her (whom?): an indirect object to the predicate (personal pronoun, 3rd person, singular, feminine gender, Objective Case) Analysis of a Complex Sentence I took him into the kitchen, where, so fa r as it was possible, he cleaned himself. The sentence: complex, consisting of a principal clause and two subordinate clauses; declarative, affirmative. The Principal Clause: I took him into the kitchen. The sentence: simple, extended, declarative, affirmative. The principal parts are: The Subject (who?): /(personal pronoun, 1st person, singular, Nominative Case). The Predicate (what did the subject do?): took- is a simple verbal predicate (irregular transitive verb, Past Simple, Active). The secondary parts are: him (whom?): a direct object to the predicate (personal pronoun, 3rd person, singular, masculine gender, Objective Case). into the kitchen (where to?): an adverbial modifier o f place (prepositional phrase a noun with a preposition). The First Subordinate Clause: where he cleaned himself - an attributive clause to the word kitchen introduced by the relative adverb where. The sentence: simple, extended, declarative, affirmative. The principal parts are: The Subject (who?): he (personal pronoun, 3rd person, singular, masculine gender, Nominative Case). The Predicate (what did the subject do?): cleaned- a simple verbal predicate (regular transitive verb, Past Simple, Active). The secondary parts are: himself (whom?): a direct object to the predicate (reflexive pronoun, 3rd person, singular, masculine gender). The Second Subordinate Clause: so fa r as it was possible - adverbial clause o f manner to the 1st subordinate clause introduced by the conjunction sofar as. The sentence: simple, unextended, declarative, affirmative. The Subject (what?): it (personal pronoun, 3rd person, singular, neuter gender, Nominative Case - has the force of a demonstrative pronoun). The Predicate (what did the subject do?): was possible - a compound nominal predicate (link-verb ‘to be\ Past Simple, Active, singular; predicative - an adjective). Analysis of a Mixed Sentence At last all the preparations were complete; the day came when the trunks were taken to the steamer. The sentence: mixed, with two independent clauses and one Subordinate clause. The Subordinate clause is introduced by the relative adverb when. The first independent clause is: At last all the preparations were complete', The first independent clause is a simple, declarative, affirmative one. were complete is a compound nominal predicate, it consists o f the link verb to be in the Past Simple, plural and a predicative, experessed by an adjective, positive degree. the preparations is the subject expressed by a common noun, in the Common Case, plural. all is an attribute, expressed by a distributive pronoun. at last is an adverbial modifier of time, expressed by a prepositional phrase. The second independent clause is: the day came when the trunks were taken to the steamer. The second independent clause is complex by nature. It consists of the principal clause: the day came and the subordinate attributive clause is introduced by the relative adverb when the trunks were taken to the steamer. came is a simple verbal predicate of the Principal Clause, expressed by the verb ‘to come ’in the Past Simple, active voice, indicative mood. the day is the subject, expressed by a common noun in the Common Case, singular. were taken is a simple verbal predicate of the subordinate attributive clause, expressed by the verb ‘to take ’ in the past simple, passive voice, indicative mood. the trunks is the subject, expressed by a common noun in the Common Case, plural. to the steamer is an adverbial modifier of place, expressed by a prepositional phrase. Quiz I. State the structure of the sentences: a simple, a complex, or a compound sentence, (group work) 1. Elya has never written a book, but she always imagined herselfdoing that. 2. The car stopped where the road was the widest. 3. The curtain of rain lifted and the sun came out. 4 .1 asked him what he wanted. 5. Having received the letter I knew about this event. 6. The apple-trees were so heavy with fruit that branches rested on the earth. 7 .1 looked in all directions but I could find no house. 8 .1 saw a car approaching from the opposite direction. 9. The captain wants the cargo to be loaded before night. 10. It was bitterly cold, so we didn’t go out. 11. Gregor came up to the bank of the river and looked down. 12. Open the third drawer from the top but don’t pull it too far. 13. The doctor opened the bottle, shifted it and put it aside. П. State where the predicate is simple and where it is compound nominal, (group work) 1. You look well today. 2. Everybody looked at the newcomer. 3. We turned home. 4. No trees grew on that soil. 5. His face turned grey. 6. Every hour she grew, weaker. 7. The sea was getting rough. 8. She felt cold. 9. She is my school-mate. 10. She got the massage yesterday 11. It is getting dark. 12. He was the first to answer. 13. She turned to me. 14.1 have turned the page. 15. She turned pale. III. Make up the sentences, (small groups) 1. prefers, she, to, especially, cats - , poodles, dogs 2. a producer, my, works, uncle, as, the BBC, for 3. in the, we, summer, our, last, son, saw 4. to, Wales, years, they, ago, moved, three 5. is, too, there, on, violence, television, much 6. is, to, everyone, vote, eighteen, allowed, over 7. was, my, be, in, wife, a teacher, Cambridge, to, trained 8. still, left, in, drive, people, on, Britiain, the 9. to, swimming, isn’t, enough, it, go, yet, warm 10. water, with, kettle, fill, cold, full, the IV. Put in the missing question word (or preposition plus question word) in the sentences below. Do you know the answers? 1.... would a Roman mathematician have written the number 91 ? 2 .... are earthquakes measured? 3. James Bond has the Secret Service designation 007. ... is the meaning o f 007? 4 .... Swede invent dynamite in 1866? 5.... sport do you assosiate ‘Flushing Meadow’? 6.... o f the Great Lakes is Toronto situated? 1.... players are there in a cricket team? 8.... were the first men to land on the moon in 1969? 9.... did the Vietnam War begin and end? 10.... is the Volkswagen car so called? 11.... name had Muhammed Ali, the former World Heavyweight Boxing Champion known before he changed it? 12.... section ofthe orchestra does the bassoon belong? . The National Flag of Uzbekistan The national flag o f Uzbekistan represents our country at conferences... car is the best? 10. Green is the colour of nature and new life. is his hair? 3.... Discuss with your partner...... Our flag is a rectangle coloured cloth consisting o f 4 horizontal stripes: blue. (Jim not only “but ” as well) 3. He designed it himself. 1... magazines do you read? 4.. Find the types of predicates in this text. which are the main sources of life.... The 12 stars have symbolyzed perfection and maturity since ancient times. 1.. did Sherlock Holmes live9 V. in the world is the range of mountains known as the Southern Alps? 15. She didn’t leave a message.. In the upper left comer there is a crescent moon symbolizing the newly independent Republic. Jim built his own house... ghost haunted Macbeth in Shakespeare’s play o f that name0 14. My new assistant can type very well.. VII. is your tape-recorder? 5. did you find that furcoat? 11. Use the words in brackets....... fruit d o y o u like? 8. does the tram leave? 7 . according to Conan Doyle. (but) 2...1 3 .. are your trousers9 9.. Your mother phoned this moming. are they going to do? VI.... white.. He hasn’t much experience with computers. Join these simple sentences to make compound sentences. green and red. told you you could draw? 12. world exhibitions and sport competitions. Mainly blue was the colour of the state flag of Amir Temur.... Red is the colour of an active life..... is the play? 6. Blue is the symbol o f the sky and water. White is the traditional symbol o f peace and good luck. Complete the questions with a suitable expression. (but) . jeans do you wear? 2.. You need between 5 and 15 word cards. We can’t afford it. they might suggest “I leave”. Procedure: A single simple verb is written in the centre of the board. can you ride a big grey elephant II.otherwise the teacher will end up with a rather untidy (and hard to read) series o f additions. Some students may have blank cards. if the w ord was “leave”. Your colleague can. or “Leave the classroom !” They go on suggesting additions o f a maximum o f three consecutive words each time. For example. Ensure that there is a reasonable balance of words so that a variety o f sentences can be built up with them. Preparation: For this activity you will need thick felt tip pens and strips o f paper or card. For a moment the top of the mountain was visible. We didn’t want to get home late after the film. Don’t forget to check and change punctuation each time as appropriate. He washed the car. He polished it. A cloud covered it. it may be that students displaying their words to move further along or further back in the sentence. Jane was a successful career woman. You can give me some advice. until they have enough. The rule is that they can only add at the beginning or end o f w hat is already written .. He wrote in pencil. (yet) 9. two.4. (andthen) Activity I. (and then) 7. (so) 8. The students are invited to add one. Procedure: Students take it in turns to come to the front of the class and to stand facing the class showing their word card. When the sentence is made up the students should analyse their words. or three words to it. Succeeding students should stand with the other students so that their words begin to make up a sentence.. For example: Leave Leave the classroom! . We rarely stay in hotels. one word per strip. They can stand in any position and be any word which makes the senetence complete. Expanding texts. Constructing sentences. (50) 6. or) 5. We went straight back. making a longer and longer text. As a sentence begins to emerge. Her mother wanted her to be a housewife. (Eitheryou. He couldn’t find his pen. Write the words on the strips beforehand. (for) 10. verbs (VT or VI). a newly captured male orca refused to eat for a long time.“Leave the classroom! ” said our teacher. They can hear an extremely wide range o f sounds and use sound to locate objects. adverb or preposition. The child sat between her parents on the sandy beach. However. Gray whales swim from the Pacific coast of Mexico. Above her. are highly developed. “You must leave the classroom! ’’said our teacher strictly. he took it to another recently captured whale. 9. All whales. They are also called ‘killer whales’ but trainers tell us that these whales are One time. must come to the surface fiir air. however. A ndi stood up. 5. but in vain. A bomb exploded in the road. 2. 3. Underline the subjects (S). Where they give birth in winter. Plants need a reliable supply o f water. many people have confused whales with fish. 5. 8. Beethoven wrote nine symphonies. 3. Sitora wore her blue suit to the meeting. Self-study I. Orca whales which are black and white are highly trainable. “You must leave the classroom!” said our teacher strictly. 10. IL Identify each underlined word as a noun. and shared it with her. 1. he took a fish from the trainer. They breathe ak and give birth to live young. 6. to the icy Arctic for the summer. 1. Some species of whales dive deeply beneath the surface o f the ocean in order to feed and can stay under the water for more than an hour. Whales make the longest migrations known among mammals. adjective. objects of verbs (O) and prepositional phrases (PP) in the following sentences. We enjoyed the view o f Snow Mountains from the window of our hotel room. he didn’t eat the fish immediately. 4. 4. Whales are mammals. verb. Whales have poor eyesight and no sense o f smell. Bells originated in Asia. He tried to open this box. 2. an eagle flew across the cloudless sky. Finally. Their sense o f touch and hearing. Akhmat needs new batteries for his camera. 7. a female who had also refused to eat. 6. Through the centuries. not fish. . however. This team has lost only one game this season. 11. but they communicate with each other. preparing lunch. Anvar and his friend are not swimming there. 5. When I came into the hall the students were discussing the first report. He has been working at the language all the time and made great progress. (work in pairs) Uzbekistan The proclamation of Independence of the Republic o f Uzbekistan on September 1. Is this your first visit to Tashkent? 8 . 12. The old man has been sitting in front o f the fire since dinner-time. 2. She had returned the book to the library before you came. is a landmark in the history o f the country. 7. 9. The republic o f Uzbekistan has . Smith had a telephone message from his wife yesterday. whistles.1have been doing my homework for two hours and I haven’t finished it yet. He had taken a room at the hotel where Ann and he stayed on their visit to London. Mother is making dinner and father is working in the garden. 8.1 hope that they will have received my letter by Saturday. 7. Ask them about the yesterday’s meeting. Mr. Identify the types of sentences according to the purpose of utterances. 6. 1. You can go swimming every day. Find the main parts of these sentences. Whales do not have vocal chords.1 have come to ask you what you think o f the situation. He is a tender father. When will you be free? 6. IV.1. 14. 5 . Mother is in the kitchen now. When a whale is captured in a the captured whale for long distance. 4 . 10.1 don’t want to go to canteen alone. He is having a business meeting and I don’t want to disturb him. He couldn’t take part in the competition because he had broken his arm. Did you ring me up yesterday? 4 . 1991. III. 13. 9. 2. 1. Do you speak French? V.1 haven’t seen you for ages. and songs. Identify the types of sentences according to their structure. 10. They have a wide range of clicks. 3. Who were you given this by? 3. sharing a border with Kazakhstan. Uzbekistan occupies the heartland of Central Asia. in the ancient cradle between the Amu-Darya and Syr-Darya rivers. is the most historically fascinating ofthe Central Asian republics. 24 . Uzbekistan.favourable natural and geographical conditions.000 square kilometers. Tajikistan. Kyrghizstan. some o f the Silk Road’s architectural splendors.A Practical English Grammar . Within it are some of the oldest towns in the world. Turkmenistan and Afghanistan. The territory o f the republic covers approximately 447. that she .. He says: “17/ be there at ten. A great part o f this clarity depends on the correct use o f tenses. can not) 3. She . to get.. Indirect speech follows the rules o f the s jquence of tenses if the introductory verb is in the past.. . all over but she pull herself together...Past Perfect) III.. e... to reply.. b) Direct speech is introduced with the verbs: to say. see she . He . rid o f the inferiority complex she always . (to realize. I hope you are doing well in sunny California. to suspect. to order.... Quiz I. to do) 2... (can. to be) 5 . his help... to answer...... He . gradually. lo shiver. (not to know. . to explain. e. to study.SEQUENCE OF TENSES A sentence is correct if the meaning we get from it is clear. Put the verbs in the correct tense form. to suffer) DIRECT AND INDIRECT (OR REPORTED) SPEECH 1.g. A sentence may consist o f a main clause and one or more subordinate clauses.g. that she . (Past Simple .. e. If the verb o f the main clause is in a past tanse (any type o f past) then the verb o f the subordinate clause must also be in a past or future-in-the-past tense. ( Present Simple . from..Present Perfect) II.. Direct Speech a) In the direct speech we report the speaker’s exact words. possible that what s h e . yet what he ... .. (tofin d out.. lo offer) 4. I thought that he had been already informed about it.g. I.Present Progressive) Do you know that he has already come back from New York? (Present Simple . etc. to suggest..true? (it to be. If the verb of the main clause is in a present tense (any type o f present) then the verb o f the subordinate clause may be in any tense we need. The speaker’s words are put into inverted commas or quotation marks (“”). to become a writer and .1 . in America. 1.” He said (that) he would be there at ten. After the introductory verb we use the word that which can be omitted too.” Miinira said. In d irec t speech a) In the indirect speech we report the speaker’s words to somebody else. but if it is a pronoun it comes before the verb.” she said.g. 2. Tom says: “I prefer dogs to cats. then there isn’t any change o f tense from direct into indirect speech. The speaker’s words are not put into quotation marks.g. “I ’ll be back in no time.” or “I ’11be there in an hour.” he said. “I will be back in no time. b) Indirect speech is introduced with the same verbs as the direct speech.g.” saidMunira.g. “I ’ll be back in no time. c) In indirect speech if there is an indirect object we use the verb to tell. e. He said: “I’ll be there in an hour. Tom says that he prefers dogs to cats. e.” He says (that) he likes pop music. d) Time phrases change as follows as well: Direct Speech this here today tomorrow the day after tomorrow yesterday the day before yesterday ago now last year/month/week next year/month/week Indirect Speech that/the/it there that day (or omitted) the next day/the following day in two day’s time the previous day/the day before two days before before/previously then/at that moment/at that time the previous year/month/week or the year/month/week before the following year/month/week . d) If the subject of the introductory verb which is put after the direct speech is a noun it goes either after or before the verb.c) The introductory verb of the direct speech can be put either before or after the speaker’s words.” Tom told us (that) he preferred dogs to cats. If the introductory verb is in a present or future tense. He says: “I like pop music. e. e. She said: “I am sorry for interrupting you”. D irect Speech Present Simple He said: “I often eat in expensive restaurants. F uture Perfect-in-the-Past He said (that) he would have finished by 10 o ’clock.” Past Continuous He said: “I was listening to the news. She apologized for interrupting me.” Future Continuous He said: “17/ be watering garden in the afternoon.” Future Perfect He said: “I will have finished by 10 o ’clock. Past Perfect He said (that) he had lost the receipt.” Present Perfect C ontinuous He said: “I have been teaching for years.” Present Continuous He said: “Г/и eating sausage and eggs. Past Perfect He said (that) he had driven him home.” P resent Perfect He said: “I have lost the receipt. f) Instead of the introductory verb say or tell we can use in the indirect speech other more appropriate verbs according to what is reported in the quotations. Past Perfect C ontinuous He said (that) he had been teaching for years.e) The following changes o f tenses can occur if we change a sentence from direct into indirect speech.” Future Simple He said: “IV/ eat it. He said: “Good moming.” P ast Perfect He said: “I had already drunk it. e. Future C ontinuous-in-the-Past He said (that) he would be watering the garden in the afternoon. Past Prefect C ontinuous He said (that) he had been listening to the news. ” Past Simple He said: “I drove him home.” . Future Sim pIe-in-the-Past He said (that) he would eat it.g.” Indirect Speech Past Simple He said (that) he often ate in expensive restaurants. Past Continuous He said (that) he was eating sausage and eggs. Past Perfect He said (that) he had already drunk it. He greeted me by saying good moming. e. i) If the report is about something which is always true.” He called me a liar.” the student said. j) If the report is about something that has immediate relevance. it is not necessary to change tenses. The teacher said: “You must leam English hard ifyou want to speak it correctly” . He said: “I must leave straight away for Glasgow. Tom reporting the conversation to Ann: “Nick said he wants you to come to the club today” . He says he is going to the cinema tonight. She said: “I like yogurt more than I like milk. the report can change or stay the same. Do you want to come?” Ann reporting the conversation to Mary: “Andrew is on the phone. But we can also use had to instead o f must.g. . Andrew speaking to Ann: “I am going to the cinema tonight. The students said (that) Great Britain consists of three parts. “Great Britain consists of three parts. (deduction) He said (that) I must be mad.” the teacher said. e. The teacher said (that) I must leam English hard Ifi want to speak it correctly.” She said (that) she likes yogurt more than she likes milk. e. e. He said: “You must be mad”.g.g. The teacher said (that) London is the capital of England.” Nick speaking to Tom: “I want Ann to come to the club today”. we usually do not change tenses. He said. “Liar. g) The auxiliary must may remain in indirect speech if it shows advice. Nelly said: “I don’t miss classes” . “London is the capital of England. Note: But in cases like these it is still possible to change tenses if you want to. command.g. Note: If the actual words are in the past simple.g. h) The tenses are not changed if we have historical facts: e. Nelly said (that) she doesn’t miss classes.” He said he had to leave straight away for Glasgow. deduction or obligation. ‘I am sorry for it all. Dorian. You weren’t asleep were you? 4. ‘I saw him yesterday but he didn’t recognize me. 3.’ she said to her friend. Her soft voice made him tremble. Tell me. 7. . ‘What has been happening to me?’ 2. Harry . She looked at me wonderingly as if asking. shaking his hand and smiling. ’ she said. but then jumped up and unlocked the door. ‘I feel you have been here for years. Mildred looked at his watch: ‘It was time to go in. 2.’ she said. Com m ent on the use of tenses in the following sentences and tran slate them into your own language. ’ said Dorian.’ the teacher explained. did you see Sibyl Vane after the play was over?’ ‘Yes.’ ‘I have got through all that. But it is all right now. ’ ‘Ah.Quiz I. ‘The wind had dropped a little and from somewhere behind the house a cuckoo was calling. 1. C hange the following from direct into indirect speech: Suddenly there came a knock to the door and Dorian heard Lord Henry’s voice outside: ‘My dear boy. as he entered.’ said Lord Henry. T urn the following sentences into reported speech. Let me in at once. ‘I have saved enough money to buy a present for my mother. I want to be good. I can’t bear the idea o f my soul being so bad and ugly. Mother said to the children: ‘If aunt invites us we shall spend the weekend in Oktash ’.perfectly brutal. Then she woke up and said: ‘Have I been asleep?’.’ the mountaineer declared. III. 6. I cannot bear your shutting yourself up like this. ‘Have you come from Bukhara?’ I asked him. ‘What freezes below zero temperature?’ he asked. 3. 4. П. ‘I’ll reach the top o f the mountain. ‘Do you know when the results will be out?’ asked Nozim. I shall begin by marrying Sybil Vane’. I must see you. 8.’ she said. ‘The sun is a big star. Dorian. 5. I hope I have not disturbed you. I was afraid of finding you tearing that nice curly hair of yours. 9.’ said Qumri. ‘I recommended you to join our company ifyou want to have a good rest. and I was brutal to her. She would be waiting for us’. I am so glad. 5. 1. ‘But you must not think too much of it. ’ Dorian made no answer at first. ‘I am perfectly happy now. “Stop doing that!” I told him to stop doing that.g “Please. to add. to argue. The teacher said: “Who is absent today?” The teacher asked who was absent that day. to maintain. to suggest. to write.g. to note. to announce. My friend asked me: “Will you go to Umida’s party?” My friend asked me ifi would go to Umida’s party. to conclude. to complain. to believe. e. to assert. (NOT was I writing) Alisher asked: “What are you doingT Alisher wanted to know what I was doing.g. e. to declare. to report. b) Requests are reported with the help of the verb to ask and the infinitive.g. to indicate. to tell. E. to observe. The common reporting verbs: statements: to acknowledge. to mean. to remark. to exclaim. to admit. ( NOT was I doing) c) When reporting general questions we use if or whether. to repeat. to claim.g.g. to reply. c) Negative commands and requests are reported with the help o f the negative particle not before the infinitive. to promise. to answer.Reported Questions a) Questions are reported with the help o f the verbs like to ask . to explain. Pam asked: “Did you speak to Alice?” Pam wanted to know whether I had spoken to Alice. . to say. e. to confess. My mother asked me: “What are you writing?” My mother wondered what I was writing. “Please. and to want to know. d o n ’t make such a noise!” I asked them not to make such a noise. listen to me!” I asked her to listen to me. to state. b) The word order in reported special questions is like a normal statement. with the subject before the verb. e. Reported Commands and Requests a) Commands are reported with the help o f the verb to tell and the infinitive. to deny. e. to wonder. to warn. He said: “ Where do you //ve?” He asked me where I lived. to say. Verb + object + to infinitive: advise. to warn. feed my dog while I am away on holiday. to demand. Write the reported speech. can you remember. suggest e. “I wouldn’t say that. 8. ifi were you. congratulate on e. 7. commands. .” said Nancy. to question. 9. “Don’t eat all that chocolate. I want to understand. Dawn’s case. to command. refuse e. “I am sorry for being late. “Do you like doing moming exercises?” asked Vladimir. Correct or not? 1. 4. Peter offered to carry Mr. “Whose car is that in the street?” asked my uncle. to want.. to order. The common phrases introducing embedded questions: I don't know. decide. “Please. “The children are doing a test today. I ’d like to know. “Shall I carry your case. Mr. “No. 1. Verb + -ing form: deny.g. Quiz I. 3. to caution. 2. Reporting verbs can have one or more different patterns. to invite. Ifi could drive. “Don’t lie on my bed. Carol apologized for being late. I ’d like to fin d out. we need to fin d out.instructions. could you explain. Jamila denied taking it. I can’t remember. do you understand.” said my sister. “Helen will become a dentist next year. I wonder. Martin. to instruct. offer.g. promise.” said mother. request. 5. le t’s ask. I have a cup of coffee. Verb + preposition + -ing form: appologize for. to ask. to inquire. Verb + to-infinitive: agree. I ca n ’t imagine. . to urge.g. П. invite. remind e. and invitations: to advise. 2. would you show me. do you know. to tell. “How many students do you have in your group?” he asked.” I advised Martin not to say that.” said the teacher. I d o n ’t understand. “Was the lesson yesterday very difficult?” the teacher asked. to wonder. it doesn’t say. can you tell me.” said Adham.questions: to ask. I f i am sleepy. I am not sure.” said Carol.g. Dawn?” said Peter. to know. ask. I could get better job. I didn ’/ take it!” said Jamila. 6. who knows. .... 6. “Don’t forget to buy some sugar.. “Me? No....... 5. Some sentences may be negative. “I am sorry I couldn’t come on Monday.. You asked us i f we had found the homework difficult....... .. III...........3.......... We’ll go and see Nick and Pete if we’ll be in London.. 1... (say) + (will) 2.................. If Robert would work harder... I didn’t take Clare’s calculator” . Chinese.. (deny) 3... we would arrive before 17.......... David?” I said.....1. 4... Self-study I..” said Tim...... Procedure: Towards the end of the lesson.......... “Why don’t you go back to Canada.....” said the customer. Bob...but they must report them in indirect speech. the teacher challenges students to recall things that have been said by him/her or students during the course of the lesson ........... Rewrite sentences in reported speech using the verbs in brackets. (remind) (say) + (should) .. she probably understands French.... (ask) + (do) (suggest) + (should) (suggest) Activity I...... Complete each sentence using say... “I think I’ll take the black pair..00. This activity can be used as the follow-up to any listening activity as a way of reviewing the text.. (apologise for) 5..” said mother.. (decide) (decide) + (will) .. (say) + (could) (say) + (be able to) .. (remind) + (need) 4...... or speak in an appropriate form......... If we left early tomorrow morning... For example: Madina said she was sorry she was late........ If she is from Paris.......... tell.. 1 .... my teacher that I .... “What did they say?” Indirect speech... he passed his final tests.. but she didn’t believe me. Students should try to remember 12 or 15 things that were said.......... M ike.. “.. IV.. Tom .. 6... “You’ll win if you practice every day. 1.. Ellen III.” said Pat’s mother. 2.” said Dave. “Shall I do the washing-up?” said Nick. The policeman warned the motorist not to drive so fast. 4.” said the policeman to the motorist.. ”. 8. II...” he told her. Tom asked Paul .00. She asked him 2.... 6. your friend said to you. 3.. him . Pat’s mother . M arta. advised the teacher to his students. “I wouldn’t sleep so much ifi were you.... He told her ... she would phone you. “How long have you worked for this company?” she asked him.. to Amanda. that he would be back at 19. A tran slato r... the President what everyone w a s .... “ . “I’ll definitely be at your house before 17. mother asked her daughter. “Would you like to go to the pop-concert... you have passed your driving test.00. Try to imagine what words were actually used in these situations. Do not change the meaning.. Tina refused to open her mouth.. 1 . Simon ... 2. “.. “Did you read that scandalous article in The Sun about Prince Charles?” Tom asked Paul.. The teacher advised his students to pay more attention to the grammar mistakes they had made in their essays. me she would let me know. The doctor advised her to work less hard. that he wanted to make a phone call.” the doctor said to her..” said Elya. “Well done. . 5. 4. “I am terribly sorry for breaking the window. “No. Zukhra...” said Marta.. “How about playing football?” said Mike. 5. and she ... 3. 1. Use a verb from the box to rewrite each sentence in reported speech.2 .. Ellen. Change the following reported commands into direct speech. 7. Nick . 3.. Jane .. advised congratulated offered suggested refused applogized invited promised 1. 5. E lya... 4.. Put the following sentences into reported speech.. I won’t open my mouth!” said Tina... 3. C hris.. D ave. Julia?” asked Chris. Mother wanted her daughter to go to the shop and buy some bread. Your friend asked you to ring him back. She asked him why he did not offer to help her to cut the sandwiches. to remind. V in . 10. to agree. 1. She said that she would be all right in a minute. Kira said that Mariya had rung her up an hour before. 2. b) all the given common phrases introducing embedded questions. to deny. Rewrite the following using the indirect speech. He asked Mira what she was going to do. Ali told Stella that she was the best dancer he had ever danced with. to demand. 5. VII. She asked him if he would come back that day. 14. She asked him what was wrong and if he was ill. She asked him if he was not homesick sometimes. 6. 8. 20. Put the following into direct speech. Bessie asked Florrie how much longer she was going to stay there. 15. She told Anvar that she was very greatful to him. John: Did they know I had gone out? Jennie: Ma did. to promise. M ake up different reported sentences using: a) all the given common reporting verbs. 12. Report the following sentences using introductory verbs to beg. They asked Jerry to tell them a joke. She said that he was ill and tired. to apologize for. Have you seen Papa and Mamma? Jennie: Yes. 13. Jennie: Is that you. 4. She said that he would be there presently. to invite somebody. VI. She said that she got a gift for languages. 18. 19. to ask. She said that he was her age. to encourage.V. to forbid. 17. Marta apologized. She told me not to ask after you. He advised her not to hesitate to say anything she wanted. 16. 11. to order. Jennie: Where have you been? John: Listen. She asked him to come in. She asked Farkhod to put on his coat. 9. 7. to claim. to . Stella warned him if he did not hurry up he would be too late. 3. to instruct. Where have you been? John: I went to see my freind. Jonh? John: Yes. “You don’t think about me. A: What are your plans for the summer? В: I have not decided about summer yet. “I will ring you up. “Please. to insist on. it is. to permit. “Peter is sick. Did you like your stay there? B: Extremely. “You mustn’t come home late. “Tell me the truth. “Yes.” 4. “You mustn’t buy that coat. A: Where is the climate better in Bulgaria or in the Crimea? B: The climate of Bulgaria is very mild. A: I did not know that.explain. “I have never heard about it.” 15. Use indirect speech.” 12. open the window. A: But it is high time you did.” 20. to threaten. I’ll go to the shop. A: Where did you spend your holidays last summer? В: I was in Bulgaria on the shores o f the Black Sea.” 18.” 2. I offended you. isn’t it? В : Yes. “Tell me everything.” 11.” 17. “You should consult a doctor.” 5. . don’t hit the dog. “I will punish you. And I am in need o f a good rest.” 19. “I would like you to come to the party.” 6.” 16.” 10. “D on’t forget to turn the gas off. 1. please. “You may speak to the doctor. to complain.” 13.” 8. “I’m sorry.” 3. “Mix the eggs with the flour. “Please. to advise.” 14.” 9.” IX.” 7. to inform. “I witnessed the crime. “It’s your mistake. However. London is far too crowded.) a) Obligatory in separating non-restrictive apposition and non-restrictive relative clauses from the rest o f the sentence in which they occur. and e. this castle was the scene of many battles. abbreviations on the model U. be a few exceptions. To see Inca building at its most impressive. because I saw him go.) a) Obligatory at the end o f a complete sentence. that is not the whole story. abbreviation for the Latin exempli gratia = fo r example. b) Often used in abbreviations consisting o f single letters. still spelt with capital letters.C. I met George Lamb. Naturally. COMMA (. Having been invited.O. as in e.e.S.g. II. is far too crowded.g. however. as in e.N.g. He didn’t speak to the President. (United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization) may become new words. Never at a loss for a word.NOTES ON PUNCTUATION AND THE USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS I. He left us. naturally. d) Normal in marking the beginning and end of a phrase that is inserted into the structure of a sentence. e) Normal at the end of a non-finite clause that begins a sentence e. as in i. b) Obligatory in order to avoid misunderstanding in sentences such as the following: e. c) Normal in separating conjuncts and disjuncts from the rest o f the sentence in which they occur. However. thus: UNESCO. Built in 1468. I intend to stay.g. to pay the bill. London. FULL STOP (. one should go to Machu Picchu. According to Jack. as in Dr(. according to Jack. for adjective and Dept. who was at school with you I think.) for Doctor. however. e. abbreviation for the Latin id est = that is. your old schoolfriend.. There may. provided that the adjuncts and dependent clauses belonging to that sentence have been included. has just telephoned. George Lamb. . He left early. for Department.. There may be a few exceptions. Jackson held us all spell-bound. The full stop is optional if the last letter of the abbreviation is also the last letter of the word. there may be a few exceptions.g.g.E. c) Normal with abbreviations on the model adj. The Committee therefore agreed(:) that Mr Abbott be invited to attend the next meeting. Soon. which are all dependent on an initial main clause. in the meantime.g. h) Useful in making the distinction between a purpose clause and a result clause e. and when there is no subordinating conjunction linking the two. whereas the that-clause is dependent on the main. and that a more detailed estimate should be prepared. to post it at once in the envelope provided.g. A semicolon. I believe. no action should be taken on the basis o f his report. no comma or any other punctuation mark must separate the verb and its object. that. He told me that he knew exactly what to do. e. IV. b) Serves to separate two finite clauses.or wh-) clause. when the second provides an explanation. indeed. Thus: e. and to notify this office at once of any change in your address. the fo//-clause is not.g. COLON (:) a) Usual after an introductory clause or phrase as in example 3)b above. He was the first man to swim the Bosporus. As soon as he had settled down. (purpose) We turned up the radio. and obligatory when a comment clause interrupts the main: e. He was the first man. e.g. A colon could replace the semicolon in the example 3)a . finite or non finite. rather than a comma. as in. whether the object is a noun phrase. a finite (that.) a) A means of separating an additional clause from the rest of the sentence to which it belongs. We turned up the radio so that everyone could hear. makes that sentence easier to read: it indicates that. He told me where he was going. In search of gold.g. (result)? i) Note : Unless there is an interruption in the clause. He told me to send him a telegram. so that everyone could hear. my great-grandfather landed in America. it will be only by their situations that cities can be distinguished. You are kindly requested(:) to complete the enclose form. b) Usual in marking off each of a succession of dependent clauses.f) Usual at the end of an adverb phrase or of a dependent clause beginning a sentence e. expansion or modification of what is said in the first. Ill SEMICOLON (. He told me the truth. he sent for his family to join him. g) Normal when a comment clause follows the main clause. as in d) and g). I believe. but there in Istanbul is unrivalled.g. or a non-finite clause. to swim the Bosporus. e.g. as in e. I heard that man say. VI.g. V. DASH (-) Dashes could replace the commas before and after the kind o f interruption exemplified in 2)d above.g. and the use of a comma before a reporting phrase that follows the quotation: e. The guard shouted. Note the use o f the comma (replaceable by a colon) before the quotation begins. Guess it! Sue’s married! VIII.g. e. b) Inverted commas are often used to indicate that a word is being used in a special.g. London .g.’ the guard shouted.above: the effect would be to make a contrast between (un) distinguished and unrivalled.g. QUESTION MARK (?) Obligatory at the end o f direct questions. sense: e.is far too crowded. e. not generally accepted.g. Leech speaks o f ‘five types of “future tenses” ’. my uncle’s house b) Obligatory with the contractions.according to Jack . or ‘The road is closed. as in e. We must sell this property: maintenance costs are far too high. QUOTATION MARKS (OR INVERTED COMMAS) (‘\ “”) a) Either single (‘’) or double (“”) quotation marks are obligatory at the beginning and end o f direct speech. Another example: e. Where are you going? IX. o’er. What a pretty dress! Get down! Take cover! b) Often used in intimate correspondence. .g. APOSTROPHE (’) a) Obligatory with the possessive form o f nouns. EXCLAMATION MARK (!) a) Normal after exclamations and after vigorous commands as in e.g. especially in a feminine style. ‘The guard shouted “The road’s closed” ’. Would you call be going lo and be to ‘future tenses’? c) Two sets of inverted commas may occur. there’s. ‘The road is closed’. e. he’s VII. 1. towns. the United States. e) nouns and adjectives referring to nationality.X.g.g. e. e. North Road. Compare these two sentences: A republic usually elects a president. e. Christmas. the British Museum. special festivals. months. always try to be happy happiness means health 6.g. school.g. i) a capital is normal at the beginning of a title referring to a particular person. e. CAPITAL LETTERS are obligatory at the beginning of: a) the first word of a sentence. university are normally spelt with a capital when they refer to a particular institution. They have French passports. e. h) the first person singular. I. hurrah what a nice gift 9. Compare these two sentences: A committee is a group of people elected or appointed to undertake certain duties. f) names o f languages. the teacher said that is enough for today 7. He is French. water turns into ice he said 11. President o f the Union. is always spelt with a capital. etc. Quiz I. nodira’s address is 14 reshetov street tashkent Uzbekistan 5. The (Executive) Committee will meet again on May 10th. d) names o f the days o f the week. will address the assembly. High Street. March. she said i’ve decided to give up 10. government. Japan. John Roberts. the Pacific Ocean . my father who is old is a very experienced man 3. Mount Everest. villages. Correct sentences using punctuation marks. j) words like committee. c) the names o f roads. streets.g. and geographical features. union. what a wonderful day 2. Mr George Lamb. two Frenchmen. Easter. Doyou speak English! g) names o f institutions. Monday. countries. she is tall slim fair and good-mannered 4. when i was staying in london i met ann twice she said 12. b) personal names. Lake Ontario. if i were you i would apologize he said . can you come soon 8.g. e. Boston. Put correct punctuation marks waiter woman waiter woman man waiter man waiter man Ann: Bob: Ann: Bob: Arm: Bob: Ann: Bob: Ann: Bob: Ann: Bob: Eating out are you ready to order um what’s pascal s ravioli exactly well it s ravioli with spinach in cheese sauce i see right well for a starter i would like the soup and then the chicken and i would like the lamb and some vegetables please and what would you like to drink we would like the house wine red or white red please At the library is the library open no it is not they finished work and went home half an hourago oh what is a pity why did they close so early because it is Saturday the weekend have not you got the book i am badly in need of what book do you mean it is the contenders by vain do you want it in translation or in the original fortunately i have got both in the original of course then come to my place in the evening and get it suppose i come at seven it wont be too late will it that will be all right 25 . Put correct punctuation marks. this woman is my wife mr rochester said angrily i wanted to forget her i wanted to marry this young girl jane eyre was i wrong he was silent for a few moments then he spoke quietly yes i was wrong he said i love jane eyre but i was wrong now go all o f you i must take care of my mad wife i went slowly downstairs mr brigges the lawyer spoke to me i am sorry for you miss jane eyre he said you did nothing wrong your uncle john eyre is sorry for you too he read your letter and then he met ichard mason in madeira your uncle is dying miss eyre he could not come to england he sent me here he wanted me to stop this marriage Ш.A Practical English Grammar .П. verba/ care . dis-. ir-.active'.byproduct'. under-. -ment.poisonoz/s king . recorded -p rereco rd ed agree . . semi-. fashion . -fui. Prefix is a group o f letters added to the beginning o f a word or base to change its meaning or its use.friendship . en-.home/ess verb . -age.se/w/detached operate . -less./«/////national regular . e.careful assist ./'/«possible form . f) to nouns to form adverbs: hour+ly . -al. -ic.careful. re-.underpass normal .cooperate way .freedom.subway able .assistewce friend . re . c) to adjectives to form other adjectives: dis+loyal . pro-. e) to vebs to form adjectives: act+ive . -dom.transform appropriate . -less meaning “without” is a suffix in the word “careless” . d) to nouns to form verbs: en+danger . trans-. ad-. e. ex-. -or.disloyal. im-.disagree order .///appropriate national . For example.imable claim .postage home .hourly. -ship.governor differ . -ance.PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES Prefixes and suffixes are called affixes. ent. multi-. up-./rregular pass .abnormal claim . c) to verbs to form nouns: develops ment .re order detached .assist#/// govern . b) to adjectives to form nouns: free-d om .proclaim close . Some o f the most common suffixes are: -able.disagree'.wphill Prefixes can be added: a) to nouns to form other nouns: by-product .friends////? assist . For example.ewclose hill . b) to verbs to form other verbs: dis^agree .meaning “again” is a prefix in the word “rew rite” . Some o f the most known prefixes are: pre-. il-.poet/c post . un-.endanger. S u ffix is a group o f letters added at the end o f a word or base to change its meaning or its use. sub-.exclaim possible .announce/we/// Suffixes can be added: a) to nouns to form other nouns: friend+ship . со-.g. -ous. d) to nouns to form adjectives: care-fui .fashionable poet .kingdom announce .g. -ant.differe/z/ poison .development '. 1. equivalent. not (or opposite of) 17. extraordinary. enlarge. after 3 . twice 4. diagonal. Goodness. post 10. badly or wrongly 14. reddish. hood k. one. Today I am car dess. Prefixes and suffixes help us to invent new words especially if we want to express an idea and there is no word for it. misbehave. like s. aristocracy. intra-college. again or back 9. re e. h) to adjectives to form verbs: tight-en . o f or by oneself i. over g. uni 1. up 16. sadly. multi f. less p. autograph.formally. half. sheepish. not enough 12. II. Match the affixes with their meanings. booklet. backwards o. romantic. Define the meaning of affixes.g) to adjectives to form adverbs: fo rm a l-ly . helpless. some r. against 11. one. defrost. trustworthy. many 8. anti d. automatic. empjane. status.tighten. too much 13. auto a. rank. the same 7. e. megapolitan. deductible. microwave. post-graduate. likely to. sickness.g. tiresome. Quiz I. without 19. condition o f life . The party he gave last night was a non-event. un t. mono h. di n. partly 6. to a higher or better state 18. hourly. mis b. linking across distances 2. productive o f 20. retro m. well-informed. resembling 15. double. tele q. enter-college. over-work. demi j.under c. up-to-date. This frying pan is a non-stick. single 5. to dream 32. to cling 23.common in modem English but may be found in literature. to bear 4. to drink 33. to dig 29. to bid (command) 10. to crow 27. to break 15. to buy 18 . to bring 17. to fall 36. to choose 21. to clothe 24. to chide 20. to eat 35. to bind 11. to become 5. to bleed 13. to beseech 9. to befall 6. to breed 16. to arise 3. IRREGULAR VERBS The verbs in italics are verbs which are not ven. to begin 7. to dare 28. to creep 26. to abide 2. to feed Past Simple abode arose bore became befell began beheld besought bade bound bit bled blew broke bred brought bought caught chid chose clove (cleft) clung clothed clad came crept crowed/crew dared/durst dug did drew dreamt drank drove ate fell fed Participle II abode (abided) arisen bom become befallen begun beheld besought bidden bound bit(ten) bled blown broken bred brought bought caught chidden chosen cloven (cleft) clung clothed clad come crept crowed dared 1durst dug done drawn dreamt drunk driven eaten fallen fed Participle I abiding arising bearing becoming befalling beginning behelding beseeching bidding bounding biting bleeding blowing breaking breeding bringing bming catching chiding chousing cleaving clinging clothing coming creeping crowing daring digging doing drawing dreaming drinking driving eating falling feeding . to bite 12. to do 30 . to behold 8. to blow 14. to drive 34. to come 25. Root Vowel Change Infinitive 1. to catch 19. to cleave 22.APPENDIX 1 TABLE. to draw 31. Group 1. to shine 82. to hide 56. to say 75. to lie 64. to meet 67. to hew 55.37. to leave 62. to ring 71. to give 50. to run 73. to sell 78. to rise 72. to lose 65. to forbear 44. to grow 52. to lead 61. to forbid 45. to seek 77. to ligth 63. to hear 54. to forsake 47. to get 49. to shake 80. to kneel 59. to fight 43. to sew 79. to fly 42. to hold 57. to find 39. to shear 81. to saw 74. to see 76. to read 69. to grind 51. to feel 38. to shoe felt found fled flung flew fought forbore forbade forgot forsook froze got gave ground grew hung heard hewed hid held kept knelt knew led left lit/lighted lay lost meant met mowed read rode rang rose ran sawed said saw sought sold sewed shook sheared/shore shone shoed/shod felt found fled flung flown fought forborne forbidden forgotten forsaken frozen got given ground grown hung heard hewed/hewn hidden held kept knelt known led left lit/lighted lay lost meant met mowed/mown read ridden rung risen run sawed/sawn said seen sought sold sewed/sewn shaken sheard/shom shone shoed/shod feeling finding fleeing flinging flying fighting forbearing forbidding forgetting forsaking freezing getting giving grinding growing hanging hearing hewing hiding holding keeping kneeling knowing leading leaving lighting lying losing meaning meeting mowing reading riding ringing rising running sawing saying seeing seeking selling sewing shaking shearing shining shoing . to freeze 48. to know 60. to fling 41. to hang 53 . to ride 70. to mean 66. to forget 46. to flee 40. to keep 58 . to mow 68. to show 91. to tread 124 . to sling 95. to weave shot sang sank sat slept spoke sprang showed shrank slew slid slung slunk smote sowed speeded/sped spun spat stood stole stuck stung stank/stunk strewed strode struck strung strove swore swept swelled swam swung took taught tore told thought thrived/throve threw trod understood undertook woke/waked wore wove shot sung sunk sat slept spoken sprung showed/shown shrunk slain slid slung slunk smitten sowed/sown speeded/sped spun spat stood stolen stuck stung stunk strewed/strewn stridden striken/struck strung striven sworn swept swelled/swollen swum swung taken taught torn told thought thrived/thriven thrown trodden/trod understood undertaken wokenAvaked worn woven shooting singing sinking sitting sleeping speaking springing showing shrinking slaying sliding slinging slinking smiting sowing speeding spinning spitting standing stealing sticking stinging stinking strewing striding striking stringing striving swearing sweeping swelling swimming swinging taking teaching tearing telling thinking thriving throwing treading understanding undertaking waking wearing weaving . to spin 100.83. to strive 111. to slay 93. to stride 108. to steal 103. to think 121. to shoot 84. to sting 105. to throw 123. to strew 107. to wear 128. to spit 101. to sweep 113. to sow 98 . to swim 115. to tell 120. to sit 87. to teach 118 . to speed 99. to slide 94. to string 110. to understand 125 . to slink 96. to speak 89. to stand 102. to strike 109. to spring 90. to thrive 122. to take 117. to shrink 92. to sink 86. to stick 104. to sleep 88 . to swing 116. to smite 97. to swear 112. to swell 114. to tear 119. to undertake 126. to sing 85. to wake 127. to stink 106. Ending -t 148. to send 147. to learn 151. to lean 152. to write wept won wound wrung written wept won wound wrung wrote weeping winning winding wringing writing Group 2. to lend 143. to spend sent spent sent spent sending spent Group 3. to w ring 133. to lay 142. to spoil burnt dealt learnt leant leapt smelt/smelled spelt/spelled spilt/spilled spoilt burnt dealt learnt leant leapt smelt/smelled spelt/spelled spilt/spilled spoilt burning dealing learning leaning leaping smelling spelling spilling spoiling Group 4. to bend bent bent bending 135.129. to weep 130. to have 141. to spill 156. to pay had laid lent made paid had laid lent made paid having laving lending making paying 145. to hit 163 . to smell 154. to cast 160. to broadcast 159. to hurt 164. to dwell 138. The Last Consonant Change 134. to win 131. to knit (unite) bid broadcast cast cost cut hit hurt knit bid broadcast cast cost cut hit hurt knit bidding broadcastir casting costing cutting hitting hurting knitting . to w ind 132. to spell 155. to ren d rent rent ren d in g 146. Unchangable 157. to burn 149. to build 137. to leap 153. to bid (offer) 158. to deal 150. to b erea ve bereaved b e r e a v e d b e reft b e r e a v in g 136. to g ir d g ir t g ir d e d g ir t g ird e d g ird in g 140. to make 144 . to cut 162. to gild built dwelled/dwelt gilt/gilded built dwelled/dwelt gilt/gilded building dwelling gilding 139. to cost 161. he. Past Subjunctive George would have accepted the invitation if he h a d n ’t m ade his plans for the summer. Mixed Subjunctive The boy w ouldn’t have behaved in different w ay if he w eren’t selfish. to be 177. hers III. we us our ours you you your yours they them their theirs 11. . to rid 168. to spread 174. to let 166. were went been gone being going APPENDIX 2 Pronoun Possesive Dronouns Personal ]pronouns Nominative case Objective case Conjoint form Absolute form I. she him.165.W ould. to put 167. to thrust 175. to split 173 . I me my mine III. The Subjunctive M ood (The U nreal Condition) Mood auxiliary: Should. to slit 172. her his. her his. it it its - I. to set 169. to wet let put rid set shed shut slit split spread thrust wet/wetted let put rid(ded) set shed shut slit split spread thrust wet/wetted lettting putting ridding setting shedding shutting slitting splitting spreading thrusting wetting Group 5. to shut 171. to shed 170. M ight Present Subjunctive If the supper were ready we should sitdow n at the table. Mixed bases 176. Could. to go was. III. I wish you would stay with me for a while.The Nominative Absolute Participial Construction The Prepositional Absolute Participial Construction . P articipial C onstructions / The Predicative Constructions with the Participle The Objective Participial Construction The Subjective Participial Construction ------. desire in the principal clause. c) Verbs and word-groups denoting order.g. b) In the principal clause the predicate is expressed by a verb denoting fear. I wish I had not done it.g. He desires (desired) He insists (insisted) He will see (he saw) it e. suggestion.g. He wished he had someone to talk to. Mrs. Linton insisted that Isabella should go to bed.Conditional clause Subordinate clause of purpose Subordinate clause o f concession Subjunctive mood in Subordinate adverbial clause o f comparison different types o f Subordinate predicative clause Subordinate subject clause clauses Subordinate object clause Subordinate attributive clause Emotional The Subjunctive M ood is Used in O bject clauses a) The verb to wish: e. advice. The mood auxiliary should is used for all persons. He orders (ordered) He suggests (suggested) He proposes (proposes) He demands (demanded) that everything should be ready by 5 . He trem bled lest his secret should be discovered. e. The Nominative Absolute Construction withouta Participle: The Nominative Absolute The Prepositional Absolute Construction Construction The Gerund and the Verbal Noun is not used with an article has no plural form The Gerund takes a direct object may by modified by an adverb is used with a preposition mav be modified bv: a noun in the Possessive case a possessive pronoun a negative pronoun no Note: The gerund has nominal and verbal characteristics. may be used w ith an article may be used in the plural The Verbal Noun takes a prepositional object with the preposition o f may be modified by an adjective Note: The verbal noun has onlv a nominal character. a subject a predicative an object The functions of a part o f the complex object the Infinitive an attribute an adverbial modifier of: a) purpose b) result c) attendant circumstances a parentheses . 2.Types of predicates Simple verbal 1. Compound l.Tom went on whitewashing. Indirect I believed her in spite o f the fact that everybody considered her to be a Her. .Sarvar is a tall.She continued to look at him. clever boy. I see a nice b ird in that tree. Inderect Can you think of other exam ples? Complex Teacher makes students read a lot. modal verbal 2. He saluted m e in a friendly way. Prepositional We shall write to you in a week or two.Shakhlo is to make a report in Mav. Compound 1 Students must come to the lesson in time. Compound 1.We are students. Types of O bjects Direct We recognized him at once. They expected us to come in time. nominal 2.Students began writing an essay. verbal aspect 2. The room is cleaned every day. 3.She can't have failed to see him. Said went to the theatre bv taxi at seven o'clock.Murod is seventeen. 3. 3. The moon goes round the earth. 3. Л. 3.это просто! Грамматический справочник. Сборник у пражнений.Просвещение''.. „Высшая школа**.Высшая школа**.BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Москва.. А ракин В. 11. 1999. Москва.Просвещение4'.. Б а р х уд а р о в Л . М. Москва. Ленинград. С аакян А . Английская грамматика.А . Под редакцией Воронцовой В. Санкт-П етербург. 1985. и др. Грузинская И .. .Высшая школа**. 13.В . К а ч а л о ва К Н . К ауш анская В. Английский язык. Практический курс английского языка.. Ленинград. Повторяем времена английского глагола. . Времена английского глагола. Ленинград. Вилюман В. Ленинград. К ауш анская В. 7..Я.Высшая школа'4.Просвещение’*. И зраилевич Е.Оникс”. 2. К чем ен т ъева Т. 17. С борник упраж нений по основны м разделам грамматики английского языка. В ы б о р о в а Г. К орн еева Е. и др. 2001. 1979. А.Просвещение 1967. 5. 1973. .С . .. 1961. 2004.. Английский язык для гуманитарных специальностей педагогических вузов. Москва.Н.Л .. Кыргызский филиал Калифорнийской Международной Академии Наук. 3. Г . П рактическая грам м атика английского языка. Практическая грамматика английского языка. Г ордон Д ж арви.С . Грамматика. Санкт-Петербург. . 1975.. М осква. 6. . 1978.. и др.Л .Д. В. Л ен и н град . П лискина Б . С орокин а И. К а у ш а н с к а я В . В. М осква. 2 курс.Е. Б алицкая Н. Грамматика английского языка. 1985. 15.. М и х е л ь с о н Т. . М осква. ИД . 20. . 1972. Сборник упражнений по грамматике английского языка. 14. Голицы нскии Ю .. Грамматика английского языка. Английская грамматика . 12. 1968. 1960. Р у с а н о в а С. . ACT . 2002. 1963. К ауш анская В. Москва. Е. Г рам м атика английского языка. И он ин а А . К и с е л ё в В .... Сборник упражнений. 2004.ВЕСЬ". JI. Москва. Секреты английского языка. 4.КАРСГ.. 19. 1970. М осква.Г.А. 18. .Б. Универсальный справочник школьника.Айрис-пресс".И . Теория и практика. . 2009. У сп ен ская Н . 10.С. 16. Стру ктурные модели английского языка. Л е б е д е в а А. Очерки по морфологии современного английского языка.Высшая школа**. 8. 2005 9. English Grammar exercises. . Зверховская Е. Москва.Астрель”.. . Ленинград. Headway. Pyle. A Practical English Grammar. 1993. and others. Grammar Practice. Headway. and London. Preparation Guide Test o f English as a Foreign Language. New York. England. 4‘Longman“. 1971. 1993. 39. Michael Swan. M. The Mit Press Cambridge. Alice Macline. M. Intermediate. Longman. 3rd edition. Л. 23. 2000. 32. 43. Headway. 3rd edition. Cambridge University Press. 2003. Kuldashev A. John and Liz Soars. 44Айрис-пресс". 4‘Prosvescheniye?\ 1979. John and Liz Soars. Oxford University Press. 1978. English Grammar Book. 2005. Exercises in Modem English Grammar. The Good Grammar Book. Language Links. 42. London and New York. УтевскаяН. Azar Betty Schrampfer. 26. Alexander L G Longman English Grammar. 1981. John and Liz Soars. C lose R. Iriskulov М. Г. Oxford. Decalb College.. and others. 40.S. and M ary Ellen Munoz Page. Work book.A. Oxford University Press..A. KostyginaS.. Oxford University Press. 30. Moscow. Reference Guide to English: A Handbook o f English as a Second Language. 35.Lincoln. English Grammar. Fundamentals of English Grammar.K. 2002. 2004. 2001. John and Liz Soars.S. 2002. A descriptive introduction. the USA. 2007. Understanding and Using English Grammar. 36. Eleaine Walter.Антология44. 24. Ionina A. Toshkent. 33. „Менеджер44. Massachusetts. 44. 1993. Collier Macmillan Inc. Theoretical Grammar o f the English Language. 1996. 1996. Moscow. Dolgopolova Z. Санкт-Петербург. 2008. Москва. A R eference G ram m ar for Students o f E nglish. The New English Grammar. Предлоги на каждый день. Adrian D off and Christopher Jones. Higher School Publishing House. GouzeevaK. Azar Betty Schrampfer.. . 1993. M oscow . 1999. 25. 29. 28. Michael A. Москва. Saakyan A.A. 27. 22.. English Language Services. 41. 37. 1969. I. Саркисова J l. Headway. Cattell N.21. . Understanding and using English Grammar. Work book. John and Liz Soars. The Gerund. 34. Steve Elsworth. 38. Student's book.K. Krutikov YA. Azar B. Saint Petersburg. Exercises in English Articles. Headway.A. 1993. Elementary. Nebraska. How Articles Work in English. Student's book. 1995. Teacher’s book. Washington. 2006. 31.. Grammar and Vocabulary for Self-study. Intermediate. 3rd edition. Catherine Walter. A. Oxford University Press. Oxford University Press. English Grammar In Use. G. Raymond Murphy. 2003. Y. Keep in Touch. 2nd edition. 2006. 2003. 7th edition. Tashkent. Cambridge University Press. Oxford University Press.Bakieva. Remarque Erich Maria. Inside Out. Oxford. M ichael Swan.Tashkent. 1973. 47. English Grammar and Technical Writing. A Practical English Grammar. Touch the Future. 53. “Philology. Greece. 62. 56. 49. Oxford. Practical English Grammar by Correspondence. Exercises to Reviewing English Grammar. 1982. 51.S. Get in Touch. Tashkent. 2009.Friel. Charlotte Brunte. 1979. Martinet A. Ibragimova. Moscow. Vaughan Jones. ''O 'zbekiston Milly Ensiklopediyasi’*. A. 2007.T.. 60. Stay in Touch. Natanson E. All Quiet on the Western Front. Encyclopaedic reference. A G ram m ar Practice Book. "Philolog’*. 63. Department o f State.S. Essential Gramm ar in Use. How English Works.Mirzayanova.Iriskulov and oth. 59. Redman Stuart. 55. G. 46. Philippines. 2005. Cambridge University Press. Tashkent. G. M.X.45.Bakieva and oth. 61.. Oxford University Press. English Grammar in Use. .T. 57. Higher School Publishing House. Terzoglou Elli. Sue Kay. "Philolog". 3rd edition. 58. 50.J.A. M acm illan Publishers Limited.V. Peter Master. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary o f Current English.Hornby. 48. 2004. Thompson A. 54. Cambridge University Press. The Republic o f Uzbekistan. English for law students. Sattarov. Phillip Kerr. Regional Printing Center of the U.Bakieva. G. Cambridge University Press. 1992. 2005. New York. 52. Raymond Murphy. Manila.Tyan. A. ‘TDYuI kichik bosmaxonasi’*. English Vovabulary in Use. M. Catherine Walter.Abduraimova.X. 2nd ed.X. 2004. Murphy Raymond. 2005. Cambridge University Press.Iriskulov and oth. TaslikenL "Philolog". Athens. 1992. 2004. Pre-intermediate and intermediate. 2003. M. Tashkent. 2003. Jane Eyre. A. N. Yo Id o s h e r o Original-maketdan bosishga ruxsat clildi 03. 1. Shartnoma № 07—118—10. Times garn. 30. Ofset bosma usulida bosildi. Yunusobod dahasi. Kegli 12 shponli. Buyurtma № 2 3 4 -1 0 . Bosma t. Z. t.25. Shartli b. Rustamova. 3 0 . Jo ‘r a r e r Kompyutcrda sahifalovchi Sh. 25.0. В. Ofset qog‘ozi.0.u y//T o sh k en t. Nashr.12. 1 500 nusxada bosildi. 32. J o 'ra y e v Badiiy muharrir Texnik muharrir Musahhih D.uy.2010. 0 ‘zbekiston Matbuot va axborot agentligining « 0 ‘qituvchi» nashriyot-matbaa ijodiy uyi. H. Bichimi 70xl00Vie>. G N. Toshkent—129. Yangishahar ko'chasi. M u lla -A x u n o r I G resh n ikova L. t. Yu. N avoiy k o‘chasi. A. Tukhliyeva A P ractical English Grammar « 0 ‘qituvchi» nashriyot-m atbaa ijodiy uyi Toshkent — 2011 Muharrir L. Abduraimova. Slobodkina. . N.2 Апгл . Uzbekistan State World Languages University. Slobodkina.81. The Ministry o f Higher and Secondary Education o f the Republic o f Uzbekistan. M.2 Англ S67 A Practical English Grammar: [textbook for Higher Educational institutions] / N. 2010. I. A Slobodkina [et al. —Т.400 p. A. ed. T.: 0 ‘qituvchi. Iriskulov. .]. ББК 81.
Report "Slobodkina N. a Praktikal English Grammar"